TMI-10-033, TMI Unit 1 T1 R18 Outage ASME Code Section XI Inservice Inspection (ISI) Form NIS-1 Owner'S Report for Inservice Inspections, Part I, TMI Unit 1 Form NIS-2 Owner'S Report for Repairs or Replacements, and Topical Report Number 203, Part 2

TMI Unit 1 T1 R18 Outage ASME Code Section XI Inservice Inspection (ISI) Form NIS-1 Owner'S Report for Inservice Inspections, Part I, TMI Unit 1 Form NIS-2 Owner'S Report for Repairs or Replacements, and Topical Report Number 203, Part 2

ML101400274
Person / Time
Site:	Three Mile Island
Issue date:	04/21/2010
From:	Exelon Nuclear
To:	Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
TMI-10-033
Download: ML101400274 (434)

Text

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 1 of 24 MW *SUBURBAN LABORATORIES, Inc.

IT WW-/1 ~4140 Lilt Drive Hillside, Illinois 60162-1183,q Tel. (708) 544-3260 - Toll Free (800) 783-LABS Fax (708)544-8587 wvAv.Suburban Labs.corn November 13, 2009 Gerald Bussone Precision Surveillance Corp.

3468Watling Street East Chicago, IN 46312 Tel: (219) 397-5826 Fax: (219) 397-5867 WorkOrder # 09101230 Project Name: PO 1026

Dear Gerald Bussone:

Suburban Laboratories, Inc. received 21 sample(s) on 10/26/09 for the analyses presented in the following report.

All data for the associated quality control (QC) met EPA, method, or internal laboratory specifications except where noted in the case narrative. If you are comparing these results to external QC specifications or compliance limits and have any questions, please contact us.

This final report of laboratory analysis consists of this cover letter, case narrative, analytical report, dates report, and any accompanying documentation including, but not limited to, chain of custody records, raw data, and letters of explanation or reliance. This report may not be reproduced, except in full, without the prior written approval of Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

If you have any questions regarding these test results, please call your customer service representative, at (708) 544-3260.

Sincerely, Melissa Amador Project Manager cc: QDA. JVIE WED BY: ~-na DATE: )/ftWihl -q tt*  : :: - " II Illinois Deoadment of Public Health Accredited #17585 Illinois Environmental Protection Aaencv Accredited #100225 Rpt Ver ID: 11/13/09 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page 1 of 14

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 2 of 24 Suburban Lab-oratories, Inc.

4

%w/,Z7 0 Litt Drive, Hillside, 1L60162 (708) 544-3260 CASE NARRATIVE Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Date: November 13, 2009 Project Name: PO 1026 PO #: 1026 Lab Order: 09101230 QC Level: Level I 0

Temperature of samples upon receipt in our Lab: C Chain of Custody #

General Comments:

- All results reported in wet weight unless otherwise indicated. (dry Dry Weight)

- Sample results relate only to the analytes o f interest tested and to sample as received by the laboratory.

- Environmental compliance sample results meet the requirements of 35 IAC Part 186 unless otherwise indicated.

- Waste water analysis follows the rules set forth in 40 CFR part 136 except where otherwise noted.

- Accreditation by the State of Illinois is not an endorsement or a guarantee of the validity of data generated.

- For more information about the laboratories' scope of accreditation, please contact us at (708) 544-3260 or the Agency at (217) 782-6455.

Abbreviations:

- Reporting Limit: The concentration at which an analyte can be routinely detected on a day to day basis, and which also meets regulatory and client needs.

- Quantitation Limit: The lowest concentration at which results can be accurately quantitated.

- J: The analyte was positively identified above our Method Detection Limit and is considered .detectable and usable; however, the associated numerical value is the approximate concentration of the-analyte in the sample.

- ATC: Automatic Temperature Correction. -TNTC: Too Numerous To Count

- In Laboratory: EPA recommends this analyte be analyzed "immediately" (e.g., tests that should be performed in the field within 15 minutes ofcollection). Analytes with 'immediate" hold times are analyzed as soon as possible upon receipt by the laboratory.

- TIC: Tentatively Identified Compound (GCMS library search identification, concentration estimated to nearest internal standard).

Method

References:

For a complete list of method references please contact us.

- E: USEPA Reference methods

- SW: USEPA, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste(SW-846)

- M: Standard Methods for the Examination, of Water and Wastewater

- USP: Latest version of United States Pharmacopeia Project Specific Comments:

This report supersedes the report dated 11/11/09.

PSc QA. . RA'I EWED BY:

DATE:JL~Q RptVerID: 11/13109 8:29:35 AM Mefissa Page 2 of 14

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 3 of 24 Suburban Laboratories, Inc. Laboratory Results r1717 Driitve,Hialsidte, 11.60162,(708) 544-3260 Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: November 13, 2009 Project Name: PO 1026 Lab Order: 09101230 Client Sample. ID: D-122 S/EBut: Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230.01 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM& Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11110/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0,10 wt% I 11/04i2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0,50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 2.79 c 0.500 mg KOHIg 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0,500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Client Sample 1D: D-225 F/E Butt 2 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-02 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-O512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride <40.50 C 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 52.0 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11t06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11109/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Qualifiers:

• Value exceeds Maximum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated Method Blank soaonopo,. C Analyte not included in SLI scope of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitation range Co amious I Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in:house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 11/13(09 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page 3 of 14

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 4 of 24 Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

, 1140 Littorive. Hillside, L 60162 (708) 5,4-3260 I Laboratory Results j Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: November 13, 2009 Project Name: PO 1026 Lab Order: 09101230 Client Sample ID: D-225 S/E Butt 5 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-03 Daate Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual, Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0512-8I-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R862!7 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-O95-70Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0:10 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Melhod: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0974-87-Rev'1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 37.3 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/0612009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Client Sample ID: D-342 FiE Butt 4 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-04. Date Received: 110126/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result, Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-DS12-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 1110/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 1104/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst. TS Nitrate < 0.50 c, 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 4.94 c 0,500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 . ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 VJE WED P8CJ~

IDAiTEj:j~7 Qualifiers: Value exceeds Maximum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated Method Blank B5.R,p,d.t C Analyte not included in SLI scope ofraccreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitation range C.,rik-rn.254 G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit, Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in-house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 11/13/09 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page 4 of 14

TM-N1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 5 of 24 A Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

V. 4140 Lilt Drive, tillside, IL 60162 (708) 544-3260 Laboratory Results Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: November 13, 2009 Project Name: PO 1026 Lab Order: 09101230 Client Sample ID: D-342 S/E Butt 6 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-05 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AIM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method, ASTM-0512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 I1/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rov 1987, Analyst: TS Base Number 1.67 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/200912:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11109/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Client Sample ID: H13-41 F/E Butt 3 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-06 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-095.70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 C 0.50 ppm 1 11110/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rev'1987 Analyst; TS Base Number 0.570 c 0.500 mg KOHIg 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 QA RVEWED V BY:_

DATE: g Qualifiers:

• Value exceeds Maximum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated Method Blank B-Rq-, C Analyte riot included in SLI scope of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitation range Con0ra~uu,250, G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detectedat the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in-house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 11/13/09 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page 5 of 14

TM-N1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 6 of 24

'F Suburban Laboratories, Inc. Laboratory Results 0 4140 Lilt Diive, Hillside. IL 60162 (708) 544-3260 Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report, Date: November 13, 2009 Project Name: PO 1026 Lab Order: 09101230 Client Sample ID: H24-33 FiE Butt 2 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-07 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 A'vI Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch.ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method:ASTM-05112-1-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11110/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM.D974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 2.23 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/2009'12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Client Sample ID: H24-33 SIE Butt 4 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-08 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM. Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11110/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70-Rev-1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11110/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number < 0.500 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Psc BY:~AR VWED I~~ t-Qualifiers: Value exceeds Maxi:mum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated Method Blank c Analyte not included in SLI scope of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitation range Covi~hu's,0O-G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in-house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 11/13/09 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page 6 of 14

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 7 of 24 Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

W 4140 Litt Drive, Hillside, IL 60162 (708) 54-1-3260 Laboato~ryesut Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: November 13, 2009 Project Name: PO 1026 Lab Order: 09101230 Client Sample ID: H46-50 FIE Butt 4 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-09 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASrM-D512-S1-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-095-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content 0.20 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/0412009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rav 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 2.51 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11106/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11/0912009 10:00 AM R86195 Client Sample ID: H46-50 S/E Butt 6 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-10 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride <0.50 c 0,50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-095-70-Re6 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content 0.58 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 2.21 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11109/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Qualifiers: I Value exceeds Maximum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated Method Blank 9-q c Analyte not included in SLI scope of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitation range Corw-uo,54 G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in-house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 11/13/09 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page 7 of 14

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 8 of 24

%wf Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

4140 Litt Drive, Hilliside. IL 60162 (708) 544-3260 I-Laboratory Results Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: November 13, 2009 Project Name: PO 1026 Lab Order: 09101230 Client Sample ID: H51-49 F/E Butt 5 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-I1 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-095-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 Wt% 1 11i04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rev 1967 Analyst: TS Base Number 1.12 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0,500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Client Sample ID: H62-26 F/E Butt 2 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-12 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.0 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R8621 7 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70.Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content 0.15 c 0.0 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 34.7 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 PSc QA. REVIEWED DýA TfEt:

Qualifiers: Value exceeds Maximum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated Method Blank C Analyte not included in SLI scope of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitation range cb~m&-n2004 G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in-house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 11/13/09 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page 8 of 14

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 9 of 24 6Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

, 1140Lilt Drive,, Hillside, IL 60162 (708) 544-3260 I Laboratory Resultsj Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: November 13, 2009 Project.Name: PO 1026 Lab Order: 0910(230 Client Sample ID: H62-26 S/E Butt 6 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-13 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Quai. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM MethoD: ASTM-D512-8i-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 1111012009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-095-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0A10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 44.6 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method:APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0,500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Client.Sample ID: V-11 Shop/Top Butt I Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-14 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-095-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Conlent 0.21 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 31.9 0 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11106/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th.ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Psc (p4 R2 V EWED IBY:!

DPATE: I Qualifiers:; Value exceeds Maximum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated Method Blank B-Rp- C Analyte not included in SLI scope of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitation range G Refer to case nanrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in-house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 11/13/09 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page 9 of 14

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 10 of 24 Suburban Laboratories, Inc. Laboratory Results e 4140 Litt Drive, Hillside, IL 60162 (708) 5,14-3260 Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: November 13, 2009 Project Name: PO 1Q26 Lab Order: 09101230 ClientSample ID: V-I1 Bottom Field End Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-15 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009,12'00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed, Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-40-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst:. TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Me!hod: ASTM-D974-87.Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 1.40 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11109/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Client Sample. ID: V-132 Bottom Field End Matrix: GREASE Lab 1D: 09101230-16 Date Received; 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit. Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 C 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 C 0.10 wt% '1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 C 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87.Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 5.11 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11W09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 psi R ,.RP YEE WFED BY:I DAT7 Qualifiers: Value exceeds Maximumi Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated Method Blank F~**[* C Analyte not included in SLI scOpe of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitation range C'onmnuou:2*054 G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments 11 Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is .outside SLI in-house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 11/13/09 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page 10 of 14

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 11 of 24 i.

I*

Suburban Laboratories, inc.

4140 Litt Drive, H-tillside, IL 60162 (708) 544-3260 I Laboratory Results I Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: November 13, 2009 Project Name: PO 1026. Lab Order: 09101230 Client Sample ID: V-132 Top/Shop Shop End Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-17 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12.00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 ANI Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM.0512-8l-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride <0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-7.0-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content 0,30 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0992-7a-Rev 1976 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 46.8 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11106/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-edc Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 C 0.500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Client Sample ID: V-32 Shop/Top Butt 2 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-118 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Diluttion Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM.D512-8aI-Rev 1981. Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11110/2009 12:00.AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-095-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content <0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00-AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 50.6 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA.427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Psc ARVIE~WED Qualifiers:

• Value exceeds Maximum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated Method Blank B~~R~m C Analyte not included in SLI scope of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitationI range Con-ouý--204 G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in-house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 11/13/09 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page I1I of.14

TM-N1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 12 of 24 Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

4140 Lilt Drive, Hillside; IL 60162 (708)-544-3260 I Laboratory Results I Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. ReportDate:. November 13, 2009 Project Name: PO 1026 Lab Order: 09101230 Client Sample ID: V-32: Bottom Field End Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230419 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qua]. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content 0.48 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/04/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0992-78-Rev 1978 Analysl: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0974-8T-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 39.7 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Melhod: APHA427C-ReV 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0,500 ppm 1 11/09/2009'10:00 AM R86195 Client Sample ID: V-90 Top/Shop Butt 4 Matrix: GREASE LabID: 0910123,0-20 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 1111012009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content 0.50 c 0.10 wt% I i'1/b4/2009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method:ASTM-0992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 111/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 2.82 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11/06/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86195 Psc Q.A RFVIEWED DAT Qualifiers: Value exceeds Maximum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected'in the associated Method Blank s,*., c Analyte not included in SLI scope of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantilation range Co-ý ... OOA G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or anralysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in-house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 11/13/09 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page 12 of 14

TM-N1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 13 of 24 Asomw Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

[Laboratory Results I i 4140 Lilt Drive; Hillside, IL 60162 (708) 544-3260 Client. ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: November 13,2009 Project Name: PO 1026 Lab Order: 09101230 Client Sample ID: V-90 Bottom Field End Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09101230-21 Date Received: 10/26/2009 12:00 AM Collection Date: 10/23/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit. Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-.512-8I-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86217 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95,70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 11/0412009 12:00 AM R86141 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 11/10/2009 12:00 AM R86233 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 3.43 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 11106/2009 12:00 AM R86165 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 11/09/2009 10:00 AM R86.195 C

Al. R ýSCFkJ7 P

YE, ED 113y:

B'I EDA' 11/1-4 AQ Qualifiers:

• Value exceeds Maximum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the, associated Method Blank mRcp*m- c Analyte not included in SLI scope of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitation range CoroS004 G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in-house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 11/13/09 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page 13 of 14

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 14 of 24 Precision Surveillance Corporation 3468 Watling Street Phone: (219) 397-SE26 East Chicago. IN 46312 Fax: (219) 397-5867 Emall: lnfo@psctendon.com http://www.psctendon.com October 23, 2009 / 0, 0 .0C-.9

-5e'l-l Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

4140 Litt Drive Hillside, IL.60162 Attention Melissa Amador, Please test the following twenty one (21) grease samples per PSC-P.O. # 1026.

0-122 SIE Butt, 6 0-226 RIE Butt. 2 D-225 S/E Butt. 5 D-342 FIE Butt; 4 0-342 S/E Butt. 6 H13-41 F/E Butt. 3 H24-33 FIE Butt. 2 H24-33 S/E Butt. 4 H46-50 FIE Butt. 4.

H46-50 S/E Butt. 6 H51-49 F/E Butt. 5 H62-26 FRE Butt. 2 H62-26 V-1I S/E Shop/Top Butt. 6 Butt. I U~,5 V-11. Bottom Field End V-132 Bottom Field End V-132 Top/Shop Shop End V-32 Shop/Top Butt. 2 V-32 Bottom Field End V-90 Top/Shop Butt. 4 V-90 Bottom Field End We would like results 10-15 days after receipt of samples. Any questions or problems please contact me. The above samples are being shipped to you via UPS Ground on 10123109.

Thank you, Gerald Bussone PSC/QA Rpt Ver ID: 11/13109 8:29:35 AM Melissa Page 14 of 14

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 15 of 24

• tAA SUBURBAN LABORATORIES, Inc.

4140 Litt Drive. Hillside, Illinois 60162-1183 Tel. (708) 544-3260. Toll Free (800) 783-LABS. Fax (708) 544-8587 -

www.SuburbanLabs corn December 23, 2009 Gerald Bussone Precision Surveillance Corp.

3468 Watling Street East Chicago, IN 46312 Tel: (219) 397-5826 Fax: (219) 397-5867 WorkOrder # 09120292 Project Name: PO# 1031

Dear Gerald Bussone:

Suburban Laboratories, Inc. received 5 sample(s) on 12/04/09 for the analyses presented in the following report.

All data for the associated quality control (QC) met EPA, method, or internal laboratory specifications except where noted in the case narrative. If you are comparing these results to external QC specifications or compliance limits and have any questions, please contact us.

This final report of laboratoryanalysis consists of this cover letter, case narrative, analytical report, dates report, and any accompanying documentation including, but not limited to, chain of custody records, raw data, and letters of explanation or reliance. This report may not be reproduced, except in full, without the prior written approval of Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

If you have any questions regarding these test results, please call your customer service representative at (708) 544-3260.

Sincerely, Melissa Amador Project Manager cc: P" Illinois Deoartment of Public Health Accredited #17585 Illinois Environmental Protection Aoencv Accred !ted #100225 Rpt Ver ID: 12/23/09 12:19:24 PM Shane Page 1 of 7

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 16 of 24 Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

E ICASE NARRATIVEI

A R TV 4140 4 [ift Drive; Hfillside. IL 60162 (708) 544-3260 Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Date: December 23, 2009 Project Name: PO# 1031 PO #: 1031 Lab Order: 09120292 QC Level: Level I Temperature of samples upon receipt in our Lab: 13 PC Chain of Custody #

General Comments:

- All results reported in wvet weight unless otherwise indicated. (dry = Dry Weight)

- Sample results relate only to the analytes of interest tested and to sample as received by the laboratory.

- Environmental compliance sample results meet the requirements of 35 IAC Part 186 unless otherwise indicated.

- Waste water analysis follows the rules set forth in 40 CFR part 136 except where otherwise noted.

- Accreditation by the State of Illinois is not an endorsement or a guarantee of the validity of data generated.

- For more information about the laboratories' scope of accreditation, please contact us at (708) 544-3260 or the Agency at (217) 782-6455.

Abbreviations:

- Reporting Limit: The concentration at. which an analyte can be routinely detected on a day to day basis, and which also meets regulatory and client needs.

- Quantitation Limit: The lowest concentratinn at which results can be accurately quantitated.

-J: The analyte was positively identified above Our Method Detection Limit and is considered detectable and usable; however, the associated numerical value is the approximate concentration of the analyte in the sample.

- ATC: Automatic Temperature Correction. - TNTC: Too Numerous To Count

- In Laboratory: EPA recommends this analyte be analyzed "immediately" (e.g., tests that should be performed in the field within 15 minutes of collection). Analytes with "immediate" hold times are analyzed as soon as possible upon receipt by the laboratory.

- TIC: Tentatively Identified Compound (GCMS library search identification, concentration estimated to nearest internal standard).

Method

References:

For a complete list of method references please contact us.

- E: USEPA Reference methods

- SW: USEPA, Trest Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste. (SW-846)

- M: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater

- USP: Latest version of United States Pharmacopeia Project Specific Comments:

Psc RVIE-WED LBY:

DATE: l-Rpt Ver ID: 12/23109 12:19:24 PM Shane Page 2 of 7

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 17 of 24 Suburban Laboratories, Inc. Laboratory Results 4140 Lilt Drive, Hillside, IL 60162 (708) 544-3260 Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: December 23, 2009 Project Name: PO# 1031 Lab Order: 09120292 Client Sample ID: D-122 FIELD N/E Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09120292-01 Date Received: 12/04/2009 10:00 AM Collection Date: 12/03/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 12/22/2009 3:00 PM R87254 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 09/10/2009 3:15 PM R86992 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c .0.50 ppm 1 12/22/2009 12:05 PM R87258 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 55.0 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 12/22/2009 11:00 AM R87257 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed, Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppno 1 12/22/2009 2:00 PM R87245 Client Sample ID: H51-49 SHOP BUTT. I Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09120292-02 Date Received: 12/04/2009 10:00 AM Collection Date: 12/03/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 12122/2009 3:00 PM R87254 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 09/10/2009 3:15 PM R86992 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm I 12/22/2009 12:05 PM R87258 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number tI6',007 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 12/22/2009 11:00 AM R87257 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 12/22/2009 2:00 PM R87245 ¢ Psc QA REVIE WED BY:

DATE: to Qualifiers:

• Value exceeds Maximum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated Method Blank B..RN.po c Analyte not included in SLI scope of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitation range coi.v_20D4 G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in-house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 12123/09 12:19:25 PM Shane Page 3 of 7

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 18 of 24 tW "Win

• Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

4140 LintDrive, Hillside, IL60162 (708) 5,W43260

!Laboratory Results I Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: December 23, 2009 Project Name: PO# 1031 Lab Order: 09120292 Client Sample ID: H13-41 SHOP BUTT. 1 Matrix: GREASE Lab [D*- 09120292-03 Date Received: 12/04*12009 10:00 AM Collection Date: 12/03/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 12/22/2009 3:00 PM R87254 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D95-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 09/10/2009.3:15 PM R86992 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 12122/2009 12:05 PM R87258 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM D974-8I-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number < 0.500 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 12/22/2009 11:00 AM R87257 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 12/22/2009 2:00 PM R87245 Client Sample ID: D-322 FIELD SOUTH Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 09120292-04 Date Received: 12/04/2009 10:00 AM Collection Date: 12/03/2009 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 12,22/2009 3:00 PM R87254 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-095-70-Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 09/10/2009 3:15 PM R86992 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 12/22/2009 12:05 PM R87258 NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-D974-87-Rev 1987 Analyst: TS Base Number 0.810 c 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 12/2212009 11:00 AM R87257 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: TS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 12/22/2009 2:00 PM R87245 -

LPSc SBY:

DATE: f (-- 1 Qualifiers: Value exceeds Maxinum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated Method Blank esB..Rp- C Analyte not included in SLI scope of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitation range Co"i-QC04 G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in-house criteria (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Ver ID: 12123/09 12:19:25 PM Shane Page 4 of 7

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 19 of 24 Suburban Laboratories, Inc. LResul --

4146 Litt Driv Hillside. IL 60162 (708) 544-3260 _ _

Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: December 23, 2009 Project Name: PO# 1031 Lab Order: 09120292 Client Sample ID: D-322 SHOP NORTH Matrix; GREASE Lab ID: 09120292-05 Date Received: 12/04/2009 10:00 Ai'Vl Collection Date: 12/03/2009 12:00 Aiiv Report Dilution Parameter Result Qual. Limit Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch 1D CHLORIDE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0512-81-Rev 1981 Analyst: TS Chloride < 0.59 c 0.50 ppm 1 12/22/2009 3:00 PM R8T254 MOISTURE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-095-70.Rev 1970 Analyst: LL Moisture Content < 0.10 c 0.10 wt% 1 09/10/2009 3:15 PM R86992 NITRATE BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0992-78-Rev 1978 Analyst: TS Nitrate < 0.50 c 0.50 ppm 1 12/22/2009 12:05 PM R872,S NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0974-87-Rev 1087 Analyst: 1S Base Number < 0.500 c 0;500 mg KOH/g 1 12/22/2009 11:00 AMI R87257 SULFIDE BY APHA Method: APHA-427C-Rev 15th-ed. Analyst: IS Sulfide < 0.500 c 0.500 ppm 1 12J22/2009 2:00 PM R87245 0A ~yE. FED LDA T:E 10-Qualifiers:

• Value exceeds Maximum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated SMethod Blank ,

Oý-R,*d, C Analyte not included in SLI scope of accreditation E Estimated, analyte detected above quantitation range Coainuousmlcj G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding, times for preparation or analysis exceeded J Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) NA Not Applicable.

ND Not Detected at the SLI Reporting Limit Q Internal standard recovery is outside SLI in-house criterida (no method specific requirements exist)

Rpt Vet- ID: 12/23109 12:19:25 PM Shane Page 5 of 7

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 20 of 24 ORDERED BY: WPURCi'HA SE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION ORDER, 3468 WATLING ROAD EAST CHICAGO, IN 46312-1709 Purchase Order No.: 1031 USA Date Issued: 12/3/09 VoIce: 219-397-5826 Fax: 219-397-5867 SUBURBAN LABORATORIES INC PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION 4140 LITT DRIVE 3468 WATLING ROAD HILLSIDE, IL 60162-1183 EAST CHICAGO, IN 46312-1709 USA La*

- 1/2/10 I BEST WAY Net 30 Days Test grease samples ( 5 ) samples to requirements In attached letter dated December

3. 2009. Trest for water sofuble chlorides, nitrates, and sulfides, water content and neutralization number as. per letter requIremeants, Provide results to PSC QA Department, All provisions of the Suburban Quality Assurance Plan. Rev.

9, dated 9/1107 apply to the contracted services herein.

Suburban shall submit a laboratory report indicating the results of the tests were In conformance with the requirements of this Purchase Order.

A member of Suburban's QA Department shall authenticate the laboratory results. PSC, I'

Including authorized Clients and Contractors shall have right-of-access to the Suburban facility for the purposes of record review, and/or audit or surveillance activities. Suburban shall report any defects or nonconforming conditions from the Purchase Order requirements to the PSC Quality Department prior to completion of this Purchase Order to determine acceptability.

Test reports will include the Test Method used (Including year).

I Authorized Signature PSC Q.A- BR4&VILE W, ID By 4F::=,C5,ý Rpt Ver ID: 12/23/09 12:19:25 PM Shane Page 7 of7

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 21 of 24 SUBURBAN LABORATORIES, Inc.

4140 Lift Drive Hillside, Illinois 60162 Tel..(708) 544-3260 Toll Free (800) 783-LABS Fax (708-544-8587 VwV. suburbanlabscom, March. I8, 2010 Gerald Bussone Workorder: 1003279 Precision Surveillance Corp.

3468 Watling Street East Chicago, IN 46312 TEL: (219) 975-5826 FAX: (219) 975-5867 RE: PO# 1054

Dear Gerald Bussone:

Suburban Laboratories, Inc. received 4 sample(s), on 03/08/10 for the analyses presented in the following report.

All data for the associated quality control (QC) met EPA, method, or internal laboratory specifications except where noted in the case narrative. If you are comparing these results to external QC specifications or compliance limits and have any questions, please contact us.

This final report of laboratory analysis consists of this cover letter, case narrative, analytical report, dates report, and any accompanying documentation on, but not limited to, chain of custody records, raw data, and letters of explanation or reliance. This report may not be reproduced, except in full, without the prior written approval of Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

If you have any questions regarding these test results, please call me at (708) 544-3260.

Sincerely, Melissa Amador Project Manager Psc SQ.A JR 1E WE D' BY: L~4IZ DATE--3 tP5' ACCQ,~

Illinois Oepartment of Public Health Accredited # 17585 Rpt Ver ID: 03118110 4:47:12 PM Melissa (V +

Illinois Environmental Protection Agency Accredited #100225 I of'4

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 22 of 24

• Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

4'140 Liu Drive, Hiltsde, IL 60162 (708) 544-3260 Case Narrative Client: Piecision.Stirvei[lance Corp. Date: March i8, 2010' Project:'PO# 1054 PO #: 1054 WirkOrder: 1003279 QC Level: LEVEL I Temperature of samples upon receipt aOSLI: C Chain of Custody #: 1054 General Comments:

- All results reported in wet weight unless otherwise indicated. (dry = Dry Weight)

- Sample results relate only to the analytes of interest tested and to sample as received by the laboratory.

- Environmental compliance sample results meet the requirements of 35 IAC Part 186 unless otherwise indicated.

- Waste water analysis follows the rules set-forth in 40 CFR part 136.except where otherwise noted.

- Accreditation by the State of Illinois is not an endorsement, or a guarantee of the validity of data generated.

- For more information about the laboratories' scope of accreditation, please contact us at (708) 544-3260 or the Agency at (217) 782-6455, Abbreviations:

- Reporting Limit: The concentration at which an analyte can be routinely detected on a day to daybasis, and which also meets regulatory and client needs.

- Quantitation Limit: The lowest concentration at which results can be accurately quantitated.

- J: The analyte was positively identified above our Method Detection Limit and is considered detectable and usable; however, the associated numerical value is the approximate concentration of the analyte in the sample.

- ATC: Automatic Temperature Correction. - TNTC: Too Numerous To Count

- In Laboratory: EPA recommends this analyte be analyzed "immediately" (e.g., tests that should be performed in the field within 15 minutes ofcollection). Analytes with "immediate" hold times are analyzed as soon as possible upon receipt bythe laboratory.

- TIC: Tentatively Identified Compound (GCMS library search identification, concentration estimated to nearest internal standard).

Method

References:

For a complete Iist of method references please contact us.

-E: USEPA Reference methods

- SW: UJSEPA, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste (SW-846)

- M: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and, Wastewater

- USP: Latest version of United States Pharmacopeia Workorder Specific Comments: PSC QA. REVIEWED BY:

DATE: a t Rpt Vet ID: 031 8110 4:47:12 PM Melissa 2 of 4

TM-N1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 23 of 24 Suburban Laboratories, Inc.

414i0 Litt, iive. Hillside. IL 60162 (708) 544-3260 I Laboratory Results Client ID: Precision Surveillance Corp. Report Date: March 18, 20.10 Project Name: PO# 1054 Lab Order: 1003279 Client Sample ID:. H13-41 SHOP/BTI Matrix: GREASE Lab, ID: 1003279-001 Date Received: 03/08/2010 9:40AM Collection Date: 03/04/2010 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Limit Qual. Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID ACID NUMBER BYASTM Method: ASTM-0974 modified-ReV 1997 Analys: Is Acid Number <0.500 0.500 m KOH/g 1 0311712010 11:00 AM R531 Client SampleID: H24-33 SHOP/BT4 Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 1003279-002 Date Received: 03/08/2010 9:40 AM Collection Date: 03/0402010 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result Limit Qual. Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch ID.

ACID NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-P974 modified-Rev 1997 Analyst: Is Acid. Number <'0.500 0.500 mg KOHIg 1 03117/2010 11:00 AM R531 Client Sample ID: H51-49 SHOP/BTI Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 1003279-003 Date Received: 03/08/2010 9:40 AM Collection Date: 0304/2010 12:00 AM Report Dilution Parameter Result: Limit Qual. Units Factor Date Analyzed Batch iD ACID NUMBER BY ASTM Method: ASTM-0974 modified-Rev 1997 Analyst: Is AcidNumber < 0.500 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 03/17/2010 11:00 AM R531 Client Sample ID: D-322 SHOP/Ni Matrix: GREASE Lab ID: 1003279-004 Date Received: 03/08/2010-9:40 AM Collection Date: 03/04/20 10 12:00 AM

.Report Dilution Parameter Result Limit Qual. Units Factor Date-Analyzed Batch ID ACID NUMBER BY ASTM Method:,ASTM-D974 modified-Rey 1997 Analyst: Is Acid Number < 0.500 0.500 mg KOH/g 1 0311712010 11:00 AM R531 Q, A. Rr BY: 2&1,FEW PSC WED]

L DATE:

Qualifiers:

• Value exceeds Maximum Contaminant Level B Analyte detected in the associated Method Blank c Analyte not in SLI scopeof accreditation E Estimated, detected above quantitation range G Refer to case narrative page for specific comments H Holding times for preparation or analysis exceeded Analyte detected below quantitation limit (QL) N Tentatively identified compounds ND Not Detected at the Reporting Limit R RPD outside accepted recovery limnils Rpt Ver ID: 03/18/10 4:47:12 PM Melissa 3 of 4

-4 TM-N1043-500 Appendix B Revision 0, Page 24 of 24 ORDERED BY: PURCHA SE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION 3488 WATLING ROAD EAST CHICAGO, IN 46312-1709 ORDER Purchase Order No, 1054 USA Date Issued: 314110 Voice: 219-397-5828 Fax: 2116497-0867 SUBURBAN LABORATORIES INC PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION 4140 LiTt DRIVE 3468 WATLING ROAD HILLSIDE. IL .80162-1183 EAST CHICAGO. IN 46312-1709 USA I -I Not 30 Days i-I 413110 -

Ill BEST WAY I I III1/1_

Teat grease samples H13-41 ShopI/BTi, H24-33 ShopIST41 HSI-49 ShopOTI arnd

-I-I

- OtIF3 " ~OLIf~l 0-322 Shop/N (or neutralization number using acId test as outlined In ASTM 0974 Modified. Provide results to PSC QA Oepartment All provisions of the Suburban Qualify Assurance Plan. Rev. 9. dated 901107 applyothe contracted services herein.

Suburban shall submit a laboratory report Indicating the results ofthe tests were In contfomance with the requirements of this PurchaseOrder.

A member of Suburban's QA Department shall authenticate the laboratory results; PSC, Inc.kdlngauthorzed Clents and C6ntrac*ors shalt have iglht-of-access to Ihe Suburban facility for the purposes of record review, and/or audit or surveillance activities. Suburban shall report any defects or nonooniormrng conditions from the Purchase Order requirements to the PSC Quality Department prior to completion of this Purchase Order to determine acceptability, Test reports will Indude the Test Method used (Including year).

it

-I-I-Authorized Signature 7 QAX.47i~E.WEID Rpt Ver: Pat 03118110 4:42:14 PM 1 of 1 Rpt Ver ID: 03/18/10 4:47:12 PM Melissa 4 of 4

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 1 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION # 0 Jack Calibration Record SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED

___ PAGE I OF 3 COMPUTED BY: JRP DATE: 07/14/09 j REVIEWED BY: BAG DATE: 07/14/09 Project: POST BYRON!,k,- 7/,'77 Contract No: N 1044 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9370 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. In. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: TELEDYNE Register No: 4734 Constant: 33005 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Raw Data By: GERALD BUSSONE Date: 07/14/09 Witness: N/A Mean Ram Area: l2i89*1sq in. K= .2.2$48k,*ikips gency: N/A Date: N/A Computed By: JOHN PARV QC Check:

Title:

FIELD ENGINEER Date: 07/14109

Title:

Date:

Target Pressure (PSI) j Gauge Reading (PSI) Load Cell Readout Comments 1000 1030 6.82 RUN: I POSITION; 1.5" 2000 2008 13.30 3000 3018 20.02 4000 4008 26.64 5000 5006 33.26 6000 6006 39.90 7000 7008 46.56 8000 8020 53.28 8500 8505 56.48 1000 1014 6.62 RUN: 2 POSITION: 3" 2000 2020 13.30 3000 3004 19.80 4000 4016 26.54 5000 5002 33.04 6000 6016 39.74 7000 7017 46.38 8000 8015 52.96 8500 "8510 56.22 1000 1040 6.78 RUN: 3 POSITION: 4.5" 2000 2020 13.30 3000 3014 19.78 4000 4001 26.50 5000 5009 33.18 6000 6012 39.72 7000 7023 46.54 8000 8002 52.96 8500 8507 56.26

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 2 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: " G HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION#

Linear Regression Analysis SAFETY RELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE r 2 OF 3 COMPUTED BY: JRP DATE: 07/14/09 1 REVIEWED BY: BAG DATE: 07/14/09 Project: POST BYRON Contract No: N1044 Jack Descrip )tion: PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9370 Theoretical FRam Area- 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: TELEDYNE Register No: 4734 Constant: 33005 Calibrating Cauge Used' HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Actual GaugeReading (psi) Load Cell Readout Computed Force (kips) 1030 6.82 225.094 2008 13.30 438.967 3018 20.02 660.760 4008 26.64 879.253 5006 33.26 1097.746 6006 39.90 1316.900 7008 46.56 1536.713 8020 53.28 1758.506 8505 56.48 1864.122 1014 6.62 218.493 2020 13.30 438.967 3004 19.80 653.499 4016 26.54 875.953 5002 33.04 1090.485 6016 39.74 1311,619 7017 46.38 1530.772 8015 52.96 1747.945.

8510 56.22 1855.541 1040 6.78 223.774 2020 13.30 438.967 3014 19.78 652.839 4001 26.50 874.633 5009 33.18 1095.106 6012 39.72 1310.959 7023 46.54 1536.053 8002 52.96 1747.945 8507 56.26 1856.861 Indicates these readings have been omitted from thefinal computations Errors In Jack Calibration Error In Standard .............................................................................. 0.0100 ksi Interpolation In Gauge ....................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Accuracy of Gauge ........................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Errors In Gauae Calibration Interpolation In Master ...................................................................... 0.0000 ksl Interpolation in Field Gauge ................................................................ 0.0050 ksi Accuracyof Master ........................................................................... 0.0100 ksi Accuracy of Field Gauge................................................................... 0.0275 ksi Errors In Field Use of Gauge Interpolation Error ............................................................................. 0.0050 ksi' Accuracy Error ................................................................................. 0.0275 ksi Maximum Gauge Reading Used .........................................................  ; ................. 8.5100 ksl FORCE (kips) = 218.894 (in2) X GAUGE READING (ksi) + -2.248 (kips)

Correlation = 0.99998387 N/NO = 1.0000 (Not < 0.66667)

Maxim um Error Ratio In Jack .............................................................................. 0.0084 Maximum Error Ratio In Gauge ............................................................................ 0.0049 Maxim um Total Error Ratio ................................................................................. 0.0098

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 3 of 24 DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION .... 0 Comparison With Previous Calibration SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED

___ PAGE 3 OF 3 COMPUTED BY: JRP DATE: 07/14/09 REVIEWED BY: BAG DATE: 07/14/09 Project: POST BYRON Contract No: N1044 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9370 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: TELEDYNE Register No: 4734 Constant: 33005 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Data From Current Calibration Data From Previous Calibration Area (As): 218.894 sq.in. Area (AQ): 216.052 sq.in.

Constant (Cf): -2.248 kips Constant (CI): -0.141 kips Max Pressure (P): 8500 psi fX100% -- 1.201%/

i WHERE:

i = (Ai x P) + (Ci

• 1000) f = (Af x P) + (Cf

• 1000)

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 4 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: N HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION #

Jack Calibration Record SAFETY RELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE DAE OF 3 COM'PUTED BY- JRP DATE: 09210 EVIEWED BY- BAG DATE: 09/231,09 Project: MID TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9370 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: TELEDYNE Register No: 4734 Constant: 33005 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Raw Data By: DAVE PRITT Date: 09/23/09 Witness: N/A Mean Ram Area: *22672'sq. in. K= rr.25 5*rkips Agency: N/A Date: NIA Computed By: JOHN PARV . QC Check:

Title:

FIELD ENGINEER Date: 09/23/09

Title:

Date:

Target Pressure (PSI) Gauge Reading (PSI) Load Cell Readout Comments 1000 1025 6.78 RUN: 1 POSITION: 1.5" 2000 2038 13.48 3000 3021 20.04 4000 4013 26.68 5000 5015 33.36 6000 6021 40.08 7000 7016 46.74 8000 8034 53.56 8500 8516 56.80 1000 1008 6.66 RUN: 2 POSITION: 3,"

2000 2022 13.36 3000 3025 20.08 4000 4022 26.72 5000 5020 33.40 6000 6021 40.10 7000 7014 46.76 8000 8010 53.42 8500 8530 56.90 1000 1014 6.68 RUN: 3 POSITION: 4.5" 2000 2017 13.28 3000 3018 19.98 4000 4030 26.74 5000 5021 33.48 6000 6013 39.98 7000 7008 46.66 8000 8043 53.52 8500 8511 56.70

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Paqe 5 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION / 0 Linear Regression Analysis SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE 1 2 OF 3 09/23/09 1 REVIEWED BY: BAG DATE: 09/23/09 Project: MID TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9370 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. In. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: TELEDYNE Register No: 4734 Constant: 33005 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Actual Gauge Reading (psi) Load Cell Readout Computed Force (kips) 1025 6.78 223.774 2038 13.48 444.907 3021 20.04 661.420 4013 26.68 880.573 5015 33.36 1101.047 6021 40.08 1322.840 7016 46.74 1542.654 8034 53.56 1767.748 8516 56.80 1874.684 1008 6.66 219.813 2022 13.36 440.947 3025 20.08 662.740 4022 26.72 881,894 5020 33.40 1102.367 6021 40.10 1323.501 7014 46.76 1543.314 8010 53.42 1763.127 8530 56.90 1877.985 1014 6.68 220.473 2017 13.28 438.306 3018 19.98 659.440 4030 26.74 882.554 5021 33.48 1105.007 6013 39.98 1319.540 7008 46.66 1540.013 8043 53.52 1766.428 8511 56.70 1871.384

• Indicates these readings have been omitted from thefinal computations Errors In Jack Calibration Error In Standard .............................................................................. 0.0100 ksl Interpolation in Gauge ....................................................................... 0.0000 ksl Accuracy of Gauge .......................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Errors In Gauge Calibration Interpolation In Master ....................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Interpolation in Field Gauge ................................................................ 0.0050 ksl Accuracy of Master ........................................................................... 0.0100 ksl Accuracy of Field Gauge .................................................................... 0.0275 ksi Errors In Field Use of Gauge Interpolation Error ............................................................................. 0.0050 ksi Accuracy Error ................................................................................. 0.0275 ksl Maximum Gauge Reading Used ....................................... 8.5300 ksl FORCE (kips) = 220.472 (in2) X GAUGE READING (ksi) + -4.255 (kips)

Correlation = 0.99999722 N/NO = 1.0000 (Not < 0.66667)

Maximum Error Ratio In Jack ............................................................................... 0.0092 Maximum Error Ratio In Gauge ............................................................................ 0.0049 Maximum Total Error Ratio ................................................................................. 0.0105

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 6 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION # 0 Comparison With Previous Calibration SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE 3 OF 3 DATE: 09/23/09 I REVIEWED BY: BAG DATE: 09/23/09 Project: MID TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9370 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: TELEDYNE Register No: 4734 Constant: 33005 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Data From Current Calibration Data From Previous Calibration Area (Af): 220.472 sq.in. Area (Aq): 218.894 sq.in.

Constant (Cf): -4.255 kips Constant (C1 ): -2.248 kips Max Pressure (P): 8500 psi

-f A100% = -0.614%

WHERE:

i = (Ai x P) + (Ci

• 1000) f = (Af x P) + (Cf

• 1000)

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 7 of 24 DOCUMENT NO6 I DOCUMENTTYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION 01 0 Jack Calibration Record SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE I1 OF 3 COMPUTED BY: JRP DATE: 12/22/09 REVIEWED BY: BAG DATE: 12/22/09_

Project: POST TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9370 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: DAYTRONIC Register No: 17010 Constant: 44694.6 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Raw Data By: DAVE PRITT Date: 12/22/09 Witness: N/A Mean Ram Area: 14 sq. in. K= kips Agency: N/A Date: N/A Computed By: JOHN PARV QC Check:

Title:

FIELD ENGINEER Date: 12/22/09 itle: Date:

Target Pressure (PSI) Gauge Reading (PSI) Load Cell Readout Comments 1000 1015 4.99 RUN: 1 POSITION: 1.5" 2000 2024 9.91 3000 3012 14.78 4000 4015 19.67 5000 5014 24.58 6000 6014 29.46 7000 7012 34.32 8000 8012 39.21 8500 8521 41.68 1000 1017 4.95 RUN: 2 POSITION: 3" 2000 2032 9.90 3000 3027 14.83 4000 4019 19.73 5000 5010 24.61 6000 6032 29.61 7000 7036 34.56 8000 8013 39.31 8500 8518 41.80 1000 1005 4.87 RUN: 3 POSITION: 4.5" 2000 2011 9.80 3000 3010 14.75 4000 4012 19.67 5000 5014 24.58 6000 6022 29.53 7000 7013 34.39 8000 8014 39.28 8500 8505 41.79

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0. Paae 8 of 24 Revision 0 Pa e 8 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

I DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION #

Linear Regression Analysis SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE I 2 OF 3 I REVIEWED BY: BAG DATE: 12/22/09 Project: POST TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9370 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: DAYTRONIC Register No: 17010 Constant: 44694.6 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19111 Actual Gauge Reading (psi) Load Cell Readout Computed Force (kips) 1015 4.99 223.026 2024 9.91 442.923 3012 14.78 660.586 4015 19.67 879.143 5014 24.58 1098.593 6014 29.46 1316.703 7012 34.32 1533.919 8012 39.21 1752.475 8521 41.68 1862.871 1017 4.95 221.238 2032 9.90 442.477 3027 14.83 662.821 4019 19.73 881.824 5010 24.61 1099.934 6032 29.61 1323.407 7036 34.56 1544.645 8013 39.31 1756.945 8518 41.80 1868.234 1005 4.87 217.663 2011 9.80 438.007 3010 14.75 659.245 4012 19.67 879.143 5014 24.58 1098.593 6022 29.53 1319.832 7013 34.39 1537.047 8014 39.28 1755.604 8505 41.79 1867.787 Indicates these readings have been omitted from thefinal computations Errors In Jack Calibration Error In Standard .............................................................................. 0.0100 ksi Interpolation in Gauge ....................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Accuracy of Gauge ........................................................................... 0.0000 ksl Errors In Gauge Calibration Interpolation in Master.... ................................................................ 0.0000 ksi Interpolation in Field Gauge ................................................................ 0.0050 ksl Accuracy of Master ........................................................................... 0.0100 ksl Accuracy of Field Gauge .................................................................... 0.0275 ksi Errors In Field Use of Gauge Interpolation Error ............................................................................. 0.0050 ksl Accuracy Error ................................................................................ 0.0275 ksi Maximum Gauge Reading Used ........................................................................... 8.5210 ksi FORCE (kips) = 219.313 (in 2) X GAUGE READING (ksi) + -1.189 (kips)

Correlation = 0.99999428 N/NO = 1.0000 (Not < 0.66667)

Maximum Error Ratio In Jack ............................................................................... 0.0073 Maximum Error Ratio In Gauge ............................................................................ 0.0049 Maxim um Total Error Ratio ................................................................................. 0.0088

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 9 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION# 0 Comparison With Previous Calibration SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED

_PAGE 3 OF 3 COMPUTED BY: JRP DATE: 12/22/09 REVIEWED BY: BAG DATE: 12/22/09 Project: POST TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9370 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: DAYTRONIC Register No: 17010 Constant: 44694.6 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: 89-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Data From Current Calibration Data From Previous Calibration Area (Af): 219. 313 sq.in. Area (A): 220.472 sq.in.

Constant (Cf): -1.189 kips Constant (C1): -4.255 kips Max Pressure (P): 8500 psi i- x100% = 0.363%

i WHERE:

i = (Ai x P) + (Ci

• 1000) f = (Af x P) + (Cf

• 1000)

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Pacle 10 of 24 9

DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: Eýo HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION #RA Jack Calibration Record SAFETY RELATED NON-*SAFETY RELATED PAGE I I OF 3 JRP DATE: 07/09/09 1 REVIEWED BY: PCs DATE: 07/09/09 Proiect: POST BYRON /,-,,- 7 J,.,- Contract No: N1044 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9371 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: TELEDYNE Register No: 4734 Constant: 33005 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Raw Data By: GERALD BUSSONE Date: 07/09/09 Witness: N/A Mean Ram Area: in. K= h3.524&, kips A22O0OO8sq. Agency: N/A Date: N/A Computed By: JOHN PARV QC Check:

Title:

FIELD ENGINEER Date: 07/09/09 Fitle: Date:

Target Pressure (PSI)I Gauge Reading (PSI) Load Cell Readout Comments 1000 1025 6.74 RUN: 1 POSITION: 1.5" 2000 2030 13.24 3000 3010 20.00 4000 4009 26.62 5000 5002 33.30 6000 6005 39.96 7000 7010 46.72 8000 8004 53.28 8500 8505 56.66 1000 1032 6.72 RUN: 2 POSITION: 3" 2000 2003 13.26 3000 3012 19.98 4000 4006 26.62 5000 5008 33.30 6000 6007 39.96 7000 7004 46.62 8000 8004 53.26 8500 8507 56.56 1000 1012 6.66 RUN: 3 POSITION: 4.5" 2000 2005 13.28 3000 3007 19.96 4000 4004 26.58 5000 5008 33.28 6000 6008 39.92 7000 7004 46.56 8000 8004 53.16 8500 8506 56.42

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 11 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

4.

DOCUMENT TYPE: ExG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION0 Linear Regression Analysis SAFETY RELATED NONCSAFETY RELATED PAGE 2 OF 3 COMPUTED BY: JRP' DATE: 07/09/09 1 REVIEWED BY: PCs DATE: 07/09/09 Project: POST BYRON Contract No: N1044 Jack Descri ption: PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9371 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating I)evice Used: TELEDYNE Register No: 4734 Constant: 33005 Calibrating ( Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06119111 Actual Gauge Reading (psi) Load Cell Readout Computed Force (kips) 1025 6.74 222.454 2030 13.24 436.986 3010 20.00 660.100 4009 26.62 878.593 5002 33.30 1099.067 6005 39.96 1318.880 7010 46.72 1541.994 8004 53.28 1758.506 8505 56.66 1870.063 1032 6.72 221.794 2003 13.26 437.646 3012 19.98 659.440 4006 26.62 878.593 5008 33.30 1099.067 6007 39.96 1318.880 7004 46.62 1538.693 8004 53.26 1757.846 8507 56.56 1866.763 1012 6.66 219.813 2005 13.28 438.306 3007 19.96 658.780 4004 26.58 877.273 5008 33.28 1098.406 6008 39.92 1317.560 7004 46.56 1536.713 8004 53.16 1754.546 8506 56.42 1862.142 Indicates these readings have been omitted from thefinal computations Errors In Jack Calibration Error In Standard .............................................................................. 0.0100 ksi Interpolation in Gauge ....................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Accuracy of Gauge .......................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Errors In Gauge Calibration Interpolation in Master ...................................................................... 0.0000 ksl Interpolation in Field Gauge ................................................................ 0.0050 ksi Accuracy of Master ........................................................................... 0.0100 ksi Accuracy of Field Gauge .................................................................... 0.0275 ksi Errors In Field Use of Gauge Interpolation E rror ............................................................................. 0.0050 ksi Accuracy E rror ................................................................................ 0.0275 ksi Maximum Gauge Reading Used ......................................................................... 8.5070 ksl FORCE (kips) = 220.008 (in2) X GAUGE READING (ksi) + -3.524 (kips)

Correlation = 0.99999290 N/NO = 1.0000 (Not < 0.66667)

Maximum Error Ratio In Jack .............................................................................. 0.0138 Maximum Error Ratio In Gauge ............................................................................ 0.0049 Maximum Total Error Ratio ............................................................................... 0.0146

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0. Paoe 12 of 24

-'1 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION # 0 Comparison With Previous Calibration SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE DT3 OF 3 COMPUTED BY: JRP DATE: 07/09/09 REVIEWED BY: PCs DATE: 07/09/09 Project: POST BYRON Contract No: N1044 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9371 theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: TELEDYNE Register No: 4734 Constant: 33005 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Data From Current Calibration Data From Previous Calibration Area (Af): 220.008 sq.in. Area (A,): 219.798 sq.in.

Constant (Cf): -3.524 kips Constant (Ci): -6.289 kips Max Pressure (P): 8500 psi iX100% = -0.244%

i WHERE:

i=(AixP)+(Ci* 1000) f = (Af x P) + (Cf

• 1000)

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 13 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION t/ 0 Jack Calibration Record SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED I PAGE I I OF 3 09/23/09 1 REVIEWED BY: BAG DATE: 09/23/09 Project: MID TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9371 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: TELEDYNE Register No: 4734 Constant: 33005 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Raw Data By: DAVE PRITT Date: 09/23/09 - Witness: N/A Mean Ram Area: *220599 sq. in. K= -5.486 kips Agency: N/A Date: N/A Computed By: JOHN PARV PC Check:

Title:

FIELD ENGINEER Date: 09/23/09

Title:

Date:

Target Pressure (PSI) Gauge Reading (PSI) Load Cell Readout Comments 1000 1005 6.52 RUN: I POSITION: 15' 2000 2012 13.20 3000 3007 19.82 4000 4025 26.62 5000 5020 33.24 6000 6013 39.88 7000 7015 46.60 8000 8012 53.26 8500 8534 56.76 1000 1015 6.70 RUN: 2 POSITION: 3" 2000 2030 13.42 3000 3011 19.98 4000 4009 26.66 5000 5033 33.54 6000 6010 40.04 7000 7006 46.72 8000 8010 53.44 8500 8511 56.78 1000 1010 6.64 RUN: 3 POSITION: 4.5" 2000 2041 13.50 3000 3014 20.02 4000 4010 26.68 5000 5024 33.48 6000 6023 40.16 7000 7038 46.96 8000 8012 53.46 8500 8511 56.80

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 14 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION#

Linear Regression Analysis SAFErYRELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE BAG D2 DATE: OF 009/23/03, COMPUTED BY: .JRP DATE: 69i23/09 I, REVIEWED BY:

Project: MID TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9371 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. In. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: TELEDYNE Register No: 4734 Constant: 33005 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19111 Actual Gauge Reading (psi) Load Cell Readout Computed Force (kips) 1005 6.52 215.193 2012 13.20 435.666 3007 19.82 654.159 4025 26.62 878.593 5020 33124 1097.086 6013 39.88 1316.239.

7015 46.60 1538.033 8012 53.26 1757.846 8534 56.76 1873.364 1015 6.70 221.134 2030 13.42 442.927 3011 19.98 659.440 4009 26.66. 879.913 5033 33.54 1106.988 6010 40.04 1321.520 7006 46.72 1541.994 8010 53.44 1763.787 8511 56.78 1874.024 1010 6.64 219.153 2041 13.50 445.568 3014 20.02 660.760 4010 26.68 880.573 5024 33.48 1105.007 6023 40.16 1325.481 7038 46.96 1549.915 8012 53.46 1764.447 8511 56.80 1874.684

• Indicates these readings have been omitted from thefinal computations Errors In Jack Calibration Error In'Standard .............................................................................. 0.0100 ksl Interpolation in Gauge .............. : ....................................................... 0.0000 ksi Accuracy of Gauge .......................................................................... 0.0000 ksl Errors In Gauge Calibration Interpolation In Master....................................................................... 0.0000 ksl Interpolation in Field Gauge ................................................................ 0.0050 ksi Accuracy of Master .......................................................................... 0.0100 ksl Accuracy of Field Gauge .................................................. I................... 0.0275 ksl Errors In Field Use of Gauge Interpolation Error ............................................................................. 0.0050 ksl Accuracy Error ................................................................................ 0.0275 ksl Maximum Gauge Reading Used ...................................................................... .8.5340 ksl FORCE (kips) = 220.599 (in2) X GAUGE READING (ksi) + -5.486 (kips)

Correlation = 0.99998800 N/NO = 1.0000 (Not < 0.66667)

Maxim um Error Ratio In Jack ................................................................................ 0.0124 Maximum Error Ratio In Gauge ........................................ 0.0049 Maximum Total Error Ratio .......................................... 0.0134

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 15 of 24 Y

DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION # 0 Comparison With Previous Calibration SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE 3 OF 3 09/23/09 REVIEWED BY: BAG DATE: 09/23/09 Project: MID TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9371 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: TELEDYNE Register No: 4734 Constant: 33005 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Data From Current Calibration Data From Previous Calibration Area (A1): 220.599 sq.in. Area (A4): 220.0.08 sq.in.

Constant (Cf): -5.486 kips Constant (C1 ): -3.524 kips Max Pressure (P): 8500 psi f A 100% = -0.164%

i WHERE:

i = (Ai x P) + (CI

• 1000) f = (Af x P) + (Cf

• 1000)

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 16 of 24 I

DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION B 0 Jack Calibration Record SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE I I OF 3 JRP DATE: 12/22/09 1 REVIEWED BY: BAG DATE: 12/22/09 Project: POST TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9371 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: DAYTRONIC Register No: 17010 Constant: 44694.6 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Raw Data By: DAVE PRITT Date: 12/22/09 Witness: N/A Mean Ram Area: *2l9.09* sq. in. K= kips Agency: N/A Date: N/A Computed By: JOHN PARV QC Check:

Title:

FIELD ENGINEER Date: 12/22/09

Title:

Date:

Target Pressure (PSI) Gauge Reading (PSI) Load Cell Readout Comments 1000 1015 4.89 RUN: 1 POSITION: 1.5" 2000 2014 9.83 3000 3022 14.84 4000 4015 19.75 5000 5022 24.68 6000 6020 29.56

.7000 7010 34.45 8000 8015 39.30 8500 8512 41.76 1000 1019 4.95 RUN: 2 POSITION: 3" 2000 2026 9.91 3000 3020 14.85 4000 4012 19.70 5000 5010 24.59 6000 6011 29.51 7000 7033 34.49 8000 8016 39.29 8500 8512 41.75 1000 1010 4.92 RUN: 3 POSITION: 4.5" 2000 2014 9.85 3000 3017 14.82 4000 4011 19.74 5000 5013 24.64 6000 6016 29.58 7000 7017 34.48 8000 8022 39.36 8500 8530 41.94

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0. Page 17 of 24 DOCUMENT NO: I DOCUMENT TYPE: ENOG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION N 0 Linear Regression Analysis SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE 2 OF 3 COMPUTED BY: JRP DATE: 12/22/09 REVIEWED BY: BAG DATE: 12/22/09 Project: POST TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9371 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. In. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: DAYTRONIC Register No: 17010 Constant: 44694.6 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Actual Gauge Reading (psi) Load Cell Readout Computed Force (kips) 1015 4.89 218.557 2014 9.83 439.348 3022 14.84 663.268 4015' 19.75 882.718 5022 24.68 1103.063 6020 29.56 1321.172 7010 34.45 1539.729 8015 39.30 1756.498 8512 41.76 1866.446 1019 4.95 221.238 2026 9.91 442.923 3020 14.85 663.715 4012 19.70 880.484 5010 24.59 1099.040 6011 29.51 1318.938 7033 34.49 1541.517 8016 39.29 1756.051 8512 41.75 1866.000 1010 4.92 219.897 2014 9.85 440.242 3017 14.82 662.374 4011 19.74 882.271 5013 24.64 1101.275 6016 29.58 1322.066 7017 34.48 1541.070 8022 39.36 1759.179 8530 41.94 1874.492 Indicates these readings have been omitted from thefinal computations Errors In Jack Calibration Error In Standard ............................................................................... 0.0100 ksl Interpolation In Gauge ...................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Accuracy of Gauge ........................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Errors In Gauge Calibration Interpolation In Master ....................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Interpolation in Field Gauge ................................................................ 0.0050 ksl Accuracy of Master ........................................................................... 0.0100 ksi Accuracy of Field Gauge ................................. ................................... 0.0275 ksi Errors In Field Use of Gauge Interpolation Error ............................................................................. 0.0050 ksl Accuracy Error ................................................................................. 0.0275 ksi Maximum Gauge Reading Used ........................................................................... 8.5300 ksi FORCE (kips) = 219.509 (in2 ) X GAUGE READING (ksi) + -0.624 (kips)

Correlation = 0.99999535 N/NO = 0.9630 (Not < 0.66667)

Maximum Error Ratio In Jack ............................................................................... 0.0081 Maximum Error Ratio In Gauge ........................................................................... 0.0049 Maximum Total Error Ratio ................................................................................. 0.0095

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 18 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

f, DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION 0 Comparison With PreviouS Calibration SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE BY 3 OF 3 COMPUTED BY: JRP DATE: 12/22/09 1REVIEWED BY; BAG DATE: 12/22/09 Project: POST TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

PINE Size: 1000 Tons Register No: 9371 Theoretical Ram Area: 220 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: DAYTRONIC Register No: 17010 Constant: 44694.6 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Data From Current Calibration. Data From Previous Calibration Area (Af): 219.509 sq.in. Area (A1): 220.599 sq.in.

Constant (Ce): -0.624 kips Constant (C1 ): -5.486 kips Max Pressure (P): 8500 psi f- x1 00% = 0.236%

i WHERE:

i = (Ai x P) + (Ci

• 1000) f = (Af x P) + (Cf

• 1000)

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 19 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION # 0 Jack Calibration Record SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE 1, OF 3 COMPUTED BY: JRP DATE: 12/23/09 1 REVIEWED BY: PCS DATE: 12/23/09 Proiect: PRE TMI Contract No: N1 043 Jack

Description:

ENERPAC Size: 16 Tons Register No: 7702 Theoretical Ram Area: 1.66 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: 25 TON CELL Register No: 9321 Constant: 501.629 Calibratinq Gau~qe Used: HEISE Renister No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Raw Data By: DAVE PRITT Date: 12123/09 Witness: N/A II Mean Ram Area: ;C6961`,§sq.( in. K= f0,091*Cikips Agency: N/A Date: N/A Computed By: JOHN PARV QC Check:

Title:

FIELD ENGINEER Date: 12/23/09

Title:

Date:

Target Pressure (PSI)] Gauge Reading (PSI) Load Cell Readout Comments 1000 1007 3.50 RUN: 1 POSITION: 3" 2000 2020 7.00 3000 3006 10.40 4000 4018 13.90 5000 5043 17.30 6000 6018 20.50 7000 7018 23.80 8000 8007 27.20 8500 8506 28.90 1000 1011 3.40 RUN: 2 POSITION: 6" 2000 2012 6.90 3000 3010 10.30 4000 4008 13.80 5000 5009 17.20 6000 6010 20.50 7000 7010 23.90 8000 8027 27.30 8500 8520 29.00 1000 1010 3.40 RUN: 3 POSITION: 9" 2000 2005 6.90 3000 3013 10.30 4000 4016 13.80 5000 5011 17.20 6000 6016 20.50 7000 7011 23.90 8000 8018 27.30 8500 8505 29.00

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0. Paae 20 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION #

Linear Regression Analysis SAFETY RELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED U BPAGE C DT2 OF 3 COMPUTED .BY: JR .P DATE: 12R23/097I REVIEWED BY: PCs DATE: 12123/09 Project: PRE TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

ENERPAC Size: 16 Tons Register No: 7702 Theoretical Ram Area: 1.66 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: 25 TON CELL Register No: 9321 Constant: 501.629 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06119/11 Actual Gauge Reading (psi) Load Cell Readout Computed Force (kips) 1007 3.50 1.756 2020 7.00 3.511 3006 10.40 5.217 4018 13.90 6.973 5043 17.30 8.678 6018 20.50 10.283 7018 23.80 11.939 8007 27.20 13.644 8506 28.90 14.497 1011 3.40 1.706 2012 6.90 3.461 3010 10.30 5.167 4008 13.80 6,922 5009, 17.20 8.628 6010 20.50 10.283 7010 23.90 11.989 8027 27.30 13.694 8520 29.00 14.547 1010 3.40 1.706 2005 6.90 3.461 3013 10.30 5.167 4016 13.80 6.922 5011 17:20 8.628 6016 20.50 10.283 7011 23.90 11.989 8018 27.30 13.694 8505 29.00 14.547 Indicates these readings have been omitted from thefinal computations Errors In Jack Calibration Error In Standard ............................................................................. 0.0100 ksi Interpolation in Gauge ................................ I ..................................... 0.0000 ksi Accuracy of Gauge ........................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Errors In Gauge Calibration Interpolation in Master ....................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Interpolation in Field Gauge ................................................................ 0.0050 ksl Accuracy of Master ........................................................................... 0.0100 ksi Accuracy of Field Gauge .................................................................... 0.0275 ksi Errors In Field Use of Gauqe Interpolation Error ............................................................................. 0.0050 ksi Accuracy Error ................................................................................. 0.0275 ksi Maximum Gauge Reading Used ........................................................................... 8.5200 ksi FORCE (kips) = 1.696 (in') X GAUGE READING (ksi) + 0.091 (kips)

Correlation = 0.99996767 N/NO = 0.8889 (Not < 0.66667)

Maximum Error Ratio In Jack .............................................................................. 0.0123 Maximum Error Ratio In Gauge ............................................................................ 0.0049 Maximum Total Error Ratio ................................................................................ 0.0132

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 21 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION I 0 Comparison With Previous Calibration SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE 3 OF 3 COMPUTED BY: JRP DATE: 12/23/09 REVIEWED BY: PCS DATE: 12/23/09 Project: PRE TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

ENERPAC Size: 16 Tons Register No: 7702 Theoretical Ram Area: 1.66 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: 25 TON CELL Register No: 9321 Constant: 501.629 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Data From Current Calibration Data From Previous Calibration Area (Af): 1.696 sq.in. Area (Aj): 1.698 sq.in.

Constant (Cf): 0.091 kips Constant (Ce): 0.098 kips Max Pressure i(P): 8500 psi i100% =0.162% -

i WHERE:

i = (Ai x P) + (Ci

• 1000) f = (Af x P) + (Cf

• 1000)

TM-1043-500: Appendix C Revision 0, Page 22 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION # 0 Jack Calibration Record SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE I1 OF 3 12/29/09 1 REVIEWED BY: PCS DATE: 12/29/09 Project: POST TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

ENERPAC Size: 16 Tons Register No: 7702 Theoretical Ram Area: 1.66 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: 25 TON CELL Register No: 9321 Constant: 501.629 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-271 00 Due Date: 06/19/11 Raw Data By: DANIEL O'SHEA Date: 12/29/09 Witness: N/A Mean Ram Area: 69T.;~ sq. in. K= iO3;2Ikips Agency: N/A Date: N/A Computed By: DAVID MALDONADO QC Check:

Title:

FIELD ENGINEER Date: 12/29/09 Fitle: Date:

Target Pressure (PSI) Gauge Reading (PSI) Load Cell Readout Comments 1000 1006 3.55 RUN: I POSITION: 3" 2000 2002 6.95 3000 3004 10.40 4000 4002 13.85 5000 5000 17.25 6000 6003 20.55 7000 7001 23.85 8000 8002 27.20 8500 8500 28.95 1000 1023 3.40 RUN: 2 POSITION: 6" 2000 2000 6.85 3000 3001 10.35 4000 4000 13.85 5000 5001 17.20 6000 6000 20.60 7000 7001 24.05 8000 8000 27.30 8500 8501 29.05 1000 1027 3.55 RUN: 3 POSITION: 9" 2000 2004 6.90 3000 3002 10.35 4000 4010 13.80 5000 5001 17.10 6000 6003 20.60 7000 7005 24.00 8000 8004 27.30 8500 8503 29.00

TM-1043-500: Appendix C

___________ evision_0_ Paae_23_of 24 ________________

DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION #

Linear Regression Analysis SAFETY RELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE 2 OF 3 COMPUTED BY: DJM DATE: 12/29/09 REVIEWED BY: PCS' DATE: 12/29/09 Project: POST TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

ENERPAC Size: 16 Tons Register No: 7702 Theoretical Ram Area: 1.66 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: 25 TON CELL Register No: 9321 Constant: 501.629 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06/19/11 Actual Gauge Reading (psi) Load Cell Readout Computed Force (kips) 1006 3.55 1.781 2002 6.95 3.486 3004 10.40 5.217 4002 13.85 6.948 5000 17.25 8.653 6003 20.55 10.308 7001 23.85 11.964 8002 27.20 13.644 8500 28.95 14.522 1023 3.40 1.706 2000 6.85 3.436

• 3001 10.35 5,192 4000 13.85 6,948 5001 17.20 8,628 6000 20.60 10.334 7001 24.05 12,064 8000 27.30 13.694 8501 29.05 14.572 1027 3.55 1.781 2004 6.90 3.461

• 3002 10.35 5.192 4010 13.80 6.922 5001 17.10 8.578 6003 20.60 10.334 7005 24.00 12.039 8004 27.30 13.694 8503 29.00 14.547 Indicates these readings have been omitted from thefinal computations Errors In Jack Calibration Error In Standard .............................................................................. 0.0100 ksi Interpolation in G auge ...............................................  : ...................... 0.0000 ksi Accuracy of Gauge ........................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Errors In Gauge Calibration Interpolation in Master ....................................................................... 0.0000 ksi Interpolation in Field Gauge ................................................................ 0.0050 ksi Accuracy of Master ........................................................................... 0.0100 ksi Accuracy of Field Gauge .................................................................... 0.0275 ksi Errors In Field Use of Gauge Interpolation Error ............................................................................. 0.0050 ksl A ccuracy E rror ................................................................................. 0.0275 ksi Maximum Gauge Reading Used ........................................................................... 8.5030 ksi FORCE (kips) = 1.697 (in2) X GAUGE READING (ksi) + 0.123 (kips)

Correlation = 0.99996087 N/NO = 0.8 148 (Not < 0.66667)

Maximum Error Ratio In Jack ............................................................................... 00097 Maximum Error Ratio In Gauge ............................................................................ 0.0049 Maximum Total Error Ratio ................................................................................ 0.0109

TM-1043-500: Appendix C

-Revision 0, Page 24 of 24 DOCUMENT NO:

DOCUMENT TYPE: ENG HYDRAULIC JACK CALIBRATION REVISION # 0 Comparison With Previous Calibration SAFETY RELATED X NON-SAFETY RELATED PAGE 3 OF 3 COMiPUTED BY: Dim DATE: 1!2/29109 REVIEWED BY: -PCs DATE: 121/29/09 Project: POST TMI Contract No: N1043 Jack

Description:

ENERPAC Size: 16 Tons Register No: 7702 Theoretical Ram Area: 1.66 sq. in. Max Pressure: 8500 psi Calibrating Device Used: 25 TON CELL Register No: 9321 Constant: 501.629 Calibrating Gauge Used: HEISE Register No: S9-27100 Due Date: 06119/11 Data From Current Calibration Data From Previous Calibration Area (Af): 1.697 sq.in. Area (Ai): 1.696 sq.in.

Constant (Cf): 0.123 kips Constant (C1): 0.091 kips Max Pressure (P): 8500 psi fx1 00% =-0.276%

i WHERE:

i = (Ai x P) + (Ci

• 1000) f = (Af x P) + (Cf

• 1000)

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Precision Surveillance Corporation 3468 Watling Street Phone: (219) 397-5826 East Chicago. IN 46312 Fax: (219) 397-5667 Email: lnfo@psctendon.com http://www.psctendon.com CONTROLLED MANUAL NO:

N1043-ool I POST TENSIONING SYSTEM IN-SERVICE INSPECTION MANUAL FOR EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE REVISION A July 31, 2009 REVISION A November 6,2009 REVISION REVISION A3 Q.A. MANAGER 11/06/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P. E. 11/06/09

• 'pproved by Title Date PRESIDENT 11/06/09 Title Date

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 2 of 180 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM r ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT FORM July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Revision 1, 11/06/09 This page shall be removed, and mailed or faxed to:

Precision Surveillance Corporation Phone: 219-397-5826 Quality Assurance Fax: 219-397-5867 3468 Watling Street East Chicago, IN 46312 The return of this Acknowledgement form from Control Manual Number: N1043-001 will indicate acknowledgement-of-receipt for document control purposes. Failure to return this page or otherwise provide similar acknowledgement, SHALL be just cause for terminating the controlled status of this manual.

RETURN OF THIS FORM DOES NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL OF THE CONTENTS HEREIN.

If this page is stamped "UNCONTROLLED MANUAL", it is not necessary to return.

Date of Receipt: 11/06/2009 The individual acknowledging Name: Gerald Bussone receipt will be considered the permanent holder of this manual. Signature:

For more information regarding

Title:

QA Manager responsibility of the attendant of this manual, refer to the Manual Company: Precision Surveillance Corporation C o n t rol P o lic y St a t e m e nt . P r oj e ct :_TH R E EMI THREE L EIS MILE LA N D_3 ISLAND 5_'_YE 35H" AR YEAR Project: TENDON SURVEILLANCE Contract: N1043 In-Service Inspection Manual Issue Date 07/31/09 Revision A 11/06/09 I.

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 3 of 180 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT FORM July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Revision 1, 11/06/09 This page shall be removed, and mailed or faxed to:

Precision Surveillance Corporation Phone: 219-397-5826 Quality Assurance Fax: 219-397-5867 3468 Watling Street East Chicago, IN 46312 The return of this Acknowledgement form from Control Manual Number:

will indicate acknowledgement-of-receipt for document control purposes. Failure to return this page or otherwise, provide similar acknowledgement, SHALL be just cause for terminating the controlled status of this manual.

RETURN OF THIS FORM DOES NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL OF THE CONTENTS HEREIN.

If this page is stamped "UNCONTROLLED MANUAL", it is not necessary to return.

Date of Submittal:

Date of Receipt:

The individual acknowledging Name:

receipt will be considered the permanent holder of this manual. Signature:

For more information regarding

Title:

responsibility of the attendant of this manual, refer to the Manual Company: EXELON C o n t ro l P o lic y St a tem e n t . P roj e ct:_TH R EEMI THREE LEIS MILE LAND_3 ISLAND 5_'_YE 35'M AR YEAR Project: TENDON SURVEILLANCE Contract: N1043 In-Service Inspection Manual Issue Date 07/31/09.

Revision Z , 11/06/09

/0'0

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 4 of 180 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM1 MANUAL CONTROL POLICY July 31, 2009

• Page 1 of 02 Revision Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM

( MANUAL CONTROL POLICY QA. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E 07/31/09 App ved-b Title Date I

-Appreved by PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Title Date 03 MCP.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 5 of 180 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM MANUAL CONTROL POLICY July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1.0 Controlled copies of this manual SHALL be submitted for review and approval according to the distribution and quantity requirements established by the Contract Documents.

Where this is not specified, Precision Surveillance Corporation SHALL submit a minimum of one controlled Manual. Where applicable, an uncontrolled copy may be submitted to assist in the review process, To avoid fabrication or construction delays, a line of communication should be established with the personnel responsible for initiating approval for the Manual or Revisions thereto, rather than incurring the delay for gravitation to that level.

2.0 Acknowledgement of Receipt is mandatory upon receiving a Controlled Manual and a form is supplied to facilitate this response. This form or a copy, SHALL be filled in with the information requested and returned in order to activate the Control status of this Manual, otherwise it will be treated as an uncontrolled manual and no attempt SHALL be made to keep it in a current condition.

3.0 The responsibility for keeping the uncontrolled Manuals up to date SHALL be incumbent on the person acknowledging receipt of the Controlled Manual.

4.0 Reproduction of the Manual IS NOT AUTHORIZED, except for copies made by Exelon for internal distribution review and use, without the expressed written consent of the

( Precision Surveillance Corporation Quality Assurance Section responsible for the maintenance of the Manual.

5.0 Where required, uncontrolled manuals SHALL be submitted at the pre-bid stage of the project. In the event of non-award of the project to Precision Surveillance Corporation, the uncontrolled Manual SHALL be returned to the Quality Assurance Section.

6.0 INTERNAL 6.1 Those Precision Surveillance Corporation personnel receiving Controlled Manuals or revisions thereto, SHALL be responsible for reviewing and understanding those portions of the Quality Program that they and their subordinates are responsible for.

The return of the Acknowledgement of Receipt SHALL constitute certification that the person receiving that Program/Revision has reviewed the contents and has taken appropriate action to notify or train those personnel under his control that are affected by that document or the revisions thereto.

03 MCP.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 6 of 180 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM INDEX STATUS SHEET July 31, 2009 1

rPage of 3

',Precision Surveillance Corporation Revision 0 Revision 1, 11106/0,9 ORIGINAL ISSUE REVISED STATUS SECTION PAGES REV. DATE REV. DATE r I I PREFACE Title 1 0 07/31/09 1 11/06/09 Receipt - To be returned 1 0 07/31/09 1 11/06/09 Manual Control Policy 1 -2 0 07/31/09 Index Status Sheets 1 -3 0 07/31/09 1 11/06/09 Revision Control Sheet 1 N/A 07/31/09 1 11/06/09 Definitions 1- 5 0 07/31/09 PSC PS 1.0 - Personnel Safety 1-4 0 07/31/09 1301-9.1 Surveillance Procedure. 1 - 81 20 07/23/09 ER-AA-335-018 VT Examination 1 - 32 5 Level 2 Reference use 1410-Y-83 Tendon Cap Installation i - 12 7 Level 2 Reference use SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURES SQ 1.0 - Surveillance Purpose 1 -2 0 07/31/09 SQ 2.0 - Surveillance Scope 1- 3 0 07/31/09 SQ 3.0 - Construction Equipment List 1- 2 0 07/31/09 SQ 4.0 - Q.C. Equipment List 1- 3 0 07/31/09 SQ 5.0 - Prerequisite Checklist 1- 2 0 07/31/09 Checklist Sheet 1 0 07/31/09 SQ 6.0 - Grease Cap Removal 1 -6 0 07/31/09 Data Sheet 6.0 1 0 07/31/09 SQ 6.1 - Inspect For Water 1 -5 0 07/31/09 Water Notification Letter 1 0 07/31/09 Data Sheet 6.1 1 0 07/31/09 SQ 6.2 - Water Sample Analysis 1- 3 0 07/31/09 SQ 7.0 - Sheathing Filler Analysis 1 -6 0 07/31/09 SQ 7.1 - Thread Measurement 1 -6 0 07/31/09 Data Sheet 7.1 1 0 07/31/09 Appendix 1 1 0 07/31/09 Appendix 2 1- 2 0 07/31/09 Appendix 3 1- 5 0 07/31/09 Appendix 4 1- 3 0 07/31/09 a

04 REV I.INDEX.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 7 of 180 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM INDEX STATUS SHEET July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 3 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation RevRsion1, 11/06/09 Reiin,1/60 Original Issue Revised Status SECTION Pages Rev. Date Rev. Date SQ 9.1 - Prestress Forces 1- 3 0 07/31/09 SQ 10.2 - Test Wire Removal 1-6 0 07/31/09 Data Sheet 10.2 1 0 07/31/09 SQ 10.3 - Testing Tendon Wires 1 -6 0 07/31/09 Data Sheet 10.3 1 0 07/31/09 Figure D.1 1 0 07/31/09 Figure D.2 1 0 07/31/09 SQ 10.5- Continuity Test 1-4 0 07/31/09 Data Sheet 10.5 1 0 07/31/09 Fig 1.0 - Tendon Wire Puller 1 0 07/31/09 SQ 11.1 - PSC Engineering Data 1 -4 0 07/31/09 SQ 12.0 - Grease Cap Replacement 1 -5 0 07/31/09 Data Sheet 12.0 1 0 07/31/09 SQ 12.1 - Grease Replacement 1 - 10 0 07/31/09 Figure 1.0 - PSC Y Device 1 0 07/31/09 Data Sheet 12.1 a 1 0 07/31/09 Data Sheet 12.1 b 1 0 07/31/09 SQ 12.2 - Grease Volumes 1- 3 0 07/31/09 04 REV 1INDEXTM.09 ISIldoc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 8 of 180 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM INDEX STATUS SHEET j.)

July 31, 2009.

Page 3of 3 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation Revision 1, 11/06/09 Original.issue Revised Status SECTION Pages Rev. Date Rev. I Date QUALITY ASSURANCE QA 1.0 - Program Purpose 1- 2 0 07/31/09 QA 2.0 - Program Scope 1 -2 0 07/31/09 QA 3.0 - Quality Organization 1- 2 0 07/31/09 QA 4.0 - Q.C. Responsibility 1- 2 0 07/31/09 QA 4.1 - Personnel Qualifications 1- 3 0 07/31/09 1 11/06/09 Training Verification Letter 1 0 11/06/09 QA 5.0 - Personnel Training 1-2 0 07/31/09 QA 6.0 - Procurement 1- 2 0 07/31/09 QA 7.0 - Field Change Request 1- 3 0 07/31/09 FCR Form 1 0 07/31/09 FCR index Log 1 0 07/31/09 QA 8.0 - Document Control 1 -2 0 07/31/09 QA 8.1 - Revision Control 1 -5 0 07/31/09 Revision Control Sheet 1 N/A 07/31/09 QA 9.0 - Nonconformances 1 -5 0 07/31/09 Tags and Sample Logs 1 0 07/31/09 Sample NC/CA Report 1 0 07/31/09 NC/CAR Form 1 0 07/31/09 NCR Index Log 1 0 07/31/09 Hold Tag Index Log 1 0 07/31/09 Reject Tag Index Log 1 0 07/31/09 QA 10.0 - Calibrations 1 -5 0 07/31/09 QA 10.1 - Calibration Verification 1 -5 0 07/31/09 Gauge Calibration Record Form 1 0 07/31/09 QA 11.0 - Q.C. Inspection 1 -3 0 07/31/09 QA 12.0- Audits 1 -2 0 07/31/09 04 REV 1.INDEX.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 9 of 180 Project: TMI - 3 5 th Year Tendon Surveillance Revision # 1 REVISION CONTROL SHEET Procedure Page # Revision/ Submitted Procedure # Page # Revision/ Submitted Date Date Date Date Title Page 1 11/06109 Acknowledgement 1 11/06109 Index 1-3 11/06/09 11/06/09 PSC Procedure 13 11/06109 QA4.i __1-3_ _1/06/09 Training Letter 1 11106109 Revision__

No.

I Date Revision Description Revision By:

Date Approved NO.

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 10 of 180 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM DEFINITIONS July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 5 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM 4,

DEFINITIONS Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Approved by- Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Approved y~ Title Date 06 DEF.TM.09 ISI~doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 11 of 180 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM DEFINITIONS July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 5 Revision 0 ACTIVE CORROSION: Corrosion on a component that exhibits metal loss that has occurred since fabrication or construction, and/or exhibits pitting visible to the naked eye. Active corrosion usually is a reddish/rust color.

ANCHORHEAD (Stressing Washer): The round machined components at the end of each end of the tendon through which tendon wires are passed.

BEARING PLATE (Baseplate, Trumplate): The steel plate at the end of the tendon, embedded in the concrete. The tendon is passed through the hole in the plate and the anchorhead bears against the plate or shim which in turn transfers the load to the concrete.

BROKEN WIRE: A wire within a tendon assembly that is broken and not capable of accepting post tensioned load. Wires that excessively protrude from the anchorage components are suspected ýto be broken.

BUTTONHEAD: The end of the tendon wire that was mechanically deformed during construction, Which seats on each anchorage.

CONTINUITY TEST: A method of determining if wires are intact and not broken within a tendon. This is an optional test that may be recommended as a corrective action if abnormal degradation is identified.

CORROSION PROTECTION MEDIUM (Grease, Casing Filler): Grease injected into tendon duct and anchorage caps for corrosion protection. Also referred to as grease or sheathing filler grease.

EFFECTIVE WIRE: Tendon wire capable of maintaining required post tensioned force.

ELONGATION: The distance a tendon/wire stretches while under stress.

FEELER GAUGE METHOD: The method used to determine lift off during a test that utilizes the placement of feeler gauges within the anchorage components while the tendon is under jack/ram load.

FIELD END: The end of the tendon on which buttonheads are formed after the tendon is installed. The field end usually does not have a bushing.

FREE WATER: Any quantity of water collected from a tendon grease cap, anchorage components, shim gaps, or tendon duct.

GREASE CAP: Steel container bolted to the bearing plate or anchorhead. A grease cap encases the anchorage assembly to provide permanent corrosion protection.

06 DEF.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-5900 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 12 of 180 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM DEFINITIONS July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 5 Revision 0 GUARANTEED MINIMUM ULTIMATE TENSILE STRENGTH (GUTS): The tensile strength of the tendon assembly based upon the. tensile strength of the wire used in construction and the quantity of effective wires. The minimum Guaranteed Ultimate Tensile Strength of 0.250 inch (6.35 mm) diameter wire is 240,000 pounds per square inch or 11,781 pounds per wire.

INSPECTION PERIOD: The period in which an inspection is completed at a specific site.

JACK (Ram): A cylindrical, hydraulic piston used to stress the tendon. Also referred to as a "Ram".

JACK CHAIR: That device attached to the front of the ram and bears against the bearing plate, which provides the lift height for the tendon as it is being stressed.

LIFT OFF FORCE: The actual force or pressure required to lift the anchor head off the tendon anchorage assembly shim stack.

LOCK OFF FORCE: The final seating force of a tendon after tensioning during construction or retensioning thereafter.

) MINIMUM DESIGN FORCE (kips): The minimum acceptable average prestress force.

for a tendon or group of tendons to maintain the design basis of the containment structure.

MISSING WIRE: A wire that is identified as missing from the tendon.

MONITORING OF FORCE: That series of operations that determine the force or prestress remaining in the tendon.

NET DUCT (GREASE VOID) VOLUME: The volume within a tendon duct that is capable of being filled with corrosion protection medium. This is the gross duct volume minus the volume taken by the tendon wires and components.

OVERSTRESS FORCE: The maximum force that can be applied to a tendon during lift off testing and retensioning. This force is 80% of the tendon's ultimate tensile strength.

For wire specification ASTM A421, 80% of the minimum Guaranteed Ultimate Tensile Strength of the wire is 9,423 pounds for each 0.25 inch diameter wire.

POST TENSIONING: A method of prestressing concrete in which the tendons are tensioned after the concrete has cured.

06 DEF.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 13 of 180 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM DEFINITIONS July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 5 Revision 0 PREDICTED FORCE: The pre-calculated force (in kips) based upon the measurement of the prestressing forces during installation minus the losses in prestressing forces that were predicted to. have occurred since that time because of material and structural characteristics. This is the calculated minimum force that should be achieved during lift off. This value is the acceptance criteria for measuring pre-stress forces. The as-found value should be equal to or exceed this value.

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE: Reinforced concrete in which internal stresses have been introduced in such magnitude and distribution that the stresses resulting from loads are counteracted to a desired degree.

PRETENSIONING FORCE: The force achieved during retensioning where the slack and mechanical clearances have been removed.

PROTRUDING OR UNSEATED WIRE: A wire within a tendon assembly that is extending beyond a tendon anchorhead face after stressing and is not seated against the anchorhead. The wire must be evaluated.

PUMP: A mechanical device used to pump hydraulic fluid into the jack and apply the force required to stress the tendon.

RAM: Synonym for Jack. (See Jack)

REGRESSION ANALYSIS: The determination, based upon evaluation of measured forces, of the capability of a tendon or group of tendons to maintain the minimum design prestress force(s) until the next scheduled inspection or beyond.

RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER: A Registered Professional Engineer (RPE) experienced in evaluating the in-service condition of structural concrete. The RPE shall have knowledge of the design and construction codes and other criteria used in the design and construction of concrete containment structures in nuclear power plants.

SHEATHING (Conduit, Duct): The thin-walled tubular steel used for creating a void in the concrete through which the tendon is passed. (Also referred to as : duct, conduit.)

SHIM STACK: A series of steel shims installed between the anchor head and bearing plate so that the desired prestress force is obtained.

SHOP END: The end of a tendon on which the buttonheads are formed prior to installation. These buttonheads are formed in a shop environment and not in the field.

STRESSING: Connecting the ram to the tendon and pulling until a predetermined force and elongation is achieved.

STRESSING ADAPTOR (Coupler): That threaded device attached to the pull-rod of the ram, which couples with the anchorhead to be stressed.

06 DEF.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 14 of 180 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM DEFINITIONS July 31, 2009 Page 5 of 5 Revision 0 TENDON: A separate continuous multi-wire tensioned element anchored at both ends to an end anchorage assembly. An assembly of prestressing steel and anchorage components which imparts prestressing forces to concrete.

TENDON END ANCHORAGE ASSEMBLY: That portion of the tendon which extends beyond the bearing plate while in a stressed condition which consists of the bearing plate, shim stack, anchor head and wire.

TENDON GROUP (TYPE): Groups based upon geometry and position in the containment structure. Horizontal, vertical, and dome tendon groups are applicable to TMI Unit 1.

TENDON LOCATION NUMBER: The identity of a tendon with regard to it's location in the structure.

WIRE: 0.250 inch (6.35 mm) diameter wire manufactured to ASTM A421.

/ 06 DEF.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 15 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE PS 1.0 PERSONNEL SAFETY July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 4 Precision Supveillance Copporation Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE PERSONNEL SAFETY Q.A. MANAGER 07/31109

.1 Prepared by Title Date PROJECT MANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Approvdd by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 S/ c APiovtld by Title Date i', 07 PSi .0.TM.09 iSl.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 16 of 180 PSO PROCEDURE Ps- 1.0 PERSONNEL SAFETY July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 4 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 The purpose of this document is to create an awareness for those safety considerations that must be observed by personnel working around or directly involved in Post-Tensioning System operations.

2.0 GENERAL 2.1 All personnel directly involved with the Post-Tensioning System operations shall be made aware of the magnitude of the working forces and safety requirements for the various operations.

3.0 SAFETY 3.1.1 WIRE 3.1.2 The wire used for fabricating the tendons has a minimum breaking strength of 240,000 pounds per square inch. This means that each %"diameter wire is capable of withstanding a minimum breaking load of 11,781 pounds. Multiply this by the number of wires in a tendon and you are dealing with forces of almost 2 million pounds for a 169 wire tendon.

NEVER CONNECT A WELDING GROUND, PERFORM WELDING ON, OR STRIKE AN ARC NEAR A STRESSED TENDON.

NEVER APPLY AN OPEN FLAME TO THE BUTTONHEADS, THE WIRES OR ANCHORHEADS OF A STRESSED TENDON.

NEVER STRIKE THE BUTTONHEADS, THE WIRES OR THE ANCHORHEADS OF A STRESSED TENDON WITH A HAMMER OR ANY OTHER OBJECT.

3.1.3 The above actions could cause a button head or wire to fail. During tendon tensile testing, broken wires or button heads have been observed to penetrate hard lumber in excess or 4 inches in thickness, about the equivalent of a .32 caliber bullet.

3.2 STRESSING OPERATIONS 3.2.1 During de-tensioning or stressing operations the following cautions shall be observed.

NEVER EXCEED THE OVERSTRESS FORCE OR PRESSURE - 80% OF TENDON GUTS FOR THE AMOUNT OF EFFECTIVE WIRES IN A TENDON. (1592 kips FOR A 169 WIRE t TENDON.)

07 PS1-0.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 17 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE PS 1.0 PERSONNEL SAFETY July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 4 Revision 0 DO NOT STAND BEHIND THE JACK WHEN IT IS UNDER LOAD.

KEEP FINGERS OUT OF ANY PINCH AREAS.

BE ALERT DURING SHIM PLACEMENT AND REMOVAL.

3.3 STRESSING ADAPTOR (COUPLER) 3.3.1 Prior to applying ANY FORCE to the tendon, the stressing adaptor, coupler, must be fully engaged with the anchorage to be stressed or de-tensioned. No more than 3/8 of an inch of the anchorage shall protrude beyond the bottom face of the stressing adaptor, to constitute full engagement.

3.3.2 During coupling and uncoupling of the stressing adaptor with the bushing and the small anchor head, and especially where some difficulty is encountered with the actual coupling, there is a possibility that the small anchor head may become partially or completely unthreaded from the bushing. Therefore, where any difficulty has been encountered in coupling the adaptor to any anchorage, especially where repeated thread-on and unthreading is noted, before any load or jacking force is applied to that tendon, the proper engagement of the shop anchor head to the bushing shall be checked. This shall be done visually verifying that the small anchor head does not protrude beyond the bottom face of the bushing. The uncoupling could occur as a result of tight, sticking or slightly damaged threads.

3.4 GREASING OPERATIONS DURING GREASING, BE AWARE THAT THE GREASE IS HOT .AND MAY BE PUMPED UNDER PRESSURE.

3.4.1 During greasing operations the grease may be pumped under pressure and will have temperatures in excess of 200°F and injury could occur through carelessness. It is therefore essential to avoid direct contact with the hot grease and to make sure all connections are secure.

3.4.2 Exercise caution when climbing ladders. The potential for slippery surfaces created by grease on shoes exists. Ladder rung, etc. shall be wiped clean if coated in grease.

3.4.2.1 During heating of grease be aware that belt heaters are hot and could cause injury if touched. It is also essential to ensure that no flammable materials are allowed to touch belt heaters when in operation.

07 PSI-0.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 18 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE PS 1.0 PERSONNEL SAFETY July 31 2009 Page 4 of.4 Revision 0 3.4.2.2 Belt heaters draw large amounts of current, ensure that power supply and any extension chords used are suitable for the power requirements.

3.5 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY DO NOT STAND UNDER LOADS WHILE STATIONARY OR DURING HOISTING.

DO NOT PERMIT OTHERS TO STAND UNDER LOADS.

DO NOT THROW OR DROP OBJECTS FROM THE SCAFFOLD.

3.5.1 All Exelon Accident Prevention Procedures shall be rigidly adhered to, to the total satisfaction of the site safety department. As in other heavy construction, care should be exercised while working from scaffolds, platforms, ladders, high or restricted access locations. Respect for the safety and well-being of the other trades and personnel in the area must be observed, especially during hoisting operations.

3.5.2 Some work may be near plant equipment required for safe shutdown and/or may cause shutdown if plant equipment is damaged. Use special care therefore when suspending or moving de-tensioning rams or other heavy surveillance equipment.

3.5.3 If required notify site safety organization to obtain air samples in the tendon gallery prior to entry into the gallery. Enter gallery only upon site safety approval.

3.5.4 If there are any doubts or questions concerning a point of operation or safety, refer to the PSC Construction Supervisor before starting that operation or proceeding any further. Refer to the Quality Control personnel any questions about quality before starting operations or proceeding any further.

3.5.5 For surveillances during plant operation, special precautions must be taken to avoid work in hazardous areas resulting from plant operating conditions.

07 PS1-0.TM09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 19 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 1.0 PURPOSE July 31, 12009 Page 1of 2

[PIE Revision 0.

Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE SURVEILLANCE PURPOSE Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, PE 07/31/09 App ved by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09

--Appmeed-by-- Title Date I 010 SQ 1.0 13Y.09 ISI~doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 20 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE, SQ 1.0 PURPOSE July 31., 2009 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 The Purpose of the Tendon Surveillance Program is to demonstrate the integrity of the containment pre-stressing system, including containment tendons, tendon end anchorage hardware and adjacent concrete integrity, and evaluation of the corrosion protective (grease) system. Individual inspections of selected tendons, as well as grease sample testing are performed to evaluate the overall integrity of the pre-stressing system.

1.2 Tendon surveillance is required at 1, 3, 5, and 10 years after the Initial Containment Structural Integrity Test and is to be performed every 5 years thereafter for the life of the plant.

1.3 The purpose of this Surveillance Quality Control Manual is to provide those procedures that will be necessary to perform the Unit 1 Physical 3 5 th Year In-Service Inspection (Surveillance) of the Reactor Building Post-Tensioning System Tendons for Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant.

1.3.1 The surveillance must conform to the requirements of TMI Procedure 1301-9.1.

1.3.2 The SQ procedures provide additional detailed instructions for certain surveillance activities.

1.3.3 In the event of conflict between 1301-9.1 and an SQ, the former governs.

1.3.4 Procedures shall be used as shown in PSC Procedure SQ 2.0.

1.3.5 In addition, each procedure provides as necessary, the reporting responsibilities for PSC Personnel for notification to TMI Engineering in writing of unacceptable conditions that may have been detected as a result of the Inspections, Tests or Evaluations.

1.4 It shall be the responsibility of Exelon to evaluate the seriousness of the unacceptable condition and to formulate, with the assistance of the PSC Engineering Department as required, or if needed, a means of corrective action.

1.4.1 It shall further be Exelon's responsibility to draft and submit a formal report to the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission describing the unacceptable condition and the required corrective action.

1.5 This Surveillance Quality Control Manual has been developed in accordance with Exelon's Procedures 1301-9.1 Rev 20, ER-AA-335-018 and ASME Section Xl, Subsection IWL, 2001 Edition with 2003 Addenda and the applicable amendments as specified in 10CFR50.55a, Codes and Standards.

010 SO 1.0 BY.09 ISLdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 21 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 2.0 SURVEILLANCE SCOPE July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 3 I Precision Surveillance Corporation Revision.0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE SURVEILLANCE SCOPE Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09

,ý& 41'1j&444ýVtt_

Prep~ared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Ap llroved byr/ Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Title Date 011 SQ 2.0.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 22 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 2.0

-SURVEILLANCE SCOPE July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 3 Revision 0

)

1.0 CONTAINMENT ARRANGEMENT 1.1 The Three Mile Island Unit 1 containment building is a post-tensioned and reinforced concrete structure comprised of a vertical cylinder with hemispherical dome roof. It is supported on a conventional reinforced concrete foundation slab. The containment structure post-tensioning systems provide sufficient external pressure load to balance the internal pressure of the structure as well as the design basis accident internal containment pressure. The post-tensioning system consist of:

1.2 Approximately 166 vertical tendons in the cylinder walls anchored at the top surfaces of the ring girders and at the bottom of the base slabs; 1.3 Approximately 330 hoop tendons in the cylinder wall. Each tendon encloses 120 degrees of arc and is anchored at two of the six vertical buttresses; 1.4 Three groups of 49 dome tendons (total 147 tendons) alternately oriented at 120 degrees to each other and anchored at the vertical faces of the ring girders.

1.5 Each tendon consists of nominally 169 - W"diameter high strength wires with buttonhead anchorages. The vertical and hoop tendons are housed in individual spirally wrapped, corrugated, thin wall sheet metal sheathing connected to steel bearing plates and trumplets at each end. The dome ducts are 5" schedule 40 pipe.

The sheathing (pipe) is cast into each containment structures' concrete walls and dome. The tendons are capped at each anchorage with a sheathing filler cap and the tendon sheathing and caps are filled with corrosion preventing grease.

2.0 UNIT 1 SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 The required Inspections, Testing and evaluation of the Post-Tensioning System of Exelon's Three mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1 during the 3 5 th Year surveillance, shall be performed for the tendons (selected by TMI Engineering) and types of activities shown in table Table 2-1.

2.1.1 The surveillance must conform to the requirements of TMI Procedure 1301-9.1.

2.1.2 The SQ procedures provide additional detailed instructions for certain surveillance activities.

2.1.3 In the event of conflict between 1301-9.1 and an SQ, the former governs.

011 SQ 2.0.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 23 of 180 VISUAL PHSICAL 2 H13-41 BT1 &BT3 * * *

• H24-33 BT2 &8T4 * * *

• _____________

H46-50 8T4 &BT6 * *

• ___________*____

H51-49 BT1 &BT5

• 0 0 * * * *

• DETENSION H62-26 BT2 & BT6 * * * *

• COMMON V-I1 TOpIBOT * *

• V-32 TOPIBOT 0

• 0 0

• COMMON V-90 TOP/BOT * * * * * * *

• DETENSION V.132 TOP/BOT * * *

• D-122 *____** *

• D-225 0 0 *

• 0 COMMON D-322 * * * * * * *

• DETENSION D-342 E N D COMMITMENT FROM 30T YEAR LEGEND SQ 6.0 - GREASE CAP REMOVAL SQ 10.2 - TENDON WIRE INSPECTION SQ 6.1 - INSPECTION FOR WATER SQ 10.3 - TESTING TENDON WIRES SQ 7.0 - GREASE SAMPLE ANALYSIS 1301-9.1 - RETENSION TENDONS 1301-9.1 - TMI PROCEDURES SQ 12.1 - GREASE REPLACEMENT 3.0 EXPLANATION 3.1.1 "V" are Vertical Tendons, "H" are Hoop Tendons and "D" are Dome Tendons.

3.1.2 "s" - means the tendon shown shall be.Inspected for the stated requirements during this Surveillance.

I 011 SO 2.0.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 24 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 3.0 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT LIST July31, 2009 Page 1 of 2

~Precision e Surveillance CRevision Corporation 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE t

CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT LIST Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09

, prdve by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 fzC Title Date I

12 SQ 3.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 25 of 180 1.0 EQUIPMENT 1.1 The following list of equipment should be available for use during the Surveillance operations. This list is only intended as a guide.

1.2 Miscellaneous shackles, hooks, chain hoists, Come-A-longs, hoisting slings.

1.3 Banding equipment.

1.4 Communications equipment - Walkie Talkies or Sound Powered Phones.

1.5 Buckets, pails, rags, brushes.

1.6 Miscellaneous Tools, hammers, wrenches, ratchets, sockets, bundling wire, screw drivers, pliers, heavy duty wire cutters, files, pry bars, etc.

1.7 Miscellaneous nuts, bolts, pins, washers, wooden blocks, rags, lights, extension cords, tape, etc.

1.8 Platforms, scaffolding, ladders, man-lifts, cable, ropes, etc.

1.9 Plastic Bags, Plastic Sheeting (Visqueen).

1.10 Band or Drum heaters.

1.11 Fluid Pump for drum.

1.12 Empty 55 Gallon drums.

1.13 Grease can gaskets.

1.14 55 Gallon drums of Viscosity Oil Visconorust 2090P-4 (Certified).

1.15 55 Gallon drums of Viscosity Oil Viscor #16A Solvent or equal (Certified).

f 12 SQ 3.0 TM.09 ISildoc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 26 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 4.0 Q.C. EQUIPMENT LIST July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 3 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE QUALITY CONTROL EQUIPMENT LIST Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Ap ~oved by-ý Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09

-Appmvll ý Title Date 13 SQ 4.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 27 of 180

__ .PSC PROCEDURE SQ 4.0 Q.C. EQUIPMENT LIST July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 3 Revision 0 1.0 INSPECTION EQUIPMENT 1.1 The following items shall be required for the inspections stated in each procedure.

Each piece of testing and measuring equipment shall be in a currently calibrated condition. Items in excess of those shown as being required for that procedure, and being used during the Inspections of that procedure, shall be documented on the appropriate Data Sheet where they were used for: Name, Identification and Recalibration Date.

2.0 SQ 6.0 2.1 Surface Thermometer.

2.2 Pocket-Probe Thermometer.

-2.3 Sample of new 2090P-4 grease in a closed container (for Color Match).

3.0 SQ 6.1 3.1 Suitable quantities of clean, unused non-metallic containers for obtaining water samples.

3.2 Clean unused rags or wipers.

3.3 Indelible permanent marking devices and/or labels for the sample containers.

3.4 Flashlights and batteries.

3.5 Pens; Markers; Data Sheets; Tendon Inspection List.

4.0 SQ 7.0 4.1 Suitable quantities of clean, unused 1 quart containers; plastic or steel.

5.0 SQ 7.1 5.1 Standard Outside Measuring Micrometer capable of reading to 0.001" or better.

5.2 Standard Inside Measuring Micrometer capable of reading to 0.001" or better.

5.3 Special Pitch Diameter Go and No-Go Thread Plug Gauges.

5.4 A set of three hardened standard stub ACME thread wires (diameter 0.129" to 0.162").

5.5 Shims, used in the three-wire method of measurement.

p 13 SQ 4.0 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 28 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 4.0 Q.C. EQUIPMENT LIST July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 3 Revision 0 6.0 1301-9.1 6.1 Magnifying Glasses with suitable illumination.

6.2 Optical Comparator with 0.005" Measuring Reticle.

6.3 Steel Ruler, Steel Tapeline.

6.4 400 Grit Wet or Dry Sandpaper.

6.5 Steel Wool - Medium Coarseness.

6.6 Feeler Gauges.

6.7 Stressing Jacks.

6.8 Pressure Gauges.

6.9 Caliper. (Optional) 6.10 Heise Digital Gauge (Verification of Pressure Gauge Calibration, refer to Procedure QA 10.1).

6.11 Surface Thermometer.

6.12 Tendon Wire Pulling Ram. (Optional) 6.13 1" O.D. Micrometer.

6.14 Wire Test Apparatus.

6.15 Pressure Gauge, if used with the hydraulic pump for the Apparatus.

7.0 SQ 12.1 7.1 Surface Thermometer.

7.2 Pocket-Probe Thermometer.

p 13 SQ 4.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 29 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 5.0 PREREQUISITE CHECKLIST July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 Precision SurvEillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE I

INSPECTION PREREQUISITE CHECKLIST Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Preparred by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09

__Iprvedby4' Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Approvedty----- Title Date, I'-. 14 SQ-5.O TM.09 ISWdOC

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 30 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 5.0 PREREQUISITE CHECKLIST July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 2 Revision.0 1.0 CHECKLIST 1.1 The following items should be checked prior to beginning work. This is not a Quality Control Documentation requirement and is only presented as a reminder list to those personnel who will be dependent on these items.

1.2 Verify that all the Construction Equipment cited in PSC Procedure SQ 3.0 has been prepared or arrangements made for acquisition.

1.3 Verify that the Quality Control Equipment cited in PSC Procedure SQ 4.0 has been ordered or is available for use.

1.4 Verify that the Grease Testing Laboratory has been qualified and ready to receive the grease samples.

1.5 Verify that suitable quantities of the data sheets are available or the means to generate a suitable quantity is available on site.

1.6 Verify that controlled copies of the PSC Quality Assurance Manual and the PSC Surveillance Quality Control Manual are available.

K 1.7 Verify that each item supplied as Quality Control Equipment has been calibrated and that suitable documentation accompanies each item.

1.8 Verify that all Field Quality Control Personnel are qualified and that copies of certifications exist for each Inspector.

1.9 Verify that the Construction Personnel are familiar with the operating manuals for the equipment and that suitable training has been provided to familiarize them with the Surveillance requirements.

1.9.1 Verify that the Construction Personnel are familiarized with the Safety Comments for the Surveillance.

1.9.2 Verify that the Construction Personnel have been familiarized with the OSHA safety requirements and any selective safety measures imposed by Exelon.

1.9.3 Verify that the On-Site Radiological Safety Training requirements have been completed if required.

1.10 Verify that the identity and location of each tendon to be inspected is correct.

1.11 Verify that suitable quantities of 2090P-4 grease and Viscor #1 6A Solvent or equivalent are available with the required documentation.

14 SQ 5.0 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 31 of 180 CHECKLIST ITEM STATUS SIGNED DATE 1.2 Verify that all the Construction Equipment cited in PSC Procedure El Yes El N/A SQ 3.0 has been prepared or arrangements made for acquisition.

1.3 Verify that the Quality Control Equipment cited in PSC Procedure Li Yes 0l N/A SQ 4.0 has been ordered or is available for use.

1.4 Verify that the Grease Testing Laboratory has been qualified and El Yes 0I N/A ready to receive the grease samples.

1.5 Verify that suitable quantities of the data sheets are available or Ml Yes Dl N/A the means to generate a suitable quantity is available on site.

1.6 Verify that controlled copies of the PSC Quality Assurance El Yes El N/A Manual and the PSC Surveillance Quality Control Manual are available.

1.7 Verify that each item supplied as. Quality Control Equipment has El Yes E1 N/A been calibrated and that suitable documentation accompanies

) each item.

1.8 Verify that all Field Quality Control Personnel are qualified and El Yes [I N/A that copies of certifications exist for each Inspector.

1.9 Verify that the Construction Personnel are familiar with the -] Yes El N/A operating manuals for the equipment and that suitable training has been provided to familiarize them with the Surveillance requirements.

1.9.1 Verify that the Construction Personnel are familiarized with El Yes El N/A the Safety Comments for the Surveillance.

1.9.2 Verify that the Construction Personnel have been El Yes El N/A familiarized with the OSHA safety requirements and any selective safety measures imposed by Exelon.

1.9.3 Verify that the On-Site Radiological Safety Training El Yes El N/A requirements have been completed if required.

1.10 Verify that the identity and location of each tendon to be El Yes El N/A inspected is correct.

1.11 Verify that suitable quantities of 209OP-4 grease and Viscor #16A El Yes El N/A Solvent or equal are available with the required documentation.

14 SQ 5.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1 043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 32 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.0 GREASE CAP REMOVAL July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 6 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE GREASE CAP REMOVAL Q.A. MANAGER 07/31(09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Ap roved by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 4f C 71-c

-Approvd by- Title Date F 15 SQ 6.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 33 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.0 GREASE CAP REMOVAL July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 6 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for the removal of Grease Caps (End Caps) for purposes of evaluation and visual inspection during In-Service-Inspection (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons at Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY 2.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

3.0 QUALIFICATION 3.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

4.0 EQUIPMENT 4.1 The equipment necessary for the Quality Control activities will be itemized in PSC Procedure SQ 4.0.

5.0 QUALITY CONTROL 5.1 This procedure contains QCD points. The work shall not progress past or through a QCD without a sign-off or verbal approval from the QC Inspector. All Quality Control Documentation (0,CD) points shall only require documentation of information or evaluation data. The sign-offs and required information or evaluation data shall be documented on Data Sheet 6.0.

6.0 PRECAUTIONS 6.1 A tendon grease cap weighs in excess of 50 pounds and may contain 50 pounds of grease. Be prepared to support this weight when the grease cap is unbolted and removed.

6.2 The sheathing filler (grease) may be in liquid, gel or solid form. Tendons in the area of steam or feed penetrations in operating plants, may contain hot grease and some caution should be exercised. It is not necessary to drain all the grease from a tendon void and is to be avoided if possible.

CAUTION: NEVER STRIKE THE BUTTONHEADS, THE WIRES, OR THE ANCHORAGES OF A STRESSED TENDON WITH A HAMMER OR ANY OTHER OBJECT.

HAVE SUFFICIENT QUANTITIES OR SIZES OF CONTAINERS ON HAND TO CATCH THE GREASE, AS IT MAY FALL FROM THE TENDON VOID, ANCHORAGE OR GREASE CAP.

15 SQ 6.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 34 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.0 GREASE CAP REMOVAL July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 6 Revision 0 IF AT ANY TIME A CRACKED OR BROKEN ANCHORHEAD IS DETECTED AS A RESULT OF THESE INSPECTIONS, ALL WORK SHALL STOP. ALL PERSONNEL SHALL BE MOVED AWAY FROM THAT AREA. THE PSC CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR SHALL BE NOTIFIED. THE CONDITION SHALL BE FORMALLY DOCUMENTED BY A NONCONFORMANCE REPORT. THE WORK AND/OR INSPECTIONS SHALL CONTINUE AFTER A SAFETY EVALUATION HAS BEEN MADE AND ONLY AT THE DIRECTION AND CONTROL OF THE PSC CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR AND TMI ENGINEERING.

6.3 Provide protection during inclement weather to prevent entry of moisture into the end anchorage.

6.4 Use wooden or plastic paddles or spatulas to scoop out bulk filler grease from around the anchorage. No metal implements are permitted.

7.0 PREREQUISITES 7.1 Position platforms, as required, at the end of the tendon to be inspected.

7.2 QCD - Document the tendon identification, Unit # and tendon end on Data Sheet 6.0 7.3 Provide support for the Grease Cap. Be prepared to catch any grease that may fall during loosening and removal.

7.4 It may be advantageous to pack the outside of the grease cap with dry ice to further solidify the grease column. TMI Engineering shall be notified prior to performing any dry ice packing.

7.4.1 Once the grease cap has been removed, the tendon end anchorage and shims may be packed with dry ice to further solidify the grease column. TMI Engineering shall be notified prior to performing any dry ice packing.

7.5 QCD- Document the date can removal started on Data Sheet 6.0.

7.6 QCD - Document the use of dry ice to solidify the grease column on Data Sheet 6.0, for each occurrence.

7.7 QCD - Document the ambient temperature as well as the temperature of the concrete surface near the tendon within a 3 foot radius of the center of the grease cap or tendon void, on Data Sheet 6.0. The temperature shall be taken of the normal concrete. It shall not be necessary to take the temperature again, if dry ice is used.

Document the thermometer identification number and recalibration due date for each instrument used.

15 SQ 6.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 35 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.0 GREASE CAP REMOVAL July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 6 Revision 0 7.8 Care shall be exercised to avoid splashing or spilling grease on concrete and other surfaces. Spilled grease shall be removed and cleaned using Viscosity Oil, Viscor

1. 16A industrial solvent or equivalent, by scrubbing with brushes and wiping the excess with rags. It may be advantageous to tape plastic sheeting around the bearing plate and concrete to lessen the effect of spilled grease.

8.0 REMOVAL OF GREASE CAP 8.1 Place a container and/or a protective cover under the tendon grease cap to protect adjacent areas from dripping grease.

8.2 Remove the bolts and washers holding the end cap to the bearing plate ensuring that the end cap is fully supported as the bolts are being removed.

8.3 Carefully, remove the grease cap to prevent any foreign matter from dropping into the grease in that cap.

8.4 QCD- Detect and record the anchorhead ID#. This ID# should be compared and verified to the original data, providing original data is available.

8.5 QCD - Observe the coating of grease on the inside of the grease cap, on the bearing plate, shims, anchorhead and buttonheads. Note the completeness of the grease coverage on each item and document that evaluation accordingly on Data Sheet 6.0.

8.5.1 Where the coverage is complete, check as Complete coverage.

8.5.2 Where the coverage is incomplete and bare metal is visible, check as Partial coverage and estimate the Percentage of Uncoated metal for each item.

8.5.2.1 Uncoated metal is defined as that area that is dry and without any coating of grease. Some care should be used in judging uncoated metal, as the thickness of the coating has no bearing on acceptability. Very thin coatings will be slightly tacky and will readily hold fingerprints.

8.6 QCQ - Any other unusual conditions shall be documented on Data Sheet 6.0, such as: water or other liquid present or draining during grease cap removal as well as the quantity of liquid (refer to Procedure SQ 6.1); quantities of dirt or other foreign matter in or around the tendon end or grease cap, etc.

8.7 QCD - The color of the grease on or around the tendon shall be compared to a sample of new unused grease for color or other variations from the new sample.

While color is not a factor requiring acceptance, significant variations in color could be a sign of degradation of the protection medium. Document the comparison on Data Sheet 6.0.

8.7.1 If the colors of the samples are reasonably close to each other, check the Match area on Data Sheet 6.0 and identify the color.

15 SQ 6.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 36 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.0 GREASE CAP REMOVAL July 31, 2009 Page 5 of 6 Revision 0 8.7.2 If the colors vary greatly, check the No Match area and identify the color and variation, i.e., medium brown, darker than new sample. Document if any of the following items are observed during visual inspection of the grease:

8.7.2.1 Extreme discoloration.

8.7.2.2 Presence of corrosive particles and/or dirt mixed within the grease, indicating adjacent metal pitting and metal breakdown.

8.7.2.3 Signs of moisture within the bulk filler (grease).

8.7.2.4 Other signs of grease deterioration.

8.8 QCD- Ifrequired per SQ2.0, two-one quart samples of grease shall be taken from each end of the tendon prior to cleaning the anchorage and grease cap or using solvent cleaner. It is preferred that the grease be taken from the area of the anchorage, but may also be taken from the grease cap or tendon void. Document the amount of samples taken and the location of removal on Data Sheet 6.0. Refer to PSC Procedure SQ 7.0 for grease sample testing.

8.8.1 Each sample can shall be identified by plant name, unit number, tendon number, tendon end, sample number and date.

8.8.2 Refer to SQ7.0 for sample storage and retention requirements.

8.9 QCQ - Determine the amount of grease that may have been lost during removal of the grease cap on Data Sheet 6.0. The Grease Loss from the tendon duct shall be kept separate and posted as required of Section 10.4 of this procedure.

8.9.1 QCD - If the grease in the grease cap is in satisfactory condition, it may be reused at the discretion of the QC Inspector. If it is to be disposed of, document quantity of grease that is removed from the grease cap on Data Sheet 6.0.

9.0 ANCHORAGE CLEANUP 9.1 When the-tendon is to be visually inspected it will be necessary to perform a cleanup of the tendon end anchorage assembly to permit inspection.

9.2 Any grease removal shall be performed in such a manner to prevent damage, such as scratches on the anchorage or tendon wires. The removal process shall not add any contaminants to the remaining grease or the grease which could be taken for chemical analysis.

9.3 Excess grease shall be removed from the tendon anchorage threads using clean non-metallic devices. Use bristle brushes of medium stiffness or rags with suitable quantities of solvent to dilute and wash away the grease. This cleanup must be sufficient to provide satisfactory condition for thread inspection.

15 SQ 6.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 37 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.0 GREASE CAP REMOVAL July 31, 2009 Page 6 of 6 Revision 0 I

9.4 Continue the cleanup of the remaining portions of the tendon end, to include the shims, buttonheads, anchorage and bearing plate as necessary.

9.5 Viscosity Oil, Viscor #16A industrial solvent or equal shall be used to complete whatever cleanup may be necessary to perform subsequent activities.

9.6 QCD - Document the quantity of grease removed from the anchorage on Data Sheet 6.0.

9.7 QCQ - Document and describe damage (if any) caused by the removal of the grease cap or cleaning of the anchorage assembly on Data Sheet 6.0.

10.0 TENDON PROTECTION 10.1 All tendon ends and anchorages shall be protected by covering with a plastic bag or sheeting whenever the tendon is not being worked on. Smear or brush a light coating of grease onto the wires, buttonheads and anchorhead prior to covering.

10.2 It will be acceptable to replace the grease caps as a temporary measure, using the old gaskets, until that tendon inspection can be completed.

10.3 QCQ- Document the method of tendon protection on Data Sheet 6.0. If the grease cap is temporarily installed, note if a new gasket or old gasket was used.

10.4 QCD - Document the grease losses that are detected from the tendon duct itself.

These losses shall be kept separate from the losses that occur from the tendon end anchorage assembly and the grease cap. This total shall not be finalized until the grease cap is installed permanently, as additional grease may be lost after the initial inspection.

10.5 QCQ - Total the grease loss from previous sections in order to calculate the total amount of grease lost from this end of the tendon and document on Data Sheet 6.0.

11.0 DOCUMENTATION 11.1 The items requiring documentation in this procedure shall be documented on Data Sheet 6.0 included with this procedure.

11.1.1 The Data Sheet references the applicable Section or Step number of the procedure for each QCD.

11.1.2 QCD - Post the calculated total grease loss (10.5) from this end to Data Sheet 12.1.

12.0 ATTACHMENTS 12.1 Data Sheet 6.0.

15 SQ 6.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1 043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 38 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.0 GREASE CAP REMOVAL Data Sheet 6.0 July 31, 2009 Pagel of 1 Revision 0 Project:, TMVI 35TH YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE F1 UNIT 1 (7.2) Tendon No.: Tendon End: [] Shop El Field Grease Cap Removal (7.5)Date Removal Started: Q0C. Signoff (7.6) Dry Ice Used on Grease Cap and/or Anchorage El Yes Fl No (7.7) Temp. of Concrete: OF Thermometer No.: Re-Cal Date:

Ambient Temp.: OF Thermometer No.: Re-Cal Date:

(8.4) Anchorhead I.D.: Anchorhead Verification: [] Match El No-Match (8.5) Grease Coating Grease Cap - Complete Partial Uncoated  %

Buttonheads - Complete Partial Uncoated  %

Anchorhead - Complete Partial Uncoated  %

Shims - Complete Partial Uncoated  %

Bearing Plate - (1) Complete Partial Uncoated  %

(1)- Limited within the inside diameterof the grease cap.

.6) Unusual Conditions:

(8.7) Grease Color Match: 0l Yes El No Grease Color:

Comments:

(8.8) Quantity of Samples Quart Samples identified per Step 8.8.1? E] Yes El No Location of El A.H. El B.P. El Shims El Cap El Duct Removal (8.9) Qty. of Grease lost during removal of cap: gal.

(8.9.1) Grease from cap to be reused? El Yes El No Qty. of Grease removed from cap: gal.

(9.6) Qty. of Grease removed from anchorage: gal.

(9.7) Damage during cap removal or anchorage cleaning? El Yes El No Describe:

(10.3) Method of Tendon Protection:

(10.4) Amount of Grease Loss from Tendon duct: gal.

(10.5) Total quantity of lost grease (below):

(8.8) _ + (8.9) _ + (8.9.1) _ + (9.6) _ + (10.4) = __ TOTAL (11.1.2) Document TOTAL grease lost on Data Sheet 12.1, GREASE REPLACEMENT. E] Yes El No

• Reviewed: Level: Date:

15 SQ 6.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 39 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.1 INSPECT FOR WATER July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 5 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE INSPECT FOR WATER Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, PE. 07/31/09 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 prove byL.1/ Title Date 16 SQ6.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 40 of 180 PSC PROCEDURESQ 6.1 INSPECT FOR WATER July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 5 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for performing an inspection of the Post-Tensioning Tendon System for evidence of water during In-Service-Inspection (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons at Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure will be limited to performing and documenting the inspection for water from the tendon void or around the tendon anchorage assembly, including the grease cap. This inspection shall be performed just prior to removal of the grease cap and during the physical inspection of the tendon anchorage assembly.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITY 3.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

4.0 QUALIFICATION 4.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

5.0 EQUIPMENT 5.1 The equipment necessary for the Quality Control activities will be itemized in PSC Procedure SQ 4.0.

6.0 PRECAUTIONS 6.1 Review the I.S.I. Tendon Surveillance Program Safety Comments for the items that shall apply both for tendon force control and personnel safety.

7.0 QUALITY CONTROL 7.1 This procedure contains no HOLD POINTS. All Quality Control Documentation

(_QC) points shall only require documentation of information or evaluation data. The required information or evaluation data shall be documented on Data Sheet 6.1.

7.2 The Quality Control Inspector shall be responsible for properly identifying any water samples that may have been collected. The Inspector shall also be responsible for controlling those samples until they are turned over to Exelon or sent out for testing.

8.0 PREREQUISITES 8.1 QCD - Document the Unit #, tendon identification and tendon end on Data Sheet 6.1.

8.2 Provide support for the Grease Cap. Be prepared to catch any grease that may fall during loosening and removal.

16 SQ6.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-Ni1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 41 of 180 PSO PROCEDURE SQ6,11 INSPECT FOR WATER July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 5

)Revision 0 8.3 Care shall be exercised to avoid splashing or spilling grease on concrete and other surfaces. Spilled grease shall be removed and cleaned using Viscosity Oil, Viscor

1. 16A industrial solvent or equivalent. It may be advantageous to tape plastic sheeting around the bearing plate and concrete to lessen the effect of spilled grease.

8.4 This inspection will be performed during and after the removal of the grease cap. It is expected that all the tools and preparation for the removal of the grease cap will be in place or have been performed. As the main purpose of this procedure is to detect the presence of water in the tendon void, the Inspector shall be afforded access to the tendon during loosening of the grease cap bolts to see if water is present.

9.0 GREASE CAP REMOVAL IF UPON REMOVAL OF THE GREASE CAP, IT IS DETERMINED THAT THE ANCHORHEAD IS BROKEN, ALL WORK SHALL STOP ON THAT TENDON AND ALL PERSONNEL SHALL LEAVE THE AREA OF THE TENDON. THE PSC CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR SHALL BE NOTIFIED. THE CONDITION SHALL BE FORMALLY DOCUMENTED BY A NONCONFORMANCE REPORT. THE WORK AND/OR INSPECTIONS SHALL CONTINUE AFTER A SAFETY EVALUATION HAS BEEN MADE AND ONLY AT THE DIRECTION AND CONTROL OF THE PSC CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR AND TMI ENGINEERING.

9.1 Position platform, as required, at the end of the tendon to be inspected. (As part of Grease Cap Removal Procedure, SQ 6.0) 9.2 Place a container and/or a protective cover under the tendon grease cap to protect adjacent areas from dripping grease. (As part of Grease Cap Removal Procedure, SQ 6.0) 9.3 Have a clean dry plastic container available for catching water samples.

9.4 As the main purpose of this procedure is to determine the presence of water in the grease cap or around the anchorhead, the Inspector shall be alert to obtain samples of that water as the cap is loosened and removed and to estimate the quantity detected.

9.5 Remove the bolts holding the grease cap to the bearing plate. The grease cap must be fully supported as the bolts are being removed. Care should be taken when removing the end cap since the bulk filler may drop off or drip as a liquid of medium viscosity. Allow the Inspector the opportunity to obtain water samples, if any water is present. (As part of Grease Cap Removal Procedure, SQ 6.0) 16 SQ6.I.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 42 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.1 INSPECT FOR WATER July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 5 Revision 0 9.5.1 QCD- Document if water was detected, the quantity of water detected and if a sample was collected during removal of the grease cap. In addition, document the distinguishing characteristics of any water detected in accordance with Section 10.0. Also document any other relevant comments.

9.6 Carefully remove the grease cap to avoid spilling the contents. The Inspector shall inspect the interior of the cap for the presence of water and if possible collect a sample of that water.

9.6.1 QCD - Document if water was detected, the quantity of water detected and if a sample was collected from inside the grease cap. In addition, document the distinguishing characteristics of any water detected in accordance with Section 10.0. Also document any other relevant comments.

9.7 Inspect the tendon anchorage assembly, shims, bearing plate, anchorhead and buttonheads for the presence of water.

9.7.1 QCD - Document if water was detected, the quantity of water detected and if a sample was collected from around the tendon anchorage components. In addition, document the distinguishing characteristics of any water detected in accordance with Section 10.0. Also document any other relevant comments.

9.8 Work shall continue for the In-Service Inspection as regularly scheduled or as required by the Procedures in the Surveillance Program Quality Control Manual.

9.9 The next point that water could be encountered would be during or just after Detensioning the Tendon. Therefore, the Inspector shall be especially vigilant during this portion of the In-Service Inspection to detect the presence of water. Inspect for the presence of water during or after Detensioning the Tendon.

9.9.1 QCD - Document the quantity of water detected and if a sample was collected.

10.0 DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERISTICS 10.1 The quantity of water observed in or on the tendon will be described based on the following terms.

10.1.1 OBSERVABLE MOISTURE 10.1.1.1 "Observable Moisture" is defined as that quantity of water which has been immediately observed by the Inspector to be concentrated, collected or draining out from the grease cap or tendon anchorage assembly. While this is intended to describe that moisture condition associated with condensation, it could be present in quantities of less than 8 ounces.

16 SQ6.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 43 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.1 INSPECT FORMWATER July 31, 2009 Page 5 of 5 Revision 0 10.1.2 SIGNIFICANT MOISTURE 10.1.2.1 "Significant Moisture" is defined to be a quantity of water 1/2 pint (8 ounces) or more which has collected, concentrated or observed to be draining out of the tendon anchorage assembly or grease cap. This quantity is considered to be from a condition other than water formed through condensation.

11.0 NOTIFICATION 11.1 QCD - Exelon shall be notified with a formal letter within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> when water, regardless of quantity, has been detected during the In-Service Inspection. This Notification shall define the condition detected referencing Section 10 of this Procedure and the specific quantity detected.

11.2 Exelon shall be responsible for any corrective action and/or Notification to the NRC should that be required.

11.3 The work and inspection shall continue until completed or formal notification by Exelon to halt the work is received.

12.0 SAMPLE RETENTION/TESTING 12.1 The samples shall be temporarily retained by the PSC Quality Control Inspector until such time that they are sent out for pH testing per PSC Procedure SQ 6.2.

12.2 QCD - Verify that the water samples are adequately identified. Identification includes: Plant Name, Unit #, Tendon Number, Tendon End, and date.

12.3 QCD - Document the location of storage for the samples.

13.0 DOCUMENTATION 13.1 The items in this procedure requiring documentation shall be documented on Data Sheet 6.1.

13.2 The Data Sheet references the applicable section number of the procedure for each QCD Point.

14.0 ATTACHMENTS 14.1 Water Notification Letter 14.2 Data Sheet 6.1 16 S06.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 44 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.1 INSPECT FOR WATER WATER NOTIFICIATION LETTER July31, 2009 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 To:

Subject:

PSC Procedure SQ 6.1: Inspect for Water Project: TMI 35 YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Ml UNIT 1 Tendon No: Tendon End: R_ Shop El Field Notification of Water Per PSC Procedure SQ 6.1 Section 11, "Exelon shall be notified with a formal letter within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> when water, regardless of quantity, has been detected during the In-Service Inspection. This Notification shall define the condition detected referencing Section 10 of this Procedure and the specific quantity detected."

This letter is to notify you that water was found in the tendon mentioned above.

Quantity of Sample obtained:

Description of Condition:

Per PSC Procedure 6.1 Section 10' the observed water is categorized as follows:

Section 10.1.1- OBSERVABLE MOISTURE "Observable Moisture" is defined as that quantity of water which has been immediately observed by the Inspector to be concentrated, collected or draining out from the grease cap or tendon anchorage assembly. While this is intended to describe that moisture condition associated with condensation, it could be present in quantities of less than 8 ounces.

D Section 10.1.2 - SIGNIFICANT MOISTURE "Significant Moisture" is defined to be a quantity of water 1/2 pint (8 ounces) or more which has collected, concentrated or observed to be draining out of the tendon anchorage assembly or grease cap. This quantity is considered to be from a condition other than water formed through condensation.

signature:

S Level: Date:

16 SQ6.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 45 of 180

.___ PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.1 INSPECT FOR WATER Data Sheet 6.1 July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Project: TMI 35 YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Dl UNIT 1 (8.1) Tendon No.: Tendon End: _] Shop El Field (9.5.1) DURING REMOVAL OF GREASE CAP Water Detected: El Yes E] No Quantity: Sample Taken: El Yes El No nl N/A Moisture

Description:

E] Observable Moisture El Significant Moisture El Not Applicable Comments:

(9.6.1) INSIDE GREASE CAP Water Detected: [I Yes El No Quantity: Sample Taken: El Yes E] No E] N/A Moisture

Description:

E] Observable Moisture El Significant Moisture El Not Applicable Comments:

(9.7.1) AROUND TENDON ANCHORAGE COMPONENTS Water Detected: E] Yes El No Quantity: Sample Taken: El Yes El No El N/A Moisture

Description:

El Observable Moisture El Significant Moisture El Not Applicable Comments:

(9.9.1) DURING DETENSIONING Water Detected: El Yes E] No Quantity: Sample Taken: El Yes E] No El N/A Moisture

Description:

E] Observable Moisture El Significant Moisture E] Not Applicable Comments:

(11.1) NOTIFICATION Exelon Notified: El Yes El No Individual Name: Date:

SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION AND STORAGE (12.2) Samples adequately identified: El Yes El No (12.3) Samples stored at:

QC Signoff: Level: Date:

QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

16 S6-.17TM09 ISi.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 46 of 180 PS PROCEDURE SQ 6.2 WATER SAMPLE July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 3 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE WATER SAMPLE ANALYSIS Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E 07/31/09 Appfoved by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 ACrdVd7 Title Date 1-1 17 SQ 6.2 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 47 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.1 INSPECT FOR WATER July 31,2009 Page 2 of 5

• Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for performing an inspection of the Post-Tensioning Tendon System for evidence of water during In-Service-Inspection (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons at Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure will be limited to performing and documenting the inspection for water from the tendon void or around the tendon anchorage assembly, including the grease cap. This inspection shall be performed just prior to removal of the grease cap and during the physical inspection of the tendon anchorage assembly.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITY 3.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

4.0 QUALIFICATION 4.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

5.0 EQUIPMENT 5.1 The equipment necessary for the Quality Control activities will be itemized in PSC Procedure SQ 4.0.

6.0 PRECAUTIONS 6.1 Review the 1.S.1. Tendon Surveillance Program Safety Comments for the items that shall apply both for tendon force control and personnel safety.

7.0 QUALITY CONTROL 7.1 This procedure contains no HOLD POINTS. All Quality Control Documentation (QCD) points shall only require documentation of information or evaluation data. The required information or evaluation data shall be documented on Data Sheet 6.1.

7.2 The Quality Control Inspector shall be responsible for properly identifying any water samples that may have been collected. The Inspector shall also be responsible for controlling those samples until they are turned over to Exelon or sent out for testing.

8.0 PREREQUISITES 8.1 QCD - Document the Unit #, tendon identification and tendon end on Data Sheet 6.1.

8.2 Provide support for the Grease Cap. Be prepared to catch any grease that may fall during loosening and removal.

16 S06.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 48 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.2 WATER SAMPLE July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 3 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for laboratory pH analysis of Water samples taken during the 3 5 th Year In-Service-Inspections (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY 2.1 The laboratory that performs the testing/analysis shall be responsible for controlling the samples, performing the analysis, documenting the analysis on Laboratory letterhead stationery and submitting the reports to:

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION 3468 Watling Street East Chicago, IN 46312 Attention: Quality Assurance 2.1.1 The Laboratory shall further be responsible to utilize trained personnel for the analysis and maintain the calibrated status, traceable to the NIST as applicable, for all test or measuring devices that may be used in providing test results.

2.1.2 The Laboratory shall provide open access for inspection, survey or audit, as the need might arise, to PSC or its customers.

2.2 The PSC Quality Assurance Section shall be responsible for the qualification of Laboratory sources.

2.3 Where specified in the Contract Documents, Exelon shall have the right of approval for Laboratory sources.

2.4 The PSC Quality Control and/or Engineering Department shall review the reports for accuracy and content.

2.4.1 This report shall be submitted to Exelon with the final Surveillance Report.

3.0 SAMPLES 3.1 The Water Samples shall be sent to the Laboratory by any convenient mode of transportation. The samples will have been marked to show the plant name, unit number, tendon number and the tendon end or buttress identification. The sample shall be securely closed to prevent leakage and packaged to prevent damage.

3.2 The samples shall maintain a form of identification throughout testing that will provide traceability to the original sample identification.

17 SQ 6.2 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 49 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 6.2 WATER SAMPLE July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 3 Revision 0 3.3 The Laboratory shall notify PSC if it appears that the sample container has been damaged, tampered with, or any other occurrence that could contaminate the water sample.

4.0 TEST DESCRIPTIONS 4.1 Each sample of Water shall be analyzed for pH 5.0 TEST METHOD 5.1 Each sample of Water shall be tested by the following test method: "pH by ASTM D-1293 or EPA 150.1 or equivalent" 6.0 REPORT 6.1 A copy of the report for the analysis of water shall be submitted to PSC.

6.2 The report shall bear the date of testing and sample identification as it appears on each sample container.

6.3 The report shall be signed by the Laboratory Manager, who shall ultimately be responsible for the content.

7.0 SAMPLE DISPOSAL 7.1 The remaining water samples may be scrapped 30 days after the issue of the report, unless the Laboratory is requested in writing to hold the samples for a longer period of time.

17 SQ 6.2 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 50 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 7.0 SHEATHING FILLER ANALYSIS July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 6 f Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE

/

SHEATHING FILLER ANALYSIS Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, PRE. 07/31/09 4'p ved by

• Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Apro-ve-d1y' Title Date 18 SQ7.0.TM.09 ISI~doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 51 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 7.0 SHEATHING FILLER ANALYSIS July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 6 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for laboratory chemical analysis of Sheathing Filler (Grease) samples taken during the 3 5 1h Year In-Service-Inspections (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY 2.1 The laboratory that performs the testing/analysis shall be responsible for controlling the samples, performing the analysis, documenting the analysis on Laboratory letterhead stationery and submitting the reports to:

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION 3468 Watling Road East Chicago, IN 46312 Attention: Quality Assurance 2.1.1 The Laboratory shall further be responsible to utilize trained personnel for the analysis and maintain the calibrated status, traceable to the NIST, for all test or measuring devices that may be used in providing test results.

2.1.2 The Laboratory shall provide open access for inspection, survey or audit, as the need might arise, to PSC or its customers.

2.2 The PSC Quality Assurance Section shall be responsible for the qualification of Laboratory sources.

2.3 Where specified in the Contract Documents, Exelon shall have the right of approval for Laboratory sources.

2.4 The PSC Quality Control and/or Engineering Department shall review the reports for accuracy and content as required by this procedure and for evaluation of the acceptability of those results according to the requirements of this procedure.

2.4.1 This report shall be submitted to Exelon with the Final Report.

18 SQ7.0.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 52 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 7.0 SHEATHING FILLER ANALYSIS July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 6 Revision 0 3.0 SAMPLES 3.1 Sample #1 shall be sent to the testing laboratory for analysis in accordance with this procedure upon project completion unless otherwise notified by TMI Engineering.

Sample #2 may be turned over to Exelon to be held in reserve in the event of loss, retesting or for verification of the results of the original testing. Exelon may be responsible for the control and disposal of Sample #2. It is unlikely that a suitable quantity of Sample #1 shall remain after the original tests to perform supplemental tests, therefore any remainder of Sample #1 will be scrapped.

3.2 In the event that the test results for Sample #1 do not meet the stated requirements of Section 8.0 of this Procedure, Exelon shall be immediately notified of the deficiency, with a formal letter to follow shortly thereafter. Sample #2 shall then be sent to the testing laboratory for confirmation analysis in accordance with this procedure.

3.3 If PSC is required to test Sample #2 and that sample fails to meet the requirements of Section 8.0 of this Procedure, Exelon shall be immediately notified of the deficiency, with a letter to follow shortly thereafter.

3.4 The sample cans will have been marked to show the plant name, unit number, tendon number, and the tendon end or buttress identification and sample number.

The can shall be securely closed to prevent leakage and packaged to prevent damage.

3.5 The samples shall maintain a form of identification throughout testing, which will provide traceability to the original sample identification.

3.6 The Laboratory shall notify PSC if it appears that the sample container has been damaged, tampered with, or any other occurrence that could contaminate the grease sample.

4.0 TEST DESCRIPTIONS 4.1 Each sample of Grease (Sheathing Filler) shall be analyzed for Chemical Properties and Physical Properties as specified in the following sections 5.0 and 6.0.

5.0 TEST METHOD - CHEMICAL PROPERTIES 5.1 Each sample, of Grease shall be mixed and tested as follows:

5.2 Water Soluble Impurities (ASME Section Xl Table IWL 2525-1) 5.3 A water extraction of each sample of grease shall be made and tested as follows:

t 5.3.1 Using a spatula, coat the inside, bottom and sides, of a one liter glass beaker with 100 (plus or minus 10) grams of the grease.

18 SQ7.0.TM09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 53 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 7.0 SHEATHING FILLER ANALYSIS July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 6 Revision 0 5.3.2 The coated beaker shall be filled with about 900 ml of distilled water at room temperature.

5.3.3 Heat the filled beaker in an oven or by use of an immersion heater to 100°F (37.800C) plus or minus 20°F for 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />. DO NOT HEAT ON A HOT PLATE.

5.3.4 Run a blank on distilled water. If titrate use a microburet, 1 ml or 5 ml with 0.01 -

0.05 ml graduation levels.

5.3.5 Decant water and analyze for soluble ions. Test only for salts in leached water.

5.3.6 The water extraction shall be tested by the below cited test procedures for the appropriate water soluble ions. The results shall be reported as parts per million (ppm) in the extracted water.

5.3.6.1.1 Chlorides (Cl) by ASTM D-512 5.3.6.1.2 Nitrates (NO3) by ASTM D-992 5.3.6.1.3 Sulfides (S) by APHA 427C "Methylene Blue Method"-(APHA 427C 15th Edition replaced by APHA 4500-S2D 17th Edition) 6.0 TEST METHOD - PHYSICAL PROPERTIES 6.1 Each sample of Grease shall be tested as follows:

6.2 Moisture Content by ASTM D-95 6.3 Neutralization No. by ASTM D-974 Modified 6.3.1 The Neutralization Number (Reserve Alkalinity/Total Base Number) shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D-974 and the following modification (per ASME Section XI, Table IWL-2525-1):

6.3.1.1 Place 10 g of sample in a 500 ml Erlenmeyer flask. Add 10 cc isopropyl alcohol and 5 cc toluene. Heat until sample goes into solution.

6.3.1.2 Add 90 cc Distilled water and 20 cc 1N H2SO 4.

6.3.1.3 Place in a steam bath for one-half hour. Stir well.

6.3.1.4 Add a few drops of indicator (1% phenolphthalein) and titrate with 1N NaOH until the lower layer just turns pink.

6.3.1.5 If acid or base solutions are not exactly 1N, the exact normalities should be used when calculating the base number.

18 SQ7.0.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 54 of 180

__ PSC PROCEDURE SQ 7.0 SHEATHING FILLER ANALYSIS July 31, 2009 Page 5 of 6 Revision 0 6.3.1.6 The Total Base Number (TBN), expressed as milligrams of KOH per gram of sample, is calculated as follows:

TBN - [°)x(NA)- (B)x(NB)] x56.1 W

where B = milliliters NaOH NA = normality of H 2 SO 4 solution NB = normality of NaOH solution W = weight of sample in grams 7.0 REPORT 7.1 Two copies of each report for the analysis ofgrease shall be submitted to PSC.

7.2 Each report shall bear the date of testing and sample identification as it appears on each can.

7.3 Each report shall be signed by the Laboratory Manager, who shall ultimately be responsible for the content.

7.4 Accuracy 7.4.1 The concentration of water soluble chlorides, nitrates and sulfides shall be reported within an accuracy of 0.1 ppm.

7.4.2 The concentration of water shall be reported within an accuracy of 0.1 percent of dry weight of grease.

7.4.3 The Neutralization Number shall be reported within an accuracy of 0.01 mg.

reagent per gram of grease.

18 SQ7.0.TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 55 of 180 r PSC PROCEDURE SQ 7.0 SHEATHING FILLER ANALYSIS July 31, 2009 Page 6 of 6 Revision 0 8.0 ACCEPTANCE OF ANALYSIS 8.1 The chemical analysis of the grease samples only concern the concentration of water soluble impurities, water in the samples and where required Reserve Alkalinity (Base Number).

8.2 The following concentrations shall not be exceeded:

8.2.1 Water soluble Chlorides - 10 ppm 8.2.2 Water soluble Nitrates - 10 ppm 8.2.3 Water soluble Sulfides - 10 ppm 8.2.4 Water Content (H2 0) - 10% dry weight of filler 8.2.5 Reserve Alkalinity 8.2.5.1 (Base number) - Shall be at least 50% of the as-installed value, unless the as-installed value is 5 or less, in which case the base number shall be no less than zero. If the tendon duct is filled with a mixture of materials having various as-installed base numbers, the lowest number shall govern acceptance. The tendons at Exelon's TMI plant were filled with 2090P-2 grease so the 50% value is a minimum of 0 mg KOH/g.

9.0 NOTIFICATION NON-ACCEPTANCE 9.1 In the event that Sample #2 does not meet the required controls of Section 8.0 above, Exelon shall be formally notified by PSC Personnel for those unacceptable results after reviewing the reports. If PSC Quality Control is still on site when the tests have been completed, Exelon shall be notified of this deficiency with a nonconformance report.

9.2 Exelon shall be responsible for evaluating the significance of the deficiency and to determine if corrective measures are required.

10.0 SAMPLE DISPOSAL 10.1 The remaining sample grease may be scrapped 30 days after the issue of the report, unless the Laboratory is requested in writing to hold the samples for a longer period of time.

10.2 The PSC Quality Control Department shall retain the option of disposing of the samples in less than 30 days if the results of the grease analysis are acceptable.

18 SQ7.0.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 56 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 71, jrj THREAD ,JulyMEASURING 31, 2009

~Revision Pagev 1 of 60 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 3 5TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM THREAD MEASUREMENT OF ANCHORAGES het ta a1 Prepared by QA MANAGER Title 07/31/09 Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E 07/31/09 Title Date 4(ovd y?-

PRESIDENT 07/31/09 pp Title Date 19 SQ 7.1 .TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 57 of 180 r PSG PROCEDURE SQ 7.1 THREAD MEASURING July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 6 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will be used as the means of measuring anchorage thread diameters to assure that the external threads of a tendon anchorage meet a minimum strength requirement of 120% of the minimum Guaranteed Ultimate Tensile Strength (GUTS) of a tendon, when coupled with a specific Stressing Adaptor.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure shall address only those anchorages that have a 4 pitch stub ACME Thread (Class 2G). Design drawings show that the anchorages are a Grade 4140 steel, heat treated to a Brinell Hardness of 355 to 401. Furthermore, this procedure shall be limited to those anchorages of tendons to be monitored or detensioned and retensioned.

2.2 If the anchorage material is not of the type mentioned above, then the thread strength prediction equations shall be adjusted accordingly by the PSC Engineering Department.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITY 3.1 A PSC Quality Control Inspector shall be responsible for taking thread measurements. The PSC Manager of Engineering, or his designee, shall be responsible for generating tables listing allowable external thread diameters for a specific Stressing Adaptor.

4.0 DOCUMENTATION 4.1 All measurements shall be recorded, signed and dated by the Inspector on the form provided with this procedure. The only Hold Point in this procedure is the acceptability of the measurements and acceptable match up with a stressing adaptor.

4.2 QCD- All measurements, gauge identification and calibration status shall be documented on Data Sheet 7.1 as required.

5.0 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS 5.1 The following instruments shall be necessary for thread measurements.

5.1.1 Standard Outside Measuring Micrometer capable of reading to 0.001" or better.

5.1.2 Standard Inside Measuring Micrometer capable of reading to 0.001" or better.

5.1.3 Special Pitch Diameter Go and No-Go Thread Plug Gauges.

5.1.4 A set of three hardened standard stub ACME thread wires (diameter 0.129" to 0.162").

19 SQ 7.1.TM.09 ISIdAoc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 58 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 7.1, THREAD MEASURING July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 6 Revision 0 5.1.5 Shims, used in the three-wire method of measurement.

6.0 MEASURING THREAD DIAMETERS 6.1 Two readings in perpendicular directions shall be taken for each thread measured. A centering head and rule should be used to assure that the readings are perpendicular to each other. Crayon or soapstone. can be used to mark locations, but care should be taken so as not to place the marks exactly where readings are taken, which would interfere with the accuracy of the measurements.

6.2 EXTERNAL MAJOR DIAMETERS 6.2.1 External Major Diameters shall be measured for the 3rd, 6th and 9th threads.

Measurements shall be made with an Outside Micrometer as shown in Figure 1 of Appendix 1.

6.2.1.1 The Major Diameter is given directly by the micrometer reading.

6.3 EXTERNAL PITCH DIAMETERS 6.3.1 External Pitch Diameters shall be measured for the 3rd and 9th threads.

Measurements shall be made with an Outside Micrometer and three stub ACME thread wires of equal diameters as shown in Figure 2 of Appendix 1. Standard stub ACME thread wires of diameters ranging from 0.129" to 0.162" shall be used.

Wire diameters shall be selected such that: (1) the wire rests on the tapered sides of the thread, not on the root flat, and (2) the wire protrudes beyond the crest of the thread as shown in Figure 2 of Appendix 1.

6.3.1.1 The Pitch Diameter Constant dimension shall be determined from Appendix 2 for the wire diameter used. The shim thickness shall be added to the constant and the total subtracted from the micrometer reading to give the pitch diameter.

6.4 EXTERNAL MINOR DIAMETERS 6.4.1 External Minor Diameters shall be measured for the 3rd and 9th threads.

Measurements shall be made with an Outside Micrometer and three wires of equal diameters as shown in Figure 3 of Appendix 1. Wire diameter shall be selected such that: (1) the wire rests on the root flat, not on the tapered sides of the thread, and (2) the wire protrudes beyond the crest of the thread as shown in Figure 3 of Appendix 1.

6.4.1.1 The sum of twice the selected wire diameter and shim thickness shall be subtracted from the micrometer reading to give the minor diameter.

19 SQ 7.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 59 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 7.1 THREAD MEASURING July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 6 Revision 0 6.5 INTERNAL MAJOR DIAMETERS 6.5.1 Internal Major Diameters shall be measured for the 3rd and 9th threads.

Measurements shall be made with an Inside Micrometer with needle points as shown in Figure 4 of Appendix 1. Precautions shall be taken to reduce the angularity of the micrometer to a minimum, as shown. The angular reading overestimates the diameter by 0.00013" or less. This small discrepancy shall be ignored.

6.5.1.1 The Major Diameter is given directly by the micrometer reading.

6.6 INTERNAL PITCH DIAMETERS 6.6.1 Internal Pitch Diameters shall not be measured. However, a check shall be made using Go -and No-Go Plug Gauges to ensure that pitch diameters fall within specified limits. Ifthe Go gauge does not go, or the No-Go gauge goes, that fact shall be recorded.

6.7 INTERNAL MINOR DIAMETERS 6.7.1 Internal Minor Diameters shall be measured for the 3rd, 6th and 9th threads.

Measurements shall be made with an Inside Micrometer as shown in Figure 5 of Appendix 1.

6.7.1.1 The Minor Diameter is given directly by the micrometer reading.

7.0 ANCHORAGE DISPOSITION 7.1 STRESSING ADAPTOR (INTERNAL THREADS) 7.1.1 The Stressing Adaptor shall have been accepted by PSC based on acceptance of the NO-GO thread plug gauge test fit. Actual major and minor thread diameters shall be documented.

7.2 BUSHING, FIELD ANCHORHEAD (EXTERNAL THREADS) 7.2.1 For purposes of expediency the bushing or field anchorhead external threads shall be identified as external threads in this section of the procedure since the measurements and requirements are identical, but shall be documented for specific identity.

7.2.2 Once an adaptor has been measured, the PSC Engineering Department shall generate a Stressing Adaptor Disposition Table for that Adaptor. These tables list allowable external thread diameters for a bushing or field anchorhead to be coupled to a specific adaptor and still meet the minimum strength requirements.

19 SQ 7.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 60 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 7.1 THREAD MEASURING Jul!y 31, 2009 Page 5 of 6 Revision 0 7.2.2.1 These tables are based on calculations that consider that it shall be necessary to maintain full engagement with the adaptor and external thread (bushing or field anchorhead) at all times during stressing or detensioning operations.

7.2.3 Select a stressing adaptor and external thread to be dispositioned.

7.2.4 Select the Stressing Adaptor Disposition Table, Appendix 4, for the adaptor to be evaluated. The Adaptor Identification will appear near the top of the table.

7.2.5 Using the major diameter of the-external thread and referring to the columns under the heading Major Ranges, within the first two lines representing the range of major dimensions, locate that range into which the major dimension of the external thread will fall. This shall establish the Major control vertical column for that external thread.

7.2.6 With the pitch diameter of the external thread and using the Pitch Range column at the left edge of the table, read down to that range of dimensions into which the pitch diameter measurement of the external thread will fall. This shall establish the Pitch control horizontal line for that external thread.

7.2.7 The intersection of the Pitch control horizontal line with the Major control vertical column shall provide the Minor diameter control dimension.

7.2.7.1 If the Minor diameter control is less than the measured minor dimension of the external thread, then that combination of external thread and stressing adaptor is acceptable.

7.2.7.2 If the Minor diameter control dimension is greater than the measured minor dimension of the external thread, that combination is not acceptable and another stressing adaptor shall be selected to be mated to the external thread.

Therefore, Section 7.2.6. shall be repeated until acceptable matches are provided.

8.0 DOCUMENTATION 8.1 The items requiring documentation in this Procedure shall be documented on Data Sheet 7.1 as each might apply.

9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Data Sheet 7.1 9.2 Appendix 1 - Figures for Thread Diameter Measurements (These figures are used to illustrate the manner of measuring thread diameters.)

19 SQ 7.1.TMg09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 61 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 7.1 THREAD MEASURING July 31, 2009 Page 6 of 6 Revision 0 9.3 Appendix 2 - Pitch Diameter Constant For 3 Wire Method(This table lists the pitch diameter constant dimensions necessary for calculating an external pitch diameter.)

9.4 Appendix 3 - NBS Allowable Diameter Ranges(This is a computer generated table of allowable external and internal diameter ranges for 4 pitch stub ACME threads (Class 2G) as specified by Federal Standard Publication FED-STD-H28/13.)

9.5 Appendix 4 - Stressing Adaptor Disposition Tables (These tables shall be used for dispositoning a bushing or field anchorhead paired with a specific Stressing Adaptor.

One table shall be computer generated for each Adaptor. Since these tables cannot be generated until the Adaptors are measured, it is likely these tables will be added to this procedure at a later date than initial submittal of this procedure. However, these tables shall be supplied as soon as possible.)

19 SQ 7.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 62 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 7.1 INSPECTION DOCUMENTATION DATA SHEET 7.1 July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 (I

Project: TMI - 351h YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Tendon.No.: Tendon End/Buttress No.:

Anchorage ID.: Adaptor ID:

EQUIPMENT MICROMETER WIRE SHIMS Thread Mic ID Recal Date ID No. Recal Date ID No. Recal Date Ext.

Major Ext.

Pitch Ext.

Minor Int.

MajorNANA Int.

Minor MEASUREMENTS THREAD Aveag Wire Wire Shim Average Thread Read 3rd 6 th 9 th A e Constant Diameter Size Diameter Ext. 1 ____

Major 2 MENEENE___E Ext. 1 Pitch (1) 2 Ext. 1 Minor (2) 2 Int. 1 N/A \ N/A Major 2 N/A ---- N/A 'EMENIN, Int. l_ N/_N/_N/

Minor 2 N/A N/A N/A Int. Go Gauge ID: N/A Recal Date: N/A Result: N/A Pitch No-Go Gauge N/A Recal Date: N/A Result: N/A ID:

Notes: (1) External Pitch Diameter = [Average] - [Wire Constant] - [Shim Size]

(2) External Minor Diameter = [Average] - [2 X Wire Diameter] - [Shim Size]

DISPOSITION I Trial 1 1 Trial 2 1 Trial 3 1 Trial 4 1 Adaptor Mark Min. Minor Diameter from Adaptor Table Acceptable? (Yes or No)

QC Signoff: Level: Date:

, Reviewed: Level: Date:

,)

19 SQ 7.1.TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 63 of 180 Appendix 1 - Figures for Thread Diameter Measurements MICROMETER STUB SHIM ACME FIG. 1 EXTERNAL MAJOR DIAMETER FIG. 2 EXTERNAL PITCH DIAMETER (NOTE WIRES REST ON SIDE OF THREAD AND I, PROTRUDE BEYOND CREST)

FIG. 3 EXTERNAL MINOR DIAMETER (NOTE WIRES REST ON ROOT AND PROTRUDE BEYOND CREST)

FIG. 5 INTERNAL MINOR DIAMETER

)

19 SQ 7.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 64 of 180 Appendix 2 - Pitch Diameter for 3 Wire Method From Federal Standard H28/13 C = w(1 + cosec a)

- (cot a) 21n gives CON = 4.993929(M) -0.483392 WIRE WIRE WIRE WIRE WI RE SIZE CON. SIZE CON. SIZE CON. SIZE CD?. SIZE CON.

.1290 .161 .1325 .178 .1360 .196 .1395 .213 .1430 .231

.1291 .161 .1326 .179 .1361 .196 .1396 .214 .1431 .231

.1292 .162 1327 .179 .1362 .197 .1397 .214 .1432 .232

.1293 . 162 .1328 .180 .1363 .197 .1398 .215 .1433 .232

. 1294. .163 .1329 .180 .1364 .198 .1399 .215 .1434 .233

.1295 .163 .1330 .181 .1365 .198 .1400 .216 .1435 .233

.1296 .164 .1331 *181 .1366 .199 .1401 .216 .1436 .234

.1297 .164 .1332 .182 .1367 .199 .1402 .217 .1437 .234

.1298 .165 .1333 .182 .1368 .200 .1403 .217 .1438 .235

.1299 .165 .1334 .1369 .200 .1404 .218 .1439 .235

.1300 .166 .1335 .183 .1370 .201 .1405 .218 .1440 .236

.1301 .166 .1336 .184 .1371 .201 .1406 .219 1441 .236 ii .1302 .167 .1337 ,184 .1372 .202 .1407 .219 1442 .237

.1303 .167 .1338 .186 .1373 .202 .1408 -220 .1443 .237

.1304 .168 .11339 .185 .1374 .203 . 1409 .220 .1444 .238

.1305 .168 .1340 .186 .1375 .203 .1410 .221 .1445 .238

-1306 .169 .1341 .186 .1376 .204 .1411 .221 .1446 .239

.1307 ,169 .1342 .187 .1377 .204 .1412 .222 .1447 .239

. 1343

.1308 .170 .187 .1378 .205 .1413 . 22,22 .1448 .240

.1309 .170 :1344 .188 .1379 .205 .1414 .223 .1449 .240

.1310 .171 .1345 .188 .1380 .206 .1415 .223 .1450 .241

.1311 .171 .1346 .189 .1381 .206 .1416 .224 .1451 .241

.1312 .172 .1347 .189 .1382 .207 .1417 .224 .1452 .242

.1313 .172 .1348 .190 .1383 .207 .1418 .225 .1453 .242

.1314 .173 .1349 .190 .1384 .208 .1419 .225 .1454 .243

.1315 .173 .1350 .191 .1385 .208 .1420 .226 .1455 .243

.1316 .174 .1351 .191 .1386 .209 .1421 .226 .1456 .244

.1317 .174 .1352 .192 .1387 .209 .1422 .227 .1457 .244

.1318 .175 .1353 .192 .1388 .210 .1423 .227 .1458 .245

.1319 .175 .1354 .193 .1389 .210 .1424 .228 .1459 .245

.1320 .176 .1355 .193 .1390 .211 .1425 .228 .1460 .246

.1321 .176 .1356 .194 .1391 .211 .1426 .229 .1461 .246

.1322 .177 .1357 .194 .1392 .212 .1427 .229 .1462 .247

.1323 .177 .1358 . 195 .1393 .212 .1428 .230 .1463 .247

.1324 .178 .1359 .195 .1394 .213 .1429 .230 .1464 .248 19 SQ 7A1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 65 of 180 Pitch Diameter for 3 Wire Method From Federal Standard H28113 C = w(1 + cosec a) - (cot a) 21n gives CON = 4.993929(M) -0.483392 WIRE WIRE WIRE WIRE WIRE SIZE CON. SIZE CON. SIZE CON. SIZE CON. SIZE CON.

.1465 .248 .1500 .266 .1535 .283 .1570 .301 .1605 .318

.1466 .249 .1501 .266 .1536 .284 .1571 .301 .1606 .319

.1467 .249 .1502 .267 .1537 .284 .1672 .302 .1607 .319

.1468 .250 .1503 .267 .1538 .285 .1573 .302 .1608 .320

.1469 .250 .1504 .268 .1539 .285 .1574 .303 .1609 .320 I

.1470 .251 .150S .268 .1540 .286 .1575 .303 .1610 .321

.1471 .251 .1506 .269 .1541 .286 .1576 .304 .1611 .321

.1472 .252 .1507 .269 .1542 .287 .1577 .304 .1612 .322

.1473 .252 .1508 .270 .1543 .287 .1578 .305 .1613 .322

.1474 .253 .1509 .270 .1544 .288 .1579 .305 .1614 .323

.1475 .253 .1510 .271 .1545 .288 .1580 .306 .1615 .323

.1476 .254 .1511 .271 .1546 .289 .1581 .306 .1616 .324

.1477 .254 .1512 .272 .1547 .289 .15B2 .307 .1617 .324

.1478 .255 .1513 .272 .1548 .290 .1583 .307 .1618 .325

.1479 .2S5 .1514 .273 .1549 .290 .1584 .308 .1619 .325

.1480 .256 .1515 .273 .1550 .291 .1585 .308 .1620 .326

.1481 .256 .1516 .274 .1551 .291 .1586 .309 .1621 .326

.1482 .257 .1517 .274 .1552 .292 .1587 .309 .1622 .327

.1483 ,257 .1518 .275 .1553 .292 .1588 .310 .1623 .327

.1484 .2SB .1519 .275 .1554 .293 .1589 .310 .1624 .328

.1485 .258 .1520 .276 .1555 .293 .1590 .311 .1625 .328

.1486 .259 .1521 .276 .. 1556 .294 .1591 .311 .1626 .329

.1487 .259 .1522 .277 .1557 .294 .1592 .312 .1627 .329

.1488 .260 .1523 .277 .1558 .295 .1593 .312 .1628 .330

.1489 .260 .1524 .278 .1559 .295 .1S94 .313 .1629 .330

.1490 .261 .1525 .278 .1560 .296 .1595 .313 .1630 .331

.1491 .261 .1526 .279 .1561 .296 .1596 .314 .1631 .331

.1492 .262 .1527 .279 .1562 .297 .1597 .314 .1632 .332

.1493 .262 .1528 .280 .1563 .297 .1698 .315 .1633 .332

.1494 .263 .1529 .280 .1564 .298 .1599 .315 .1634 .333

.1495 .263 .1530 .281 .1565 .298 .1600 .316 .1635 .333

.1496 .264 .1531 .281 .1566 .299 .1601 .316 .1636 .334

.1497 .264 .1532 .282 .1567 .299 .1602 .317 .1637 .334

.1498 .265 .1533 .282 .1568 .300 .1603 .317 .1638 .335

.1499 .265 .1534 .283 .1569 .300 .1604 .318 .1639 .335 19 SQ 7.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

V

< ------------- EXTERNAL THREADS - --- <-------

<--> INTERNAL THREADS ------ --

MAJOR DIAMETER PITCH DIAMETER MINOR DIAMETER MAJOR DIAMETER PITCH DIAMETER MINOR DIAMETER STRESS SHEAR MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MIN MAX MIM MAX MIN MAX AREA AREA 0.2500 0.237S 0.1710 0.1530 0.0800 0.0620 0.2700 0.2850 0.1750 0.1930 0.1000 0.1125 0.0091 0.2605 0.3750 0.3625 0.2951 0.2764 0.2050 0.1863 0.3950 0.4137 0.3000 0.3187 0.2250 0.2375 0.0420 0.4692 0.5000 0.4875 0.4193 0.4001 0.3300 0.3108 0.500 0.5392 0.4250 0.4442 0.3500 0.3625 0.0992 0.6774 0.6250 0.6125 0.5437 0.5239 0.4550 0.4353 0.6450 0.6647 9.5500 0. 5697 0.4750 0.4575 0.1806 0.5850 0.7500 0.7375 0.6681 0.6479 0.5800 0.5598 0.7700 0.7902 0.6750 0.6952 0.6000 0.6125 0.2864 1.0922 (D.

x 0.8750 0.8625 0.7925 0.7719 0.7050 0.6844 0.8950 0.9156 0.8000 0.8206 0.7250 0.7375 0.4164 1.2988 1.0000 0.9875 0.9170 0,8960 0.8300 0.8090 1.0200 1.0410 0.9250 0.9460 0.8S00 0.8625 0.5708 1.5050S 1.1250 1.1125 1.041S 1.0202 0.9550 0.9336 1.1450 1.1664 1.0500 1.0714 0.9750 0.9875 0.7495 i.7107 1.2500 "1.2375 1.1661 1.1443 1.0800 1.0583 1.2700 1.2917 1.1750 1.1967 1.1000 1.1125 0.9526, 1.9160 1.3750 1.3625 1.2906 1.2686 1.2050 1.1830 1.3950 1.4170 1.3000 1.3220 1.2250 1.2375 1.1801 2.1208 z w

1.5000 1.4875 1.4152 1.3929 1.3300 1.3077 1.5200 .1.5423 1.4250 1.4473 1.3500 1.3625 1. 4319 2.3253 0) 1.62S0 1.6125 1.5398 1.5172 1.4550 1.4324 1.6450 1.6676 1.5500 1.5726 1.4750 1.4875 1.7082 2.5293 >0 (D~

1.7500 1.7375 1.6644 1.6415 1.5800 1.5571 1.7700 1.7929 1.6750 1.6979 1..6000 1.6125 2.0088 2.7330 M 0 SCD 1.8750 1.8625 1.7890 1.7658 1.7050 1.6818 1.8950 1.9182 1.8000 1.8232 1.7250 1.7375 2.3338 2.9363 1.8902 CD >

2.0000 1.9875 1.9137 1.8300 1.8065 2.0200 2.0435 1.9250 1.9485 1.8500 1.8625 2.6833 3.1393 of S;u CD 2.1250 2.1125 2.0383 2. 0146 1.9550 1.9313 2.1450 2.1687 2.0500 2.0737 1.9750 1.9875 3.057i 3.3419 on A

00 2.2500 2.2375 2.1630 2.1390 2.0800 2.0560 2.2700 2.2940. 2.1750 2.1 990 2.1000 2.1125 3.4554 3.5441 2) 2.3750 2.3625 2.2877 2.2634 2.20S0 2.1808 2.3950 2.4192 2.3000 2.3242 2.2250 2.2375 3.8780 3.7461 (D 2.5000 2.4B75 2.4124 2.3879 2.3300 2.3055 2.5200 2.5445 !2.4250 2.4495 2.3500 2.3625 4.3251 3.9477 2.6250 2.6125 -4 2.5370 2.5123 2.4550 2.4303 2.6450 2.6697 2.,5500 2.5747 2.4750 2.4875 4.7967 4.1490 m

2,7500 2.7375 2.6617 2.6368 2.5800 2.5551 2.7700 2.7949 2.6750 2.6999 2.6000 2.6125 5.2926 4.349? (D 0 2.8750 2.8625 2.7864 2.7613 2.7050 2.6798 2.8950 2.9202 2.8000 2.82S2 2.7250 2.7375 5.8130 4.5506 m 3.0000 2.9875 2.9111 2.8858 2.8300 2.8046 3.0200 3.0454 2.9250 2.9504 2.8500 2.8625 6.3578 4.7510 cl)

(D c-U 3.1250 3.1125 3.0359 3.0103 2.9550 2.9294 3.1450 3.1706 3.0500 3.0756 2.9750 2.9875 6.9271 4.9511 (1) ;oo0 co cl) 3.2500 3.2375 3.1606 3.1348 3.0800 3.0542 3.2700 0

3.2958 3.1750 3.2008 3.1000 3.1125 7.5208 5.1509 m;o

-4 zo

-3,750 3.3625 3.2853 3.2593 3.2050 3.1790 3.3950 3.4210 3.3000 3.3260 3. 2250 3.2375 8.1389 S.3S04 3.5000 3.4875 3.4100 3.3838 3.3300 3.3038 3.5200 3.5462 3.4250 3.4512 3.3500. 3.3625 .8.7815 5.5496 0 C-- C3m 3.6250 3.612S 3.5348 3.5083 3.4550 3.4286 3.645C 3.6714 3.5500 3.5764 3.4750 3.4875 9.4485 5.7486 !5.0CD z c-0 0

Z0( C'X -4

, LI, II II v

< ------------- EXTERNAL THREADS -------------- > <------------- INTERNAL THREADS MAJOR DIAMETER PITCH DIAMETER MINOR DIAMETER MAJOR DIAMETER PITCH DIAMETER MINOR DIAMETER STRESS SHEAR MAX MIN HAX hIM MAX MIN NIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX AREA AREA 3.7500 3.7375 3.6595 3.6329 3.5800 3.5534 3.7700 3.7966 3.6750 3.7016 3.6000 3.6125 10.1400 5.9473 3.8750 3.8625 3.7843 3.7574 3.7050 3.6782 3.8950 3.9218 3.8000 3.8268 3.7250 3.7375 10.8559 6.1457 4.0000 3.9875 3.9090 3.8820 3.8300 3.8030 4.0200 4.0470 3.92S0 3.9520 3.8500 3.8625 11.5963 6.3438 4.1250 4.1125 4.0338 4.0066 3.9550 3.9278 4.1450 4.1722 4.0500 4.0772 3.9750 3.9875 12.3611 6.5418 4.2500 4.2375 4.1585 4.1311 4.0800 4.0526 4.2700 4.2974 m 4.1750 4.2024 4.1000 4.1125 13.1503 6.7394 4.3750 4.3625 4.2833 4.2557 4.2050 4.1775 (D

4.3950 4.4225 4.3000 4.3275 4.2250 4.2375 13.9640 6.9368 4.5000 4.4875 4.4080 4.3803 4.3300 4.3023 4.5200 4.5477 4.4250 4.4527 4.3500 4.3625 14.8022 7.1340 4.6250 4.6L25 4.5328 4.5049 4.4550 C,,

4.4271 4.6450 4.6729 4.5500 4.5779 4.4750 4.4875 15.6648 7.3309 4.7500 4.7375 4.6576 4.6295 4.5800 4.5519 4.7700 4.7981 4.6750 4.7031 4.6000 4.6125 16.5519 7.5276 :r 4.8750 4.8625 4.7823 4.7541 4.7050 4.6768 4.8950 4.9232 4.8000 4.8282 4.7250 4.7375 17.4635 7.7240 U) z 5.0000 4.9875 4.9071 4.8787 4.8300 4.8016 5.0200 5.0484 a) 5.1250 5.1125 5.0319 5.0033 4.9550 4.9264 5.1450 5.1736 4.9250 4.9534 4.8500 4.8625 18.3995 7.9202 0 cn) 5.0500 5.0786 4.9750 4.9875 19.3599 8.1162 ID~

5.2500 5.2375 5.1S67 5.1279 5.0800 5.0513 5.2700 5.2987 5.1750 52037 5.1000 5.1125 20.3449 8.3119 5.3750 5.3625 5.2815 5.2525 5.2050 m 0 5.1761 5.3950 5.4239 5.3000 5.328? 5.2250 5.2375 21.3543 8.5074 cio0 5.5000 5.4875 5.4062 5.3772 5.3300 5.3009 CD 5.5200 5.5491 5.4250 5.4541 5.3500 5.3625 22.3881 8.7027 CD >

5.6250 5.6125 5.5310 5.5018 5.4550 5.4258 (A) 5.6450 5.6742 5.5500 545792 5.4750 5.4875 23.4464 4CD 8.8978 A 5.7500 5.7375 5.6558 5.6264 5.5800 5.5506 5.7700 03 5.7994 5.6750 5.7044 5.6000 5.6125 24.5292 9.0927 D0~

5.8750 cD 5.8625 5.7806 5.7511 5.7050 5.6755 5.8950 5.9245 5.8000 5.8291 5.7250 5.7375 CD 4 25.6365 9.2873 6.0000 5.9875 5.9054 5.8757 5.8300 5.8003 6.0200 6.0497 5.9250 5.9S4; 5.8500 5.8625 26.7682 9.4817 6.1250 6.1125 6.0302 6.0004 5.9550 5.9252 6.1450 6.1748 6.0500 6.079*6 5.9750 5.9875 ---

27.9244 9.6759 6.2500 6.2375 6.1550 6.1250 6.0800 6.0500 6.27Q0 6.3000 6.1750 6.205S 6.1000 6.1125 29.1050 9.8699 m 6.3750 6.3625 6.2798 6.2497 6.2050 6.1749 6.3950 6.4251 6.3000 6.330: 3 6. 2250 6.2375 30.3101 10.0637 6.5000 6.4875 6.4046 6.3743 6.3300 6.2997 6.5200 6.5503 6.4250 6.45S 6.3500 6.3625 31.5397 10.2573 6.6250 6.6125 6.5294 6.4990 6.4550 6.4246 (D 6.6450 6.6754 6.5500 6.580 6.4750 6.4875 32.7938 10.4507 U) ct) 6.7500 6.7375 6.6542 6.6236 6.5800 6.5494 6.7700 6.8006 6.6750 6.705 0 6.6000 6.6125 34.0723 10.6439 6.8750 6.8625 m*

6.7790 6.7483 6.7050 6.6743 6.8950 6.9257 6.8000 6.830 7 6.7250 z 0 6.7375 35.3-753 10.8369 7.0000 6.9875 6.9038 6.8730 6.8300 aWl 7991 7 0_nf0 7f 0550

• G W8 6Q92o 69S 9 6.8500 -u0

-a.

6. 6625 36.7028 11.0296 o 7.1250 7.1125 7.0286 6.9976 6.9550 6.9240. 7.1450 5 -o .'*Z .,

0 0D 7.1760 7.0500 7.0810 6.9750 6.9875 CT)CO.C mm 38.0548 11.2222

<. CD U~zL) c0 0' 0

V M DIA......ET. ER:TERNAL THREADS ........ -----> < ------------ INTERNAL THREADS MAJOR DIAMETER PITCH DIAMETER -------------- >

MINOR DIAMFTER MAJOR DIAMETER PITCH DIAMETER MAX MIN MINOR DIAMETER STRESS SHEAR MAX MIN MAX MIN MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX AREA AREA 7.2500 7.2375 7.1535 7.1223 7.0800 7.0488 7.2700 7.3012 7.1750 7.2062 7.1000 7.1125 39.4312 11.4146 7.3750 7.3625 7.2783 7.2470 7.2050 7.1737 7.3950 7.4263 7.3000 7.3313 7.2250 7.2375 40.8321 11.6068 7.5000 7.4875 7.4031 7.3717 7.3300 7.2986 7.5200 7.5514 7.4250 7.4564 7.3500 7.3625 42.2575 11.7988 7.6250 7.6125 7.5279 7.4963 7.4550 7.4234 7.6450 7.6766 7.5500 7.5816 7.4750 7.4875 43.7073 11.9906 7.7500 7.7375 7.6527 7.6210 7.5800 7.5483 7.7700 7.8017 7. 6750 7.7067 7.6000 7.6125 45.1817 12.1822 7.8750 7.8625 V (D

7.7776 7.7457 7.7050 7.6732 7.8950 7.9268 7.8000 7.8318 7.7250 7.7375 46.6805 12.3737 8.0000 7.9875 7.9024 7.8704 7.8300 7.7980 8.0200 8.0520 7.9250 7.9570 7.8500 7.8625 48.2038 12.5649 0 8.12S0 8.1125 8.0272 7. 9951 7.9550 m 7.9229 8.1450 B.1771 8.0500 8.0821 7.9750 7. 9875 49.7515 12.7560 8.2500 8.2375 8.1520 8.1198 8.0800 8. 0478 8.2700 8.3022 8.1750 8.2072 8.1000 8.1125 51.3238 12.9469 8.3750 8.3625 8.2768 8.2445 8.2050 8.1726 8.3950 8.4274 8.3000 8.3324 8.2250 0 z

8. 2375 52.9205 13.1375 8.5000 8.4875 8.4017 8.3692 8.3300 8.2975

0) w 8.5200 8.5525 8.4250 8.4575 8.3500 8.3625 54.5417 13.3281 cl 8.6250 8.7500 8.6125 8.7375 8.5265 8.4939 8.4550 8.4224 8.6450 8.6776 8.5500 8.5826 *8.4750 8.4875 56.1874 13.5184 0 5-8.6513 8.6186 8.5800 8.5473 8.7700 8.8027 8.6750 8.7077 8.6000 8.6125 57.8575 13.7086 m CD.

8.8750 8,8625 8.7762 8.7433 8.7050 8. 6721 8.8950 8.9279 8.8000 8. 8329 8.7250 8.7375 59.5522 13.8985 0~

9.0000 8.9875 -t 0 8.9010 8.8680 8.8300 8.7970 9.0200 9.0530 8.9250 8. 9580 8.8500 8.8625 61.2713 14.0883 oDn (m

9.1250 9.1125 9. 0258 8.9927 8.9550 8.9219 9.1450 9.1781 9. 0500 9. 0831 8.9750 8.9875 0.

63.0149 14.2780 ID 9.2500 9.2375 9.1507 9.1174 9.0800 9. 0468 9.2700 9. 3032 9.1750 9.2082 9.1000 0)

9. 1125 64.7830 14.4674 9.3750 9.3625 U) 9.2755 9.2421 9.2050 9.1716 9.3950 9.4284 9.3000 9.3334 9.2250 9.237S 66.5756 14.6567 9.5000 9.4875 9.4003 9.3668 9.3300 9.2965 9.5200 9.5535  ?.4250 9.4585 9.3500 9.3625 68.3926 14.8458 9.6250 9.6125 9.5252 9.4916 9.4550 r0.

9.4214 9.6450 9.6786 9.5500 9.5836 9.4750 9.4875 70.2342 15.0347 9.7500 9.7375 9.6500 9.6163 9.5800 m

9.5463 9.7700 9.8037 9.6750 9.7087 9.6000 9.6125 72.1002 15.2235 9.8750 9.8625 9.7749 9.7410 9.7050 9.6711 9.8950 9.9289 9. 8000 9.8339 9.7250 9.7375 73.9907 15.4121 (D m 10.000.0 9.9875 9.8997 9.8657 9.8300 9.7960 10.0200 10.0540 9.9250 9.9590 9.8500 9.8625 751.9057 15.6006 10.1250 10.1125 10.0245 9. 9905 9.9550 9.9209 10.1450 10.1791 10.0500 10.0841 9.9750 9.9875 77.8452 15.7888 (0 10.2500 10.2375 10.1494 10.1152 10.0800 10.0458 10.2700 CO 10.3042 10.1750 10.2092 10.1000 10.1125 m ;

0 79.8091 15.9769 10.3750 10,3625 10.2742 10.2399 10.2050 10.1707 zo

-.4 10.3950 10.4293 10.3000 1.0.3343 10.2250 10.2375 81.7976 16.1649 I(0 10.5000 10.4875 10.3991 10.3646 10.3300 10.2956 10.5200 10.5544 10.4250 10.4594 10.3500 10.3625 0

83.8105 16.3526 (0 .10.6250 10.6125 10.5239 10.4894 10.4550 10.4204 o~O>

0c0 10.6450 10.6796 10,5500, 10.5846 10.4750_10.4875 (D (0 CA Mm 85.8480 16.5403 < 0) Z &j)

CO. 0C')

0 7e0 0

I "I-ý v

< ----------- EXTERNAL THREADS -------------- >

...........-- INTERNAL THREADS ---

MAJOR DIAMETER PITCH DIAMETER MINOR DIAMETER MAJOR DIAMETER PITCH DIAMETER MINOR DIAMETER STRESS SHEAR MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX KIm MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN AREA AREA 10.7500 10.7375 1 0.6488 10.6141 110.5800 10.7700 1.0.8047 10.6750 10.7097 10.6000 10.6125 87.9099 116.7277 10.8750 10.8625 1 0.7736 10.7388 110.7050 10.6702 10.8950 1 0.9298 10.8000 10.8348 10.7250 10.7375 89.9963 16.9150 11.0000 10.9875 110.8985 10.8636 10.8300 10.7951 11.0200 111.0549 10.9250 10.9599 I.0.8500 10.8625 92.1072 17.1021 11.1250 11.1125 111.0233 10.9883 10. 9550 10.9200 11.1450 111.1800 11.0500 11.0850 110.9750 10.9875 94.2425 17.2891 11.2500 11.237S I.1.1482 11.1130 11.0800 11.0449 11.2700 L1.3051 11.1750 11.2101 1.1.1000 11.1125 96.4024 17.4759 CD 11.3750 11.3625 1 1.2730 11.2378 11.2050 11.1698 11.39S0 11.4302 11.3000 11.3352 11.2250 11.2375 98.5867 17.6626 0.

11.S000 11.487S 11.3979 11.362S 11.3300 11.2947 11.5200 11.5553 11.4250 11.4603 11.3500 11.3625 100.7956 17.8491 x

11.6250 11.6125 11.5227 11.4873 11.4550 11.4195 11.6450 11.6805 11.5500 11.5856 11.4750 11.4875 103.0289 18.0354 11.7S00 11.7375 11.6476 11.6120 11.5800 11.5444 11.7700 11.8056 11.6750 11.7106 11.6000 11.6125 105.2867 18.2216 11.9750 11.8625 imQ 11.7724 11.7368 11.7050 11.6693 11.8950 11.9307 11.8000 11.8357 11.7250 11.7375 107.5690 18.4077

.co 12.0000 11.9875 118973 11.8615 11.8300 11.7942 12.0200 12.0558 11.9250 11.9608 11.8s00 11.8625 109.8758 18.5936 12.1250 12.1125 12.0221 11.9863 11. 9550 11.9191 12.1450 12.1809 12.0500 12.0859 11.9750 11.9875 112.2071 18.7793 12.2500 12.2375 12.1470 12.1110 12.0800 12.0440 12.2700 12.3060 12.1750 12.2110 12.1000 12.1125 114.5629 18.9649 SCA- 03 12.3750 D4 12.3625 12.2719 12.2358 12.2050 12.1689 12.3950 12.4311 12.3000 12.3361 12.2250 12.2375 116.9432 19.1503 0) -

CD 12.5000 12.4875 12.3967 12.3605 12.3300 12.2938 12.5200 12.5562 12.4250 12.4612 12.3500 12.3625 11',9.3479 19.3356 CD m(o 12.6250 12.6125 12.5216 12.4853 12.4550 A 12.4187 12.6450 12.6813 12.5500 12.5863 12.4750 12.4875 121.7772 19.S207 12.7500 12.7375 12.6464 12.6100 12.5800 0(3 12.5436 12.7700 12.8064 12.6750 12.7114 12.6000 12.6125 124.2309 1.9.7057 12.8750 12.8625 12.7713 12.7348 12. 7050 12.6685 12.8950 12.9315 12.8000.12.8365 12.7250 12.7375 126.7092 19.8906 13.0000 12.9875 12.8962 12.8595 12.8300 12.7934 13.0200 su 13.0566 12.92S0 12.9616 12.8500 12.8625 129.2119 20.0752 13.1250 13.1125 13.0210 12.9843 12.9550 12.9183 13.1450 13.1817 13.0500 13.0867 12.9750 12.9875 131.7391 20.2598 13.2500 13.2375 13.1459 13.1090 13.0800 13.0432 13.2700 13.3068 13.1750 13.2118 13.1000 13.1125 134.2908 20.4442 (A.

13.3750 13.3625 13.2707 13.2338 13.2050 13.1681 13.3950 13.4319 13.3000 13.3369 13.2250 13.2375 136.8670 20.6284 13.5000 13.4875 13.7695 13.3586 13.3300 13.2930 13.5200 13.5570 13.4250 13.4620 13.3500 13.3625 139.4677 20.8126 13.6250 13.6125 13.5205 13.4833 13.4550 13.4179 13.6450 13.6821 13.5500 13.5871 13.4750I 13.4875 142.0929 20. 9965 (o

0') 13'7500 13.7375 13.645: 5 13.6081 13.5800 13.5428 13.7700 13.8072 13.6750 13.7122 13.6000 13.6125 144.7426 21.1804 13.8750 13.8625 13.770: 13.7329 13.7050 13.6677 13.89s0 13.9323 13.8000 13.8373 13.7250 13.7375 147.4168 21.3640 CD 14.0000 13.9875 13.89521 13.8576 13.8300 13.7926 14.0200 14.0574 13.9250 13.9624 13.8500 13.8625 150.11,55 21.5476 0

14.1250 14.112S 14. 019?9 13.9824 13.9550 13.917S 14.1450 14.182S 14.0500 14.0875 13.97500 13.9875 152.8386 21.7310 0

0 0

_= I 0

< ...........-. EXTERNAL THREADS - -> - INTERNAL THREADS MAJOR DIAMETER PITCH DIAMETER MINOR DIAMETER MAJOR DIAMETER PITCH DIAMETER MINOR DIAMETER STRESS SHEAR MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX MIH MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX AREA AREA CL 14.2500 14.2375 14.1448 14.1072 14.0800 14.0424 14.2700 14.3076 14.1750 14.2126 14.1000 14.1125 155.5863 21.9142 14.37S0 14.3625 14.2697 14.2319 14.2050 14.1.673 14.3950 14.4327 14.3000 14.3377 14.2250 14.2375 158.3584 22.0974 14.5000 14.4875 14.3945 14.3567 14.3300 14.2922 14.5200 14.5578 14.4250 14.4628 14.3500 14.3625 161.1551 22.2803 14.6250 14.6125 14.5194 14.4815 14.4550 14.4171 14.6450 14.6829 14.5500 14.5879 14.4750 14.4875 163.9762 22.4632 0.

CA

.14.7500 14.7375 14.6443 14.6062 14.5800 14.5420 14.7700 14.8080 14.6750 14.7130 14.6000 14.6125 166.8219 22.6459 cr) 14.8750 14.8625 14.7691 14.7310 14.7050 14.6669 14.8950 14.9331 14.8000 14.8381 14.7250 14.7375 169.6920 22.8284 0 m

15.0000 14.9875 14.8940 14.8568 14.8300 14.7918 15.0200 15.0582 14.9250 14.9632 14.8500 14.8625 172.5S867 23.'0109 --I 15.1250 15.1125 15.0189 14.9806 14.9550 14.9167 15.1450 15.1833 15.0500 15.0883 14.9750 14.9875 175.5058 23.1932 0 2) 0.

15.2500 15.2375 15.1438 15.1053 15.0800 156.0416 15.2700 15.3084 15.1750 15.2134 15.1Q00 15.1125 178.4494 23.3753 A

15.3750 15.3625 15.2686 15.2301 15.2050 15.1665 15.3950 15.4335 15.3000 15.3385 15.2250 15.2375 181.4175 23.5574 0

15.5000 15.4875 15.3935 15.3549 15.3300 15.2914 15.5200 15.5586 15.4250 15.4636 15.3500 15.3625 184.4102 23.7392 7i 15.6250 15.6125 15.5184 15.4797 15.4550 15.4163 15.6450 15.6837 15.5500 15.5887 15.4750 15.4875 187.4273 23.9210 V) to 15.7500 15.7375 15.6433 15.6044 15.5800 t5.$412* 15.7700 15.8088 15.6750 15.7138 15.6000 15.6125 190.4689 24.1026 (D C) 15.8750 15.8625 15.7681 15.7292 15.7050 15.66611 15.8950 15.9339 15.8000 15.8389 15.7250 15.7375 193.5350 24.2841 16.0000 15.9875 15.8930 15.8540 15.8300 15.7910 16.0200 16.0590 15.9250 15.9640 15.8500 15.8625 196.6256 24.4655 a)

Cd)

-,4 0

a.

0

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 71 of 180 Allowable External Diameter Ranges RE'*ION# 0 Minimum Minor Diameter SAFEY R.AED PAGE I I OF 3 SREPARED BY: PCs DAW, 7W2M1I REVYED BY, JRP DATE-: 7=00 INPUT PLANT: TMI UNIT: 1 SURVEILLANCE NUMBER: 35th YEAR: 2009 NOMINAL DIAMETER 9.375 in. MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH 150 ksi ENGAGEMENT LENGTH 3.00 in. REQUIRED LOADING 120 % G.UT.S.

NUMBER OF WIRES 170 in.

INITERNAL THREAD (STRESSING ADAPTER) INFORMATION IDENTIFICATION MARK D4 MAJOR DIAMETER 9.3930 in. MINOR DIAMETER 9.2310 kdi EXTERNAL THREAD (ANCHORHEAD) RANGE INFORMATION SMALLEST MAJOR DIAMETER 9.345 in. MAJOR DIA. INCREMENT 0.01 [A SMALLEST PITCH DIAMETER 9.15 In. PITCH DIA. INCREMENT 0.014 i.,

OUTPUT

................ MAJOR DIAMETER RANGES 9.345 9.355 9.365 9.375 9.385 9.395 9.405 9A15 9.425 9.435 9.354 9-364 9.374 9.384 9.394 9.404 9A14 9A24 9.434 9.444 9.150 8.992 8.969 8.94W 8.922 8.898 8.874 8.849 8.824 8799 8.773 9.163 9.164 8.844 8.810 8.775 8.741 8.706 8.672 1 8.637 8.603 8.568 8.534 9.177 9.178 8.828 8.792 8.757 8.721 8.685 8.649 8.613 8.577 8.541 8.505 9.191 9.192 8.812 8.775 8.738 8.701 8.664 8.626 8.589 8.552 8.514 8.477 9.205 9.296 8.796 8.758 8.719 8.681 8.642 8.604 8.565 8.526 8.487 8.448 9.219 S9.220 8.781 8.741 8.701 8.661 8.621 8.581 8.541 8.501 8.460 9.233 8.420 9.234 8.765 8.724 8.683 8.641 8.600 8.558 8.517 8.475 8.434 8.392 9.247 9.248 8.749 &707 8.664 8.621 8.579 8.536 8.493 8.450 8.407 8.364 9.261 .

O 9275 8.734 8.690 8.646 8.602 8.558 8.514 8.469 8.425 8.381 8.336

' 9.275 5 9,276 8.719 8.673 8.628 8.562 8.537 8A91 8.446 8A00 8.354 8.308 9.290 8.703 8.656 8.610 8.563 8.516 8.469 8.422 8.375 &328 8.281 9.303 9.304 8.688 8.640 8.592 8.543 8.495 8.447 8.399 8.350 8.302 8.253 9.317 1______ ______ ______

9.318 8.672 8.623 8.574 8.524 8.475 8.425 8.375 8.325 8.276 8.226 9.331 9.332 8.657 8.607 8.556 8.505 8.454 8.403 8.352 8.301 8.250 8.198 9.345

/

8.642 8.590 8.538 8.486 8.433 8.381 8.329 8.276 8.224 8.171 9.359 1 1 K

19 SQ 7.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 72 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 7.1 THREAD MEASUREMENT- APPENDIX 4 July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 3 Revision 0 Allowable I .External

... .. Diameter Ranges.... kRE-sLoNj_ m "WPE°

• ENG Minimum Minor Diameter IE RELATED IPAGE, I 2 OF 3

.... ... PREPARD

, BY. PCs DAIS 7t0=,' I REV1E DEBY. RP DAT,E ?/l"=DO INPUT PLANT: TMI UNIT: 1 SURVEILLANCE NUMBER: 35th YEAR: 2009 NOMINAL DIAMETER 9.375 in. MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH 150 As?

ENGAGEMENT LENGTH 3.00 in. REQUIRED LOADING 120 % G.U.T.S.

NUMBER OF WIRES 170 Itn.

, INTERNAL THREAD (STRESSING ADAPTER) INFORMATION IDENTIFICATION MARK X2 MAJOR DIAMETER 9.4380 in. MINOR DIAMETER 92330 ks?

EXTERNAL THREAD (ANCHORHEAD) RANGE INFORMATION SMALLEST MAJOR DIAMETER 9.345 in. MAJOR DIA. INCREMENT 0.01 ft SMALLEST PITCH DIAMETER 9.15 in. PITCH DIA. INCREMENT 0.014 In.

OUTPUT

'IIJ _

9.345 9.355

_MAJOR 9.365 9.375 DIAMETER RANGES 9.385 9.395 9.405 9.415 9.425 9.435 9.354 9.364 9.374 9.384 9.394 9.404 9.414 9A24 9.434 9.444 9.150 9.014 8.992 8.971 8.949 8.926 8.904 8.881 8.858 8.834 8.810 9.163 9.164 8.866 8.830 8.793 8.755 8.718 8.684 8.650 8.615 1 8.581 8.546 9.177 9.178 8.839 8.804 8.768 8.733 8.697 8.661 8.626 8.590 8.554 8.518 9.191 9.192 8.824 8.787 8.750 8.713 8.676 8.639 8.602 8.565 8.527 8.490 9.205 9.206 8.808 8.770 8.732 8.693 8.655 8.616 8.578 8.539 8.501 8.462 9.219 j 9.220 8.793 S 9.233 . ......8.753. . 8.713 8.674 8.634 8.594 8.554 8.514 8.474 8.434 9.234 8.777 8.736 8.695 8.654 8.613 8.572 8.530 8.489 8.448 8.406 I 9.247 1 1 9.248 8.762 8.720 8.677 8.635 8.592 8.549 8.507 8A64 8.421 8.378 9.261 ..

S9.262 9.275 8.747 8.703 8.659 8.615 8.571 8.527 8.483 8.439 8.395 8.351 9.276 8.732 8"686 8.641 8.596 8.551 8.50M 8.460 8A14 8.369 8.323 9.289 9.290 8.716 8.670 8.623 8.577 8.530 8.483 8.437 8.390 8.343 8296 9.303 9.317 8.701 8.654 8.606 8.558 8.510 8.462 8.413 8.365 8.317 8.269 9.317 9.318 8.686 8.637 8.588 8.539 8.489 8.440 8.390 8.341 8.291 8.241 9.331 9.332 8.671 8.621 8.570 8.520 8.469 8.418 8.367 8.316 8.265 8.214 9.345 1 1 1 1_1 97S46 8.656 8.605 8.553 8.501 8.449 8.396 8.344 8.292 8.240 8.187 C 9.359 1 1 1 1 19 SQ 7.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 73 of 180 1 I2CoUMEnNT INO:

C143-025 0ocU?%ENT1YPE ENG Allowable External Diameter Ranges SIORSN# a Minimum Minor Diameter SAETY R&ATED NO-SAFErY RE.ATED JRP r PAG2E A3T F7r2=00 DATFE: 3 1

.......... PREPARED: BY. PCs DA'TTr: ==l3,f39 RE=VIE=tED BY:

INPUT PLANT: TMI UNIT: I SURVEILLANCE NUMBER: 35th YEAR: 2009 NOMINAL DIAMETER 9.375 in. MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH 150 ksi ENGAGEMENT LENGTH 3.00 in. REQUIRED LOADING 120 '% G.UT.S.

NUMBER OF WIRES 170 in.

INTERNAL THREAD (STRESSING ADAPTER) INFORMATION IDENTIFICATION MARK AS MAJOR DIAMETER 9.3940 in. MINOR DIAMETER 92210 ksi EXTERNAL THREAD (ANCHORHEAD) RANGE INFORMATION SMALLEST MAJOR DIAMETER 9.345 in. MAJOR DIA. INCREMENT 0.01 in.

SMALLEST PITCH DIAMETER 9.15 in. PITCH DIA. INCREMENT 0.014 in.

OUTPUT MAJOR DIAME-TER RANGES 9.345 9.355 9.365 9.375 9.385 9.395 9.405 9.415 9.425 9.435

\ t 9.354 9.364 9.374 9.384 9.394 9.404 9.414 9A24 9.434 9.444 9.16M 8.850 8.816 8.782 8.748 8.712 8.677 8.640 8.603 8.566 8.527 9.163 9.177 9.174 -

8.788 II 8.752 8.717 8.682 8.646 8.611 8.575 8.540 8.504 8.469 9.178 8.771 8.734 8.697 8.660 8.624 8.587 8.550 8.513 8.476 8.439 9.191 9.192 8.753 8.715 8.677 8.639 8.601 8.563 8.524 8A86 8.447 8.409 9.205 9.206 8.736 8.697 8.657 8.618 8.578 8.539 8.499 8A59 8.419 8.379 9.219 0 9.220 8.719 8.678 8.638 8.597 8.556 8.515 8.473 8.432 8.391 8.350 9.234 8.702 8.660 8.618 8.576 8.533 8.491 8.448 8.406 8.363 8.321 it 9.247 _ 1 J* 9.248 9261 8.685 8.642 8.598 8.555 8.511 8.467 8.423 8.379 &335 8-291 9.262 9.275 8.669 8.624 8.579 8.534 8.489 8.443 8.398 8.353 8.307 8.262 9,276 8.652 8.606 8.559 8.513 8.466 8.420 8.373 8.327 8.280 8.233

- 9.289 .....

9290 8.635 8.588 8.540 8.492 8444 8.396 8.348 8.300 8.252 8.204 9.303 9.304 9.317 8.619 8.570 8.520 8.471 8.422 8.373 8.324 8274 8.225 8.175 9.318 8.602 8.552 8.501 8.451 8.400 8.350 8299 8.248 8.197 8.147 9.331 1 9.332 8.585 8.534 8.482 8.430 8.378 8.326 8.274 8.222 8.170 8.118 9.345 8.569 8.516 8.463 8A10 8.357 8.303 8.250 8.197 8.143 8.090 9.359 t

/I 19 SQ 7.1.TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 74 of 180 PS0 PROCEDURE SQ 9.1 PRESTRESS FORCES July 31, 2009

~Precision Surveillance Corporation PaoeerRevision 0

EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE

)

PRESTRESS FORCES 4smdby QA MANAGER 07/31/09

'Pr6p'ared b Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Apl roved by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 I

-Apprevea-b~yL_ Title Date V 20 SQ9.1.TM09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 75 of 180 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to provide in table form the predicted lift-off forces for the 3 5 th Year In-Service Inspection (surveillance) at Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant.

2.0 SURVEILLANCE TENDON DATA 2.1 The lower limit lift-off forces, 95% lift-off force, 90% lift-off force and Normalization Factor have been obtained from Exelon.

2.2 The pedicted lower limit (PLL), 90% of predicted lower limit (.9 PLL), 95% of predicted loser limit (.95PLL) and Normalization Factor forces to be used during the 35th year inspection are listed below for each UNIT 1 tendon scheduled for monitoring of force. The same information is provided for the adjacent tendons.

j'. 20 S09.1 TM.09 ISI~doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 76 of 180 Ii I H13-41 1153 1095 1038 -7 V-11 1148 1091 1033 +-26 H13-42 1095 1040 986 +12 V-12 1189 1130 1070 -15 H24-32 !120 1064 1008 -13 V-31 1174 i115 1057 0 H24-33. 1068 1015 961 +38 V-32 1181 1'122- 1063 -7 H24-34 1119 1063 1007 -12 V-33 1222 1161 1100 -48 H46-49 1035 983 932 +72 V-89 1185 1126 1067 -12 H46-50 111'6 1060 1004 -9 V-90 i204 1144- 1084 -30 H46-51 1038 986 934 +69 V-91 1165 1107 1049 +9 H51-48 1076 1022 968 +31 V-131 N/A N/A NIA N/A

( '~

H51-49 1132 1075- 1019 -25 V-132 1204 .1144 1084 -30 H51-50 1079 1025 971 +27 V-133 N/A N/A NIA N/A H62-25 1060 1007 954 +46 H62-26 1105 1050 995 +2 H62-27 1059 1006 953 +47 D-121 1060 1007 954 +52 D4122 11082 1028. 974 +31 D-123 1127 1071 1014 -15 D-224 1109 1054 998 +5 D-225 1067 1014 960 +45 D-226 1087 1033 978 +26 D-321 1056 1003 950 +57 D-322 1,128 1072 1015 -15 D-323 1145 1088 1031 -33 D-341 1091 1036 982 +22 D-342 1116 1060 1004 -3.

D-343 1151 1093 1036 -38

(

NIA, DATA NOT CURENTLY AVAILABLE 20 S09.1.TM.09 ISldoc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix 0 Revision 0, Page 77 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.2 TEST WIRE REMOVAL July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 6 SRevision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE

/

k

)~ TEST WIRE REMOVAL

"& ý,aAtdýý Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, PE. 07/31/09 A~4oed by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Title Date 21 SQ 10.2 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 78 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.2 TEST WIRE REMOVAL July31, 2009 Page 2 of 6 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for removing a sample wire to be used for physical testing, during the 3 5 th Year In-Service-Inspections (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

1.2 One continuous and any other discontinuous tendon wires will be removed from the designated tendons to have wire removed. Do not remove more than three wires from any one tendon during this surveillance period without TMI Engineering approval.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY 2.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

3.0 QUALIFICATIONS 3.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

4.0 EQUIPMENT 4.1 Quality Control gauges or test equipment will not be required for this activity, except where hydraulic devices and gauges are used.

5.0 QUALITY CONTROL 5.1 This procedure contains HOLD POINTS. The work shall not progress past or through a HOLD POINTwithout a sign-off from the QC Inspector. All Quality Control Documentation (QCD) points shall only require documentation of information or evaluation data. The sign-offs and required information or evaluation data shall be documented on Data Sheet 10.2 or Data Sheet 8.0 of PSC Procedure SQ 8.0.

6.0 PRECAUTIONS 6.1 When pulling individual wires, never exceed the yield strength of that wire when pulling with the pulling device - 9,425 pounds.

6.2 Discontinuous wires shall not be used to satisfy the requirements for the physical testing of this procedure.

6.3 If other Broken/Missing Wires are found in this tendon as a result of this inspection or previous inspections, it shall be necessary to select a wire from this tendon that would tend to balance the forces in that tendon anchorage and try to maintain symmetry with the missing wires in the hole pattern.

21 SQ 10.2 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 79 of 180 r PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.2 TEST WIRE REMOVAL July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 6 Revision 0

• BE SURE THAT THE CORRECT WIRE HAS BEEN LOCATED BEFORE CUTTING.

" BE SURE THAT THIS TENDON REQUIRES SAMPLE WIRE REMOVAL.

• USE CARE TO AVOID DAMAGING OTHER WIRES OR BUTTONHEADS.

• AVOID UNNECESSARY MARKS OR DAMAGE TO THE WIRE WHILE REMOVING.

• USE CARE WHEN COILING THE WIRE AND SECURING IT INTO A COIL. THIS WIRE HAS CONSIDERABLE SPRING FORCE AND MUST BE PREVENTED FROM UNCOILING VIOLENTLY.

7.0 PREREQUISITES 7.1 The anchorage inspection will be complete and Data Sheet 8.0 available.

7.2 The tendon will be detensioned; monitoring of forces has been completed.

8.0 WIRE REMOVAL 8.1 A wire shall be selected, preferable from the two outer rows of the anchorage hole pattern.

8.2 The Tendon Surveillance Wire Puller shown in Figure 1 of PSC Procedure SQ 10.5 shall be attached to the selected wire.

8.3 The wire shall be pulled with the Wire Puller using as little force as possible.

8.3.1 If the wire cannot be moved by hand, it shall be acceptable to use any mechanical device to accomplish that purpose, such as a "Come-A-long", "Chain-Hoist",

"Chain Pawl" or hydraulic ram.

8.3.1.1 It is unlikely that anything but the hydraulic ram will be able to exert such an amount of force so as to yield or break the wire. Therefore hydraulic devices shall be controlled for force through a calibrated gauge or controlled for maximum force through a locking valve to control the amount of pressure to be exerted.

8.3.1.2 There remains a possibility that a limited force might not move the wire. It shall be necessary to abandon that wire and select a new wire, continuing this process until a wire can be moved. All abandoned wires shall be identified on Data Sheet 8.0 of Procedure 8.0. All wires shall be considered effective wires provided the yield strength of the wire was not exceeded.

8.4 Once a tendon wire is located that can be moved, it shall be witnessed for that movement at the opposite end of the tendon to verify that this is a continuous wire.

21 SO 10.2 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 80 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.2 TEST WIRE REMOVAL1 July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 6 Revision 0 8.5 Prepare to cut the wire at the opposite end of the tendon from where the wire is to be pulled.

8.5.1 QCD- Document the location of wire removal on Data Sheet 8.0 of Procedure SQ 8.0. Once this is posted, document that action on Data Sheet 10.2 of this Procedure.

8.5.2 Measure back from the buttonhead 1 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch and mark or I scribe a line; it shall be acceptable to notch the wire with a file.

8.5.3 Cut the wire somewhere between the buttonhead and the marked line, but not on the line.

8.5.4 Pull the wire completely through the tendon duct.

8.5.4.1 While pulling, the entire length of the tendon wire shall be visually inspected for pitting, corrosion, or other signs of deterioration and evaluated in accordance with TMI Procedure 1301-9.1.

8.5.4.1.1 HOLD POINT- Document the Category of Corrosion rating on Data Sheet 10.2, for every 10 feet of length.

8.5.4.1.2 If the Category of Corrosion is found to be active as defined in TMI Procedure 1301-9.1, TMI Engineering shall be notified with a nonconformance report. TMI Engineering shall provide the final corrective action, which could include removing additional wires and performing Physical Testing.

8.5.4.2 While the tendon wire is being pulled, it may be cleaned of excess grease and coiled into coil form of approximately five-foot diameter. Secure the coil from unwinding. Solvent cleaning may be performed to facilitate cleaning before inspection.

8.5.4.2.1 It shall be acceptable to cut the wires into 10 foot lengths if coiling is impractical. The cut wires shall be identified as required of Section 8.5.5 of this procedure.

8.5.4.3 After the tendon wire has been pulled through, it shall be measured for length.

8.5.4.3.1 QCQD- Document the total length of wire on Data Sheet 10.2. Remember to include the length of wire that was cut from the opposite end.

21 SQ 10.2 TMK09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 81 of 180 8.5.4.4 WIRE SAMPLE QUANTITY AND LOCATION REQUIREMENTS 8.5.4.4.1 ACCEPTABLE WIRE 8.5.4.4.1.1 Three specimens shall be tested. One sample shall be taken from approximately the middle of the tendon wire length, with the two remaining samples being taken, one from approximately each end of the tendon wire.

8.5.4.4,2 BROKEN WIRE 8.5.4.4.2.1 If Broken Wires require testing, three specimens shall be tested. One sample shall be taken from the wire length about one foot from either side of the break. The two remaining samples shall be taken, one from approximately each end of the tendon wire.

8.5.4.4.3 UNACCEPTABLE CATEGORY OF CORROSION CONDITION 8.5.4.4.3.1 If Unacceptable Category of Corrosion Condition Wires require testing, at least one specimen shall be tested, with that sample being taken from what is judged to be the worst representative section of the wire length.

Other samples may be selected and/or tested at the request of TMI Engineering.

8.5.4.5 If the wire testing is to be performed on site, it shall be acceptable to cut the 3 sample wires while the wire is being pulled out and coiled. Refer to PSC Procedure SQ 10.3 for the control and documentation requirements. The sample shall be cut from each end and the middle of the wire and as cited in Section 8.5.4.4.1.1 above and shall be about 10' long, unless the wires are to be cut to the required testing length.

8.5.4.6 Sample selection shall include areas representative of the most significant Category of Corrosion if this condition exists on the removed wire. Provide samples of this condition in addition to the original 3 samples required. Samples shall not contain gripper marks from the pulling device.

8.5.4.6.1 As a note of caution, be sure that the wire is moving freely before cutting.

Otherwise there could be difficulty in removing the wire, requiring assist devices that could leave surface marks on the wire.

8.5.4.6.2 QCD - When the wire is cut for samples, document the area of removal on Data Sheet 10.2 for later transfer to Data Sheet 10.3 of PSC Procedure SQ 10.3. Document each location of sample removal and tag each cut length for area of removal, tendon identification, pulling direction, date, and plant name

) and unit.

1~ 21 SQ 10.2 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 82 of 180 PSO PROCEDURE SO 10.2 TEST WIRE REMOVAL July 31, 2009 Page 6 of 6 Revision 0 8.5.5 Attach a tag to the end of the wire being pulled that identifies the tendon, end of removal, pulling direction, date, and plant name and unit. If the wire is cut for samples during removal, the cut lead or front end of the wire shall be identified by tendon number, end of removal, and location in the total length of the test wire to permit reconstruction of that wire as it existed in the tendon.

8.5.6 The coiled wire, whether a single piece or cut pieces, shall be securely tied and covered with plastic sheeting or a plastic bag to protect the wire from inclement conditions.

8.6 If it becomes necessary to remove any additional wires from a tendon for physical testing, this procedure shall be followed to include the additional documentation. For example, Broken Wires or wires with Active Corrosion may be instructed to be removed by TMI Engineering.

8.7 QCD - Each wire that has been removed for physical testing during this surveillance shall be documented for location of removal on Data Sheet in TMI Procedure 1301-9.1, using the appropriate Code Symbol. Document the posting of this information on Data Sheet 10.2.

8.8 QCD- Document the identification and recalibration date of the measuring device and the wire Pulling Ram, if used, on Data Sheet 10.2.

9.0 DOCUMENTATION 9.1 The items requiring documentation in this procedure shall be documented on Data Sheet 10.2.

9.2 Some information documented on Data Sheet 10.2 shall require subsequent posting to Data Sheet in TMI Procedure 1301-9.1 and to Data Sheet 10.3 of PSC Procedure SQ 10.3.

9.3 The Data Sheet references the applicable Section or Step number of the procedure for each QCD or HOLD POINT.

10.0 ATTACHMENTS 10.1 Data Sheet 10.2 21 SQ 10.2 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 83 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ10.2 C= TEST WIRE REMOVAL Data Sheet 10.2 July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Project: TMI 3 5 TH YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE L1 UNIT 1 Tendon No.: Tendon End: __ Shop [] Field Removal Date: Inspection Date:

WIRE REMOVAL INSPECTION CORROSION INSPECTION (@LENGTH INTERVALS (8.5.4.1.1) Document the Corrosion Category for each 10' of wire in the increments below. Use Categories described in PSC SQ 8.0.

For Corrosion Level E document condition on an NCR. NCR Req'd: EU NO D YES NCR#

(8.5.4.3.1) Document the total length of the wire on the diagram'below. Completed: U NO LI YES Buttonhead End 0' 10' 20' 30'

xx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 30' 40' 50' 60' x ... xxX~x~~xxxxxxxxxxxxx~xxx~x~xxxxx~xxXxxxxxxxxxxx~xxxxx~xxxx~xx~xxxxxxxxxxxxxx~xx~xxxx*xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx~x 60' 70' 80' 90' 90' 100' 110' 120'

/ ..... ^MAXxAA.fAxAAMXAAAflAAAA

............. ... xxA*Ax~xAxxM flAAf

........ -xx-A.A-t-...X~fXKXA MMA lfA)~fX*

120' 130' 140' 150' 150' 160' 170' 180' 180' 190' 200' 210' 210' 220' 230' 240' 240' 250' 260' 270' 270' 280' 290' 300' 300' 310' 320' 330' Cut End (8.5.4.6.2) Was the wire cut for samples: , U NO [I YES document the area of removal above using symbol X (8.7) Document the location of wire removed on Data Sheet 8.0, ANCHORAGE INSPECTION: EU Completed (8.8) Measuring Device: ID Number: Recal Date:

(8.8) Wire Pull Ram ID Number:

Q.C Level: Date:

Inspector:

QC

.. viewed Level: Date:

21 SQ 10.2 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 84 of 180 PS0 PROCEDURE SQ 10.3 TESTING TENDON WIRES July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 6 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE I,

TESTING TENDON WIRES Q.A. MANAGER 07131109 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Appi ved by Title Date

/I- L-, PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Title Date Ii I 22 SQ 10.3 TM.09 ISI~doe

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 85 of 180 PSO PROCEDURE SQ 10.3 TESTING TENDON WIRES July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 6 Revision 0 t-1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for the Physical Testing of tendon wires removed from Post-Tensioning System Tendons, during the 35t Year In-Service-Inspections (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 The intention of this procedure is to provide the means of physically testing an Acceptable Wire removed from a tendon. However, this Procedure shall also apply for the physical testing of wires which may have been found to be Broken or in an Unacceptable Category of Corrosion.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITY 3.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

4.0 QUALIFICATIONS 4.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

5.0 EQUIPMENT 5.1 Steel tapeline, steel ruler, 1" 0.D. Micrometer, Wire Test Apparatus, Pressure Gauge, dial indicator.

6.0 QUALITY CONTROL 6.1 This procedure contains no hold points. All Quality Control Documentation (QCD) points shall only require documentation of information or evaluation data. The required information or evaluation data shall be documented on Data Sheet 10.3.

7.0 PRECAUTIONS 7.1 Stay clear of the test apparatus while the wire is being tensioned.

7.2 Always maintain identification control of the samples including tendon and end identification, plant name and unit, the direction of removal of the wire and the location of that sample as it was removed from the tendon wire.

7.2.1 As a means of maintaining consistency for testing, the end of the sample that is tagged (closest to pulling or buttonhead end) shall always be placed into the Wire Test Apparatus (Figure D 1) opposite or away from the ram end.

22 SQ 10.3 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 86 of 180 MI PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.3 TESTING TENDON WIRES July 31, 2009 Page3 of 6 Revision 0 8.0 PHYSICAL TESTING 8.1 The following steps shall be used to test any tendon wire removed from the tendon, whether that is an acceptable wire, a broken wire or a wire of an unacceptable category of corrosion.

8.2 The specimen wires will be cut to a length of 108" plus or minus 1/4", after being removed during the performance of PSC Procedure SQ 10.2. Develop a separate Data Sheet for each sample tested. It will be acceptable to cut the sample to the Buttonheading Length of 101 inches plus or minus one inch. (See Section 8.7 of this Procedure.)

8.3 ACCEPTABLE WIRE 8.3.1 Three specimens shall be tested. One sample shall be taken from approximately the middle of the tendon wire length, with the two remaining samples being taken, one from approximately each end of the tendon wire.

8.4 BROKEN WIRE 8.4.1 If broken wires require testing, three specimens shall be tested. One sample shall be taken from the wire length about one foot from either side of the break. The two remaining samples shall be taken, one from approximately each end of the tendon wire.

8.5 UNACCEPTABLE CATEGORY OF CORROSION CONDITION 8.5.1 If unacceptable category of corrosion condition wires require testing, at least one specimen shall be tested, with that sample being taken from the worst representative section of the wire length. Other samples may be selected and/or tested at the request of Exelon.

8.5.2 QCD- Document the sample number, wire identification, location of removal and overall length on Data Sheet 10.3 from Data Sheet 10.2 of PSC Procedure SQ 10.2.

8.6 Measure the diameter of the wire test sample in 3 locations, each end and the middle.

8.6.1 QCD - Document the measurement of the wire test sample and the measuring device on Data Sheet 10.3. Calculate and document the average of the 3 measurements.

8.7 Cut each wire test sample to 101" plus or minus 1" long; this must be a square, neat cut to permit buttonheading.

J 22 SQ 10.3 TM.09 ISI~doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 87 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.3

- TESTING TEN.DON WIRES July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 6 Revision 0

(

8.8 Slide two Wire Test Stressing Washers (see Figure D 2) onto the wire, making sure the chamfered seats face to the outside of the wire.

8.9 Buttonhead both ends of the wire.

8.9.1 QCD - Document the acceptance of the buttonheads on Data Sheet 10.3 using the buttonhead acceptance criteria shown in PSC Procedure SQ 8.0.

8.10 Measure the Gauge length of the wire from inside of the buttonhead at one end to the inside of the buttonhead at the other end within an accuracy of plus or minus 0.05".

8.10.1 QCD - Document the Gauge length of the wire and the identification and recalibration date for the measuring device.

8.11 Place the specimen into the Wire Test Apparatus and check for proper seating of the Stressing Washers in the pulling adaptors.

8.12 Preload the wires to about 2.45 kips +0/-l 0% to seat the buttonheads in the Stressing Washers.

8.12.1 QCD - Document the preloading pressure and force, the identification and recalibration date of the Wire Test Apparatus components.

PxA 8.12.2 To obtain pressure when the force is specified: F = x + K 1000 8.13 Reduce the preload force to 0 kips.

8.13.1 QCD - Document the release of the preload force.

8.14 Load the wire to 1.42 kips plus or minus 5%. This will provide 0.1% elongation.

8.14.1 QCD - Document the initial loading of the wire in force, pressure and actual elongation at this point. Elongation shall be measured to an accuracy of 0.05".

8.15 Preset the Dial Indicator on the Wire Test Apparatus to measure 0.9% elongation.

(0.9" for a sample length of 100")

8.15.1 QCD - Document the setting of the Dial Indicator as well as the indicator id and calibration due date.

8.16 Load the wire until the Dial Indicator shows signs of movement, signaling the 0.9%

elongation (pressure at 1% elongation). *,

8.16.1 QCD- Document the force and pressure at 1% elongation.

8.17 Remove the Dial Indicator.

22 SQ 10.3 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 88 of 180 8.17.1 QCD - Document the "Rule" dimension reading at 1% elongation (approximately 1") to an accuracy of 0.05".

8.18 Continue to load the wire to failure.

8.18.1 QCD - Document the maximum elongation measurement from the "Rule" to accuracy of 0.05".

I 8.18.2 QQD- Document the maximum force and pressure reading at failure.

8.19 Remove the sample wire (two pieces) and remove the Stressing Washers.

8.20 QCQ - Document the type of failure, ductile or brittle, and the location of the wire break from the tagged end of the wire (opposite the ram).

8.21 Calculate the following and document on Data Sheet 10.3.

8.21.1 QCD - Calculate the ultimate stress.

8.21.1.1 Stress in KSI is calculated by dividing the Force in KIPS by the wire Area (when the Force in KIPS is derived by the formula: Ram Area in square inches, multiplied by Gauge Pressure in psi and dividing by 1000 and adding the RAM "K" Factor.)

8.21.1.2 Stress (ksi) = Force (kips) + Area (in2) 8.21.2 QCD - Calculate yield stress from the pressure reading at 1% elongation.

8.21.3 QCD - Calculate the percent of elongation under load at the point of failure, based on the actual Gauge length of the wire.

8.21.4 QCD - Document the acceptability of the wire test in accordance with the criteria specified below in Section 9.0.

9.0 NOTIFICATION - UNACCEPTABLE CONDITIONS 9.1 Exelon shall be notified with a nonconformance report when each one or more of the following unacceptable conditions are detected as a result of the inspection or Physical Testing of a Tendon Wire.

9.2 The diameter of the wire is less than 0.248 in or greater than 0.252 in.

9.3 The Category of Corrosion of the wire is "Active" as described in TMI Procedure 1301-9.1.

9.4 The wire fails to meet the ultimate strength of 240,000 psi.

9.5 The elongation at failure of a tendon wire test is less than 4%.

(I 22 SQ 10.3 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1 043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 89 of 180 F_ PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.3 TESTING TENDON WIRES July 31, 2009 Page 6 of 6 Revision 0 10.0 DOCUMENTATION 10.1 The items in this procedure requiring documentation shall be documented on Data Sheet 10.3.

10.2 The Data Sheet references the applicable section number of the procedure for each Q.Q Point.

10.3 Some information from Data Sheet 10.2 of PSC Procedure SQ 10.2 shall require posting to Data Sheet 10.3.

11.0 ATTACHMENTS 11.1 Data Sheet 10.3 11.2 Figure D. 1 11.3 Figure D.2 22 SQ 10.3 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 90 of 180 Project: TMI 3 5H YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE LI UNIT 1 Tendon No.:

WIRE TEST DOCUMENTATION (8.5.2) Sample No.:

Wire ID and Location of removal: feet Length: in.

(8.6.1) Wire Diameters: Tag End in. Middle, in. Ram End in. Avg. in.

Measuring Device ID: Recal Date:

(8.9.1) Buttonhead Inspection: Tag End Ram End (8.10.1) Gauge Length of Wire: in. Measu ring Device 1D: Recal Date:

(8.12.1) Preload force: kips Preload pressure: psi Pres!sure Gauge ID: Recal Date:

Ram ID: Ram Area: in2 K= kips Recal Date:

)13.1) Force reduced to zero (0):

(8.14.1) Initial load of wire force: kips (0.1% elongation)

Initial load of pressure: psi Elongation: in.

(8.15.1) Preset Dial Indicator: (0.9% elon Indicator ID: Recal Date:

(8.16.1) Force at 1% elongation: kip,, Pressure: psi (8.17.1) "Rule" reading measurement at 1% elongation: in.

(8.18.1) Maximum elongation at failure, from "Rule" reading: in.

(8.18.2) Maximum force at failure: kips Pressure: psi (8.20) Type of break: Location of break: in.

CALCULATIONS:

(8.21.1) Ultimate Stress: ksi Stress (ksi) = Force (kips) - [7c (dia.) + 4] (in)

(8.21.2) Yield Stress @ 1% elongation: ksi Stress (ksi) = Force (kips) @ 1% - [7r (dia 2) + 4] (in2)

(8.21.3) % elongation @ failure:  % [1 in. + ("Rule" Dimension @ Failure - "Rule" Dimension @ 1%)]

(8.21.4) Results: [I Acceptable Li Unacceptable Customer Notified NCR No.:

0C Inspector: Level: Date:

. QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

22 SQ 10.3 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-Ni1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 91 of 180 PSG PROCEDURE SQ 10.3 TESTING TENDON WIRES Figure D.A July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Apparatus - Figure D.1 THREAOO ROO AN I.fon WHO  !

PULLIN AOAPTOR

• T9Tll FEOAMFN TEST FR!AME  :

IMQ, KX TAll INDEX ROd PULUN@ ADAPTOn SP---STRSIIG WAStS

-- RIMURt GAGE ,

22 SQ 10.3 TM.09 ISIldoc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 92 of 180 Wire Test Stressing Washer - Figure D.2 A A

@.5E alu HOLE *.O0a.b o.015 MAXISUM NOTES.,

1.IIIAT TRIAT -OIlt CUutu A*40 TEMPER TO ROCKWELL c45 T0 CHS.

SECT IONrA 22 SQ 10.3 TM.09 ISI.doc,

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 93 of 180 PS0 PROCEDURE SQ 10.5 CONTINUITY TEST July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 4 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation

/

EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE

( CONTINUITY TEST Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECT MANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09

' Approved by- Title Date 23 SQ 10.5 TM.09 ISI~doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 94 of 180 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for performing a Continuity Test of tendon wires for purposes of visual inspection and evaluation of, usually, Protruding/Unseated tendon wires for Post-Tensioning System Tendons, during the 2 5 th Year In-ServiCe-Inspections (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant Unit 1.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 The Continuity Test may be performed at the request of TMI Engineering if additional tendon wires are found to be Protruding/Unseated since the original installation or previous surveillance during the Buttonhead Inspection of PSC Procedure SQ 8.0.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITY 3.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

4.0 QUALIFICATIONS 4.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

5.0 QUALITY CONTROL 5.1 This procedure contains no HOLD POINTS. All Quality Control Documentation (CqD) points shall only require documentation of information or evaluation data. The required information or evaluation data shall be documented on Data Sheet 10.5.

6.0 EQUIPMENT 6.1 A tapeline shall be the only equipment required to perform the Continuity Test, except where calibrated hydraulic devices and gauges are used.

7.0 PRECAUTIONS S CAUTION - WHEN PULLING INDIVIDUAL WIRES, NEVER EXCEED 80% OF THE GUARANTEED MINIMUM ULTIMATE STRENGTH OF THAT WIRE WHEN PULLING WITH THE PULLING DEVICE - 9,425 POUNDS.

8.0 PREREQUISITES 8.1 The Grease Cap will be removed and grease samples taken.

/

8.2 The Anchorage Inspection will be complete, with protruding wires in evidence.

I 8.3 The tendon will be detensioned; it has been monitored for forces.

23 SQ 10.5 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 95 of 180 If PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.5 CONTINUITY TEST July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 4 Revision 0 8.4 Each wire that was determined to be Protruding/Unseated as a result of the Buttonhead Inspection of TMI Procedure 1301-9.1 will be adequately identified either by marking, tagging or reference to Data Sheet.

8.5 The anchorages at each end of the tendon will be pushed back about 12 inches.

8.6 - Document the tendon identification, Unit # and tendon end on Data Sheet 10.5.

9.0 CONTINUITY TEST 9.1 The Protruding/Unseated wire shall be located.

9.1.1 QCD - Document the location of each wire by marking it on the appropriate anchorhead sketch. Number each mark corresponding with the wire numbers in the table so as to identify which data is for each wire tested. If more wires need to be tested on one tendon than will fit on Data Sheet 10.5 it will be acceptable to use additional sheets and continue the sequential numbering so as not to reuse any numbers.

9.2 The Tendon Surveillance Wire Puller shown in Figure 1 of this procedure shall be

',) attached to the wire to be tested.

9.3 The wire shall be pulled with the Wire Puller using as little force as possible, but not to exceed 9,425 pounds.

9.3.1 If the wire cannot be moved by hand, it shall be acceptable to use any mechanical device to accomplish that purpose, such as a "Come-A-long", "Chain-Hoist",

"Chain-Pawl" or hydraulic cylinder.

9.3.2 It is unlikely that anything but the hydraulic cylinder will be able to exert such an amount of force so as to yield or break the wire. Therefore, hydraulic devices shall be controlled for force through a calibrated gauge or controlled for maximum force through a locking valve to control the amount of pressure to be exerted.

9.3.3 There remains a possibility that a limited force might not move the wire. It may be possible to break that wire loose with force in excess of 9,425 pounds. This attempt shall only be undertaken with the mutual consent of TMI Engineering responsible for the In-Service Inspection and the PSC Construction Manager.

9.3.3.1 If it is decided to exceed the control force, the amount of force used to move that wire shall be documented and evaluated for impact on the strength of the wire and the force to be applied to the Retensioning of the tendon.

9.3.3.2 QCD - Document the maximum force used to move the wire on Data Sheet 10.5, if over 9,425 pounds.

23 SQ 10.5 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 96 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.5 CONTINUITY TEST July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 4 Revision 0 9.4 The wire shall be considered continuous if it can be observed to move at the opposite end of the tendon.

9.4.1 QCQ- Document that wire as continuous on Data Sheet 10.5.

9.5 If the wire cannot be observed to be moving, it could be broken and the pulling shall continue until that wire is removed.

9.5.1 QCQ - Document that wire as discontinuous on Data Sheet 10.5. As the wire is drawn it shall be checked for corrosion condition and to determine the cause of breakage, if possible. Document the Category of Corrosion of the wire using TMI Procedure 1301-9.1. Also document, where possible, the reason for breaking.

9.5.2 QCD - If the wire is broken, it shall be shown as broken on Data Sheet 8.0 and added to the total of Broken/Missing Wires and the Code Symbol modified to reflect that fact.

9.5.2.1 If any or all of the Protruding/Unseated wires since the original installation or previous surveillance are found to be broken and when added to the amount of Broken/Missing Wires on Data Sheet totals 1 or more, it shall be necessary to notify TMI Engineering of this condition in accordance with the requirements of TMI Procedure 1301-9.1. It shall be acceptable to continue working and notify TMI Engineering at the earliest opportunity, but within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of discovery.

9.5.2.2 If any or all the Protruding/Unseated wires have been determined to be continuous, each shall be re-inspected for Protrusion after Retensioning to see if they have seated themselves. An evaluation of that condition shall be performed after Retensioning.

9.5.2.3 QCD - If any or all the Protruding/Unseated wires remain unseated after Retensioning, it shall be reported as required of TMI Procedure 1301-9.1.

9.6 C- Document any comments identifying any nonconforming or adverse observations or conditions 10.0 DOCUMENTATION 10.1 The items requiring documentation shall be documented on Data Sheet 10.5 or to TMI Data Sheet of TMI Procedure 1301-9.1.

11.0 ATTACHMENTS 11.1 Data Sheet 10.5 11.2 Figure 1.0 - Tendon Wire Puller 23 SQ 10.5 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 97 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.5 CONTINUITY TEST Data Sheet 10.5 July 31, 2009 Page 1 of I

.Revision 0 Project: TMI 3 5 TH YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE El UNIT I (8.6)Tendon No.: Tendon End: El Shop El Field CONTINUITY TEST DOCUMENTATION (9.1.1) (9.3.3.2) Continuous (9.5.2) (9.5.2.3)

Wire Force if Corrosion Broken&(9.6) Comments QC Signoff No. greater than (9.4.1) (9.5.1) Condition Posted to 9,425 lbs Yes No D.S. 8.0 Identify each wire to be tested by labeling it on one of the sketches below. Mark each wire with a number corresponding to the rows above.

Orient the anchorage sketch with the Anchorhead ID. The Comments area is to be used to identify any nonconforming conditions.

This form can be used to verify up to 17 individual wires in columnar fashion. If more than 17 are to be Row Wires verified or if the entire row is to be verified, then a row by row 0000 00 1 7 inspection shall be performed.

0000000 2 8 00000000000 3 11 000000000000 4 12 0000000000000 5 _13 00000000000000 6 14 Orient the anchorage sketch with 0000000o 000000 7 13 the Heat Code Identification and 00000000000000 8 14 note the wire number as it appears 00000000000000 10 14 in each row starting from the left 0000000000000 11 13 side of each row.

00000000000 12 12 i 14 8 00000000 13 14 0The comment area shall be used to identify particular wires or provide inspection remarks.

).C Inspector Level: Date QC Reviewed Level: Date 23 SQ 10.5 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 98 of 180 Fi-qure 1.0 - Tendon Wire Puller Figure 1.0 is a represented sample of a wire puller and is not a quality controlled device.

The actual wire puller may vary somewhat from this configuration.

)

23 SQ 10.5 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 99 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 111 PSC ENGINEERING' DATA July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 4 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE PSC ENGINEERING DATA QA MANAGER 07/3 1/09 A) '/.f&e4L m ýt~

Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Ap oved by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 C4 .

• Title Date I

/

24 SQ1 1.I.BY.09 ISI~doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 100 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11I.1 PSC ENGINEERING DATA July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 4 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the PSC Engineering requirements for the Retensioning of Tendons after the tendon has been Detensioned for purposes of Anchorage Inspection and Sample Wire Removal from the Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 The requirements for the Retensioning of Tendons have been described in TMI Procedure 1301-9.1. While there was some mention of the force values to be applied to a tendon in that Procedure, that was only intended as general information. This Procedure will provide the required Engineering Data for the Retensioning operation.

2.2 The data shown herein shall establish the requirements for tendon elongation, PTF and OSF for tendon elongation during the Retensioning of Tendons and the Predicted Forces that affect each Surveillance Tendon.

2.2.1 PRETENSIONING FORCE (PTF) 2.2.1.1 The Pretensioning Force (PTF) removes the slack from the tendon and provides a baseline number for elongation measurement. The Table seen in Section 3 of this Procedure will provide the required data for the Retensioning of Tendons 2.2.2 OVERSTRESS FORCE (OSF) - FOR ELONGATION 22.2.1 The Overstress Force for Elongations is that force which must be achieved in order to develop the final elongation measurement used in the comparison of actual tendon elongation to the original or calculated tendon elongation. This might not be the same Overstress Force identified as the "DO NOT EXCEED FORCE". The Overstress Force for this surveillance will be the same as used for the Original Installation and shall be based on the remaining Effective Wires.

2.2.3 OVERSTRESS FORCE - DO NOT EXCEED 2.2.3.1 At no time shall any tendon be subjected to an Overstress Force which exceeds 1592 Kips for a 169 wire tendon. Tendons with less than 169 wires shall be reduced in force by 9.425 Kips for each wire less than 169.

24 SQ11.i.BY.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 101 of 180 3.0 RETENSIONING DATA e~.

168 207 1555 3.32 6.69 H51-49 169 208.3 1564 167 206 1545 3.35 6.74 10.1 166 205 1536 3.38 6.79 168 207 1469 4.33 874 V-90O 169 208:3 1478 '167 206 1460 .4.37 8.80 1?.35 166 205 1452 4.41 8.87' 168 207 1528 3.59 7.23 D,322 169 208.3 1537 167 206 1519 3.62 7.29 10.7 166 205 1510 3.65 7.34 3.1 NOTES CONCERNING ELONGATION DATA 3.1.1 The tendons for this project were based on 169 wires.

3.1.2 Pretensioning Force (PTF) for purposes of elongation shall be as shown in the table above for a 168 or less wire tendon. For each wire less than shown above, reduce PTF proportionately for each tendon using the formula shown in Section 3.2.2 of this procedure.

3.1.3 Overstress Force (OSF) for purposes of elongation shall be as shown in the table above for a 168 wire or less wire tendon. For each wire less than shown above, reduce OSF proportionately for each tendon using the formula shown in Section 3.2.1 of this Procedure; 3.1.4 The Overstress (OSF) Elongation shown above is the Total Elongation for the tendon from Installation or Previous Surveillance. The total elongation from Installation or Previous Surveillance shall be compared to the Total Actual Measured Elongation during this Surveillance.

24 SQ1i1.1.BY.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 102 of 180 3.2 FORCES DURING SURVEILLANCE 3.2.1 Overstress (OSF) during Retensioning:

(OSF at Installation) x (# of Wires during Retension)

1. of Wires during Installation 3.2.2. Pre-Tensioning (PTF) during Retensioning:

(PTF at Installation) x (# of Wires during Retension)

1. of Wires during Installation 3.3 USE OF "K" (CONSTANT) 3.3.1 With the use of regression analysis for the calibration of ram area, as seen in the PSC Ram Calibration Procedure where error calculation is also considered within

'I the computer program, the ram area no longer reflects the ram size, but instead provides an area measurement with a correction factor related to pressure. This correction factor becomes a "Constant" (K), related only to that ram being calculated for area. The constant is a factor that considers the amount of force necessary to overcome internal resistance. This Constant will vary from ram to ram and could be positive or negative; that is, it may have to be added or subtracted from the total force to provide the true actual force measurement, whether that force is Pre Tensioning Force, Over-Stress Force, or Lock-Off Force.

3.4 FORMULA AND WORKING RELATIONSHIPS 3.4.1 The basic formula for determining stressing force or stressing pressure when three factors are known is:

Key: F = Force (kips)

A = Ram Area (in2)

F = Ax P P = Gauge Pressure (psi) 1000 K= Constant factor (kips)

(CAUTION: "K" constants can be either positive or negative.)

3.4.2 Only P or F could be unknown and remain to be determined. The other three factors will always be provided before beginning the calculations.

24 SQ11.1.BY.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 103 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.0 REPLACE GREASE CAP July 31, 2009 Page1i of.5

~Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation F

EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT I (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE GREASE CAP REPLACEMENT

,4AI$( d40,t_ QA MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, PE. 07131109 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Ap-proved by Title Date p

/j 25 SQ'12.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 104 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.0 REPLACE GREASE CAP July 31,2009 Page 2 of 5 Revision 0

)

1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for the Replacement of Grease Caps after visual inspection and evaluation has been completed for the tendon end anchor head, shims, bearing plates and wires during In-Service Inspections (surveillance) of Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY 2.1 Precision Surveillance Corporation Field Construction Personnel shall be responsible for the physical activities and recording of documentation associated with this procedure, as an option a Precision Surveillance Corporation QC Inspector may record the documentation.

3.0 QUALIFICATIONS 3.1 Precision Surveillance Corporation Field Construction Personnel shall be fit by skill, training and/or experience to perform these duties.

4.0 EQUIPMENT 4.1 There is no need for Quality control equipment for this procedure.

5.0 QUALITY CONTROL 5.1 There are no Quality Control Documentation (QCD) points or HOLD Points in this procedure.

6.0 PRECAUTIONS 6.1 Be prepared to support the weight of the grease cap.

7.0 PREREQUISITES 7.1 All other work, inspections and evaluations shall be completed with the exception of Grease Replacement.

7.2 Prior to replacement of grease caps record on Data Sheet SQ 12.0 the information required for tendon number, tendon end and date of grease cap replacement.

8.0 GREASE CAP REPLACEMENT 8.1 Tendon end caps are being installed per TMI Procedure 1410-Y-83.

8.2 Only minor cleaning and brushing should be necessary to prepare the bearing plate and grease cap for remounting to the bearing plate or anchorage.

25 So 12.0 TM09 ISWdoc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 105 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.0 REPLACE GREASE CAP July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 5 Revision 0 8.3 Prepare bearing plate surface by cleaning with rags and solvent. If detrimental foreign matter such as mill scale, rust, and dirt is detected on the gasket bearing surface of the plate, and power tool cleaning is required, then:

8.3.1 Make suitable provisions to protect the tendon wires and anchor head threads from accidental rubbing, cutting, or scratching by coming into contact with the power tool's rotating wire brushes and/or abrasive disks. Sheet metal shrouds around the tendon and end anchorage may be necessary.

8.3.2 Take precautions to keep dirt and other foreign material out of the tendon, and from the inside of the trumpet and conduit.

8.3.3 Power tools should remove loose mill scale, loose rust, loose or flaking paint, etc.

Surfaces must be clean and smooth but not necessarily burnished after using power tools.

8.3.4 Remove sharp edges, and smooth down remaining mill scale to a "feather-edge".

8.4 Fill scratches, nicks, and other sharp depressions in the gasket bearing surface with nonmetallic epoxy, such as "Belzona" epoxy if approved by TMI Engineering. Use of epoxy shall be according to manufacture's application instructions.

8.4.1 Smooth out epoxy to prevent grease leakage under the gasket.

8.5 Remove all dust and loose mater from the vicinity of the tendon and entrance to the trumplet.

8.6 Clean any foreign material from the threaded bearing plate grease cap mounting holes.

8.7 Smear, swab or brush a coating of grease over all the exposed portions of the anchor head, bearing plate, shims, buttonheads and wires, if not previously done in another operation or if needed.

8.8 A thread chaser or tap may be required to clear the threads of the bearing plate's grease cap mounting holes so that the bolts can be sufficiently tightened to bottom in the threaded holes.

8.9 Clean and dry the flange and gasket sealing surface of the grease cap.

8.10 Record on Data Sheet SQ 12.0 that the bearing plate, grease cap, and gasket mating surfaces and bolt holes have been properly prepared and that foreign material has been controlled so as not to enter the tendon void.

8.11 On hoop and dome caps where the original through-cap mounting bolting is being

). replaced with hold down clamps the through-cap holes shall be plugged with Pop-A-Plugs.

25 SQ 12.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Revision 0, PageAppendix D 106 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.0

-REPLACE GREASE CAP July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 5 Revision 0 8.12 With the grease cap on end, place a new gasket on the grease cap. Pliobond or a similar industrial adhesive, as approved by TMI Engineering, may be used to hold the gasket in place.

8.13 New gaskets shall be used in the final placement of the grease cap. Old or used gaskets may be used during temporary placement of the grease caps.

8.14 Place the gasket retainer (verticals only) and grease cap over the tendon end and align the cap by placing it over the two 1" aligning pins. If slotted aligning pins are used, insert the tapered wedges through the slots in the aligning pins to hold the cap in place. Be sure the gasket is in place and not pinched between the gasket retainer and the bearing plate. For vertical tendons, the wedges and pins need not always be used. The grease cap bolts may be used at this time while using a hoisting device to hold the cap in place temporarily.

8.15 Place I washer, standard or hardened, over each of the 1" bolts and put the bolts into the 2 remaining holes of the bearing plate. Tighten by hand until seated.

Remove the aligning pins and replace them with two bolts and washers.

8.16 Tighten each bolt with a wrench, equalizing the load on each bolt as well as possible.

(Tighten until there is evidence of metal to metal contact all around between the flange, gasket retainer, and bearing plate.

8.17 For Horizontal tendons and Dome tendons, the grease cap shall be placed so that the bushing (inlet, outlet) is oriented in its highest altitude or toward the top of the containment.

8.18 After aligning the cap and placing over the anchorage install the four tendon end cap holding down clamps with bolts and washers to the bearing plate and hand tighten them.

8.19 Reckeck that the gasket has, not slipped or become crimped and that the tendon end cap and hold down bolts are aligned properly.

8.20 Tighten each bolt, equalizing the load on each as much as possible, to evenly compress the gasket by approximately 1/8".

8.21 Apply a new wrapping of teflon tape to the grease cap filler bushing prior to final insertion and tightening.

8.22 Record on Data Sheet SQ 12.0, the completeness of the installation and that the bolts were tightened in incremental passes.

8.23 The replacement is now complete and re-greasing can be performed observing the requirements of PSC Procedure SQ 12.1.

25 SQ 12.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 107 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.0 REPLACE GREASE CAP July 31, 2009 Page 5 of 5 Revision 0 9.0 DOCUMENTATION 9.1 The items requiring documentation in this procedure shall be documented by the assigned field construction person of the working crew on Data Sheet SQ 12.0 attached to this procedure, as an option a Precision Surveillance Corporation QC Inspector may record the documentation.

10.0 NOTIFICATION 10.1 PSC Site Superintendent shall be notified if any problems are encountered during the replacement of grease caps.

11.0 ATTACHMENTS 11.1 Data Sheet SQ 12.0.

(

25 SQ 12.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 108 of 180 Project: TMI 3 5 TH YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Tendon No.: Tendon End: []Shop ni Field ANCHORAGE INSPECTION CRITERIA BEARING PLATE SURFACE PROPERLY PREPARED: [I YES EL NO GREASE CAP SURFACE PROPERLY PREPARED: EL YES EL NO GASKET MATING SURFACE PROPERLY PREPARED: EL YES EL NO STUD/BOLT HOLES PROPERLY PREPARED: Li YES E) NO FOREIGN MATERIAL EXCLUSION CONTROLLED: Li YES Z] NO COMMENTS CREW FOREMAN SIGNOFF Date:

QC R.iewed: Level: Date:

25SQ 12.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 109 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT July 31, 2009 Page-1 of 10 14 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT I ( 3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE GREASE REPLACEMENT

'A& ,aA.,

Prepared by QA MANAGER Title 07/31109 Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Appr ved by - Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09

-Approve, - Title Date (I 26 SO 12.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 110 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 10 Revision 0 L

1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for the Replacement of Grease in the tendon duct after scheduled inspections and evaluation during the 3 5 th Year In-Service-Inspections (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons. of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure is intended to provide the Grease Replacement requirements for the wire post-tensioning system. This procedure requires that all tendons worked on shall be full of grease at the end of the project.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITY 3.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

4.0 QUALIFICATIONS 4.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

5.0 EQUIPMENT 5.1 The gauges and test equipment necessary for the Quality Control activities will be itemized in PSC Procedure SQ 4.0.

6.0 QUALITY CONTROL 6.1 This procedure contains Quality Control Documentation (QQD) points. The work shall not progress past or through a QCD without a sign-off or verbal approval from the QC Inspector. The sign-off s and required information or evaluation data shall be documented on Data Sheet 12.1. It shall be necessary to acquire the Total Grease Loss for the tendon from the Data Sheets 6.0 of PSC Procedure SQ 6.0 for each end, if applicable.

7.0 PRECAUTIONS 7.1 During Grease Replacement, the grease may be very hot and pumped under pressure. It is therefore essential to avoid direct contact with the hot grease and to make sure all connections are secure.

3 CAUTION - DURING GREASING, BE AWARE THAT THE GREASE IS HOT AND MAY BE PUNDER PRESSURE.

7.2 Spilled grease from hoses and voids could be a slipping safety hazard, during all operations it should be cleaned up and placed in waste drums.

26 SQ 12.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 111 of 180

__ (PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 10 Revision 0 7.3 Pumping of grease should be stopped immediately if it is suspected or known that the grease is going somewhere else besides the immediate tendon void.

8.0 PREREQUISITES 8.1 All Inspections, if required per SQ2.0, will be complete.

8.2 The tendon will be in a stressed condition.

8.3 The Grease Cap shall be ready to be installed or already have been installed.

8.4 QCD- Document the type of grease (corrosion inhibitor) being used for the greasing of this tendon. The requirements for acceptable corrosion inhibitor are listed in section 9.1.2 of this procedure.

8.5 QCD - Enter the tendon end designation and quantity of total grease loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for one end of the tendon, if applicable 8.6 b - Enter the tendon end designation and the quantity of total grease loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for the other end of the tendon, if applicable.

8.7 QCD- Enter the tendon end designation and any estimated grease loss that may have occurred as a result of leaks from the grease cap or gasket since the original installation or previous surveillance for the first end of the tendon.

8.8 QCD - Enter the tendon end designation and any estimated grease loss that may have occurred as a result of leaks from the grease cap or gasket since the original installation or previous surveillance for the second end of the tendon.

8.9 QCD - Calculate the total tendon grease loss by adding 8.5 + 8.6 + 8.7 + 8.8 and document the total tendon grease loss on Data Sheet 12.1.

9.0 CONTROLS FOR REFILLING THE TENDON VOID 9.1 All Tendons 9.1.1 The replacement of grease shall be performed prior to demobilization of the tendon surveillance equipment and personnel.

9.1.2 Tendons shall be filled with Tendon Corrosion Inhibitor (Certified) issued by the Utility Quality Program OR drained grease removed from the system ONLY after acceptable sample testing per Section SQ 7.0 OR upon written approval by Exelon.

9.1.3 Grease Temperature required at grease cap inlet: 180OF min., 250"F max.

26 SQ 12.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 112 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 10 Revision 0 9.1.4 Required grease to be drain for Thermal Expansion upon successful pump through: 1 gallon. This will curtail any excess pressure build up which may lead to gasket failure.

9.1.5 Required hold time at full pressure: 30 minutes.

9.1.6 Pumping shall be stopped immediately if it is suspected or known that the grease is going somewhere else besides the immediate tendon void.

9.2 Hoop and DomeTendons 9.2.1 Maximum pressure at grease cap inlet when pressure pumping: 100 psig 9.2.2 If less than 5 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at each end of the tendon, each end shall be poured or hand pumped with hot grease until full.

9.2.3 If more than 5 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at either end of the tendon, the tendon shall be pressure pumped with hot grease from one end until it exits the Opposite End.

9.2.3.1 Where there is no grease exiting from the opposite end of a hoop or dome tendon, it shall be necessary to hand pump hot grease into the opposite end grease cap until full.

9.3 Vertical Tendons 9.3.1 Maximum pressure at grease cap inlet when pressure pumping: 110 psig (may be pulsated up to 150 psig to clear any blockage) 9.3.2 If more than 10 gallons -ofgrease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at the lower end, the tendon shall be pressure pumped with hot grease from the bottom end until it exits the Top End.

9.3.2.1 Where there is no grease exiting from the top end of a vertical tendon, it shall be necessary to pour or hand pump hot grease into the top end grease cap until full.

10.0 MEASUREMENT OF GREASE REPLACEMENT 10.1 The grease may be in a large storage container or in 55-gallon drums. The large storage container shall have an automatic thermostat control for temperature, while drum heaters shall be used to heat the grease in drums.

10.2 The grease shall be monitored for quantity by measuring the quantity of grease

[ remaining in the drum or by measuring the drum to determine the quantity that has

• been pumped out.

26 SQ 12.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 113 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT July 31, 2009 Page 5 of 10 Revision 0 10.3 To provide a grease volume number in gallons based on a standard 55 gallon drum, divide the 55 gallons by the. usable height of the drum (31 inches). This provides a figure of 1.77 gallons per inch of drum height. Note that a typical 55 gallon drum is 34 inches high, but based on actual observation, grease shrinkage and the depressed lid take up 3 inches of height.

10.4 Take a measurement of the height of the grease in the drum with a clean measuring device before installing any grease. It will be acceptable to take the measurement from the top of the grease in the drum to the top edge of the drum. Document the grease height dimension to the nearest 1/8 of an inch.

10.5 Take a measurement of the height of the grease in the drum after installing the grease. Document the final grease height dimension to the nearest 1/8 of an inch.

10.6 Calculate and document the Total Quantity of grease replaced into the cap to the nearest tenth (0.1) of a gallon.

10.6.1 EXAMPLE: If the initial grease height was 25-1/2" and the final grease height was 6-1/4", this is a 19-1/4" reduction multiplied by 1.77 gallons per inch which equals 34.1 gallons pumped in.

1 (25 Y2"-6 Y4")x 1.77 = 34.1Gal 10.7 The same methodology may be used for containers of different size or configuration.

11.0 MEASUREMENT OF GREASE WASTE 11.1 When it becomes necessary to determine the volume of grease that was pumped into the tendon void, it will be necessary to subtract the waste grease outflow, spillage, grease remaining in the pump-in hose, grease remaining in the waste line hose from the grease volume that was pumped from the drum into that tendon.

11.2 The 1 gallon of grease drained from the inlet end after a successful pump through shall be considered waste grease if it is not drained back into the original drum.

11.3 If the waste grease is pumped into a 55 gallon drum, then each inch of drum height will equal to 1.77 gallons.

11.4 Smaller containers should be evaluated for size to determine the capacity. These types of containers would only require a simple estimate for the waste grease contained therein.

11.5 Before pumping any waste grease into a container, always verify the quantity within that container prior to pumping.

26 SQ 12.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 114 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT July 31, 2009 Page 6 of 10 Revision 0 12.0 PRESSURE PUMPING 12.1 The grease replacements described in this procedure are for both ends of a tendon.

The terms tendon void, tendon conduit, and tendon duct are synonymous.

12.2 If more than 5 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at either end of a hoop or dome tendon, the tendon shall be pressure pumped with hot grease from one end until it exits the opposite end.

12.3 If more than 10 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at the lower end of a vertical tendon, the tendon shall be pressure pumped with hot grease from the bottom end until it exits the top end.

12.4 Remove the grease cap plug; attach the "Y-Device" to the end of the grease cap to be pumped. Connect the Y-Device, if necessary, and waste outflow hose to the opposite end of the tendon. Be sure to have a suitable quantity of waste containers on hand to collect the waste.

12.5 Be sure that adequate communication is provided at each end of the tendon so that the crew at each end of the tendon will know what actions are taking place.

12.6 QCQ - Document the ambient temperature near the tendon, as well as the Thermometer Identification and Recalibration Date.

12.7 QCQ - Document the inlet temperature of the grease as well as the thermometer identification and its recalibration date.

12.8 Prior to attaching the inlet greasing hose to the Y-Device, circulate hot grease through the system to ensure the grease is at sufficient temperature prior to pumping into the tendon void. Pressure pump and greasing hose should be fully primed prior to connecting to the Y-Device.

12.9 QCQ - Document the initial grease height dimension to the nearest 1/8 of an inch.

Refer to Section 10.0 for further explanation of grease measurement.

12.10 Commence pressure pumping grease into the tendon in accordance with the controls stated in Section 9.0.

12.11 If the grease exits the opposite end of a dome tendon, pumping shall continue until a minimum of 1 gallon of clean grease has exited from the opposite end with a temperature of 140 0F. The opposite end Y-Device shall then be closed and pressure pumping from the inlet end will continue until maximum pressure is achieved. Upon achievement of maximum pressure, stop pumping and drain 1 gallon of grease from the inlet end.

12.12 When pump through is not achieved on the initial attempt, the following actions should take place in order to maximize the effort of filling the tendon void.

26 SQ 12.1 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 115 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT July 31, 2009 Page 7 of 10 Revision 0 12.12.1 Build pressure to the maximum pressure at the grease cap inlet in accordance with Section 9.3.1.

12.12.2 Hold pressure for a minimum of 30 minutes. This may require additional pumping in order to remain at the desired maximum pressure.

12.12.3 If pump through is achieved, continue with step 12.11.

12.12.4 If pump through is still not successful pumping from this end shall be complete. It shall be necessary to hand pump the opposite end of the tendon by following the steps in Section 13.0 12.13 Release any pressure from the inlet end before disconnecting any of the hoses from the Y-Device. Ensure all shut-off valves are closed before disconnecting any grease connections at either end.

12.14 QCD- Once the tendon end has been completed, document the final grease height dimension to the nearest 1/8 of an inch. Refer to Section 10.0 for further explanation of grease measurement.

12.15 Remove grease hoses and Y-Devices from both ends and replace the grease cap plugs on both ends of the tendon.

12.16 QQQ- Calculate and document the quantity of hot grease pressure pumped into this tendon end in accordance with Section 10.6. Also, document the tendon end identification, either shop/field and/or nearest buttress number to the tendon end being pumped.

12.17 CQD- Document whether successful pump through was achieved via exiting grease at the other end of the tendon. If exit was not achieved, document the pressure and time held in order to attempt pump through.

12.18 QCQ - Document the quantities of waste grease if any, including any exiting outflow grease. Refer to Section 11.0 of this procedure for explanation on calculating waste grease.

12.19 QCQ - Calculate and document the total amount of grease replaced through the current inlet end of the tendon by subtracting the amount of any waste grease from the quantity of hot grease pressure pumped into this tendon end.

12.20 Continue to Section 14.0 for final calculation of quantity of grease replaced if pump through was successful.

26 SQ 12.1 TM.09'ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 116 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT July 31, 2009 Page 8 of 10 Revision 0 13.0 POURING AND HAND PUMPING 13.1 The grease replacements described in this procedure are for one end of a tendon, however both ends of the tendon will be documented on the same data sheet. The terms tendon void, tendon conduit, and tendon duct are synonymous.

13.2 If less than 5 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at each end of a hoop or dome tendon, each end shall be poured or hand pumped with hot grease until full.

13.3 If less than 10 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at the lower end, hot grease shall be poured or hand pumped into the top end until full.

13.4 If pressure pumping is unsuccessful from the end of any tendon hot grease shall be poured or hand pumped into the opposite end until full.

13.5 Remove. the grease cap plug; attach the "Y-Device" to the end of the grease cap to be pumped or poured. It shall be acceptable to hand pump or pour grease directly into the grease cap without the use of a "Y-Device" if the grease cap configuration will allow this.

13.6 QCD - Document the ambient temperature near the tendon, as well as the Thermometer Identification and Recalibration Date.

13.7 QCD- Document the inlet temperature of the grease as well as the thermometer identification and its recalibration date.

13.8 Prior to attaching the inlet greasing hose to the Y-Device or grease cap, circulate hot grease through the system to ensure the grease is at sufficient temperature prior to pumping into the tendon void. Hand pump and greasing hose should be fully primed prior to connecting to the Y-Device. This step is not necessary if grease is being poured into the grease cap.

13.9 QCD - Document the initial grease height dimension to the nearest 1/8 of an inch.

Refer to Section 10.0 for further explanation of grease measurement.

13.10 If grease is being hand pumped, commence pumping grease into the tendon in accordance with the controls stated in Section 9.0.

13.11 If grease is being poured, transfer grease into secondary (smaller) container and pour into the Y-Device or grease cap until full. Grease replacement must be in accordance with controls outlined in Section 9.0.

13.12 QCQ- Once the tendon end has been completed, document the final grease height p !of dimension to the nearest 1/8 of an inch. Refer to Section 10.0 for further explanation grease measurement.

26 SQ 12.1 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 117 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT July 31, 2009 Page 9 of 10 Revision 0 13.13 Remove grease hoses and Y-Devices as necessary from both ends and replace the grease cap plugs on both ends of the tendon. Verify no grease is leaking.

13.14 QCQ - Calculate and document the quantity of hot grease hand pumped or poured into this tendon end in accordance with Section 10.6. Also, document the tendon end identification, either shop/field and/or nearest buttress number to the tendon end being pumped, 13.15 QCD- Document whether grease replacement was accomplished by hand pumping or pouring.

13.16 QCD - Document the quantities of waste grease if any. Refer to Section 11.0 of this procedure for explanation on calculating waste grease.

13.17 QCD - Calculate and document the total amount of grease replaced through the current inlet end of the tendon by subtracting the amount of any waste grease from the quantity of hot grease hand pumped or poured into this tendon end.

13.18 Repeat the steps in Section 13.0 for the other end of a hoop or dome tendon if applicable.

13.19 Continue to Section 14.0 for final calculation of quantity of grease replaced when grease replacement is complete.

14.0 CALCULATION OF GREASE REPLACEMENT 14.1 QCD.- Calculate the total tendon grease replaced by adding the quantities of grease replaced by pressure pumping each end (combination of 12.19 and 13.17 as applicable).

14.2 QCQ - Obtain the calculated net volume of the tendon void from PSC Procedure SQ 12.2 and post it on Data Sheet 12.1 14.3 QCQ - Compare the total tendon grease replaced (14.1) to the total tendon grease loss (8.9). Calculate the percent difference by the following formula:

[TOTAL TENDON QUANTITY REPLACED (14.1)]- [TOTAL TENDON GREASE LOSS (8.9)]x 100%

NET VOLUME TENDON VOID (SQ 12.2) 14.4 QQ* - Verify that no grease is leaking. If there is some leakage, the deficiency shall be corrected and cleanup performed. Document the acceptance of leak tightness.

14.5 QCQ - Document the acceptability of the refilling. An acceptable refilling is one in which the percent difference from Section 14.3 of this procedure does not exceed 10% and there are no leaks.

26 SQ 12.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 118 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT July 31, 2009 Page 10 of 10 Revision 0 14.6 QCD - Document any pertinent comments, unusual occurrences or references that could assist in evaluating the refill or for future surveillances.

15.0 NOTIFICATION 15.1 If the absolute difference between the amount of grease removed from the tendon and the amount of grease replaced exceeds 10% of the net duct volume, it shall be necessary to notify TMI Engineering with a nonconformance report within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

16.0 DOCUMENTATION 16.1 The items requiring documentation shall be documented on Data Sheet 12.1a or 12.1b as necessary. Data Sheet 12.1a shall be used when a tendon is pressure pumped and 12.lb shall be used when a tendon is hand pumped from both ends.

16.2 Some information shall be posted from Data Sheet 6.0 of PSC Procedure SQ 6.0 onto Data Sheet 12.1a or 12.1b as applicable.

16.3 The Data Sheets reference the applicable Section or Step number of the procedure for each QCD point.

17.0 ATTACHMENTS 17.1 Figure 1.0 - PSC "Y" Device 17.2 Data Sheet 12.1a - Pressure Pumping 17.3 Data Sheet 12.1b - Hand Pumping 26 SQ 12.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TYPICAL HOOK-UP FOR FILLING TENDON VOIDS I

A - Grease Can Body-B - Pipe C - Grease Can.Filler Bushing "I D - Y-Device Body (D E - Male Quick Coupler B D C --

F - Operating Shaft & Handle -5 z G - Square Male Pipe Plug Wrench 4P1 H - Pipe Plug (t

I- Casing Filler Hose Female Quick Coupler CD>

0 CD >

,K - Packing Box cD CD L - Packing Box Gland M_ Relief Valve - Optional

" 0o x 00c r, A tS% Being threaded into position ;00 NC 0~ 0~

M om )n(

o :5 C~. CD S~.

I C.l

-0

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 120 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE-SQ 12.11 GREASE REPLACEMENT Data Sheet 12.1a - Pressure Pumping July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Project: TMI 3 5 th YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Tendon No.:

GREASE REPLACEMENT QC SIGNOFFS (8.4) Grease Used El NEW El QLD - TEST DATE: El ACCEPTABLE E0 APPROVAL LETTER ',

8.0 PREREQUISITES DATED:

(8.5) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for tendon.end: gal.

(8.6) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for tendon end: gal.

(8.7) Estimated grease losses from, leaks for tendon end: gal.

(8.8) Estimated grease losses from leaks for tendon end: gal.

(8.9) TOTAL Tendon Grease Loss: gal.

---

--------------------------------------------- L-----.-------

12.0 INITIAL PRESSURE PUMPING (12.6) Ambient Temp.: °F Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(12.7) Grease Temp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(12.9) Initial Grease Height (a) in. (12.14) Flnal Grease Height (b) in.

(12.16) Total amount of Grease Pumped: gal. (a- b) x 1.77 into the end 2.18) Quantity of Waste Grease: gal. (12.17) Was Exit Achieved? E1 Yes [I No

)

2i2.19) Total Grease Replaced this end: gal. If no, Pressure Held for psi min 13.0 HAND PUMPING - SECOND END (if necessary)

(13.6) Ambient Temp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.7) Grease Temp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.9) Initial Grease Height (a) in. (13.12) Final Grease Height (b) in.

(13.14) Total amount of Grease added: gal. (a-b)x 1.77 into the end (13.16) Quantity of Waste Grease: gal. (13.15) El Poured El Hand Pumped (13.17) Total Grease Replaced this end: gal.

14.0 CALCULATION OF PRESSURE PUMPING (14.1) Total Tendon Grease Replaced: gal. (12.19 + 13.17)

(14.2) Net Tendon Duct Grease Volume: gal. Refer to SQ 12.2- GREASE for the Tendon Net Duct Volume VOLUMES, Total Tendon Replaced (14.1) - Total Tendon Loss (8.9)

(14.3) Percent Difference: Net Tendon Tendon Duct Grease Volume (14.2) x 100 =  % Difference (14.4) Grease Leaks: Dl Yes El No (14.5) Refill Acceptable: El Yes (less than 10%) El No (greaterthan 10%)

If No - Customer Notified NCR No.: ',

(14.6) Comments:

QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

26 26 SQ 12.1 TM.09 ISI~doc ISl.doc TM.09 12.1 SQ

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 121 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12,1 GREASE REPLACEMENT Data Sheet 12.1b - Hand Pumping July 31, 2009 Page 1 of I Revision 0 Project: TMI 3 5 th YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Tendon No.:

GREASE REPLACEMENT QC SIGNOFFS (8.4) Grease Used F1 NEW [] OLD - TEST DATE: F-1 ACCEPTABLE n] APPROVAL LE1TER 8.0 PREREQUISITES DATED:

(8.5) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for tendon end: gal.

(8.6) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for tendon end: gal.

(8.7) Estimated grease losses from leaks for tendon end: gal.

(8.8) Estimated grease losses from leaks for tendon end: gal, (8.9) TOTAL Tendon Grease Loss: gal.

13.0 POURING AND HAND PUMPING - FIRST END (13,6) Ambient Temp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.7) GreaseTemp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.9) InItial Grease Height (a) in. (13.12) Final Grease Height (b) in.

(13.14) Total amount of Grease added: gal. (a - b)x 1.77 into the end

'3.16) Quantity of Waste Grease: gal. (13.15) C3 Poured Li Hand Pumped (13.17) Total Grease Replaced this end: gal.

13.0 HAND PUMPING - SECOND END (13.6) Ambient Temp.: 'F Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.7) Grease Temp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.9) Initial Grease Height (a) in. (13.12) Final Grease Height (b) in.

(13.14) Total amount of Grease added: gal. (a-b)x 1.77 into the end (13.16) Quantity of Waste Grease: gal. (13.15) [L Poured L] Hand Pumped (13.17) Total Grease Replaced this end: gal.

14.0 CALCULATION OF PRESSURE PUMPING (14.1) Total Tendon Grease Replaced: gal. (13.17 + 13.17)

(14.2) Net Tendon Duct Grease Volume: gal. Referto SO 12.2-GREASEVOLUMES, forthe Tendon Nef Duct Volume Total Tendon Replaced (14.1) - Total Tendon Loss (8.9)_x (14.3) Percent Difference: x100 =% Difference Net Tendon Duct Grease Volume (14.2)

(14.4) Grease Leaks: EL Yes Li No (14.5) Refill Acceptable: Li Yes (tess than 10%) Li No (greaterthan10%)

If No - Customer Notified NCR No.:__

(14.6) Comments:

Reviewed: Level: Date:

26 SQ 12.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-Ni1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 122 of 180 PS0 PROCEDURE.SQ 12.2 GREASE VOLUMES July 31, 2009 Page, 1 of 3

~Precision PReVision Surveillance Corporation 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE

)

GREASE VOLUMES QA MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, PE. 07/31/09 Apfxoved by - Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 X;;Z C_

Title Date

'I 27 SQ12.2.BY.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 123 of 180 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the Net Tendon Duct Grease Volumes to be observed during the refilling of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons with Corrosion Protection Material (Grease) during the 35th Year In-Service-Inspection (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System at Exelon's Three Mile Island - Unit 1 as provided by TMI Engineering.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure shall apply to PSC Procedure SQ 12.1.

V 27 SQ12.2.BY.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 124 of 180 2.2 Unit I Volume Table

-z z tw% tw LUZ,

• zLIf Zo Wz 01

,0, :D, 01, w 'U D-121 118.5 11.85 H13-40 103.5 10.35 V. o 124.8 12.48 D-122. 118.7 11.:87 H13-41 103.5 10.35 V11 123.8 12.38 D-123 118.8 11.88 H13-42 103.3 10.32 V12 124.6 12.46 D-224 119.8 11.98 H24-32 102.9 10.29 V31 124.8 12.48 D-225 1.19.9 11.99 H24-33 103.2 10.32 V32 125.2 12.52.

D-226 119.99 11.99 H24-34 103.3 10,33 V33 125.0 12.50 D-321 120.3 12.03 H46-49 103.4 10.34 V89 124.8 12.48 D-322 120.2 12.02 H46-50 103.4. 10,34 V90 124.9 12.49 D-323 120.6 12.06 H46-51 103.6 10.36 V91 125.0 12.50 D-341 109.5, 10.95 H51-48 103.3 10.33 V131 124.7 12.47 D-342- 107.8' 10.78 H51-49 103.4 10.34- V132 124.2 1.2.42 I D-343 106.1 10.61 H51-50 103.4 10.34 V133 123.9 12.39 H62-25 103.4 10.34 H62-26 103.2 10:,32 H62-27 103.3 10.33

'] = ADJACENT TENDON 27 SQ12.2.BY.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 125 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 1.0 PROGRAM PURPOSE July 31, 2009 Page I of 2 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE I PROGRAM PURPOSE

/

,&,a &.,

Prepared by Q.A. MANAGER Title 07/31/09 Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Title Date P4povdby' PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Title Date (Vj 31 QA 1.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 126 of 180 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This section of the Surveillance Quality Control Manual shall outline the Quality Assurance/Quality Control activities necessary to insure that the In-Service Inspection operations are performed in accordance with approved procedures and provide the required quality level, consistent with the project specifications, industry standards, regulatory code requirements and the Precision Surveillance Corporation Quality Assurance Program.

jV 31 QA 1.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 127 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 2.0 PROGRAM SCOPE July 31, 2009 Page i*of 2

~Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT I ( 3 5TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE PROGRAM SCOPE Atýd&4a*ý Prepared by Q.A. MANAGER Title 07131(09 Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Apfoved by > Title Date PRESIDENT 07131/09

-Approved-by--- Title Date 32 QA 2.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 128 of 180 1.0 SCOPE 1.1 The Quality Assurance Procedures within this Section of the Surveillance Program Quality Control Manual are intended to be supplemental to the Precision Surveillance Corporation (PSC) Quality Assurance Manual. They are not intended to replace any Criteria of the Quality Assurance Manual. The Quality Assurance Manual remains as the highest category of document within the Quality Assurance Program hierarchy of documents.

p' 32 QA 2.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 129 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 3.0 QUALITY ORGANIZATION July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE

\

QUALITY ORGANIZATION Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/.09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, PE. 07/31/09 App oved by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Title Date 33 OA 3.0 TM 09 ISI~doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 130 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 3.0 QUALITY ORGANIZATION July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1.0 ORGANIZATION 1.1 PSC Field Quality Control Inspectors operate under the immediate direction of the Lead Field Quality Control Inspector, who in turn reports to the PSC Manager, Quality Control.

1.2 The Field Quality Control Inspectors shall have full authority and responsibility in all matters pertaining to or affecting the quality control function for the Surveillance of the Post-Tensioning System. These Inspectors shall have the authority to accept, reject, or recommend changes to the field operations or performance.

1.3 The Field Quality Control Inspectors, and the Quality Assurance personnel shall have the authority to issue a "Stop Work Order" for any activity, material, or procedure not in conformance with the project specifications, the Quality Assurance Manual or the Surveillance Quality Control Manual. The stop work action shall be coordinated through the PSC Manager of Quality Assurance.

1.4 The Quality Control Procedures section of this manual shall serve to further outline the duties and responsibilities of those personnel engaged in performing the quality control functions for the Surveillance of the Post-Tensioning System.

1.5 All personnel engaged in those activities that affect the quality function for the Surveillance operations, shall be qualified by experience or training, prior to the initial performance of their assignments.

1.6 Documentation of qualification and/or training shall be maintained in the quality files on site for those personnel engaged in quality activities.

33 QA 3.0 TM 09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Revision 0, PageAppendix D 131 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 4.0 RESPONSIBILITY July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 2 Precision Surveillance Corporation Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE QUALITY CONTROL RESPONSIBILITY Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09

/JAlAdA,~~

Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Aproved by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Approved by Title Date I

V 34 QA 4.0 TM.09 ISI~doc

TM-N 1043-500 Revision 0, PageAppendix D 132 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 4.0 RESPONSIBILITY July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1,0 QUALITY CONTROL RESPONSIBILITY 1.1 The responsibility for the Quality Assurance and Quality Control functions for this project shall be incumbent on those organizations performing that portion of the work described within the various sections of this manual, or as otherwise agreed to in the.

contract documents.

1.2 Portions of the work not performed by PSC, but where PSC supplies only the equipment or,material, shall be subject to the quality requirements specified within the applicable PSC Quality Manual, where that Quality Manual has been developed to comply with the project specifications or contract documents.

1.2,1 The development of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control procedures for the Surveillance operations shall be the responsibility of those organizations performing that portion of the work, unless otherwise agreed to in the contract documents.

1.3 PSC Field Quality Control Personnel shall provide the Quality Control actions for that portion of the work, where PSC or its subcontractors are performing the work or as agreed to in the project specifications or contract documents. All subcontractors performing work as an agent of PSC, shall be subject to the Quality requirements of the project specifications and the applicable PSC Quality Program.

1 .4i PSC and its subcontractors and vendors, shall maintain open access for Inspection, Survey and Audit by Exelon or his authorized agent for all portions of the work being performed for the project.

34 0A 4.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 133 of 180 P30 PROCEDURE QA 411 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 3 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation Revision 1, 11/06109

\ ,

EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS Q.A. MANAGER 11/06/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 11/06/09 Ajproved by Title Date PRESIDENT 11/06/09 Title Date v

P 35 REV 1.QA 4.1 TM.09 ISldoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 134 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 4.1 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 3 Revision 0 Revision 1, 11/06/09 1.0 QUALIFICATIONS 1.1 QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTORS 1.2 All Quality Control Inspectors performing Inspections and Tests shall be qualified to minimum of Level if capability in accordance with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.6-1978. Inspectors performing General or detailed visual examinations (formally VT-1, VT-1C or VT-3C) are to be qualified as a Level II examiner as set forth in the 2001 Edition and 2003 Addenda of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Subsection IWL as defined in PSC's written certification practice or as qualified by Exelon.

1.2.1 All Lead Field Quality Control Inspectors shall be qualified to a minimum of Level II capability in accordance with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.6-1978.

1.2.2 All Field Quality Control Inspectors performing reviews of Quality Control Documentation for the various procedures in the PSC Surveillance Quality Control Manual shall be qualified to a minimum of Level II in accordance with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.6-1 978.

1.2.3 All Quality Control Inspectors shall be certified to specific skill Levels by a Quality Control Inspector who has been qualified as Level Ili in accordance with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.6-1978.

1.3 CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL 1.3.1 Precision Surveillance Corporation Field Construction Personnel shall be responsible for the physical activities associated with the Surveillance of Post-Tensioning System Tendons. Construction Personnel shall be fit by skill, training and/or experience to perform these activities.

1.4 CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION 1.4.1 PSC Supervisory and Field Representative Personnel shall be responsible for administering the progress of the work and directing PSC Field Construction Personnel as necessary. These Personnel shall be fit by skill, training and/or experience to perform these duties.

1.4.2 Construction Personnel or Construction Supervision need not be qualified to ANSI N45.2.6 as they are supervised or overseen by a qualified individual participating in the inspection, examination, or test.

1.5 AUDITORS 1.6 PSC Personnel performing audits of field operations shall be qualified as auditors in accordance with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.23-1978.

35 REV I.QA 4.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 135 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 4.1 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 3 Revision 0 Revision 1, 11/06/09 I )

2.0 DOCUMENTATION 2.1 Records of training and personnel skill certifications shall be documented in accordance with the requirements of the governing ANSI N45.2 or daughter specifications and shall be retained on site for those personnel so certified and/or trained.

3.0 Ai TTACHMENTS 3.1 Training Verification Letter dated 11/06/09 35 REV I.QA 4.1 TM.09 IS=doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 136 of 180 Predi o~o Survilflance Corpor aia 3468 Watling Street Phone: (219) 397-5826 e!ast Chicago, IN 46312 Fax: (219) 397-5867 i'mail: info@psctendon.com http://www.psctendon.com Attachment to PSC Procedure QA 4.1 Page I of I November 6, 2009 QUALITY REVIEW MEMO: TRAINING VERIFICATION After a review of training and certification requirements for Quality Control Inspectors it is concluded that training to the 2001 Edition; 2003 Addenda of ASME Section XI, IWA-2350, "Limited Certification", and the 1995 Edition of CP-189 meets orexceeds the requirements of the 1992 Edition of the same documents.

Personnel successfully trained to the above requirements have the knowledge, insight and training to inspect post-tensioning components as described in Precision Surveillance Corporation's limited scope training procedure. This training is relevant to IWL inspections for 1992 Edition and latter Editions up to and including 2001 with 2003 Addenda.

Paul C. Smith President

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 137 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 51.0 PERSONNEL TRAINING July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE

( PERSONNEL TRAINING J&"awa4ý Prepared by Q.A. MANAGER Title 07/31/09 Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E 07/31/09 App roved bTf Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09

-Appiuv"db Title Date 36 QA 5.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 138 of 180 PSG PROCEDURE QA 5.0 PERSONNEL TRAINING July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1.0 TRAINING 1.1 Precision Surveillance Corporation personnel on site involved in the Surveillance of the Post-Tensioning System, shall be qualified and experienced in all phases of Post-Tensioning operations.

1.2 All training activities shall be conducted and coordinated by qualified, experienced, PSC personnel.

1.3 At the start of the work and usually at the beginning of each new phase of the Post-Tensioning operations, the field crews shall be instructed to perform the work in a safe manner and in accordance with the approved surveillance procedures manual.

They shall further, be trained in the use of the Post-Tensioning equipment for the operation for which they are being qualified, and for any subsequent actions during those operations that may affect the quality or integrity of the Post-Tensioning System.

1.4 The duration of the training period shall not be of a predetermined period of time, but shall instead be of such a length of time, that the PSC training personnel feel confident that the personnel being trained are sufficiently knowledgeable in the, methods and procedures of the operation for which they are being trained. Each trainee shall be oriented by on-the-job training prior to the initial performance of any quality oriented function and each time he performs a different job assignment not previously trained or qualified for.

1.5 A list of the trained and qualified personnel shall be maintained on site, indicating the training received and the dates of training. Newly trained personnel shall be added to the list as the training is completed. This list shall be reviewed and controlled by PSC Field Quality Control personnel. Crew proficiency shall be verified during the progress of the work, through the mediums of inspection, surveillance or audit.

1.6 Procedures shall be used for training those personnel not familiar with Post-Tensioning Systems or Surveillance activities.

36 QA 5.0 TM.09 ISidoc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 139 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 6.0 C- PROCUREMENT July 31, 2009 Page. 1 of 2

..- Precision SurveillancE Corporation Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE

)

PROCUREMENT Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Title Date Approvaed by PROJECT MANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 C

~-Appf~ved-by- Title Date 37 QA 6.0 TM.09 ISWdOC

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 140 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 6.0 PROCUREMENT July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1.0 PROCUREMENT 1.1 SAFETY - RELATED 1.2 The purchase of any safety-related material or service to be used for the Post-Tensioning System or surveillance operation shall be performed by the Procurement Section of the Precision Surveillance Corporation in accordance with the requirements of the Quality Assurance Program requirements in effect at that time and the requirements stated below.

1.2.1 Field personnel shall initiate a procurement request by a written or verbal order to the Construction or Project Management Section.

1.2.2 A requisition shall be prepared and submitted to the PSC Quality Assurance Section for attachment of applicable quality documents and/or comments and returned to the Project Management Section.

1.2.3 The requisition shall be sent to the Procurement Section for drafting of the purchase order, pricing, vendor selection, etc.

1.2.4 The purchase order shall be submitted to the Quality Assurance Section for review of quality content, approved vendor selection and sign-off. Other pertinent quality documents may be attached or referenced and then the purchase order shall be returned to the Procurement Section.

1.2.5 The purchase order shall be submitted to the vendor and copies of the order distributed to appropriate personnel.

1.2.6 Changes to the original purchase order shall be provided through the use of a Supplemental Purchase Order, which shall be subject to the same review and control process as the original purchase order.

1.3 NON-SAFETY-RELATED 1.3.1 Miscellaneous non-safety-related field purchases may be initiated by the field personnel or Procurement Section within the confines of the operating procedures established by the Operating or Construction Departments, independent of this manual.

37OA 6.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 141 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 7.0 FIELD CHANGE REQUEST July 31, 2009

~Revision Page 1 of 30 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE FIELD CHANGE REQUEST Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Appfv~dby Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09

-- AM~ved-by- Title Date 38 QA 7.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 142 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 7.0 FIELD CHANGE REQUEST July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 3 Revision 0 1.0 FIELD CHANGE REQUEST 1.1 The Field Change Request shall be the mechanism for requesting rapid evaluation and approval for those operations that must be changed to accommodate field conditions. The FCR shall be approved by Exelon prior to that change being put into effect.

12 Field Changes that take place prior to the approval of the FCR shall be documented by a Nonconformance Report and subject to a "STOP WORK" order, depending on the magnitude of the change and the impact on the quality program. It shall not be necessary to generate an NCR where it has become necessary to return or move to a safe condition of the tendon or personnel.

1.3 Revisions to this manual shall be performed according to the Revision Control procedure found in the prologue of the Surveillance Manual. The following information will supplement those procedures for Field Change Request Activity.

1.3.1 When field operating procedures, as stated in this manual, become impractical to follow exactly for any reason, that portion, and any other affected portion of the manual shall be revised to provide the appropriate procedures. Where possible, revisions shall be made prior to performing the work.

1.3.2 When revisions become necessary, they shall be formally drafted by the PSC Quality Assurance Section -and submitted to Exelon for formal approval. Where applicable, the responsible PSC Field Quality Control Personnel shall prepare a Field Change Request document to expedite approval from Exelon's Field Quality Organization, Maintenance Engineer or such other authority as designated by Exelon, in order to continue operations without extraordinary delays. The change document may then be transmitted to Exelon for formal approval or to issue a change order notice type of document.

1.3.3 Approval of the Field Change Request or emergency revision shall be obtained from the appropriate Site Quality Assurance Authority representing Exelon, before starting any Field Changes or Revisions.

1.3.4 Copies of the Field Change Request shall be submitted to the PSC Quality Assurance Section for review and where necessary for development of formal procedures to be included in the Surveillance Quality Control Manual.

1.3.5 The approval of the FCR shall be considered as the acceptance for the Revised Procedures unless gross changes occur during the Revision drafting, that affect other portions of the Surveillance Manual.

1'>

38 QA 7.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 143 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 7.0 FIELD CHANGE REQUEST July 31, 2009 Page 3 of.3 Revision 0 1.3.5.1 If gross changes occur, the Surveillance Quality Control Manual affected procedures shall be submitted for formal review and approval. Otherwise, the FCR Revision shall be considered as approved and submitted on a controlled basis for inclusion in the Surveillance Manual.

1.3.6 As the PSC Quality Assurance Section and the Engineering Department are responsible for drafting Revisions, whether a result of the FCR process or Specification Changes, it shall not be necessary for either function to provide a formal review and signoff. It shall be necessary for the Originator or PSC Field Quality Control personnel to call the PSC Home Office to acquire agreement and acceptance of the FCR before submitting it to Exelon. This way Quality Assurance and Engineering can evaluate the impact of the FCR on Quality Control, Engineering features and other subsequent Surveillance activities.

1.3.6.1 The Originator or PSC Quality Control personnel shall document the review and acceptance of the PSC Home Office personnel by printing the name of the person accepting that FCR and the date of acceptance at the bottom of the Recommended Change area on the FCR form.

1.3.7 The original FCR shall be maintained with the Field Quality Control records.

1.3.7.1 The remaining distribution shall be completed, using the Distribution Listing shown at the bottom of the FCR form once the FCR is formally approved by PSC and Exelon.

1.3.7.2 The FCR shall be entered into the FCR Index Log for 1.3.7.2.1 FCR Number 1.3.7.2.2 Brief Description 1.3.7.2.3 Date Written 1.3.7.2.4 Date Approved 1.3.7.2.5 Date of Revision (to Surveillance Manual, if applicable) 1.4 DOCUMENTATION 1.4.1 Included with this procedure are the various forms and control sheets described in this procedure.

2.0 ATTACHMENTS 2.1 Field Change Request Form 2.2 Field Change Request Index Log 38 QA 7.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 144 of 180 r;7;)PSC PROCEDURE QA 7.0 FIELD CHANGE REQUEST FORM July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 SPECIAL FIELD REVISION CONTROL FIELD CHANGE REQUEST NO.: FCR REQUEST BY: TITLE: DATE:

ORIGINATOR: TITLE DATE:

PROCEDURE NUMBER: REV NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE AFFECTED SECTION: REVISION TO MANUAL REQUIRED: El YES,-0 NO NCR REQUIRED: C3 YES 0] NO NCR NUMBER: HOLD TAG NO.:

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING CONDITION: (USE EXTRA PAGES OR WRITE ON BACK)

RECOMMENDED CHANGE:

PSC QA QC ENGINEERING APPROVAL SIGN &DATE:

EXELON APPROVAL OR COMMENTS:

APPROVED SITE QA AUTHORITY: TITLE: DATE DISPOSITION PSC QC: HOLD TAG HOLD TAG APPLIED: REMOVED:

QC INSPECTOR: DATE:

DISTRIBUTION

[l EXELON QA 0 EXELON ENGINEERING D- QC PSC 0l QA PSC 0 PROJECT MGR. PSC E]

[E ENGINEERING PSC El EXELON QC []

38 QA 7.0 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 145 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 7.0 FIELD CHANGE REQUEST INDEX LOG July 31, 2009 Page _ of .

Revision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT - UNIT 1 - 3 5 th Year FIELD CHANGE REQUEST INDEX LOG F DATE DATE DATE SFCR# DESCRIPTION IWRITTEN APPROVED REV.

p 38 QA 7.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 146 of 180 PSC PROCEDUREOA 8,0 DOCUMENT CONTROL July 31, 2009 i4 *Page I of 2 Precision Surveillance Corporation Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE

)

DOCUMENT CONTROL Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E 07/31/09 App roved by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Title Date

(

39 QA 8.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 147 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.0 DOCUMENT CONTROL July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1.0 DOCUMENT CONTROL 1.1 The responsibility for control and retention of all documentation and records, related to the quality control functions for the project within the limitations of the contract documents shall be incumbent on those organizations performing that portion of the work and as further stated in PSC Procedure QA 3.0.

1.2 All documentation, which includes inspections, tests, certifications, drawings, purchase orders, specifications, procedures, correspondence and audits, etc. shall be prepared in accordance with the procedures as described in the applicable job related manuals and procedures.

1.3 All inspection records shall be reviewed, initialed or signed and dated by the personnel responsible for the quality control functions.

1.4 All quality related documents pertaining to the project shall be retained in the field office file, jobsite vault, or both and maintained in such a manner so as to permit retrieval and prevent loss.

1.5 Document distribution or retention shall be in accordance with the requirements of the project specifications, or as agreed to in the contract documents.

1.5.1 All documents such as Data Sheets, Nonconformances, verification records, calibration records, certified mill test reports, engineering analyses, etc. generated during the course of the In-Service Inspection, shall be included in the Final Report or appended to that Final Report.

1.6 Copies of Non-Conformance Reports shall be distributed in accordance with the project specifications or as noted on the Non-Conformance/Corrective Action form; refer to PSC Procedure QA 9.0.

1.7 All records shall be sent to the responsible Quality Control Section for further distribution in accordance with the project specifications, or as agreed to in the contract documents, or the PSC Quality Assurance Manual.

39 QA 8.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 148 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.1 REVISION CONTROL July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 5 PrEcision Surveillance Corporation Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE REVISION CONTROL Q.A. MANAGER 07/31(09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Appo-edby Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 A/p'/Co--/ 2y-'" Title Date I

)

[ 40 QA 8.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 149 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.1 REVISION CONTROL July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 5 Revision 0 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 The statements within this Manual are representative of the Precision Surveillance Corporation quality program activities in effect at the time of issue. The construction phase of the project and other delays have a direct influence on the amount of time that will transpire between the actual startup of fabrication and termination of the construction life of the contract. It may therefore become necessary to review and upgrade or revise the various quality procedures or manuals, as a means of accommodating changes in the specifications, codes, operating procedures, material procurement, or as a means of transmitting, intent, information or clarification.

Correction of misspelled words or typographical errors that do not affect intent, shall not be considered as revisions.

2.0 TRANSMITTAL 2.1 Submittal of revisions to Exelon shall be in conformance with Criteria VI, Document Control, of the Quality Assurance Manual.

3.0 REVISION CONTROL 3.1 If a revision is submitted where a Quality Control Manual has been issued, only those procedures being revised shall be affected for approval status. The remainder of the Quality Control Manual shall still remain approved. The original or previous revision of the affected procedure shall remain in effect, unless unworkable, until the revised procedure has been approved.

3.2 When a revision is submitted, the entire manual shall then become "Revision One" for example. Included in the revision package are all those documents required to bring the original version of that manual to "Revision One" status.

3.3 A Revision Control Sheet shall show all the documents being submitted, with the correct revision status of each page. The Revision Control Sheet provides a chronological history of development for the manual while the Index Status Sheet indicates all the original documents contained within the original submittal of the manual.

3.4 The Index Status Sheet shall not be revised to any extent greater than to show a date and revision number in the Revision Status column on the Index Status Sheet.

3.5 It is unlikely that any document within any PSC Quality Manual shall be of an unrevised status or of the same revision status as the Manual itself. Therefore, the document and manual revision numbers will not be the same. The Index Status Sheet will establish the revision status of each Manual or document issued.

3.6 When a revision is made to a procedure, the entire procedure will revert to that revision number, even if there are no editorial or format changes to that page.

40 QA 8.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 150 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.1 REVISION CONTROL July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 5 Revision 0 3.6.1 Revisions to a Section/Paragraph of a procedure will be identified with a triangle appearing at the left edge of the page near the Section/Paragraph which has been affected and revised. Inside the triangle will appear the revision number for that current change. The triangle will appear only for those Sections/Paragraphs that have changed.

3.6.2 It will not be necessary to delete the triangle from the previous revision, even though it is generally recommended that signs of a previous revision be removed to avoid confusion. It will be acceptable to erase, white-out, or tape over signs of the previous revision, where that page has not been revised and is not being reproduced as a new document.

3.6.3 It will not be necessary to apply a revision number to the top of each of those pages that comprise the body of the procedure. The revision number and date need only appear at the top of the Title Page and Data Sheets.

3.6.4 No Change will be taken to mean, that no changes have occurred to that page and that the revision number indicates the current status of that page. No dates other than the original effective date will appear on individual pages. Only the Title Page and Data Sheets shall show revision status and date of that revision, along with the triangle at the bottom of the page.

3.6.5 No Editorial Change or Format Change will be taken to mean, that the text of that procedure has not changed and that the change affects the page number, section/paragraph number or that information has shifted from one page to another. This will be noted along side the triangle at the bottom of the page.

3.7 Where drawings are included in the manual, such as post-tensioning fabricated components, these drawings shall be controlled through the quality manual for that product, except where otherwise agreed to in writing. This system utilizes the drawings and procedures from a controlled quality manual for fabrication and inspection control of that component and shall accompany the purchase order to the vendor, where applicable.

4.0 RESPONSE 4.1 Once the revision is received by Exelon the Acknowledgement of Receipt or a facsimile, shall be returned to the Precision Surveillance Corporation, Quality Assurance Section.

4.2 Exelon comments shall be referred to the PSC Quality Assurance Section or those personnel responsible for contract coordination.

4.3 Exelon approval without comments shall be transmitted in writing to either party noted in Section 4.2 above, however verbal approval shall be sufficient to start work using the approved revision.

40 QA 8.1 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 151 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.1 REVISION CONTROL July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 5 RevisiOh 0 4.3.1 Section 4.2 or 4.3 above, may be replaced by other means of control which have been established and formally agreed to by PSC and Exelon.

5.0 EXELON CONTROL (SUGGESTED) 5.1 As a means of maintaining the controlled manual and revisions at Exelon's facility, it is recommended that the submitted documents be verified for accuracy of inclusion, by comparing them to the Revision Control Sheet. PSC is not immune to errors, regardless of the amount of controls imposed or implied.

6.0 EXPEDITING CONSTRUCTION 6.1 In order to expedite the construction schedule and with Exelon's approval, it may become necessary or advantageous to fabricate materials prior to the approval of the revision. All materials fabricated in this situation shall be tagged "Hold" and retained on that status until approval of the revision. At the time of approval the "Hold" tag shall be removed. Also see Criteria IIQuality Assurance Program, Section 3.4.

6.2 If, for some reason, the revision is not approved, the material fabricated or installed under the controls of the revised procedure shall be maintained on Hold status until the revision is approved. Adjustments to the material shall be made, where required, after approval.

7.0 VOID DOCUMENTS 7.1 Once approved, the document being revised shall be marked void and dated to reflect the revision date. This void copy will be removed from the manual and placed into a dead or void file for retention as part of the Quality Assurance records.

7.2 As a temporary measure, the void copy may be turned backwards in the manual, until removal to the file.

7.3 Items fabricated or installed with the use of the previous revisions will not require any subsequent change once fabricated or installed. The date of the document approval shall determine the point of fabrication change over and therefore, the applicable quality requirements.

7.4 PSC does not require that void documents be returned.

8.0 FORMSIDATA SHEETS 8.1 Any of the forms contained in this Manual or any Quality Control Procedure used as a means of providing quality control or inspection documentation, are subject to change at any time without prior approval of Exelon, providing that the amount of information shown on the original form is not diminished in anyway.

40 QA 8.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 152 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.1 REVISION CONTROL July 31, 2009 Page 5 of 5 Revision 0 8.2 These revised forms shall be submitted for approval at the convenience of PSC with the next revision of that procedure that effects the change, but in no case later than 30 days from the first use of that form.

8.3 If the information required of the original or previous revision of that form is to be diminished in any way, that form shall be submitted for approval prior to use.

8.4 Forms may be provided at any time where not shown in any procedure in order to provide the required quality control or inspection documentation, without prior approval and at the option of the PSC Quality Control or Quality Assurance Sections.

9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Revision Control Sheet 2

40 QA 8.1 TM.09 ISWdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 153 of 180 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT - UNIT 1 - 351h Year Revision #

REVISION CONTROL SHEET Procedure # Page # Revision/ Submitted Procedure # Page # Revision/ Submitted Date Date Date Date Revision Date Revision Description Revision By: Date Approved No.

40 QA 8.1 TM.09 ISI~doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 154 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCESI July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 5 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT I ( 3 5TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE

)

NONCONFORMANCES Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared bby Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Aýp roved by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Title Date I,.1_

.1 41 QA 9.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 155 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 5 Revision 0 1.0 NONCONFORMANCE REPORTING 1.1 Any item, service, activity or procedure not conforming to the approved drawings, specifications, instructions or other project requirements as related to the PSC contract for the project, shall be documented as a nonconformance. A non-conformance report shall be written by the authority responsible for quality, discovering the nonconformance, regardless of the location where the deficiency was discovered or the source of origin.

1.1.1 This reporting shall be completed on a timely basis, preferably immediately upon discovery and consultation. The reporting action should be within one working day from discovery.

1.2 All nonconforming items shall be removed to a segregated area.

1.3 The nonconformance report shall be distributed to the, appropriate parties noted on the distribution list shown on the PSC Nonconformance/Corrective Action Report Form, which is shown at the end of this procedure. A typical Nonconformance Report Index shall also be seen.

1.3.1 Exelon shall receive copies of those nonconformance reports that indicate a loss of control for the manufacturing process, field construction, or quality control system and where it has been determined by PSC Quality Assurance, Quality Control, and/or possibly Exelon, that a measure of input shall be required by Exelon to resolve the deficiency.

1.3.1.1 The Recommended Corrective Action for the nonconformance reports noted in Section 1.3.1 above, shall be submitted to Exelon for review and approval prior to the execution of that action, for all items to be dispositioned as "Repair" or Use-As-Is.

1.3.1.2 All nonconformance reports shall be submitted to Exelon, whether for review and/or approval.

1.4 Acceptance of the nonconforming item, after completion of the corrective action, shall be by inspection.

1.5 Once the corrective action has been determined, the Quality Control or Quality Assurance personnel shall make arrangements for the completion of the nonconformance, including verification. The completion of this action shall be documented in the Disposition area provided on the NC/CA Report Form.

1.5.1 Once the nonconformance has been corrected and the disposition completed on the NC/CA Report Form, the formal close-out of that report shall be documented in the NCR Index Log. All nonconformance reports shall be closed-out.

41 QA 9.0 TM.09 ISIldoc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 156 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9,0 NONCONFORMANCES July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 5 Revision 0 1.5.2 In some circumstances, the corrective action may be completed on another document, such as an Exelon nonconformance report. In that case, the PSC NC/CA Report may be closed-out immediately as a result of Exelon's document, and shall be so noted in the Index Log.

1.6 Only Quality Control or Quality Assurance personnel shall have the authority to return the nonconforming item to inventory or service, once disposition of the corrective action has been completed and accepted by that Quality authority.

1.7 In addition to the normal reporting system for Nonconforming Material and Services, supplemental reports shall be submitted for deficiencies whether a result of design, conformance, fabrication, or performance, that represent a significant breakdown in the Quality Assurance Program and, were they to remain uncorrected, could adversely affect the operation of the item at any time throughout the expected lifetime of the item. These written reports shall be prepared by the PSC Quality Assurance, Quality Control, and/or Engineering Department and submitted to Exelon documenting the cause of the deficiency and the formal corrective action to prevent repetition.

1.8 The Nonconformance Reports shall be retained in the appropriate Quality file on site.

2.0 DRAFTING THE REPORT 2.1 The following outline shall be used as a guide for developing the Nonconformance Report. Refer to the example at the end of this procedure.

2.2 The Nonconformance Report shall indicate the identification of the nonconforming item, the deficiency noted, preferably with reference to the requirement in violation, in the area marked Nonconformance on the NC/CA Report Form.

2.3 The Apparent Cause Known shall be entered onto the form, if it can be readily discerned. Overly restrictive or unworkable procedures or specifications may be listed as the cause, as well as changes in working conditions not considered by the procedures or specifications. If this cannot be satisfactorily resolved by the initiator of the report, then it shall be completed by Quality Assurance, Quality Control or the Engineering Department.

2.4 The area marked Recommended Corrective Action on the NC/CA Report Form shall indicate the action necessary to immediately correct the deficiency. Usually noted as Use-As-Is; Repair; Rework; Scrap; and any appropriate commentary to substantiate that action.

2.4.1 Where nonconforming items are to be corrected by repairing the stated deficiency, the repairs shall be accomplished through the use of an approved repair procedure. This may be shown directly on the NC/CA Report Form or attached to it as a separate document.

41 QA 9.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 157 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES July 31, 2009 Page 4 of5 Revision 0 I-2.4.2 Nonconforming items shall be rejected, repaired, reworked or accepted for corrective action after evaluation by the PSC Quality Assurance, Quality Control, Engineering and/or Exelon.

2.5 Where possible, the Corrective Action to Prevent Recurrence area of the NC/CA Report Form, shall provide the long range action that may be instrumental in preventing recurrence of that deficiency entered onto the form.

2.6 The determination of Significant Condition status shall be performed by the Quality Assurance, Quality Control and/or the Engineering Department. The identification of significant conditions adverse to quality, their cause and the appropriate corrective action to resolve the condition shall be documented on the NC/CA Report Form or in a separate report as noted in Section 1.7 of this procedure.

2.6.1 A significant condition adverse to quality shall exist if one or more of the following elements are required:

2.6.1.1 A significant investigation is necessary to determine the cause.

2.6.1.2 Significant redesign, repair or rework of the item.

2.6.1.3 A significant evaluation of the QA/QC Program implementation.

2.6.1.4 Significant evaluation for determining generic implication.

3.0 NONCONFORMANCE REPORT NUMBERING 3.1 All Nonconformance Report Numbers shall be prefixed with the PSC project Contract Number.

3.2 All Field originated NCR's shall prefix the project Contract Number with the letter "F".

3.3 Non-project oriented NCR's shall be prefixed with QA and shall only be issued through the Quality Assurance Section.

3.4 All NCR's shall be assigned a sequential control number, to follow the prefix number, which shall be applied in ascending order from the previous report and originating with the number "1" 4.0 PROCESSING NONCONFORMANCE REPORTS 4.1 This is intended to provide PSC Field Quality Control personnel with the means of approving processing or closing out NCR's where they are not in close proximity to the home office.

41 QA 9.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 158 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES July 31, 2009 Page 5 of 5 Revision, 0 4.2 The report may be drafted by independent action or with the assistance of the Engineering or Quality Assurance Sections. Where input has been provided by the assistance of others, the Quality Control person drafting the report shall print the name of that person assisting and the date in the respective area of that Section of the Nonconformance/Corrective Action Report Form. The report should be distributed as soon as it is drafted, unless the disposition of the corrective action takes place within 5 days after discovery of the deficiency; in this instance, the distribution will probably take place after the disposition is complete.

4.3 The PSC Approval for QA, QC and/or Engineering may be communicated by telephone to expedite corrective action. In which case the Quality Control person on site would print the name of the person approving that action and the date. Those NCR's could be initialed at a later date to formally complete the approval actions.

5.0 DOCUMENTATION 5.1 Included with this procedure are the various tags and control sheets described in this procedure.

6.0 ATTACHMENTS 6.1 Tags and Sample Logs (Example) 6.2 Sample NC/CA Report 6.3 NC/CAR Form 6.4 NCR Index Form 6.5 Hold Tag Index Log 6.6 Reject Tag Index Log 41 QA 9.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 159 of 180 NONCONFORMING MATERIALS, PARTS OR COMPONENTS TAGS Shown below are typical examples of Hold, Reject and Acceptance tags. They may vary in appearance but, are representative of the format and information to be provided. All but the Acceptance tag, are two-part tags.

" *I-IHOLD 13309 I iwl-I ~

IO*cAR REJECTED 1 0599sq ACCEPTED PECOR OAE SAMPLE LOG ENTRIES Shown below are typical examples of entries made into each respective log. Note that some are cross-referenced such as HOLD 1100 to Reject 1700; and HOLD 1103 to Reject 1701.

QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM HOLD TAG LOG REJECT TAG LOG Projec D* eo 000atowta TogDIse Nor De. 00o TOgN*.-s-' *, 170/

___ A "D1~411M'-_-Vw tr~- ' II..ooS41'*JY j,'4 ~ 12~oA'-f4B/- e~ -!Bý0 C.0*

41 QA 9.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 160 of 180 NONCONFORMANCEICORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM - SAMPLE NONCONFORMANCE I CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM HOLD TAGNO.: _ _NC I CA NO.: _ _

NONCONFORMANCE:

Enter NCR Number here Enter the nonconformance prefers referencing the quality program requirement that has bea and also into NCR Index Refer to Section 2.1of Procedure QA 9.. Log. The NCR Number is the Project Number, APPARENTCAUSEKNOWN: 01 Yes 0 NO, IF YES, DESCRIBE:

prefixed with-an "F" (e.g.

May require consultation with QA, QE and/or Eng paring. Refer to Section 2.2 of Procedure 9 FN123-001).

I RECOMENoEO CORRECWVE ACTION:

The Immediate corrective action that wilt be taken to correct e stated nonconformance. One of the following dispositions shall be noted for the deficiency as It applles:":Us s-ls', "Repair*, 'Rework', or . .'

Enter the Hold Tag No.. if Refer to Section 2.3 of Procedure

...........................- 9.0.

..... ............ ............... . ------------.................... ... .. ap applicable.le ,n t Ifits a tag r mwas.

v l ,

ANY NONCONFORMING ITEM TO BE REPAIRED SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED REPAIR PROCEDURE, applied, note it's removal

______________________________________________ in the Disposition CORRECTIVE ACTION TO PREVENT RECURRENCE: Completed. block.

The long range corrective action that may be useful Ineliminating the deficiency or reducing the frequency.

Refer to Section 2.4 of Procedure 9.0.

INITIATOR: __ DATE: A "Yes" only by or with

"__ _ _ _--__ an evaluation and SIGNIFICANTCONDITION:, 0 t"J y [I NO IFYEREFER TO CAM SECTION4CRIT consultation with QA, QE APPROVAL COMMENTS: and/or Engineering.

Enter any comments that might be pertinent to effecting the approval of the corrective action.

Refer to Section 25. of Procedure 9.0. .... 1 To be signed by Dept. ,

QC; indicated. May be Pa0 ~A CI~ ENGINEE

, signed by Initiator only if APPROVAL SIGN &DATE: the Dept. designee was OWNER I AGENT APPROVAL ENGINEER CA notified.

REQUIRED (I YES 0 NO ENGINEER DATE DATE COMMENTS: 1 This area to be input only by the Owner or his agent. Refer to Section 1.3.1.1 of Procedure 9.0.

E0 QAsECTION DISTRIBUTION EVvICE PRESIDENT A SE. DISPOSITION COMPLETEO DICE SECTION [J CONrR. MGMT.

[I ENGINEERING [] OWNER/AGENT TITLE:

7- - I ______________

- To be. signed by Initiator

- or designee based on completion of Corrective, Actions. EnsureNCR Index Log is updated to reflect closeout.

41 QA 9.0 TM.09 ISIAoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 161 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES NCICAR FORM July 31, 2009 Revision 0 Pag" Of NONCONFORMANCE /CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM HOLD TAG NO.: NC / CA NO.:

NONCONFORMANCE:

APPARENT CAUSE KNOWN: C] YES Fi NO IF YES, DESCRIBE:

RECOMMENDED 'CORRECTIVE ACTION:

'ANY NONCONFORMING ITEM TO BE REPAIRED SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED REPAIR PROCEDURE.

JRRECTIVE ACTION TO PREVENT RECURRENCE

INITIATOR: TITLE DATE:

SIGNIFICANT CONDITION: El YES Li NO IF YES, REFER TO QAM SECTION 4 CRITERIA XV.

APPROVAL COMMENTS:

PSC QC 1QA ENGINEERING APPROVAL SIGN & DATE:

EXELON APPROVAL REQUIRED El YES Li NO ENGINEER DATE QA DATE COMMENTS:

DISTRIBUTION DISPOSITION COMPLETED

[j QA SECTION Li VICE PRESIDENT [I VENDOR SIGNED:

r] QE SECTION Li CONTR. MGMT. Li TITLE:

ENGINEERING EL EXELON Li DATE:

41 QA 9.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 162 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES NONCONFORMANCE REPORT INDEX LOG July 31,2009 Revision 0 Page of Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 35 h Year NONCONFORMANCE REPORT INDEX LOG NCR# DESCRIPTION DATE [ DATE DATE DATE WRITTEN SUBMITTED APPROVED COMPLETE I

____________ I __ __ I __ I __ I F I -t t t 4- I +

_ _ I_

41 QA 9.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 163 of 180 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5 "hYear HOLD TAG INDEXLOG TAG# ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION OF CONDITION IREMOVED DATE Q SIGNOFF QC INF

+ I + +

4- 4 4 4 4 4 4 I I I I I 4 1 4 41 QA 9.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 164 of 180 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5 th Year REJECT TAG INDEX LOG TAG# ISSUED DESCRIPTION OF CONDITION REMOvED D QC SIGNOFF I~. 41 QA 9.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 165 of 180 PSO PROCEDURE QA 10.0 CALIBRATION July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 5

• Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation k-EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE CALIBRATION OF MEASURING AND TEST EQUIPMENT Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 e Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 AWp-pro-v`ea DT Title Date 42 QA 10.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 166 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.0 CALIBRATION July 31 ,.2009 Page 2 of 5 Revision 0

/

1.0 CALIBRATION REQUIREMENTS 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for calibration of the Quality Control Test and Measuring Equipment to be used for inspection, testing and evaluation, during In-Service Inspections (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons.

2.0 CONTROLS 2.1 All calibrated test and measuring equipment shall be controlled for issue by the PSC Quality Control or Quality Assurance Section. The area of issue shall be indicated on the calibration records. The calibration records shall be maintained by the PSC Quality Control or Quality Assurance Section.

2.2 PSC Quality Control personnel shall maintain a file or list of in-service devices requiring calibration, and periodically review those records to prevent any lapse in calibration.

2.3 The Quality Assurance Section shall review calibration records during audits of that Operation being audited.

2.4 All calibrated, equipment shall be documented and identified by a label, tag, or log sheet indicating the status of calibration. The control device shall identify the equipment, the date of calibration, date due for recalibration and the signature or initials of the person performing or verifying the calibration.

2.5 The identification control of the calibrated equipment shall be of such a nature so that the specific traceability of that device will not be lost; usually engraved or marked with a Quality Control code number.

2.6 Any calibrated device that has been damaged, adjusted or repaired before the recalibration due date, shall be recalibrated before initial use, to assure the prescribed accuracy.

2.7 There is no intent to apply calibration requirements on those devices such as rulers, tapelines, levels, etc. where normal commercial practices provide adequate accuracy, or where there is no need for accuracy.

2.8 Procedures shall be provided for the calibration of special testing, measuring, inspection devices or other equipment requiring calibration and shall be controlled by the Quality Assurance Section or included in the Quality Manual for the project.

2.9 The Rams which have been used for Monitoring Force, Detensioning or Retensioning operations for the In-Service Inspection of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons shall be verified for calibrated status after the completion of the work.

42 QA 10.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 167 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.0 CALIBRATION July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 5 Revision 0 2.10 The documents for the calibration of Rams prior to starting the work :and after completing the work shall be included with the Final Report for the In-Service Inspection.

3.0 OUT OF CALIBRATION 3.1 Devices out of calibration shall be processed as nonconformances. Devices out of calibration that are determined to have an adverse effect on quality shall have copies of that nonconformance report submitted to Executive Management for review, and comments where applicable.

3.1.1 Nonconformance Reports shall be drafted, submitted and distributed in accordance with the requirements of PSC Procedure QA 9.0.

3.2 Instruments that are found to be out of calibration shall be re-calibrated and a comparison made of the results of the new calibration and the out-of-calibration variance, if any. If no significant variation exists, the instrument shall be put back into service. In the event that a discrepancy exists, then the Engineering and/or Quality Assurance and Quality Control Sections shall make an evaluation of the discrepancy and the possible effect on the items processed with the out-of-calibration device, with regard to quality, accuracy or reliability. If it is determined that a serious problem exists, then the Quality Assurance Section shall determine what items checked with the out-of-calibration device shall be rechecked with an effective calibrated device.

3.3 Instruments that are found to be in excess of the required accuracy or tolerance band after being returned from Field Service, shall be controlled with Nonconformance Reports as required of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of this Procedure.

4.0 TOOL AND GAUGE CONTROL 4.1 The calibration standards used to calibrate measuring and test equipment shall be traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) formerly National Bureau of Standards (NBS) and shall be controlled to an accuracy not to exceed a limit of 0.25% of the tolerance of the equipment being calibrated or the smallest used division of that instrument's scale, unless otherwise limited by "State-of-the Art" conditions. Pressure .Gauges used for Post-Tensioning System operations shall be excluded from this requirement and shall be defined for accuracy in separate procedures.

4.1.1 For example, a micrometer that has a smallest scale reading of 0.001" shall be calibrated with a standard or device that has been calibrated to an accuracy or 0.00025" or less.

4.2 All measuring and test equipment used for Quality Control Inspections shall have subdivisions or increments for measurements that are equal to or smaller than the tolerance of the parameter being measured.

42 QA 10.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 168 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.0 CALIBRATION July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 5 Revision 0 4.2.1 For example, a part needs to be controlled to a dimension of 9.365" with a tolerance of plus or minus 0.001". It would therefore be acceptable to perform that measurement with a device that is capable of measuring to 0.001" or smaller.

4.3 Calibrated Devices may be extended for the stated period of frequency, where that device has been calibrated and placed into storage, rather than into service. The original frequency period stated in Section 5.2, Equipment List, shall always be observed.

5.0 EQUIPMENT 5.1 The Equipment List shown in Section 5.2 of this Procedure contains those devices that are required for the In-Service Inspection or are used to calibrate devices that will be used during the In-Service Inspection. The required accuracy and frequency of calibration are stated for each device. It should be noted that the accuracy requirement is meant to be the tolerance band to which the device is being calibrated and not the original accuracy or the accuracy between calibration frequencies.

5.1.1 The term "DISS" in the Accuracy Column is defined as "Division of that Instrument's Smallest Scale".

5.1.2 Where an asterisk "*"follows the accuracy dimension, this is meant to be that the dimension shown shall be verified with a Micrometer that reads to 0.0001".

5.1.3 The procedures that are used to calibrate the various types of equipment, gauges or instruments used during the In-Service Inspection, will accompany this procedure in the Surveillance Program Quality Control Manual. These procedures provide information relative to the calibration of each device and may be used for purposes of calibrating these devices in the field, should that become necessary.

42 QA 10.0 TM.09 iSI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 169 of 180 5.2 EQUIPMENT LIST DEVICE FREQUENCY ACCURACY Load Cell (3000 Kips) 5 Years +_.1% Entire System Load Cell (Approx 50 Kips) 8 Years + .1% Entire System Rams/Jacks Beginning & End Calculated to within (Stressing, Testing, etc. (B & E) of Project + 30 kips Dead Weight Tester 5 Years + 0.10%

Heise Digital Gauge 3 Years + 0.10t0%

Pressure Gauge-Master (1/4%) B & E of Project + 30 psi Pressure Gauge-Stressing (1/4%) B & E of Project + 30 psi of Heise Pressure Gauges (1/2%) 1 Year + 55 psi of Heise (Not used for Stressing)

Micrometer 6 months + 1 DISS Micrometer-Checking Bar Standard 1 Year + 0.0001" Thickness (Feeler) Gauqe Under 0.005" 6 months + 0.0005*

0.005" and Over 6 months +-0.0010"

(*Verified with a 0.0001" micrometer)

Steel Ruler 1 Year + 0.0100" Steel Tapeline 1 Year + 1/16"/100' of Igth.

Thermometer 1 Year + 1 DISS Optical Comparator 1 Year + 0.0010" Dial Indicator 1 Year + 1 DISS 6.0 DOCUMENTATION 6.1 The various types of documents generated for calibration and/or status of calibrations will be described in the General Procedures for Calibration or contained within that procedure for a particular device. Others may be added as the need arises. Quality Control personnel shall prepare or assist in the preparation of these records. A copy of the calibration record shall accompany the calibrated device to the field.

'I 42 QA 10.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 170 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 CALIBRATION VERIFICATION July 31, 2009 Page 1 of 5 Revision 0 Precision Surveillance Corporation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE VERIFICATION OF CALIBRATION STATUS OF HYDRAULIC PRESSURE GAUGES 4& ./Lx dwý Prepared by Q.A. MANAGER Title 07/31/09 Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 App ovedby- . Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09

-Appf~eve~-br---:-- Title Date 43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI~doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 171 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 CALIBRATION VERIFICATION July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 5 Revision 0 1.0 FIELD VERIFICATION OF PRESSURE GAUGES 1.1 The following procedure shall be used to verify the calibration of hydraulic pressure gauges during field operations. These gauges may be used in stressing operations with the rams or other devices that require a measure of accuracy to produce quality results. Frequency and Accuracy of Calibration shall be controlled as stated in Section 5.2 of Procedure QA 10.0 Equipment List. The Verification frequency shall be controlled as stated in Section 1.5 of this Procedure, while the Verification Accuracy shall be controlled as stated in Sections 2.6 or 2.7.

2.0 GENERAL 2.1 Prior to being used for any work, all gauges shall be calibrated with the use of a Dead Weight Tester or the Heise Digital electronic pressure indicator.

2.2 In addition to the pressure gauges used during the surveillance, one gauge, designated as the Master Gauge or a Heise Digital Gauge, shall be set aside for purposes of Calibration Verification during the process of the work. Prior to use the Master Gauge or Heise Digital Gauge used for Calibration Verification shall have been calibrated per PSC Procedure Q12.8.C-W with a dead weight tester traceable to the NBS.

2.3 PSC Quality Control personnel shall maintain the controls for distribution and recall of each Pressure Gauge being used on site.

2.4 A Pressure Gauge may be verified for calibration or accuracy at shorter frequencies than stated in Section 5.2 of Procedure QA 10.0. It is important that verification be performed any time that the gauge has been damaged, subjected to some physical abuse or there is some reason to suspect its accuracy.

2.5 Pressure Gauges used for Detensioning or Retensioning (Stressing) tendons of Post-Tensioning Tendon Systems during In-Service Inspections of Nuclear Power Plants, shall be Verified for Calibrated status at least once a day during the operational use of those gauges.

3.0 VERIFICATION OF CALIBRATION 3.1 Clean and remove any dirt, grease or residue that could affect the accuracy of the calibration or use of the pressure gauge.

3.2 At the option of the PSC Quality Control Section it shall be acceptable to use a Heise Digital Pressure Indicating Gauge for Calibration Verification of Pressure Gauges, rather than a Master Gauge.

3.3 Attach the Pressure Gauge to the Calibration Pump of the Heise Indicator or Master Gauge.

43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 172 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 L CALIBRATION VERIFICATION July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 5 Revision 0 I

3.4 Close the back pressure valves before pressurizing the system.

3.5 Increase the hydraulic pressure to the point of the desired reading on the Pressure Gauge, usually 1,000 psi plus or minus 100 psi increments. Take a reading of the Pressure Gauge and the Heise Indicator and document both on the Pressure Gauge Calibration Form.

3.6 MASTER GAUGE (1/4% Accuracy) 3.6.1 Where a Master gauge is used for verification of calibration, the master gauge and field gauge to be calibrated shall be connected to a common line (manifold) on a hydraulic pump. The pump shall be pressurized in no greater than 1,000 psi increments, plus or minus 100 psi, to the highest overstress pressure that shall be encountered during stressing activities; for example, 7,600 psi overstress will require. calibration on that gauge to at least 7,600 psi. It shall be acceptable to go to 8,000 psi.

3.6.2 The accuracy of a gauge verified in this manner shall be acceptable, if it reads to within 50 psi of any reading on the Master Gauge.

3.7 HEISE DIGITAL GAUGE 3.7.1 A Pressure Gauge may be verified for calibration by connecting that gauge and the Heise Digital Gauge to a common line, which is in turn connected to a hydraulic pump and pressurized to the same values noted in 2.6.1 above.

3.7.2 The verification accuracy of that Pressure Gauge shall be acceptable if it reads to within 30 psi of the Heise Digital Gauge reading for a 1/4 percent accuracy gauge or 55 psi for 1/2 percent accuracy gauge. As a 1/2 percent gauge cannot be accurately interpolated to increments of 5 psi it will be acceptable to take the reading to some point equal to or above 50 psi but not to exceed 60 psi.

3.7.3 Pressure Gauges with an accuracy of 1/2 percent or greater shall not be used for Monitoring Force, Detensioning or Retensioning operations of the Post-Tensioning Tendon System during In-Service Inspections.

3.8 With the Verification and Documentation of the Pressure Gauge being acceptable, the pump and gauge shall be depressurized and prepared for disassembly.

4.0 UNACCEPTABLE CONDITIONS 4.1 If a Pressure Gauge fails to meet the accuracy requirements of Section 2.6.2 or 2.7.2 after being used for Stressing or Detensioning operations, it shall be necessary to draft a Nonconformance Report in accordance with the requirements of Section 3 of Procedure QA 10.0, to control that Gauge and any Tendons worked with that Gauge.

43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 173 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 CALIBRATION VERIFICATION July 31, 2009 Page 4 of 5 Revision 0 4.2 Any Pressure Gauge not capable of meeting the stated accuracy requirements of Section 2.6.2 or 2.7.2 for the method of calibration being used, shall be returned to the PSC shop for adjustment or repair. Any repaired or adjusted Gauge shall be recalibrated before use.

4.3 ZERO ALIGNMENT (Zero Beating) 4.3.1 On occasion, the Pressure Gauge Indicating Needle may not be in precise alignment with the Zero mark on the Gauge Face, necessitating realignment.

Before calibration the needle is to be realigned to the zero mark, with the realignment completed the Verification shall be performed and documented.

5.0 ACCURACY VARIATIONS 5.1 Even though Pressure Gauges that have been calibrated or verified for calibration, variations in excess of the requirements of Sections 2.6.2 and 2.7.2 may be detected between calibrations or verifications. In an effort to explain and control this deficiency, this Section shall be reviewed before the Verification of any Pressure Gauges.

5.2 The accuracy of the calibration of Pressure Gauges or the verification of calibration is highly dependent on the accuracy of the reading of the location of the Pressure Indicating Needle on the Gauge Face. While there is an attempt to precisely align the needle with the Gauge Face Indicating Line, it is nearly impossible to maintain that control. In an effort to explain any variations that could be noted between calibrations or verifications, it is recommended that a notation be added to the Calibration Document to signify that the intended increment was not precisely obtained. At that increment it would be noted that the value actually achieved was plus or minus an extrapolated pressure noted during the calibration.

5.2.1 For example: If the target increment on the gauge Face was intended to be 2,000 psi and the Indicating Needle was somewhat over the 2,000 psi line, perhaps enough to interpret as 10 psi, the notation on the Calibration Record would read:

2,000 psi +10 5.2.2 The requirements for Stressing or Detensioning Tendons do not require the Pressure to be read any finer than 10 psi during the In-Service Inspections. The Hydraulic Ram Calibration Procedure takes the reading error into account for Stressing or Detensioning along with any other errors that may occur as a result of calibration or gauge reading, thereby maintaining the accuracy or integrity of the work being performed. It is therefore necessary to document any minor variations during calibration or verification activities, so as to maintain the integrity of the accuracy of the Pressure Gauges.

43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 174 of 180 6.0 DOCUMENTATION 6.1 A gauge Calibration Record form shall be prepared for each gauge being calibrated or verified. All pertinent information as required by the form shall be posted during calibration or verification.

6.2 Calibration or verification documents shall be retained in the appropriate jobsite Quality file.

7.0 Al "TACHMENTS 7.1 Gauge Calibration Record Form.

I 43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 175 of 180 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5th Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED. MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D.

MASTER GAUGE I.D.

REMARKS QC SIGN OFF Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 351h Year Job# N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D.

MASTER GAUGE I.D.

REMARKS QC SIGN OFF 43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 176 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 11.0 Q.C. INSPECTION July,31, 2009 PPage 1 of 3

• ,, s SRevision Precision Surveillance Corporation 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE

/

QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 I Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Appfoved by ~ Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 Approvedby---- Title Date ci 44 QA 11.0 TM.09 ISI~doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 177 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 11.0 Q.C. INSPECTION July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 3 Revision 0 1.0 QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTIONS 1.1 Where Precision Surveillance Corporation is not acting as the General Contractor for the Post-Tensioning operations, Quality Control Inspections shall be. performed by the organization responsible for the quality control function of that portion of the work they are performing, as stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0 of this manual, or as agreed to in the contract documents.

1.2 It is PSC's intent to provide the Quality Control activities for the Surveillance Inspection of the Post-Tensioning Tendon System as agreed to in the contract documents and as stated in the Surveillance Quality Control Manual.

1.3 Quality Control documents shall NOT BE SIGNED until all information for the inspections or tests for which that document is being generated have been entered onto that document.

1.3.1 Partially completed inspection or tests, those where the operation cannot be completed on the same day, shall be initialed and dated by the Inspector for those items that have been completed and require documentation.

1.3.2 Partially completed inspections or tests, those where the operation is interrupted by a temporary condition such as lunch or a break and where the operation shall be completed the same day, may be initialed completed by the Inspector to that point, for those items that have been completed and require documentation.

1.4 Quality Control documents that are being reviewed for completeness but were not witnessed by the reviewer shall be signed for that review ONLY AFTER completion of the review and NOT BEFORE.

1.5 A Quality Control document is defined as any document or record that contains a Quality Control Inspector signature requirement.

1.6 All inspections shall be documented on the appropriate inspection form for those operations witnessed on that day. All inspection documents shall be signed or initialed, dated and retained in the appropriate Quality file at the jobsite.

1.7 Quality Control Documentation shall be completed and turned in for review as soon as possible after completion of that Inspection Test or Evaluation.

1.8 Reviews of Quality Control Documentation should be completed within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of receipt or sooner to verify that the information is accurate and complete. Errors or deficiencies shall be resolved without delay.

44 QA 11.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 178 of 180 PSO PROCEDURE QA 11.0 Q.C. INSPECTION July 31, 2009 Page 3 of 3 Revision 0 1.9 There are a number of Quality Control Documents that may not be completed in one day or require posting to another document. It is advisable to make reproductions of these documents and use these to complete whatever actions are necessary, while retaining the original document, even though incomplete, in a Quality Control file. The additional information can be entered onto the original document until completed.

Leave the reproduced copies attached to the back of that document until the review is completed, at which time the reproductions may be disposed of.

1.10 It may be necessary to generate more than one original copy of a Quality Control Document for an Inspection or Test on a tendon. This shall be acceptable just so the total quantity of pages and the page number appear on each document.

2.0 INSPECTION 2.1 The term Inspection is meant to include:

2.2 The witnessing of an operation that generates Quality Control Data which is documented by the Inspector.

2.3 The performance of some operation by the Inspector, such as measuring or other Quality Control Data, which is documented by the Inspector.

44 QA 11.0 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 179 of 180 PSC PROCEDURE QA 12.0 AUDITS July 31, 2009 Page. 1 of 2 Revision 0 PrEcision Surveillance Coppopation EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (3 5 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE I*

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE

(

AUDITS Q.A. MANAGER 07/31/09 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 07/31/09 Ap rovedl by Title Date PRESIDENT 07/31/09 vApoed-by-- Title Date 45 QA 12.0 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix D Revision 0, Page 180 of 180

__ M PSO PROCEDURE QA 12.0 AUDITS July 31, 2009 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1.0 AUDITS 1.1 Surveillance operations shall be audited as required by the project specifications or as agreed to in the contract documents, to verify conformance with the approved job related manuals and procedures.

1.2 Audits shall be performed by qualified personnel of the Precision Surveillance Corporation Quality Assurance Section and who shall be independent of the area being audited.

1.3 Audits shall be performed using a checklist prepared prior to the audit, with the results documented on a Jobsite Audit Summary Sheet and a commentary noted on an Audit Finding Report form or similar type documents.

1.4 Audits shall be performed on a random basis and shall be scheduled when a variety of operations are being performed or as a specific activity occurs.

1.5 Subsequent audits shall provide a review of previously noted deficiencies or program non-compliance to ensure appropriate action has been taken to resolve those areas of concern.

1.6 Copies of the audit report shall be maintained in the appropriate jobsite quality files and distributed in accordance with the project specifications or distribution list on the audit checklist.

1.7 The audits shall be performed as early in the life of the In-Service Inspection, as is practical, and must consider the limitations of the scaffolding or platforms.

1.8 The elements to be audited shall be commensurate with the status and importance associated with the In-Service Inspection activities.

1.9 Exelon has the right of access for the performance of quality audit.

1.9.1 Any findings noted as a result of a Exelon audit shall be addressed by Precision Surveillance Corporation on a timely basis with corrective action as approved by Exelon.

45 QA 12.0 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 1 of 124 Number 7

AmerGen TMI -. Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision NO.

RR Qfr~ie-#nr.-4 Into rivih T*oneinn Am~ruaigiIInnr in Applicability/Scope USAGE LEVEL Effective Date TMI Division. 07123109 This document is within QA plan scope I XXI Yes .. No 50.59 Applicable L-J Yes No List of Effective Pages Page Revision Page Revision Page Revision Paae Revision 1 20 41 20 81 20 2 20 42 20 3 20 43 20 4, 20 44 20 5 2o 45 2O 6 20 46 20 7 20 47 20 8 20 48 20 9 20 49 20 10 20 50 20 11 20 51 20 12 20 62 20 13 20 53 20 14 20 54 20 15 20 55 20 16 20 56 20 17 20 57 20 18 20 58 20 19 20 59 20 20 20 60 20 21 20 61 20 22 20 62 20 23 20 63 20 24 20 64 20 25 20 65 20 26 20 66 20 27 20 67 20 28 20 68 20 29 20 69 20 30 20 70 20 31 20 71 20 32 20 72 20 33 20 73 20 34 20 74 20 35 20 75 20 36 20 76 20 37 20 77 20 38 20 78 20 39 20 79 20 40 20 80 20 1

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 2 of 124 Number TMI - Unit I Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Paae 1.0 PURPOSE 4

2.0 REFERENCES

4 3.0 PLANT STATUS 6 4.0 PREREQUISITES 7

.5,0 LIMITS AND PRECAUTIONS 9

6.0 DESCRIPTION

AND LOCATION OF SYS iTEM/ASSEMBLY 9 7.0 SPECIAL TOOLS, MATERIALS AND PE RSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS 10, 8.0 PROCEDURE 13 9.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 23 10.0 REPORTS 25 FIGURES

1. Tendon Detail - Typical Hoop/Dome 27 DATA SHEETS

1. Lift Off Force Measurement 28

2. As Found Lift Off Force Summary Results 29

3. Deleted 30 4, Elongation/Tendon Force Record 31

5. Average of the Normalized Lift-off Force, 35

6. Retensioning Criteria Confirmation 36

7. Deleted 37

8. Diameter Check on Anchorage and Ram Adaptor (Optional) 38

9. Tendon Anchorage Area Moisture/Free W.,iter Inspection 39 2

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 3 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)

Section Pao DATA SHEETS (Cont'd)

10. Deleted 40

11. Tendon Surveillance Program 41

12. VT-1C / VT-3C Examiner Qualification 42

13. Review/Acceptance of Contractor Procedures 43 ENCLOSURES

1. Stressing Ram Calibration 44

2. Scope of Each Scheduled Surveillance 46

3. Collection/Lab Analysis of Filler Grease 51

4. Tendon Wire Removal/Physical Testing 57

5. (Deleted) 62

6. Anchorage Inspections 63

7. Additional Inspection Commitments Due to Previous Abnormalities 79

8. Safe Access Guidelines for Tendon Work During Power Operation 81 3

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 4 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1

.Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revisio0n No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To provide instructions and acceptance criteria for RB tendon inspections as required by TMI-1 Technical Specification, Section 4.4.2. (CM-1, CM-2) 1.2 Tendon surveillance is performed at intervals after initial containment Structural Integrity Test (SIT),

as follows:

a. One (1) year after SIT. Completed 1975.

b. Three (3) years after SIT. Completed 1977.

c; Five (5) years after SIT. Completed 1980.

d. At successive 5-year intervals for remaining station life.

NOTE 21 tendons were inspected at each of first three surveillance periods;.

see Table 1 of Enclosure 2. Unless surveillance results indicate abnormal degradation of the prestressing system, 11 tendons shall be inspected for each subsequent surveillance period. Prior to Cycle 7, and for subsequent periods, an additional vertical tendon was selected in order to comply with Table IWL-2521-1. Total is twelve (12).

Enclosure 2, Tables I and 2, provides identification of tendons for each inspection period per GAI DC-5930-225.02-SE. Tendon selection is random and meet the requirement of NRC R.G. 1.35 Rev. 3 and IWL 2520. In the event that a randomly selected tendon becomes inaccessible, it shall become exempt. Exempt tendons shall be inspected per IWL 2524 and 2525. Substitute tendons shall be selected per IWL-2521.1 (b).

1.3 A special one-time event-related tendon surveillance is performed within one year (plus/minus 3 months per ASME Code Section XI, 2001 Edition through 2003 Addenda Table IWL-2521-2 requirements) following the completion of the Reactor Building Containment Opening post-tensioning tendon system repair/replacement activities of ECR 06-00816 in support of the steam generator replacements scheduled in T1 R1 8 2009 refueling outage. This special surveillance satisfies an NRC recommendation from the NRC SER of Tech, Spec. Amendment #259 approving deferral of the ILRT Performance until 2009.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 TMI Unit I Technical Specifications Section 4.4.2, "Structural Integrity" 2.2 TMI Industrial Safety and Health Manual 2.3 NO-AA-10, Quality Assurance Topical Report 2.4 RP-AA-403, Administration of the Radiation Work Permit Program 2.5 1001J.1, Surveillance Testing Program 4

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 5 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 2.6 OP-AA-201-009, Control of Transient Combustible Material 2.7 MA-AA-716-1 00, Maintenance Alterations Process 2.8 MA-AA-716-025, Scaffold Installation Modification and Removal Request Process 2.9 Inryco, Reactor Building Tendons, VM-TM-2485 2.10 IEN 85-10 and Supplement 1 to same, entitled Post Tensioned Containment Tendon Anchorhead Failure; date February 6, 1985 2.11 SP-1 101-23-007, Latest Revision, RB Tendon Surveillance Specification 2.12 TMI-1 Operating manuals and calibration charts for hydraulic stressing jack, pumps, and controls (supplied by vendor).

2,13 Building Pre-Stressing System Tendon History, including Tendon Pulling, Buttonheading, and Stressing Records (cards).

2.14 Reports from previous surveillance o 1974 Structural Integrity Test - GAI Report 1838

( 0 1975 Tendon Surveillance - 1301-9.1 - GAI Report 1880 o 1977 Tendon Surveillance - 1301-9.1 - Report GQL 0204 O 1980 Tendon Surveillance - 1301-9.1 - TDR 229

• 1985 Tendon Surveillance - 1301-9.1 - Topical Report 025 0 1990 Tendon Surveillance - 1301-9.1 - Topical Report 069 0 1995 Tendon Surveillance - 1301-9.1 & Topical Report 093 a 1999 Tendon Surveillance - 1301-9.1 and Topical Report 136 0 2004 Tendon Surveillance- 1301-9.1 and Topical Report 183 a 1977 RB Ring Girder Surveillance Three Years After S.I.T. - 1303-8.2 2.15 1410-Y-83, RB Tendon End Cap Installation 2.16 1440-Y-23, RB Concrete Surface Crack Repairs 2.17 GAI DC-5390-225.01-SE and GAI DC-5390-225.02-SE, TMI-1 Reactor Building Post-Tensioning System Tendon Selection and Force vs. Time Curves Surveillances 6 through 10.

2.18 Regulatory Guide 1.35, Rev. 3, Inservice Inspection of Ungrouted Tendons in Prestressed Concrete Containments.

5

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 6 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 2.19 G/C Calculation 1:01:01.01, "Structural Design Review Book 1" (Source Document) 2.20 MA-AA-716-021, Rigging and Lifting Program 2.21 AD-AA-2001, Management and Oversight of Supplemental Workforce 2.22 10CFR 50.55a, Codes and Standards 2.23 EN-MA-501, Controlled Materials and Hazard Communication Program 2.24 ASME XI 1992 Edition through 1992 Addenda, Subsection IWL 2.25 ACI 201.1 R-92, "Guide for Making a Condition Survey of Concrete In Service" 2.26 ACI 349.3R-96, "Evaluation of Existing Nuclear Safety Related Concrete Structures" 2.27 TMI-1 C- 101-153-E410-031, 032, and 033, Tendon Grease Void Calculations for Vertical, Horizontal, and Dome Tendons; respectively 2.28 TMIA1 Relief request Nos. RR-1 thru RR-7, Implementation of Subsections IWE and IWL, Letter No.

5928-00-30179, Dated 4/27/00 2.29 Reactor Building Drawings TMI 1-0014/0015/0016, IWE Component Rollout-Outside Containment Concrete 2.30 ER-AA-330-006, Inservice Inspection and Testing of the Pre-stressed Concrete Containment Post Tensioning System 2.31 Commitments CM-I Action Tracking Item AR 603573.25.06, License Renewal Aging Management ASME Section Xl, Subsection IWL. (Step 1.1)

CM-2 Action Tracking Item AR 603573.38.04, License Renewal Aging Management Concrete Containment Tendon Prestress. (Step 1.1) 3.0 PLANT STATUS 3.1 Operating or Shutdown.

NOTE RB entry not necessary for tendon inspection.

3.2 For safety reasons, during plant operation no tendons with end caps located above steam safety valves are to be scheduled for surveillance.

6

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 7 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 4**n4 Q 4

"!Title Revision No.

TRB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 4.0 PREREQUISITES 4.1 TENDON SURVEILLANCE CONTRACTOR (CONTRACTOR) shall perform tendon surveillance in accordance with this procedure, per Reference 2.3 and 2.11.

4.1.1 CONTRACTOR shall have a quality assurance program in place which meets requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix B. This program and associated QA/ISI procedures shall have been submitted to TMI for review/approval prior to commencement of work.

4.1.2 CONTRACTOR shall be on TMI Evaluated Vendors List (EVL).

4.2 CONTRACTOR shall ensureTESTING LABORATORY equipped to perform following services shall be available for this surveillance:

o Inspection of removed wires for corrosion and other defects, and to perform required tensile tests. (See Enclosure 4.)

a Inspection of bulk filler grease samples and test for chlorides, sulfides, nitrates, base number and moisture content. (See Enclosure 3.)

• Calibration (traceable to NIST) of all hydraulic rams and gauges to be used.

NOTE

1. Stressing ram shall be calibrated per Enclosure 1 or CONTRACTOR may propose an alternative method. IF alternative used, CONTRACTOR should submit method for TMI-1 approval at least 30 days prior to start of tendon surveillance and procedure must then be included in CONTRACTOR report.

2. Calibrate equipment used to measure tendon force within 3 months prior to the first tendon force measurement and within 3 months following the final tendon force measurement of the inspection period (IWL-2522(b)).

3. CONTRACTOR's QA program shall be imposed on Testing Laboratory.

4.3 CONTRACTOR shall ensure all necessary inspection, detensioning/retensioning/greasing equipment is obtained and calibrated as specified herein.

4.3.1 CONTRACTOR shall ensure detailed operating instructions and calibration documentation are supplied with rams.

4.3.2 CONTRACTOR should submit calibration records to OWNER at least 15 days prior to start of tendon surveillance work and again within 15 days after demobilization from TMI-1. In no case shall work be allowed to start without TMI approval of calibration records, 7

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 8 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 4.4 CONTRACTOR shall field verify proposed stressing rams are of proper configuration for TMI-1 dome tendons.

4.5 CONTRACTOR must perform and document training of.supervisory personnel with respect to this procedure prior to starting work.

4.6 CONTRACTOR shall verify communication equipment (i.e., headsets, walkie talkies) for use in communication between Work crews is operable.

4.7 CONTRACTOR QC/QV personnel should report to Site Nuclear Oversight and to NDE Manager.

4:8 IF lifting and handling equipment is to be used, CONTRACTOR shall ensure rigging and lifting devices have been inspected/approved for use per Reference 2.20.

4.9 OWNER shall verify calibration documentation is acceptable for calibrated inspection and stressing equipment.

4.10 COGNIZANT WORK COORDINATOR (per Reference 2.21) or designated alternate shall notify on-shift TMI-1 Shift Management of work scope to be performed by CONTRACTOR at beginning of each work day of Tendon Surveillance or related activities.

4.11 IF working on or in radiologically controlled area, initiate RWP, per Reference 2.4.

4.12 Install required scaffolding per Reference 2.8.

4.13 Work Coordinator shall ensure ANII is notified prior to start of work.

4.14 Work Coordinator shall ensure required indoctrination and training of CONTRACTOR per Reference 2.21 is conducted prior to start of work.

4.15 CONTRACTOR Examiner shall use a visual VT-1NT-3NVT-lCNVT-3C examination procedure(s) qualified to meet the distance and illumination requirements contained in the Code (Ref. 2.24), or in any TMI relief requests from the Code requirements. TMI and the ANII shall approve the qualification of the procedure.

4.16 COGNIZANT WORK COORDINATOR verify that Exelon has assigned a Responsible Engineer who meets the requirements identified in the 1992 Edition (with 1992 Addenda) of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Par. IWL-2320.

4.17 COGNIZANT WORK COORDINATOR verify that the experience and training of Contractor personnel performing VT-I-C / VT-3C examinations satisfy the requirements established by the Responsible Engineer. Verify that these individuals are identified on Data Sheet 12 and that the Responsible Engineer has signed that data sheet to attest acceptance of these individuals as VT-IC VT-3C examiners.

4.18 Document review and acceptance of applicable contractor procedures on Data Sheet 13.

8

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 9 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1

(

Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 5.0 LIMITS AND PRECAUTIONS 5.1 Conduct this procedure in accordance with Reference 2.5 and 2.7.

5.1.1 IF AS FOUND conditions do not meet acceptance criteria, notify COGNIZANT MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER as soon as practical and initiate Surveillance Deficiency Report (SDR) per Reference 2.5.

5.2 Ensure all work is done in accordance with TMI-1 Safety and Health Manual.

5.2.1 CONTRACTOR shall report IMMEDIATELY to COGNIZANT WORK COORDINATOR, any working condition which appears to be unsafe.

5.3 Some work may be near plant equipment required for safe shutdown or which may CAUSE shutdown if damaged. Use special care when suspending or moving stressing rams (jacks) or other heavy surveillance equipment.

5.3.1 TMI WORK COORDINATOR should work with CONTRACTOR FOREMAN to predict such hazards, and shall keep Operations Shift Management informed when working in such vital areas.

5.3.2 Discuss all lifting arrangements inside plant buildings with COGNIZANT MECHANICAUSTRUCTURAL ENGINEER and obtain verbal approval to ensure no

/

damage to plant equipment.

5.3.3 Discuss routes for transporting heavy equipment through plant buildings with COGNIZANT MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER and obtain verbal approval.

5.4 Protect all roof surfaces from grease, oil, and debris, as spillage will result in roof degradation. Use drop cloths or similar covering to prevent roof damage.

5.5 Protect all built-up roof surfaces when erecting scaffolding, moving or storing heavy equipment, tool boxes, etc., by installing planking on roof surface.

5.6 Minimize transient combustibles per Reference 2.6. Clearly label all receptacles containing combustibles such as grease, solvent, used rags, etc.

5.7 All chemicals utilized shall be controlled and evaluated per Reference 2.23.

6.0 DESCRIPTION

AND LOCATION OF SYSTEM/ASSEMBLY 6.1 RB tendons located within concrete shell of Reactor Building. Access to tendons is from outside of RB.

6.2 Layout of tendon system, location and identification can be found in VM-TM-2485. (Ref. 2.9)

NOTE Testing of tendons around Main Steam Safety Valve exhaust area shall not be scheduled during plant operation due to personnel safety I concerns. (Refer to Enclosure 8 Guidelines.)

V )

9

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 10 of 124 Number TMI - Unit I Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 7.0 SPECIAL TOOLS, MATERIALS AND PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS 7.1 General NOTE CONTRACTOR must document any substitution of materials along with TMI-1 COGNIZANT MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER approval.

7.1.1 (2) - powered staging platforms consisting of roof trolley and working platform with hoisting equipment for jack handling. Platforms will provide access to tendon ends being inspected and will support jacks during lift off measurement at each end.

7.1.2 Permanent 460 volt electrical outlets on top surface of ring girder for miscellaneous uses.

7.1.3 115 volt outlets on working platform to power hydraulic stressing jack, pumps, and other electrically-powered equipment.

7.1.4 Electrical cables or heavy duty extension cords as necessary for lights, hydraulic stressing jack pumps, and other miscellaneous power tools.

7.1.5 Lift for two (2) men and hand tools.

7.1.6 Portable work platforms for use inside buildings.

7.1.7 Communications equipment for work crew communications.

7.1.8 Miscellaneous hand tools.

7.1.9 Solvent - for removing grease from around tendon anchorage and cleaning any stained concrete (CRC Natural Degreaser Aerosol or EPA 2000). Viscosity/Oil Industrial Solvent

1. 16 may only be used if MSDS has been specifically approved for TMI use.

7.1.10 Cleaning rags - approximately 3 bales.

7.1.11 Ambient temperature monitoring equipment.

7.2 DetensioninglRetensIonIng Equipment 7.2.1 (2) - tendon stressing rams (jacks) with 1600 KIPS or greater capacity.

0 Rams body configuration must not conflict with ring girder cut-outs and must have a stroke, of at least 6 inches unless clearance and/or weight restrictions require the use of a ram with a shorter stroke.

0 Ram heads (stressing ram adapters) must mate with Inland Ryerson 170 wire threaded anchor head.

0 Ram must have a longer than standard chair piece to fit TMI dome tendons.

10

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 11 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 0 Ram chair shall have access openings at 1800 to permit installation and removal of feeler gauges at. about 1800 apart under the stressing washer to obtain, lift-off readings.

NOTE Considerable critical path time was spent by CONTRACTOR during inspection number 2 and 3 to modify Ft. St. Vrain rams.

To avoid personnel or equipment hazards, all equipment provided must be in good condition and designed as suitable for the purpose.

7.2.2 Pumps, hoses, pressure gauges, controls, hydraulic fluid, etc. as required for use of stressing ram.

7.2.3 Files for dressing threads on damaged anchorage heads; 7.2.4 Shims - 170 wire split type of various thicknesses, such as 1/8", 1/4", 1/2", 3/4", and 1V, (5) sets or more of each thickness, as required (inland-Ryerson part No. 101006-8, 101006-5, 6, 7, and 1 respectively).

o Specifications for replacement shims shall require certificate ofcompliance to ASTM A36 with S2 requirements (material to be silicon-killed fine grain practice) and certified mill test reports showing chemical and physical test results.

7.2.5 Wooden or plastic paddles or spatulas to scoop out bulk filler grease from around anchorage assembly.

7.3 Inspection Equipment NOTE Calibration Documentation required for all measuring equipment in this section.

7.3.1 Feeler gages for crack measurements. Required range of blade sizes is 0.005" to 0.010" by 0.001" increments.

7.3.2 Feeler gages for lift-off tests. Gage thickness is 0.030" and width 1/2",

7.3.3 Optical comparators with 0.001" accuracy for measuring crack widths in concrete or buttonheads.

7.3.4 Grid paper for showing concrete crack patterns at vertical and hoop tendons.

7.3.5 Magnifying glass, 5x (minimum) 7.3.6 Wire cutters to cut 1/4 inch diameter, high strength (240,000 PSI) tendon wires.

7.3.7 Extraction tool suitable for removing wires subject to tensile tests.

11

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 12 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 7.3.8 Come-along hoist, or similar device, for extracting test wires.

7.3.9 Six-foot diameter wire coiler to coil removed wire.

7.3.10 GO/NO-GO thread plug gages for anchorage thread measurement.

7.3.11 Inside and outside micrometers for anchorage thread measurements.

7.3.12 Visual inspection equipment to perform VT-3C and VT-1C exams.

7.4 Equipment for Greasing and End Cap Replacement 7.4.1 Grease pump, transmission lines, various fittings mounted on storage tank equipped with heating system to heat grease to between 140OF and 2000 F.

a Grease pump must be fitted with discharge relief valve set for maximum of 300 PSIG.

7.4.2 (5)- 55-gallon drums of bulk filler grease, Visconorust 2090P4, by Viscosity Oil Co., or EQUAL as approved by the COGNIZANT MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.

NOTE x Grease quantity is estimate only. More or less may be required.

o Certified test report for grease is required indicating water soluble chloride, sulfide, nitrate, reserve alkalinity and moisture content.

a Tests and acceptance limits shall be per Enclosure 3.

7.4.3 (Approx. 6) gallon capacity drums for holding waste grease. Should be steam cleaned and air dried until no moisture or dirt is observed.

0 To be clearly labeled on top and side: "WASTE TENDON GREASE ONLY".

7.4.4 (Approximately 10) gallon capacity cans with bails.

7.4.5 End Cap Consumables and Hardware per 1410-Y-83.

12

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 13 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 8.0 PROCEDURE NOTE The CONTRACTOR may use its own procedures to perform any or all steps of this surveillance. The CONTRACTOR's procedures shall be reviewed and approved by the TMI COGNIZANT MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. Data Sheet 13 shall document the review and acceptance of CONTRACTOR's procedures.

8.1 Equipment Setup 8.1.1 Verify all applicable equipment listed in Section 7.0 available.

8.1.2 Verify Operating manuals and calibration charts for hydraulic stressing jack, pumps, and controls available for use.

0 Verify all personnel familiar with operating manuals of equipment to be used during inspection.

8.1.3 Verify stressing jacks, pressure gages, optical comparators, and all other measuring devices have been calibrated and are in good working condition.

0 Ensure calibration documentation signed, dated, and traceable to NIST.

Verify stressing jack-pressure gauge system is capable of measuring tendon force within an accuracy of +/- 1.5% of the specified minimum ultimate strength of the tendon (+/- 30 kips or better). Refer to Enclosure 1 for additional calibration details.

0 During inspection, check pressure gauge calibration daily against a master pressure gauge used only for this purpose. CONTRACTOR shall document this check.

8.1.4 Verify TESTING LABORATORY prepared to receive wire and grease samples.

8.1.5 Complete Data Sheets 1 and 2 with:

0 tendon number, 0 tendon end (shop/field),

0 expected lift-off (predicted) force, and 0 previous shim thickness.

NOTE Value for Predicted/Expected Lift-Off force is Base Value force obtained from applicable Force versus Time curve contained in DC-5390-225.01 -SE.

8.1.6 Complete Rows 1 through 6, 8, 9, 10 and 12 of Data Sheet 4 for tendons to be detensioned.

13

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 14 of 124 Number TMI - Unit I Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 NOTE Values to be entered in Rows 1 through 4 of Data Sheet 4 are-given in Table 7 of VM-TM-2485.

8.1.7 Enter Normalization Factor (NF) obtained from applicable force versus time curve contained in DC-5390-225.01 -SE, on Data Sheet 5 for selected tendons.

8.1.8 Enter predicted force, 0.95 predicted force, and 0.90 predicted force (as documented in 0C-5390-225.01-SE or supplementary calculation) for all sample tendons on Data Sheet.2.

8.1.9 IF working in areas exposed to steam vents, verify plant is shut down. (Refer to Enclosure 8 area guidelines).

8.2 Hoop and Dome Tendon Inspection NOTE Once inspection of a given tendon has started, it should be completed as soon as possible to avoid unnecessary exposure of anchorage head.

8.2.1 Protect roof surface as required prior to starting inspection.

8.2.2 Place platforms in position at ends of tendon to be inspected.

8.2.3 IF tendon inspection is not completed during a work shift, protect anchorage area and grease cans from exposure to moisture, dirt and any other potentially damaging materials.

8.2.4 Tendons shall be regreased (filled) within 30 days maximum after removal of an end cap.

During the 2009 surveillance, extension of the 30 day maximum may be granted by the Responsible Engineer, as documented in this surveillance package.

8.2.5 Corrosion Protection System

a. Depressurize and remove end caps per 1410-Y-83 and PSC ISI Manual Procedure SQ6.1.

b. Inspect for presence of free water in end cap and at anchorage area per this procedure and PSC ISI Manual Procedure SQ6.1.

c. Enter inspection results on Data Sheet 9.

14

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 15 of 124 Number TMI - Unit I K Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 CAUTION When removing grease to make visual inspection, use plastic or wood scrapers to avoid scratching/damage to end anchorage components and resultant corrosion.

NOTE Free water shall not be included in the grease sample (IWL-2525. 1[a]).

d. Take a representative one liter grease sample from each end anchorage of selected tendons.

e. When present, free water sample shall be taken where water is present in quantitiessufficient for lab analysis. Record quantity of free water and request lab analysis for PH (IWL-2525.2[b]),

f. Have grease sample tested per Enclosure 3.

g. Verify sample meets acceptance criteria specified in Enclosure .3.

h. Remove and collect remaining bulk filler from tendon anchorage area using wooden or plastic scoops and cleanup using solvent and rags. Collect in clean drums or other containers.

Record the total amount of bulk filler grease removed up until reinstallation of the end cap per the guidelines of 141 0-Y-83. Document on Data Sheet 11.

8.2.6 Inspect Anchorage prior to Lift-Off test.

a. Perform VT-1 inspection of tendon anchorage assemblies and associated hardware (bearing plates, stressing washers, stressing shims, buttonheads, and exposed wires) for signs of corrosion, cracks, missing wires, and broken wires. If broken or damaged wires are detected, the tendon shall be detensioned and the wire removed for testing as specified in Section 8.2.9.

e

b. Perform VT-1 C inspection of the concrete around tendon anchorage area, and for a distance of 2 feet extending outward from the bearing plate for crack width and general cracking pattern and for indications of abnormal material behavior.

c. Complete data sheets in Enclosure 6.

d. IF crack widths in concrete > 0.010" are identified, record and report immediately to COGNIZANT MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER for evaluation and resolution.

15

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 16 of 124 Number TMI - Unit I I Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20

e. IF crack widths > 0.05" are identified, record and report immediately to COGNIZANT MECHANICAUSTRUCTURAL ENGINEER for IMMEDIATE evaluation and investigation to determine amount of structural impairment upon containment structure and its continued integrity.

f. IF any condition not meeting acceptance criteria in Enclosure 6 is noted, document using sketches, photographs, etc. as applicable and report immediately to Cognizant Mechanical/Structural Engineer.

g. CONTRACTOR shall ensure TMI-1 has evaluated any put-of-specification condition prior to making condition inaccessible. A written evaluation will be provided to CONTRACTOR for his report.

h. Cracks 2!0.050" must be repaired after TMI-1 Engineering does an evaluation. Repair will be per 1440-Y-23, "RB Concrete Surface Crack Repairs".

8.2.7 Lift-Off Test

a. Verify that anchor head treads are acceptable per TMI approved vendor procedure. 'Completion of Data Sheet 8 is at the option of the Responsible Engineer.

b. IF NOT ACCEPTABLE anchor head thread condition exists, immediately notify COGNIZANT MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.

c. Record calibration constants, ram area, ram identification number (I.D.) on Data Sheet 1.

d. Measure and record thickness of shim stack on Data Sheet 1.

e. Lubricate anchorage washer threads with a small amount of bulk filler grease as required.

f. Thread ram onto anchorage stressing washer and bearing plate per ram operating instructions.

g. Ensure full thread engagement of the coupler to the stressing washer.

h. Visually examine jack prior to each use for damage or deformation.

16

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 17 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 WARNING Jack is being operated up to 1,600 KIPS of force. Exercise extreme caution and strict adherence to all safety regulations as contained in operating manual. DO NOT stand behind hydraulic Jack while stressing a tendon. Exercise extreme caution If fingers or hands are required near tendon anchorage head during testing.

CAUTION DO NOT exceed 80% of ultimate tensile stress (equivalent to a jack force of 1592 KIPS (for a tendon with 169 effective wires) when performing lift-off test (IWL-2523.3).

IF lift-off is not achieved at jack force of 1592 KIPS, STOP, unload jack and immediately notify COGNIZANT MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.

Observe the position of the anchorhead prior to applying pressure. Count the anchorhead revolutions about the tendon axis, if any, during lift-off. Record the number of revolutions on Data Sheet 1.

k. Begin applying pressure to jack, and continue applying pressure until stressing washer (anchorhead) lifts off shim pack just enough to insert (2) -

0.030" thick feeler gages, located approximately 180 degrees apart, between anchor head and shim pack or shim pack and bearing plate.

Reduce jack pressure to achieve corresponding force reduction of approximately 100 KIPS. Obtain relationship between jack pressure and force from Calibration Equation recorded on Data Sheet 1.

m. Slowly increase jack pressure until both feeler gages becomes loose enough to move. When this occurs, STOP increasing jack pressure and record jack pressure reading and corresponding force on Data Sheet 1.

n. Complete Consecutive Three Trial Pressure Spread and Average on Data Sheet 1.

o. Repeat lift-off measurement tests until 3 consecutive force measurements are all within 25 KIPS as recorded on Data Sheet 1.

NOTE When tests are all within 25 KIPS of each other, official lift-off force for tendon end is the mean of the 3 consecutive force measurements, which is obtained from Data Sheet 1.

p. CONTRACTOR shall record information on Data Sheet 1.

q. Record gage pressure corresponding to official lift-off force on Data Sheet 1.

r. Record official lift-off force on Data Sheet 1.

17

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 18 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20

s. Remove feeler gages and slowly decrease pressure on jack to allow stressing washer to reseat onto shims. No additional shims are to be added at this time.

NOTE DO NOT detension either end until lift-off has been recorded for both ends.

t. Repeat lift-off test at other end of tendon.

u. Calculate average value of forces required to achieve lift-off of tendon, and enter on Data Sheet 2.

v. Verify force meets Acceptance Criteria specified in Step 9.3.

w. During lift-off testing, record reactor building internal temperature and the temperature of the concrete adjacent to the tendon anchorage on Data Sheet 1.

NOTE Use value recorded from RTD TE 6551, TE 655U or TE 655P in Control Room for RB internal temperature.

x. Enter As-Found average lift-off force from Data Sheet 2 in Column (1) of Data Sheet 5.

y. After lift-off tests are completed for all selected tendons in a group, e.g., all dome tendons, complete Data Sheet 5. Fill out Data Sheet 6 after all re-tensioned tendon lift-off tests are complete.

z. Verify average of all normalized lift-off forces in a group meets Acceptance Criteria of Step 9.3.

aa. The COGNIZANT MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER shall review the results and trends of the measured prestress forces from consecutive surveillances for the control tendons and tendons as a group. Perform a statistical analysis of time dependent lift-off force trends and verify that the criteria of Step 9.3 are satisfied. Plot lift-off for control tendons on force vs.

time curves.

18

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 19 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 8.2.8 Detension Tendon CAUTION

1. DO NOT exceed 70% of ultimate tensile stress (equivalent to a jack force of 1393 KIPS (for a tendon with 169 effective wires)

(IWL-2523.3).

2. During plant operation, detension ONLY ONE tendon at a time.

During the T1R18 steam generator replacement in 2009, special limits on the number of tendons detensioned during power operation maybe applied, consistent with the 50.59 evaluation limitations of SE-0001 53-021.

NOTE

1. To prevent holding jacks under pressure for periods of time, it is recommended that both ends of tendon be detensioned simultaneously.

2. Shims are paired and must be stacked in pairs.

/ a. Increase pressure to jacks until shims can be removed.

b. Remove split shims from shim stacks.

c. Slowly decrease pressure (rate < 2000 PSIG/MIN) on jacks to completely detension tendon.

NOTE DO NOT uncouple jacks until tendon is completely detensioned.

d. Uncouple jack, while minimizing twisting of tendon to 1/2 of a revolution.

e. Record on Data Sheet 1 the number of revolutions of the anchorhead (if any) during uncoupling.

8.2.9 Remove Wire and Test

a. Perform VT-1 inspection of the detensioned tendon anchorage assembly for missing, broken, and/or damaged wires protruding from the anchorhead.

b. Record results on Data Sheets 1 and 2 in Enclosure 6 specifically noting any results observed after detensioning.

C. Remove a randomly selected wire that had been stressed prior to detensioning from each selected detensioned tendon listed in Enclosure 2, Table 2.

19

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 20 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20

d. Also remove all broken or damaged wires (if any). Remove enough of each broken or damaged wire to allow tensile testing and visual examination to evaluate the cause of breakage or damage.

e. Follow procedure in Enclosure 4 and PSC ISI Manual ProcedureSQ10.3 for testing and examining all removed wires and completing Data Sheets.

8.2.10 Retension Tendon CAUTION DO NOT exceed 80% of ultimate tensile stress. (equivalent to a jack force of 1593 KIPS (for a tendon with 169 effective wires).

a. Retension both ends of a tendon approximately simultaneously, such that force difference between ends does not exceed 250 KIPS at any time during retensioning.

b. Prior to starting retensioning, enter header information for tendon to be retensioned on Data Sheet 1, and calculate P'max and P'min and enter on Data Sheet 1. Complete Columns 2 through 5 on Data Sheet 6 by recording the following information.

(1) Number of effective wires.

(2) 70% of tendon ultimate strength (8.24 kip x Number of Effective Wires).

(3) Predicted Base Force from DC-5390-225.01-SE or separate calculation.

(4) Target lock-off force; [70% of ultimate strength + Predicted Base Force]+2.

c. Verify Rows 1, 2, 6 through 9 and 12 of Data Sheet 4 have been completed.

d. At each tendon end, stress tendon to gauge pressure recorded in Row 2 on Data Sheet 4. Record actual pressure in Row 3.

e. Record ram extension in Row 5 of Data Sheet 4.

f, Stress tendon to gauge pressure recorded in Row 9 of Data Sheet 4. Record actual pressure in Row 10.

g. Record ram extension in Row 11 of Data Sheet 4.

h. Stress tendon to gauge pressure recorded in Row 12 of Data Sheet 4.

Record actual pressure in Row 13.

i

• Record ram extension in Row 14.

20

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 21 of 124 Number TMI - Unit I Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title RevisiOn No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 Stress tendon to gauge pressure recorded in Row 7 of Data Sheet 4. Record actual pressure in Row 15.

k. Record ram extension in Row 17.

I. Record tendon force at overstress in Row 16.

m. Reduce ram pressure to the lesser of the following and insert shims to fill gap (final gap will be less than the thickness of the smallest shim).

(1) 200 psi above (P'mFin + P'max)/2 from data Sheet 1.

(2) P'ma, force listed on Data Sheet 1.

n. Perform lift-off to determine actual tendon force and corresponding gauge pressure.

o. Record final lift-off (Lock-Off) force in Column 6 of Data Sheet 6.

p. Verify that final lock-off force is between the Predicted Base Force and 70%

of ultimate tendon strength and document verification in Col. (7) of Data Sheet 6.

q. Complete Data Sheet 6 for all detensioned tendons.

r. Record final gauge pressure, force, and shim stack thickness on Data Sheet 1.

s. For comparison of tendon elongations occurring at Original Stressing and Retensioning, complete Data Sheet 4.

I, Verify fractional difference in Row 10 on Part 4 of Data Sheet 4 is within +/- 0.1.

Indicate whether this criterion has been met on Part 4 of Data Sheet 4.

u. IF NOT within +/- 0.1, immediately notify COGNIZANT MECHANICALISTRUCTURAL ENGINEER and investigate to determine if cause is wire failure or slip of wire in anchorage(s). Difference of more than 0.1 requires identification in the ISI Summary Report per IWA-6000 (10CFR50.55a).

v. After all lift-off tests on re-tensioned tendons are complete, fill,out Data Sheet 6.

21

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 22 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Su rveillance Prnrarl~dnmr 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 8.2.11 Restore Tendon Force NOTE Following steps apply to any tendon which has lift-off force below its specified 90% Base Value, and has not been required to be detensioned.

a. Completely de-tension the tendon and follow the instructions in Par. 8.2.10.

b. Evaluate cause of low force.

c. Retension tendon per the instructions in Para. 8.2.10, 8.2.12 For each tendon, measure the quantity of grease (corrosion protection medium, CPM) replaced and document on Data Sheet 11. Reinstall grease can and regrease per 141 0-Y-83.

8.3 Vertical Tendon Inspection

a. Follow same steps for dome and hoop tendons (Section 8.1 and 8.2) with following exceptions:

o Working platforms remain stationary during test of one tendon.

O Access to opposite end of tendon is from tendon gallery.

0 Entire column of grease may drain from tendon conduit. Ensure sufficient receptacles available to contain up to 120 gallons of drained grease from each tendon (C-1101-153 - E410-031).

0 Lift-off, detensioning, and retensioning of vertical tendon will be performed from one end only; i.e., from top of ring girder.

o Data to be filled in on Data Sheets 1 and 2.

8.4 Concrete Cracks at Dome Tendon Anchorage Area

a. Visually inspect the 9 dome tendon anchorage areas per Enclosure 6.

b. Complete Data Sheets 8 and 9 of Enclosure 6.

8.5 Perform VT-3C examination of accessible exterior of the containment and document results per instructions in Enclosure 6.

8.6 Perform 35 Yearexaminations and tests listed in Enclosure 7 and document results.

22

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 23 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No, RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 8.7 Grease Can Seal Repairs NOTE To maintain tendon grease seals, scope of work includes replacement of leaky seals, even on tendons which are not part of surveillance scope listed in Table 1 and Table 2 of Enclosure 2.

817.1 Perform repairs per 1410-Y-83 (Reference 2.15).

8.8 Recalibrate all calibrated equipment at end of tendon surveillance.

9.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 9.1 Tendon Anchorage and concrete inspection meets criteria specified by Enclosure 6.

9.2 Tendon Wire Physical Condition meets criteria specified by Enclosure 4.

9.3 Tendon Prestress Force Confirmation Test (IWL-3221.1) 9.3;1 The average of all normalized tendon lift-off forces, including those measured in 9.3.2.2, for each type of tendon (vertical, dome, or hoop) is equal to or greater than the. required minimum average tendon force at the anchorage for that type of tendon.

NOTE Required minimum average tendon forces are:

1033 Kips for Vertical Tendons 1064 Kips for Dome Tendons 1108 Kips for Hoop Tendons 9.3.2 The measured force in each individual tendon is not less than 95% of the Predicted Base Value (Predicted Force) obtained from VM-TM-2485, unless the following conditions are satisfied.

9.3.2.1 the measured force in not more than one tendon is between 90% and 95% of the predicted force; 23

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 24 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301 -9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 NOTE Tendons H46-24 and V-31 were de-tensioned during Surveillances 2 and 3, respectively. Also, the V-30 liftoff force was measured during Surveillance 4 and its anchorage force may have been affected during by this activity. To ensure that tendonsadjacent to specified sample tendons are also in an Undisturbed condition, the following are designated as the adjacent tendons to examine should the need for such examination arise.

V-29 is the designated adjacent tendon located counter-clockwise from specified sample tendon V-32.

H46-23 is the designated adjacent tendon located below specified sample tendon H46-25.

Also, the Responsible Engineer may designate alternatives to the above or to other adjacent tendons as necessary to satisfy accessibility, safety and other significant concerns.

9.3.2.2 the measured forces in two tendons located adjacent to the tendon in 9.3.2.1 are not less than 95% of the predicted forces (Predicted Base Values); and 9.3.2.3 the measured forces in all the remaining sample tendons are not less than 95% of the predicted force.

9.3.3 IF the requirements of 9.3.1 and 9.3.2 are not met, extent of investigation into cause, including additional lift-off testing to determine cause and extent of such occurrence, shall be determined by COGNIZANT MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.

9.3.4 IF average value of selected tendon end forces required for lift-off falls below 90% Base Value, evaluate condition to determine extent of cause of the low lift-off force and to specify additional examinations deemed necessary to demonstrate acceptability of the pre-stressing system.

9.3.5 IF minimum group average normalized tendon force is NOT MET on Data Sheet 5, an additional sample of 4% with a minimum of 4 and a maximum of 10, of same group of tendons, should be inspected. (TMI-1 Guidance/not Reg. Guide).

9.3.6 IF results of the anchorage force statistical analysis show a significant probability that the mean for any tendon group will fall below the minimum required value prior to the late finish date of next scheduled surveillance, additional lift-off testing to determine the cause and extent of such occurrence shall be done as directed by the COGNIZANT MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. This evaluation shall be reported per Engineering Evaluation Report prescribed in IWL-3300.

9.3.7 IF total population of each group of sampled tendons meets criteria, structural integrity of containment shall be considered acceptable.

24

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 25 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 I Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 9.3.8 IF structural integrity of containment has not been demonstrated to be acceptable within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />, then be in at least HOTSTANDBY within next 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and in COLD SHUTDOWN within following 30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br />.

9.4 Corrosion Protection System Inspection.

9.4.1 Grease sample contaminant levels and base numbers meet the criteria specified in Enclosure 3.

9.4.2 Water in grease sample shall be that ratio of water to dry weight does not exceed 10%.

9.4.3 Amount of grease replaced does not exceed 4 gallons more than the amount of grease removed without Responsible Engineer evaluation. The acceptance criteria limit is that the absolute difference between the amount of grease (CPM) removed from a tendon and the amount replaced shall not exceed 10% of the net duct volume (volume of end cap, trumpet, and duct less that of the tendon, anchor heads, and shims).

9.4.4 Presence of free water, 9.4.5 Grease leakage detected during general examination of the containment exterior surface has been evaluated for housekeeping, fire safety and personnel safety concerns.

9.5 Post Test Calibration 9.5.1 The post test calibration shall not differ from the pre-test calibration by more than the specified accuracy tolerance of hydraulic rams and gauges (IWL 2522[b]).

9.6 All Data Sheets complete and signed off.

9.7 IF the Acceptance Criteria of 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5 are not met, it shall be considered as a possible abnormal degradation of the containment structure. The condition shall be immediately brought to the attention of, and evaluated by the COGNIZANT MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, a Surveillance Deficiency Report (SDR) generated, and addressed in the tendon surveillance report submitted to the NRC.

10.0 REPORTS 10.1 CONTRACTOR should prepare written report of results and conclusions for inspection period for TMI within 30 days of test and inspection completion.

10.1.1 CONTRACTOR shall include pre and post-test calibration records in CONTRACTOR'S final report.

10.2 TMI shall ensure Enclosure 7 is kept updated with extra commitments for inspections as a result of abnormal conditions in each inspection period.

10.3 TMI shall submit a report on tendon surveillance to NRC within 90 days following completion.

25

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 26 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 10.4 TMI shall submit an ISI Summary Report per IWA-6000. It should include the,following conditions, if found (10CFR50.55a).

10.4.1 Sampled sheathing grease contains chemically combined water exceeding 10% by weight or the presence of free water.

10.4.2 The absolute difference between amount of grease removed and amount replaced exceeds 10% of the tendon net duct volume, i.e., 12 gallons for vertical tendons, 11 gallons for hoop tendons, and between 7 gallons and 9 gallons for dome tendons (dependent on length), (Source: C-1101-153-E410-031, 032, and 033, respectively).

10.4.3 Grease leakage is detected during general visual examination of containment surface.

10.4.4 When conditions in accessible areas could indicate the present of, or the result of degradation in inaccessible areas, those inaccessible areas shall be evaluated for --

10.4.4.1 description of the type and extent of degradation, and the conditions that led to the degradation 10.4.4.2 an evaluation of each area and results of same 10.4.4.3 a description of necessary corrective actions.

/

\

26

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 27 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 FIGURE 1 Page 1 of 1 Tendon Details Typical Hoop/Dome Bearing Plate 20-1/2" x 3-3/4" x 20-1/2" Grease Can Holding Ring Prestressing Wire Washer Tendon (2-Piece Shop Washer Shown) r Grease Plug 1-V"NPT Grease Can Grease Cani /

Hold Down Dolts/Nuts$

Gasket and Grease Seals (Closed cell 1 1" - 8 UNC2B 1/4" Dia. Wires 2" - Deep Neoprene Sponge) with Buttonheads NOTE Vertical tendons have a different type of grease can.

27

I I DATA SHEET I 1301-9.1 Lift-Off Force Measurement Revision 20 Page 1 of 1 z3urveftancet rto_. _rcon n It> Tendon End (Circ(e One): Shop ( Field Phase (Circle One): As-found / Re-Tension Ram ID Ram Calibration Constants: A = k=

Date Temp: RB Interior OF / Concrete Surface OF No. Effective Wires. N. Shim Stack Ht in CAUTION DO NOT EXCEEP A RAM PRESSURE OF [(1,592 x N,/ 169) - k] x 1,000 /A = psig Consecutive Stressing Washer Rotation For Re-tension Only, List Consecutive Three Trial Nominal Thickness of Three Trial Pressure Rotation, Each Shim Starting at Lift-Off Pressure Spread Average12 p1 Turns Shim in Contact with CW.or CCW Trial Pressure, psig psi psig , Anchorhead At Feeler Gage Insertion 1 N/A N/A At Trial 1 in.

2 N/A N/A At Trial 2 CD 3 At Trial 3 0>

4 At Trial 4 5 At Trial 5 to0 6 At Trial 6 0.

7 At Trial 7 8 Sum 9

10 End Lift-Off Force =(A x P'/ 11,000) = k k=i__jp

¶ N/A if 3 trial pressure spread > 25,000 / A = _ psi 2 Re-tension P' range: P'min= (Fp - k) x 1,000/A= / _A psig < P'< P'mr, = [(1,394 x N /169) - k] x 1,000/A=

/A psig For Re-Tension Only: Fp < End Lift-Off Force < 1394 x Nw / 169; < < Yes / No (Circle One)

Notes:

Recorded by: Signature Date / Reviewed by: Signature Date QV 28

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 29 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 DATA SHEET 2 Page 1 of 1 As-Found Lift-Off Force Summary Results As-Found Lift Off Force, kip Predicted F > Fa, F > Fitim Tendon Average Force, FF Face = Circle F,11m

= Circle Group ID Shop End Field End Force, F kip 0.95 Fp. Yes or No 0.90 Fp Yes or No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes /No Yes / No Yes /No Yes / No Yes /No Hoop Yes / No Yes /No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No I N/A Yes / No Yes / No N/A Yes / No Yes / No N/A Yes / No Yes / No N/A Yes / No Yes / No Vertical N/A Yes/ No Yes / No N/A Yes / No Yes / No N/A Yes / No Yes / No N/A Yes / No Yes / No Yes/No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Dome Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes /No Yes/No Yes /No Yes/No Notes: (Initial & Date)

ý 'I 29

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 30 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 DATA SHEET 3 DELETED I) 30

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 31 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301 -9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 DATA SHEET 4 Page 1 of 4 Elongation I Tendon Force Record Re-Tensioning Data for De-Tensioned Tendons Tendon ID Surveillance No.

Part 11 Original Stressing Data NOTE PTF force is that equivalent to a ram pressure of 1,000 psi. PTF removes tendon slack and is the starting point for elongation measurements. OSF force is 80% (may be less) of tendon ultimate strength. The tendon is loaded to OSF in order-to provide the required force distribution. It is-also the force at which final elongation is measured. PTF force / elongation, OSF force / elongation and number of effective wires are documented in construction records.

Table I Row, R Parameter Value 1 Shop End PTF Force kip 2 Field end PTF force kip 3 Mean PTF Force = (R1 + R2) 12 kip 4 Shop End PTF Reference Distance in.

5 Field End PTF Reference Distance in.

6 Net PTF Reference Distance = R4 + R5 in.

7 Shop End OSF Force kip 8 Field end OSF force kip 9 Mean OSF Force = (R7 + R8) /2 kip 10 Shop End OSF Reference Distance in.

11 Field End OSF Reference, Distance in.

12 Net OSF Reference Distance = R10 + Rll in.

13 Differential Force = R9 - R3 kip 14 Differential Elongation = R12 - R6 in.

15 Number of Effective Wires 16 Elongation Rate = R14 x R15/R13 31

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 32 of 124 Number TMI - Unit I

/"

Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Inteqritv Tendon Surveillance 20 DATA SHEET 4 Page 2 of 4 Elongation I Tendon Force Record Re-Tensioning Data for De-Tensioned Tendons Tendon ID Surveillance No.

Part 2 Shop End Re-Tensioning Data Ram ID Ram Area, A in2 Ram k kip NOTE The number of effective wires entered in R1 must be the same as the number entered for the field end in Table 3. Also, the calculations identified in Rows 4, 16, 18 & 19 (shaded) may be done after stressing work at both ends of the tendon is complete.

Table 2 Row, R Parameter Value Signature Date 1 Number of Effective Wires 2 PTF Target Pressure 1,000 psi

\/

3 PTF Actual Pressure psi 5 PTF Reference Distance in.

6 OSF Maximum Force = R1 x 9.4 kip 7 OSF Max. Pressure = 1000 (R6 + k) /A psi 8 1/3 Pressure Interval = R7 / 3 - 330 psi 9 Target 1/3 Pressure = 1,000 + R8 psi 10 Actual 1/3 Pressure psi 11 1/3 Reference Distance in.

12 Target 2/3 Pressure = R9 + R8 psi 13 Actual 2/3 Pressure psi 14 2/3 Reference Distance in.

15 OSF Actual Pressure psi

__6 06F Actl F ý 5 ,iJKP, .

17 OSF Reference Distance in.

Diferetia E ongaio' R1 7 R Iin] ~

32

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 33 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 DATA SHEET 4 Page 3 of 4 Elongation / Tendon Force Record Re-Tensioning Data for De-Tensioned Tendons Tendon ID Surveillance No. _

Part 3 Field End Re-Tensioning Data Ram ID Ram Area, A in' Ram k _ kip NOTE The number of effective wires entered in RI must be the same as the number entered for the shop end in Table 2. Also, the calculations identified in Rows 4, 16, 18 & 19 (shaded) may be done after stressing work at both ends of the tendon is complete.

Table 3 Row, R Parameter Value Signature Date 1 Number of Effective Wires 2 PTF Target Pressure 1,000 psi 3 PTF Actual Pressure psi 4-1 .PTF`Actu!I*or ISkP R3gN1OO-a,0 5 PTF Reference Distance in.

6 OSF Maximum Force = R1 x 9.4 kip 7 OSF Max. Pressure = 1000 (R6 + k) /A psi 8 1/3 Pressure Interval = R7 / 3 - 330 psi 9 Target 1/3 Pressure = 1,000 + R8 psi 10 Actual 1/3 Pressure psi 11 1/3 Reference Distance in.

12 Target 2/3 Pressure = R9 + R8 psi 13 Actual 2/3 Pressure psi 14 2/3 Reference Distance in.

15 OSF Actual Pressure psi 17 OSF Reference Distance in.

• 48~~~ Dfffere'ijForce R16 -R __________

19

. P~ff~tEla[Bogat~ion R17 -- R6 ,. ________

33

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 34 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 T

~ite Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 DATA SHEET 4 Page 4 of 4 Elongation / Tendon Force Record Re-Tensioning Data for De-Tensloned Tendons TendonlD Surveillance No.

Part 4 Elongation Comparison Table 4 Row, R Parameter Value 1 Shop End Differential Force from Table 2, R18 kip 2 Field End Differential Force from Table 3, R18 kip 3 Average Differential Force = (R1 + R2) / 2* kip 4 Shop End Differential Elongation from Table 2, R19 in.

5 Field End Differential Elongation from Table 3, R19 in.

6 Total Elongation = R4 + R5** in.

/ ~

7 Number of Effective Wires from Table 2, R1

~, ) 8 Re-Tensioning Elongation Rate = R6 x R7 / R3 9 Original Elongation Rate from Table 1, R16 10 Fractional Difference in Rates = (R8 - R9) / R9 Absolute value of the above Fractional Difference in Rates < 0.1 Yes No -

• For vertical tendon = R1

• • For vertical tendon = R4 Signature: Date:

1 34

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 35 of 124 1301-9.1 Revision 20 DATA SHEET 5 Page 1 of 1 Average of the Normalized Lift Off Force (1) (2) (3) (4)

Lift Off Normalizing Normalized Acceptance TendonlD Force Factor (NF) Lift Off (1) + (2) Yes No Dome Tendons 1.

2.

3. (Average Equal

4. to or greater

5. than 1064

6. kips)

Total Average Vertical Tendons 1.

2. (Average Equal

3. to or greater

4. than 1033

5. kips) 6.

7

( Total Average Hoop Tendons 1.

2.

3. (Average Equal

4. to or greater

5. than 1108

6. kips) 7.

8.

9.

10.

Total Average Cognizant Mech/Struct Engineer Reviewed By: Date:

Performed By: Date:

/

35

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 36 of 124 1301-9.1 Revision 20 DATA SHEET 6 Page 1 of 1 Retensioning Criteria Confirmation (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

TENDON ID NUMBER OF 70 % OF PREDICTED AVERAGE LOCK-OFF (4)<(6)<(3)

EFFECTIVE ULTIMATE BASE [(3)+(4)]-2 FORCE WIRES STRENGTH FORCE' Yes No

[8.24 X (2)]

DOME SHOP END FIELD END SHOP END FIELD END VERTICAL SHOP END SHOP END SHOP END HOOP TENDONS

_____SHOP END FIELD END SHOP END FIELD END SHOP END FIELD END Cognizant Mech/Struct Engineer Reviewed By: Date:

Performed By: Date:

K )} 1 Predicted Base Force from DC-5390-225.01-SE or separate calculation.

36

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 37 of 124 DATA SHEET 7 1301-9A1 Tendon Force Measurement Record Revision 20 Page 1 of I DELETED

/ii

\ )

I 37

t-1301-9.1 Revision 20 DATA SHEET 8 Page 1 of 1 Minor, Major, and Pitch Diameter Checks - Anchorage and Ram Adapter MAJORO.0. ANDMUMI LD. DIAMETER CHECK MINOR0.D. ANDMAIMRLD. DIANETER CHECK PITCH DIAMETER CHECKI IDENTITY OF -.

ww.m 8VI*

I ANCHORAGE 330G 6THI 9TH IAVERAGE .H COGNVERIFEAY 3RD 9TH AVERAE PITC% L. CONTR. COGNIZANT OR ADAPTOR DIA. TNDCE 0 IHRflIMFAn IIA. .... WnA

• THREAD THREAD I OD. .... .-- I ....; I ""--'- II .... C/A HC/A MA IVA. C/A NC/A NA

-~-A ~ N -A~ -~ IsFOREMsAN I INVP.

I.D, 0.0.

0.0.

O.D.

_____ 0.0.-

OD.

I.D.

L.D, O.D.

LO.

O.D.

L.D, 0.0.

I.D.

O.D.

-1.D.-

O.D.

0>

CALIBRATION CODO O.I. MICROMETER NO... CALDATZ GO.-GAUGE NO. - CALDATE I.D. MICROMETER NO. - CAL.DATE 1N0GO-GAUGE MO....... CAL.DATE (a(>

MICROMETER NO. - CALDATE SHT SIZE NO.. CAL.DATE_

WIRESIZE NO. - CAUDATE WIRESZE N .NO

_. CAL.DATE NOTE: NOT ACCEPTABLE (NA)

NOTEOCompletion of thin Deta Shoat [ at the option of the Responsible Englneer.

RAMADAPTOR (.L.) ANCHORAGE(0..)

I COCI3IZAIT MECH/STRUCT ENGINEER REVEMEDBEY:_

9.211 hAXl 9.225 INI DATE:

9.23 33MAX 9,2 at.MNO' q276 kAx.9,m2ymI 9.333 MA& 9.300 MIN 9.11 A PITCH.

9.MMM L:1 .))lli 9J76MAX,9,242IM 9.428 MAX. 9.395 KIN CONFORMUING/ACCEPTABLE NONFORSM/ACCEPTABLE CONFORMOIWACCEPTACLE (C/A) (NC/A) C/A) 38

DATA SHEET 9 1301-9.1 Tendon Anchorage Area MoisturelFree Water Inspection Revision 20 Page 1 of I Inspection Period Tendon Moisture/Wat~er Inspect. By No. Location (Yes or No) Description of Free Moisture/Water-Quantity, Location Date Insp. (Initials)

1. No.

Tendon Moisture/Water (Yes Insp.

Date Inspect.

(Initials) 2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

5-p 10.

11. CD >

12. CD

3 Fpm NOTE: Location:

Hoop Tendons: 1 to 6 - Buttress number at Cognizant QV Inspector end of tendon Verification By: Date:

Vertical Tendons: T or B - Top or Bottom Dome Tendons: 1 to 6 - Number of buttress nearest Cognizant Mech/Struct Engineer to end of tendon Review By: Date:

39 By

DATA SHEET 10 1301-9.1 20 Revision Tendon Anchor Head Rotation Inspection Page 1 of i DELETED z

CD>

CD>

40~

00r 40

N 1301-9.1 Revision 20 DATA SHEET 11 Page 1 of 1 Tendon Surveillance Program Inspection Period Gallons Removed* Gallons Replaced*

Sum (QO) Sum (A2)

Tendon Shop Field Shop & Net Duct Volume, (QN), Shop Field Shop & Acceptable No. End End Field End Gallons End End Field End 100 x (Q 2 - Ql) / QN,% (Yes or No) 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

5,'Z

8. CD

9. 4 "

10. _L 4

11.

Only one end of vertical tendons may be used for Cognizant QV Inspector removal and replacement of grease, Verification By: Date:

• • Differences greater than 4 gallons require TMI-1 evaluation. Cognizant Mech/Struct Engineer Acceptance limit is not > 10% of net duct volume per 9.4.3. Review By: Date:

Due to the relatively high coefficient of thermal expansion of the grease that is installed at a high temperature, experience during surveillances has been that the quantity of replacement grease frequently exceeds the arbitrary acceptance criteria. Exceeding the acceptance criteria is primarily an indication that an inspection and assessment for possible grease leakage within the structure is necessary. The visual examination of the anchorage and wire will determine whether the corrosion protection system is functioning effectively.

41

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 42 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance DATA.SHEET 12 Page 1 of 1 VT-IC I VT-3C Examiner Qualification Name of Examiner Employer I have reviewed the records relevant to the experience and training of the above named individuals and have, as necessary, trained these individuals in the requirements applicable to the performance of VT-1C / VT-3C examinations of the containment concrete surface. Based on this review and, if applicable, training, I find that these individuals are qualified to perform said examinations.

Responsible Engineer: Name Registration State License No. Expiration Signature Date 42

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 43 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 DATA SHEET 13 Page 1 of 1 Review I Acceptance of Contractor Procedures Procedure Number/ Title Revision Reviewed/Accepted by Date

/

/

43

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 44 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Intecritv Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 1 Page 1 of 2 Stressing Ram Calibration 170 Wire Stressing Equipment NOTE Calibration will demonstrate a +/- 1.5% accuracy of complete stressing unit within the calibration range specified in this enclosure.

1. Attach entire stressing system to a 1600 K load cell which has been calibrated traceable to NIST.

2. Check unitat 3 ram extensions of 25%, 50%, and 75% of full extension and at loads specified on attached data sheet.

2.1 Bring stressing unit to gauge pressures equivalent to pressures listed on Data Sheet of this enclosure, and record actual force as read from load cell.

3. Record and plot values on a Gauge Pressure versus Force Chart to establish current ram calibration constants for each jack.

4. Date all calibrations and paint (or inscribe, attach cal sticker, etc.) calibration date on stressing unit.

r

5. Maintain 1 copy of current calibration with stressing unit at job site.

6. Include calibration data and certificate in surveillance report.

44

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE 1 Page 2 of 2 Data Sheet Streasing Ram Calibration RAM DESCRIPTION LOAD CELL CONSTANT RAM CALCULATED TARGET TARGET AVERAGE LOAD PRESS. AT 25% = IN AT 50% = IN AT 75% = IN LOAD (KIPS) (PSIG) LOADING #1 LOADING #2 LOADING #3

\ a" (KIPS) vt..... t" 4

LOAD CELL - #

(KIPS)*

4 LOAD CELL (KIPS)* . 4.

LOAD CELL (KIPS)* 1 150K 300K 500K 600K 700K rnz 800K 900K o cn, 1000K CD >

1100K CD, 1200K x~

1300K 1400K 1500K 1600K RAM CALIBRATION CONSTANTS DETERMINED FROM SLOPE AND INTERCEPT OF STRAIGHT LINE FITTED TO AVERAGE LOAD AND PRESSURE DATA USING THE METHOD OF LEAST SQUARES. AREA IN2 INTERNAL RESISTANCE(K)_ KIP *LOAD CELL X LOAD CELL CONSTANT ATTACH CERTIFICATIONS OF NIST TRACEABILITY FOR TESTING APPARATUS APPROVED BY COGNIZANT MECH/STRUCT ENGINEER: DATE PREPARED BY LABORATORY TECHNICIAN: DATE VERIFIED BY LABORATORY SUPERVISOR: DATE 45

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 46 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1

")* Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 2 Page 1 of 5 Scope of Each Scheduled Surveillance (Random Selection Per GAI DC-5930-226.02-SE)

TABLEI Selected Tendons and Corresponding Inspection Periods VERTICAL TENDONS Tendon 1 2 3 INSPECTION PERIOD I__j1 2IA..I5 4 1 5 6 J

7 8 9. 10 1Times Insp.

Comments (Adjacent Tendons) 11 X 1 10,12 14 -1 Done 16 X 1 Done 18 ----- 1 Done 22 X 1 Done 24 X - 1 Done 27 1X---- Done 30 X 1 Done 31 X 1 Done 32 X X X X X X 6 29, 33Control 40 X 1 Done 48 X I Done 50 - ___ 1 Done 53 X 1 52,54 55 X 1 Done 61 X 1 Done 66 X 1 65,67 72 X 1 Done 78 1 Done 84 X X 2 Done 86 X 1 Done 90 73F - 1 89,91 97 X 1 Done 105 X 1 Done 108 X 1 107,109 114 X 1 Done 119 _-_______ 1 Done 126 X I Done 132 X 1 131,133 138 X 1 Done 140 V-!'-' 1 139,141 146 1--XF 1 145,147 152 X 1 151,153 158 X 1 Done 160 X 1 Done 164 - - ___ - - 1 Done TOTAL 5 5 5 3 3 4 4 4 4 42 X = Lift-Off NX:'mD.Lift-Off & Wire Test 46

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 47 of 124 Number TMI - Unit. 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title RevisionNo.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 2 Page 2 of 5 Table I (Cont'd)

Selected Tendons and Corresponding Inspection Periods HOOP TENDONS Tendon 1 13-11 213 L INSPECTION PERIOD 4

5 6 PRIOD 7 j 8 9 10 Times Insp.

Comments (Adjacent Cmet Tendons) 13-11 X 1 13-10,13-12 13-28 X I Done 13-34 X-1 Done 13-36 1 Done 13-41 X 1 13-40, 13-42 13-46 X 1 Done 13-50. 1 Done 24-19 X I Done 24-20 X 1 Done 24-21 X. 1 Done 24-23 1 24-22, 24-24 24-26 X 1 Done 24-28 X 1 Done 24-30 X 1 Done 24-33 X 1 24-32, 24-34 24-40 X 1 Done 24-47 X i Done 24-48 X 1 Done 24-49 X 1 Done 24-50 X 1 24-49, 24-51 24-51 X 1 Done 35-10 1 Done 35-11 X. 1 Done 35-16 X 1 Done 35-23 X 1 Done 35-26 X 1 Done 35-28 X 1 Done 35-29 X 1 1 Done 35-33 X 1 Done, 35-47 _ 1 Done 35-49 X 1 35-48, 35-50 X= Lift-Off

= Lift-Off & Wire Test 47

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 48 of 124 Number TMI - Unit I Surveillance Procedure 1301.9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 2 Page 3 of 5 Table I (Cont'd)

Selected Tendons and Corresponding Inspection Periods HOOP TENDONS (Cont'd)

INSPECTION PERIOD Comments Tendon 1 2

_ _3 I4 5

i 6

L7 8

+/-.....9 ............ 10 1Times

... nsp.

(Adjacent Tendons).

46-24 X 1 Done 46-25 1 46-23, 46-26 46-28 X 1 Done 46-30 1 Done 46-32 X 1 Done 46-34 X 1 Done 46-37 X 1 Done 46-50 X 1 46-49, 46-51 51-11 X 1 Done 51-12 X 1 Done

,51-13 X - 1 Done, 51-16 X 1 51-15, 51-17 51 - - - - X- -- 1 Done 51-49 X__ 1 51-48, 51-50 62-10 X X 2 Done 62-11 X 1 Done 62-13 X 1 Done 62-16 X-1 Done 62-18 X 1 62-17, 62-19 62-26 X X X X X X X 7 62-25, 62-27 Control 62-28 X 1 Done 62-30 X 1 Done 62-41 X 1 62-40, 62-42 62-47 X 1 1 Done 62-49 X I Done 62-51 X 1 Done 62-53 X 1 Done TOTAL 10 10 10 I 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 65 Lift-Off Lift-Off & Wire Test 48

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 49 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 2 (Cont'd) Page 4 of 5 Table I (Cont'd)

Selected Tendons and Corresponding Inspection Periods DOME TENDONS I ___ INSPECTION PERIOD 1 Comments C

IItI II I I I Times (Adjacent Tendon I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 9 10 Insp. Tendons) 101 X 1 Done 102 ,_ 1 Done 104 X 1 Done*

116 X 1 Done 122 X 1 121,123 130 X 1 Done 131 X 1 Done 133 X 1 Done 141 X 1 Done 143 X 1 142, 144 145 - - 1 Done 147 X _ 1 Done 148 X 1 Done 201 X 1 Done

.202 ----- ------ 1 Done 203 X 1 Done 213 X 1 212,214 218 X X 2 Done 219 X 1 Done 220 X 1 Done 225 X X X X X X 6 224, 226 Control 230 ,", _ 1 229,231 237 r X*i 1 236,238 248 __,; 1 Done 301 , 1 Done 303 IX] 1 302,304 313 X 1 Done 314 1 Done 316 X 1 Done 322 1 321,323 334 X 1 Done 336 X-" I,1 Done 342-- I X 1 341.343 346 X 1 Done 347 X 1 Done 348 X 1 Done TOTAL 6 6 6 3 3 3 4 4 3 4 42 X Lift-Off L,*1J Lift-Off and Wire Test

[XI = For plant on-line, inspect for corrosion, wire breakage and grease quality on end away from main steam relief valve zone. For plant off-line, perform all inspections including lift off measurements. Plant off-line Inspections committed for Inspection Period 9.

D104 is exempt from detensioning as Insufficient clearance from the adjoining vent stack (Buttress 5) to successfully access the tendon end exists. D102 has been selected as D104's (Cycle 7) substitute tendon per IWL-2521.1. D104 shall be examined per Sections 8.2.1 through 8.2.6 and associated enclosures/data sheets completed (IWL-2521.1.[c]).

/

49

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 50 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 2 (Cont'd) Page 5 of 5 Table 2 Tendons Selected for Detensioning and Tendon Wire RemovallLab Tests Inspection Tendon Location Period J Vertical Hoop Dome 1 V-27 H-35-10 D-301 2 V-119 H-62-47 D-202 3 V-18 H-46-30 D-336 4 V-14 H-35-26 D-314 5 V-50 H-46-34 D-145 6 V-78 H-35-47 D-248 7 V-164 H-13-50 D-102 8 V-140 H-46-25 D-230 9 V-90 H-51-49 D-322 10 V-146 H-24-23 D-237 I

K 50

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 51 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance [20 ENCLOSURE 3 Page 1 of 6 COLLECTION/LAB ANALYSIS OF FILLER GREASE PURPOSE: Confirm the ability of filler grease to perform its intended corrosion protection function.

LIMITS AND PRECAUTIONS:

1. Use Wooden or plastic paddles or spatulas to scoop out bulk filler grease from around the anchorage. DO NOT use metal implements.

PROCEDURE:

1, Inspection Grease, 1.1 Contact TESTING LABORATORY to determine size of sample required.

1.2 Take one random sample of bulk filler grease from tendon end and put into clean container supplied either by TESTING LABORATORY or TENDON SURVEILLANCE CONTRACTOR.,

1.3 Attach an identification tag to container with tendon group, tendon number, and tendon end specified. (Example: Dome 105NW)

2. Fresh Grease 2.1 Commercial Grade Dedication of new bulk filler grease requires that at least 25% of the barrels for each grease lot number be sampled for lab analysis.

2.2 Attach an identification tag to each sample and corresponding identification on each drum sampled.

3. Old Grease (to be reused) 3.1 If grease obtained from tendons is intended to be reused to refill tendons (termed "old grease) perform lab analysis on "old grease".

3.2 Heat each container of old grease to be reused to approximately 1500 F to ensure a homogeneous mixture.

3.3 Attach an identification tag to each sample and corresponding identification to each drum.

4. Package all samples and ship to TESTING LABORATORY in such a way that condition of grease is not adversely affected or altered.

51

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 52 of 124 Number TMI - Unit ,1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 3 Page 2 of 6.

5. Test lab perform corrosion protection medium analysis as follows (excerpt Table IWL-2525-1):

Characteristic Test Method Acceptance Limit Water Content ASTM D 95 10% by weight Water Soluble Chlorides ASTM D 512 (Note [1)) 10 ppm maximum Water soluble nitrates ASTM D 992 (Note [11) 10 ppm maximum Water soluble sulfides APHA 427 (Note [1]) 10 ppm maximum (Methylene Blue)

Reserve Alkalinity ASTM D 974 (Note. [3])

(Base.Number) Modified (Note [2] and Note [4]) (

NOTES:

(1) Water Soluble Ion Tests. The inside (bottom and sides) of a one (1) liter beaker, approximate OD 105 mm, height 145 mm, shall be thoroughly coated with between 90 and 110 grams of the sample. The coated beaker is to be filled with approximately 900 ml of distilled water and heated in an oven at a controlled temperature of 100 degrees F +/- 2 degrees F for 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />. Water extraction is tested by the noted test procedures for the appropriate water soluble ions. Results are to be reported as PPM in the extracted water.

(2) ASTM D 974 Modified. Place 10 g of sample in a 500 ml Erlenmeyer flask. Add 10 cc isopropyl alcohol and 5cc toluene. Heat until sample goes into solution. Add 90 cc distilled water and 20 cc 1NH2 SO4. Place solution on a steam bath for 1/2 hour. Stir well. Add a few drops of indicator (1Ob phenolphtalein) and titrate with 1NNaOH until the lower layer just turns pink. if acid or base solutions are not exactly 1N, the exact normalities should be used when calculating the base number. The Total Base Number (TBN) expressed as milligrams of KOH per gram of sample, is calculated as follows:

TBN = [(20)(NA)-(B)(NB)]56.1 W

Where, B = milliliters NaOH NA = normality of H2S04 NB = normality of NaOH solution W = weight of sample in grams 52

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 53 of 124 Number TMI -,Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301 -9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 3 Page 3 of 6 (3) The base number shall be at least 50% of the as-installed value, unless the as-installed value is 5 or less, in which case the base number shall be no less than zero. If the tendon duct is filled with a mixture of materials having various as-installed base numbers, the lowest number shall govern acceptance. Two kinds of bulk filler grease were used for the initial fill at TMI-1. These are 2090P and 2090P-2 both by Viscosity Oil Co. The 2090P was essentially neutral with a Base Number of zero. The 2090P-2 has a Base Number of 3.

Expected Base Number for 2090P and 2090P-2 is zero or higher with a tolerance of -.5. Since reserve alkalinity was not reported on the certifications for 2090P and 2090P-2, the testing of samples of this grease is primarily to detect significant changes in Base Number over a period of time that might indicate abnormal degradation of the corrosion inhibiting properties, e.g,, a trend developing where the grease is progressively becoming acidic over time.

Fresh new grease is 2090P-4 by Viscosity Oil Co. with a Base Number of 35. Acceptance Criteria for the fresh grease before it is mixed with existing grease is a Base Number of 17.5 or higher.

(4) Grease samples which exhibit reserve alkalinity number of <.5 shall be retested per the unmodified version of ASTM D974 Section 9 and an acid number generated for the sample. Both the reserve alkalinity number and the acid numbers shall be reported with the test results when this occurs. Acceptance criteria for Acid Number is that it must'be < 1.

(

53

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE 3 Page 4 of 6 Data Sheet 1 Laboratory Analysis of Bulk Filler Grease Dome Tendons INSPECTION PERIOD WATERIDRY RESERVE(1 )

SAMPLE TENDON CHLORIDES"'1 NITRATES("' SULFIDES(1" WEIGHT (2) ALKALINITY IDENTIFICATION END (PPM) (PPM) (PPM)  % (BASE NUMBER) 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

(1) ACCEPTANCE CRITERION IS GIVEN ON PAGE 2 OF LABORATORY TECHNICIAN ENCLOSURE 3. PREPEARED BY: DATE:

(2) ACCEPTANCE CRITERION IS 10% MAXIMUM BY WEIGHT. LABORATORY SUPERVISOR TENDON END: NW, NE, SW, SE VERIFIED BY: DATE:

COGNIZANT MECH/STRUCT ENGINEER APPROVED BY: DATE:

54

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE 3 Page 5 of 6 Data Sheet 2 Laboratory Analysis of Bulk Filler Grease Vertical Tendons INSPECTION PERIOD WATER/DRY RESERVE(')

SAMPLE TENDON CHLORIDES"1 ' NITRATES(') SULFIDES"1 ) WEIGHT (2) ALKALINITY IDENTIFICATION END (PPM) (PPM) (PPM) _ (BASE NUMBER) 1.

2.

3.

4.

5:

(1) ACCEPTANCE CRITERION IS GIVEN ON PAGE 2 OF LABORATORY TECHNICIAN ENCLOSURE 3. PREPEARED BY: DJATE:

(2) ACCEPTANCE CRITERION IS 10% MAXIMUM BY WEIGHT. LABORATORY SUPERVISOR TENDON END: TOP, BOTTOM VERIFIED BY: D_ATE:

COGNIZANT MECH/STRUCT ENGINEER APPROVED BY: ATE:

55

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE3 Page 6 of 6 Data Sheet 3 Laboratory Analysis of Bulk Filler Grease Hoop Tendons INSPECTION PERIOD WATER/DRY RESERVE"1 '

1 SAMPLE TENDON CHLORIDES"- NITRATES" ' SULFIDES"' WEIGHT (2) ALKALINITY IDENTIFICATION END (PPM) (PPM) (PPM) (BASE NUMBERI 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

(1) ACCEPTANCE CRITERION IS GIVEN ON PAGE 2 OF LABORATORY TECHNICIAN ENCLOSURE 3. PREPEARED BY: D_ATE:

(2) ACCEPTANCE CRITERION IS 10% MAXIMUM BY WEIGHT. LABORATORY SUPERVISOR TENDON END: BUTTRESS NUMBER VERIFIED BY:, D ATE:

COGNIZANT MECH/STRUCT ENGINEER APPROVED BY: ATE:

56

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 57 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 4 Page 1 of 5 TENDON RANDOM WIRE REMOVAUPHYSICAL TESTING (See Table 2 of Enclosure 2 for three tendons which require wire removal).

LIMITS AND PRECAUTIONS

1. Ensure proper identification of tendon before cutting and pulling test wire.

2. Use care to avoid damage to adjoining wireslbuttonheads.

3. Avoid unnecessary marks on wire while removing it.

PROCEDURE

1. IDENTIFY ONE PULLABLE WIRE Select one of the protruding wires (with tendon totally detensioned) and tap on it, rotate, or pull while observing movement of buttonhead at other end to identify both ends. Confirm wire identification before cutting.

2. CUT Cut off button head at opposite end from where puller will be installed.

3. INSTALL PULLER Install wire puller and slowly commence pulling. Verify cut end starts moving through end washer.

4. PULL AND COIL Use a come-along or some similar method to pull approximately 170 feet of wire. A cable gripper may be used to grip wire but avoid as much as possible making surface marks on the wire.

While pulling, coil wire to approximately six foot diameter and secure coil from unwinding.

WARNING A coiled tendon wire has considerable spring force. Inadequate binding could result in violent uncoiling which could Injure people.

5. TAG Attach metal tag at the. button headed end indicating following:

a. Tendon Number 57

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 58 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure. 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE4 Page 2 of 5

b. Identify the button headed end (tagged) as:

1. TOP for vertical tendons.

2. BUTTRESS NUMBER for hoop tendons;

3. NW, NE, SW, or SE for dome tendons.

6. PACKAGE/STORE/SHIP Wrap wire with plastic sheeting and tape securely to protect from elements.

7. LABORATORY TESTING 7.1 Clean and carefully inspect entire length of wire for pitting, corrosion, or other signs of deterioration..

Record this information on Data Sheet 1 of this enclosure.

NOTE Wire tests, and determination of elongation and yield strength, to conform to the requirements of ASTM A421 and, per reference therein, ASTM A370 or technically equivalent requirements.

7.2 CUT SAMPLES Cut three (3) samples from each wire, one from each end and one from middle. A fourth sample shall be cut from the area of worst corrosion, if any (IWL-2523.2b). Length of each sample shall be maximum length acceptable for test apparatus being used. Areas shall be representative of any significant corrosion or pitting but should not include any cable gripper marks.

7.3 IDENTIFY LOCATION OF SAMPLES Show on Data Sheet I of this enclosure, location along wire length where each sample was taken.

58

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 59 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 4 Page 3 of 5 7.4 TENSILE TEST

a. Determine YIELD, STRENGTH, ULTIMATE TENSILE STRENGTH, and PERCENT ELONGATION AT ULTIMATE TENSILE STRENGTH.

b. Record this data on the Data Sheet 2 of this enclosure.

c. Produce stress strain curves for each test.section.

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA - TENDON RANDOM WIRE PHYSICAL TESTING

1. No failure below minimum guaranteed ultimate stress of 240,000 psi.

2. Elongation at failure is not less than 4%.

3. Wire shows no evidence of damage or active corrosion.

4. If there is rejectable corrosion on the wire, or the wire fails the tensile test, the Cognizant Mechanical/Structural Engineer must evaluate. Each case shall be treated as an abnormal degradation of the containment structure and reported to the NRC.

59

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 60 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 S Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 4 Page 4 of 5 Data Sheet I Tendon Wire Inspection Data INSPECTION PERIOD Tendon Identification:.

0 25' 25' 50' 50' 75' 75' 100' 100' 125' 125' 150' 150' 175' 175' 180' I"

180' 185' 185' 190' Wire Sample Diameters At Breaking Sample for Tensile Test! 2 ) At 1/4-Points Points Sample 1: ft to It Sample 2: ft to It Sample 3: ft to ft NOTE

1. Corrosion or any signs of deterioration shall be indicated full length as shown on the above chart.

2. Sample shall include areas representative of significant corrosion or pitting if they exist on removed tendon wire.

3. Diameter at Breaking Point is to be interpolated from 1/4-point diameters on either side of breaking points.

Laboratory Technician prepared by: Date Laboratory Supervisor Verified by: Date

• - Cognizant Mech/Struct Engineer Approved by: Date-

\.

60

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE 4 Page 5 of 5 Data Sheet 2 Tendon Wire Test Results INSPECTION PERIOD, LOCATION (2) COMMENTS TENDON WIRE (1) FROM END OF YIELD (3) ULTIMATE PERCENT (4) (IDENTIFY MOST SAMPLE NO. WIRE STRESS (ksi) STRESS (ksi' ELONGATION CORRODED SECTION) I DOME STRESS (ksili 1.

2.

3.

VERTICAL 1.

2.

3.

HOOP 1.

2.

3.

NOTES: Laboratory Technician Prepared By:____ Date (1) See Section 7 of this enclosure.

(2) End starts from end of zero length as indicated on Data Sheet I of Laboratory Supervisor this enclosure. Verified By: Date (3) Yield stress is defined per ASTM A421. Date (4) At Ultimate Tensile Strength. Cognizant Mech/Struct Engineer Date Approved By: Date 61

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 62 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 5 GREASE CAN REMOVALIREPLACEMENT/REGREASING DELETED Refer to 141 0-Y-83 (Reference 2.15)

/

62

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 63 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 6 Page 1 of 16 ANCHORAGE AND CONCRETE INSPECTIONS A. NORMAL ANCHORAGE AND CONCRETE INSPECTIONS

1. PURPOSE Visual inspection/documentation for free water and of physical condition of anchorage assembly components, i.e., buttonheads, washers, bearing plates.

2. LIMITS AND PRECAUTIONS WARNING Each tendon wire Is tensioned to nearly 8000 lb. DO NOT strike tendon end assembly with any metal object while tendon is tensioned. Avoid getting In a direct line with the tendon end while It is tensioned.

3. PROCEDURE 3.1 PRIOR TO LIFT-OFF TEST 3.1.1 Examine interior of end cap and anchorage components for the presence of free water. Document any free water found in the Comments area on Data Sheet 4. Collect a sample of the water if present in sufficient quantity to allow this and label container to identify for later laboratory test to determine pH.

3.1.2 Observe each tendon anchorage for buttonheads which are missing or which protrude. Document on Data Sheets 1, 2, 3, and 4 of this enclosure.

3.1.3 Check anchorheads for any sign of cracking or serious degradation. Cracks, resulting in failure of anchorheads, have occurred at other plants. Before applying hydraulic ram the condition of each tendon anchorhead should be inspected to avoid potential personnel hazard. Notify Cognizant Mechanical/Structural Engineer immediately ifdegradation is noted. Be advised that this has been a problem at other plants in the past.

3.2 WHILE DETENSIONED, IF APPLICABLE Inspect for buttonheads which protrude much farther than adjoining one. Make note of these on Data Sheet 4 of this enclosure to facilitate location (for reinspection after retensioning).

63

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 64 of 124 Number TMI - Unit I Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 6 Page 2 of 16 3.3 AFTER LIFT-OFF TEST AND, IF APPLICABLE, AFTER RETENSIONING 3.3.1 Inspect for buttonheads which are missing or which protrude. Document on the Data Sheet 1, 2, 3, and 4 of this enclosure.

3.3.2 Perform VT-1 inspection of buttonheads. Document active corrosion and damage.

3.3.3 Document buttonhead inspection results on Data Sheets 1, 2, 3, and 4 of this enclosure.

3.3.4 Perform VT-I inspection of anchorage washer/shims/bearing plates. Document cracks and corrosion on Data Sheets 1, 2, and 3 of this enclosure 3.3.5 Perform VT-1C of concrete for a distance of 2 feet extending outward from the bearing plate, for cracking or voids and for gaps between bearing plate and concrete. Use an optical comparator or feeler gages.

3.3.6 Document findings on Data Sheets 5,6, or 7 of this enclosure. Use grid paper and Data Sheet 9, of this enclosure as necessary to identify significant crack patterns and widths.

3.3.7 Immediately after inspection of the buttonheads, butter the end of the anchorhead with clean bulk filler grease completely coating all buttonheads to provide temporary corrosion protection until the tendon is bulk filled.

4. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 4.1 No evidence of cracking in anchor heads, shims, washers, or bearing plates (IWL 3221.3).

4.2 No anchorage assembly shims, buttonheads or washers with active corrosion.

4.3 Anchorage assembly shims, buttonheads or washers with evidence of active corrosion are subject.to rejection and shall be further evaluated by the Cognizant Mechanical/Structural Engineer.

64

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 65 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE6 Page 3 of 16 4.4 No bearing plates with active corrosion.

4.5 Bearing plates with evidence of active corrosion are subject to rejection and should be further evaluated by the Cognizant Mechanical/Structural Enqineer.

4.6 Cracks in surrounding concrete face greater than 0.010 inch wide shall receive engineering evaluation.

4.7 Cracks in surrounding concrete face greater than/equal to 0.050 inch wide shall be repaired after appropriate engineering evaluation. Repair per TMI-1 approved repair procedure.

4.8 Cracks larger than 0.020 shall be monitored in future Tendon Surveillances until repaired.

4.9 IF any missing, broken and/or damaged wires are detected, check inspection reports from previous inspections to determine if damage was noted previously. Record findings on Data Sheets 1, 2, and 3 under "comments" section and on Data Sheet 4 of this enclosure.

4.10 Ensure Data Sheets 1 through 10 of this enclosure are filled out and signed.

B. CONCRETE CRACKS AT 9 SELECTED DOME TENDON ANCHORAGE AREAS IDENTIFIED ON DATA SHEET 8 of this enclosure (Periods 4, 5 6, and 7)

1. PURPOSE Inspection for concrete crack growth at Ring Girder anchorage areas. Required per Tech. Spec.

4.4.1.2.5 and also per report to NRC for 15 year Tendon Surveillance.

65

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 66 of 124 Number TMI - Unit I Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE6 Page 4 of 16

2. PROCEDURE 2.1 Perform VT-i C of concrete around dome tendon anchorage areas for crack growth for a distance of 2 feet extending outward from the bearing plate during 10 (Period 4), 15 (Period 5), 20 (Period 6), 25 (Period 7), and 30 (Period 8) year inspections by monitoring cracks greater than 0.005 inch in width, 2.2 Measure width, depth (if depth can be measured with simple existing plant instrument, i.e.

feeler gauges, Wires) and length of selected cracks by charting, as necessary.

2.3 Use Data Sheets 8 and 9 of this enclosure to document inspection results.

NOTE Results of crack measurements made during the 3 years after SIT are filed under 1301-8.2, "Ring Girder Surveillance Program". (The procedure has since been cancelled and the procedure number was re-assigned to a different procedure).

3. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA f

3.1 Data Sheets 9 and 10 of this enclosure filled out and signed.

3.2 Submit completed Data Sheets 9 and 10 of this enclosure to Cognizant Mechanical/Structural Engineer for evaluation. This inspection may be discontinued if the concrete cracks show no sign of growth. If, however, these inspections indicate crack growth, an investigation of the causes and safety impact shall be performed.

3.3 Cracks in surrounding concrete face greater than 0.010 inch wide shall receive engineering evaluation.

3.4 Cracks in surrounding concrete face greater than/equal to 0.050 inch wide shall be repaired after appropriate engineering evaluation. Repair per TMI-1 approved repair procedure. (1440-Y-23).

C. VISUAL INSPECTION OF CONTAINMENT

1. PURPOSE Visual inspection of 100% of all accessible surfaces of the exterior concrete surfaces of containment, and examination of tendon end caps for grease leakage or end cap deformation.

66

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 67 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 I Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 6 Page 5 of 16

2. PROCEDURE NOTE Areas that have suspect indications or require more sensitivity shall receive a VT-1C inspection. All potentially unacceptable indications shall have a sketch generated detailing the indication's size and location, for trending or Engineering Evaluation purposes.

2.1 Perform VT-3C visual examination of the exterior concrete surface of the containment including the foundation mat around the bottom vertical tendon anchorages noting results of examination on DATA SHEET 10 of this enclosure.

2.2 The V`T-3C examination shall detect, describe, and locate evidence of conditions defined in ACI 201.1R-92 and any of the following indications of possible abnormal degradation:

Large spall, severe scaling, grease leakage, other surface deterioration.

2.3 Visually inspect all tendon end caps for grease leakage or grease cap deformation.

Removal of grease caps is not necessary for this inspection.

NOTE Areas considered inaccessible, shall be evaluated when conditions exist in accessible areas that indicate the presence of, or result in degradation of inaccessible areas.

3. ACEPTANCE CRITERIA 3.1 Concrete surface indications meeting the surface condition attributes listed in Section 5.1 of ACI 349.3R-96, are generally acceptable without further Engineering Evaluation.

Conditions non-compliant with Section 5.1 shall be submitted to Cognizant Mechanical/Structural Engineer in order to ascertain if there is evidence of damage or degradation sufficient to warrant further evaluation or repair.

3.2 Tendon end grease caps shall show no evidence of activegrease leakage.

3.3 Tendon end grease caps shall show no evidence of grease cap deformation, which may be indicative of anchorage hardware deterioration.

67

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE6 Page 6 of 16 Data Sheet I Anchorage Assembly Surveillance Inspection Dome Tendons INSPECTION PERIOD INSP. BY VERIF. BY STRESSING WASHER DATE CONTR. COGNIZANT TENDON END BUITrONHEADS & NUT SHIMS BEARING PLATE INSP. COMMENTS FOREMAN QVINSP.

NO. OF MISSING, BROKEN, ANDIOR DAMAGED 1D. Location Corr. WIRES CORR. SKETCHED CORR. CRACKS SKETCHED CORR. CRACKS SKETCHED CORR. CRACKS SKETCHED 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1.

' z 2.

3._

o c 0)0 0)

(D >

CDm 4._

LEGEND GENERAL TENDON END-LOCATION Y = YES IDENTIFY TENDON END (SHOP OR FIELD) AND NW, NE, SW, SE N = NO 68

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE6 Page 7 of 16 Data Sheet 2 Anchorage Assembly Surveillance Inspection Vertical Tendons INSPECTION PERIOD INSP. BY VERIF. BY STRESSING WASHER DATE CONTR. COGNIZANT TENDON END BUT-ONHEADS & NUT SHIMS BEARING PLATE INSP. COMMENTS FOREMAN QVINSP.

NO. OF MISSING, BROKEN, ANDIOR DAMAGED I.D. Location Corr. WIRES' CORR. SKETCHED CORR. CRACKS SKETCHED CORR. CRACKS SKETCHED CORR. CRACKS SKETCHED 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 _ _____

2.3 ____

4._

S.

6. __

LEGEND GENERAL TENDON END-LOCATION Y = YES IDENTIFY TENDON END (SHOP OR FIELD) AND TOP (T) OR BOTTOM (B) OF TENDON N=NO 69

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE6 Page 8 of 16 Data Sheet 3 Anchorage Assembly Surveillance Inspection Hoop Tendons INSPECTION PERIOD__________

INSP. BY VERIF. BY STRESSING WASHER DATE CONTR. COGNIZANT TENDON END BUTTONHEADS & NUT SHIMS BEARING PLATE INSP. COMMENTS FOREMAN QV INSP.

NO. OF MISSING, BROKEN, ANDIOR DAMAGED 1.0. Location Corr. WIRES CORR. SKETCHED CORR. CRACKS SKETCHED CORR. CRACKS SKETCHED CORR. CRACKS SKETCHED 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1I 16 17 18 19 2._ _ 0 oD>

0~

CDn 4.

6.

6.

LEGEND GENERAL TENDON END-LOCATION Y= YES IDENTIFY TENDON END (SSHOP OR FIELD) AND NUMBER OF BUTTRESS (1 TO 6) AT TENDON END N = NO 70

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE 6 Page 9 of 16 Data Sheet 4 Tendon Buttonhead Inspection RB Tendon Surveillance COMMENT:

INSPECTED BY CONTRACTOR FOREMAN Date VERIIFIED BY COGNIZANT QV INSPECTOR Date COGNIZANT MECH/STRUCT ENGINEER Date REVIEWED BY Tendon #

INSPECTION PERIOD END: FIELD (1 piece washer)

SHOP _ (2 piece washer) 71

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE 6 Page 10 of 16 Data Sheet 5 Tendon Anchorage Area Concrete Crack Inspection Dome Tendons Inspection Period Pattern Crackinq Insp. By Verify. By about Tendon Remarks Cracks with width >0.01" Date Contr. Cognizant No. Location Remarks about Crackinga Pattern Location(A) Width (IN.)(B) Insp. Foreman OV Insp.

1. ____

2.

3.

4. 10>

CD >

-40 t'

5.

6.o NOTE: (A) Location: Cognizant Mech/Struct Engineer Reviewed By: Date:

Identify Tendon End (Shop or Field) and NW, NE, SW, SE (B) If concrete crack width > 0.01", provide sketch 72

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE 6 Page 11 of 16 Data Sheet 6 Tendon Anchorage Area Concrete Crack Inspection Vertical Tendons Inspection Period Insp. By Verify. By Tendon Cracks with width >0.01" Date Contr. Cognizant No. Location Remarks about Cracking Pattern Location(A) Width (IN.)(B) Insp- Foreman QV Insp.

1.

2.

3.

F cZ 4.

CD)

C.,

CD

-4.

5.

6.

7.

NOTE: (A) Location:

Identify Tendon End (Shop or Field) and Cognizant Mech/Struct Engineer T or B - Top or Bottom of Vertical Tendon Reviewed By: Date:

(B) If concrete crack width > 0.01", provide sketch 73

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE 6 Page 12 of 16 Data Sheet 7 Tendon Anchorage Area Concrete Crack Inspection Hoop Tendons Inspection Period Cracks with width >0.01" Date Insp. By Verify. By Tendon No. Location Remarks about Crackinq Pattern Location(A) Width (IN.) B) Insp. Contr. Foreman Cognizant QV Insp.

1.

2. ____

3. ____

4. ____

5. ____

CD>

6. ____ .0J.

CD 7.

8. -

9.

10.

NOTE: (A) Location:

Identify Tendon End (Shop or Field) and Cognizant Mech/Struct Engineer 1 to 6 - Number of Buttress At End of Tendon Reviewed By: Date:

(B) If concrete crack width > 0.01", provide sketch 74

1301-9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE 6 Page 13 of 16 Data Sheet 8 Concrete Crack Growth Inspection Dome Tendons Inspection Period Insp. By Verify. By Tendon Cracks with width >0.01 " Date Contr. Cognizant No. Location Remarks about Cracking Pattern Location(A) Width (IN.(B) Insp. Foreman QV Insp.

1. D-103 NE END

2. D-118 SW END

3. D-203 NE END

4. D-218 SE END

5. D-225 NW END

6. D-249 SE END

7. D-313 SE END

8. D-329 SW END_

9. D-334 NW END 10.

12.

NOTE: (A) Location:

Identify Tendon End (Shop or Field) and Cogniz*ant Mech/Struct Engineer NW, NE, SW, Se Review ed By: Date:

(B) If concrete crack width > 0.01", provide sketch 75

1301,9.1 Revision 20 ENCLOSURE6 Page 14 of 16 DATA SHEET 9 Crack Growth Inspections Choose the sketch which is most appropriate and plot the observed cracks.

INSPECTED BY CONTRACTOR DATE VERIFIED BY COGNIZANT QV INSPECTOR DATE REVIEWED BY COGNIZANT MECH/STRUCT ENGINEER DATE 76

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 77 of 124 ENCLOSURE 6 1301-9.1 Data Sheet 10 Revision 20 General Containment Inspection Results Page 15 of 16

('

Mat Foundation in Tendon Gallery Tendon Grease Caps Buttress 1 to 2 Buttress 2 to 3 Butes2t)

Buttress 3 to 4 Cognizant Mech/Struct Engineer Reviewed By: Date:

Performed By: Date:

I 77

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 78 of 124 ENCLOSURE 6 1301-9.1 Data Sheet 10 Revision 20 General Containment Inspection Results Page 16 of 16 Buttress 4 to 5 11 )

Buttress 5 to 6 Buttressa6 to I

(,

Dome Area Cognizant Mech/Struct Engineer Reviewed By: Date:

Performed By: Date:

78

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 79 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE 7 Page 1 of 2 Additional Inspection Commitments Due to Abnormalities Previously Documented In 1301-9.1 Inspection Abnormality Period Noted Commitment Comments 1

5/21/75 NONE NONE NONE

-7102/75 2 Tendon H-51-13 had Inspect H-51-13 buttonheads 8/17/77 - numerous cracked in period 3 to determine if NONE 11/11/77 buttonheads. cracking continues.

3 V31 Lift off 3 Do lift off on V30 and V32 LER 81-010 sub -

4117/80 - kips low and in period 4. Reinspect to document incom-8/6/80 adjacent tendons V138 in period 4 to plete inspect, during not lifted off. better document the 1980 surveillance.

V138 Category corrosion and evaluate. H-51-13 inspection 4 Corrosion showed no continued cracking.

4 Lift off of V30 &V32 was 5/85 - NONE NONE performed with acceptable 6/85 results. The corrosion on V1 38 was evaluated & found acceptable.

5 Some cracks During period 6 repeat 10/89 - appeared to have the concrete cracks 1/90 grown slightly inspection as required in NONE from previous. Enclosure 6.

6 All SDR's accept condition(s) 9/94 - 11/94 As captured in SDR's 1 None found with no further action and 9/95 through 6 required 7* Grout overlay repairs not Consider performing repairs 30 Year Exam completely sound (T.R.

136, Sec. 4.3)

SE quad above ring girder Reexamine rebar and/or 30 Year Exam

- Grout cover coming off & consider grout repair Underlying rebar exposed (T. R. 136, Sec. 4.2) 7* Construction joint above reexamine crack &ensure 30 Year Exam ring girder between stable D32ONE &D321NE -

Crack @ .018" wide (T.R.

136, Sec. 4.5)

• Reference Topical Report (T.R.) No. 136, Tendon Surveillance 25th Year (Period 7) for details surrounding the abnormalities noted and commitments made to the regulator in that Topical Report for Period 7.

I

' I 79

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 80 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 ENCLOSURE7 Page 2 of 2 Inspection Abnormality Period Noted Commitment Comments 7* (Cont'd) Crack @ H46-37 @ .013W reexamine crack & ensure 30 Year Exam wide w/in 2' of base plate stable edge (T.R. 136, Sec. 4.7)

Some grease samples Ensure grease samples w/ <.5 30 Year Exam exhibit Reserve Alkalinity retested per Unmodified Version No. < .5 ASTM D974 Sec. 9 for acid number V164 field end wI nitrates @ Reexam of 2nd sample found 30 Year Exam 10.3 ppm (T.R. 136, Sec. SAT. Resample V164 field end 4.8) to ensure nitrates stable.

V86 - assurance of resample grease @ field end 30 Year Exam complete Tendon void V86 & top off with grease.

grease fill not satisfied (T. R.

136, Sec. - 4.9)

Some areas found spalled Reexam spalled areas - ensure 30 Year Exam

/ during IWL exam (T.R. 136, stable and/or grout repair Sec. 4.4)

Cracks found over FHB Perform VT-lC exam & ensure 30 Year Exam Roof between buttresses 3 stable w/ no active degradation

&4 (T.R. 136, Sec. 4.1) Mechanism 8** Repairs required for grout, VT-I/VT-1C exams of all repairs 35 Year Exam 2004 concrete cracks, exposed listed in TR-183, Section 5.1 reinforcing steel, vertical tendon upper end bearing plate corrosion as listed in TR-183, Section 5.1 Overall concrete surface Re-examine VT-1NT-1C of all 35 Year Exam degraded conditions as listed areas previously identified for in TR-183, Section 4.1, 4.2 detailed examination, but not repaired.

D-342 tendon exams limited Do full set of tests and 35 Year Exam by location over Main steam examinations, during 2009 Safety Valve Discharge Refueling Outage, for D-342 piping Reference Topical Report (T.R.) No. 136, Tendon Surveillance 2 5 1h Year (Period 7) for details surrounding the abnormalities noted and commitments made to the regulator in that Topical Report for Period 7.

Reference Topical Report (T.R.) No. 183, Tendon Surveillance 3 0th Year (Period 8) for details surrounding the abnormalities noted and commitments made to the regulator in that report.

80

TM-Ni1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 81 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1 .':1(il -A I

• r rdif I IIIX*

Prcd Surveillancel1~

- n Revision No.

i.

RB Structural Intecgritv Tendon Surveillance int 9n ENCLOSURE 8 Page 1 of 1 Safe Access Guidelines for Tendon Work During Power Operations A1Tr~AC.RkeT Cr.10-34--L43 LA 2

0ki X

(1)

DOMu Insp. SeSS3~iLN OK I

d~NZ AOOH Sn NO SO

';:$ SS31J.Lfl 4.-- 2 U

-dsma dOOH

" 0 553M-1? IS 3M '~dSN-1 OO NOTE (1) Additional review with Industrial Safety in 2009 expanded the acceptable work zone at power to include these buttress 6 areas.

/

81

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 82 of 124 ER-AA-33-O1 8 EX l1Revision 5 Page 1 of 32

( Nuclear Level 2 - Reference Use DETAILED. GENERAL. VT-l. VT-IC, VT-3 AND VT-3C VISUAL EXAMINATION OF ASME CLASS MC AND CC CONTAINMENT SURFACES AND COMPONENTS

1. PURPOSE 1.1. This procedure provides the requirements and examiner responsibilities for performing Inservice Inspection (ISI) or Repair Replacement Detailed, General, VT-1, VT-1 C, VT-3 and VT-3C Visual Examination on containment surfaces and components, in accordance with Subsections IWE (Class MC) and IWL (Class CC) of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME B&PV Code) Section XI, 1992 Edition, 1992 Addenda through 2001 Edition, 2003 Addenda including December 2003 Erratum as modified by Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations (10CFR) 50.55a Paragraphs (b)(2)(viii) and (b)(2)(ix).

1.2. This procedure is also applicable for Stations having authorized or granted Code Relief Requests for the use of portions of this procedure, as applicable.

1.3. The definitions of discontinuities in concrete, coating failures, and post tensioning systems (tendons) indications are provided in Attachments 1,2, and 3.

2. MATERIALS AND SPECIAL EQUIPMENT

- A near distance vision test chart (Test Card or Illumination Card) in accordance with Table IWA-2210-1, if applicable;

- Calibrated Illumination Light Meter with measurement display capability in foot-candles or lux, if applicable;

- 1 foot-candle = 10.76391 lux.

- 1 lux = 0.09290304 foot-candle.

- Mirrors, Binoculars, Telescopes, Borescopes, Closed Circuit Televisions, Cameras, etc., if applicable;

- Flashlight or droplights, if applicable.

2.1. Borescopes, mirrors, telescopes, closed circuit television, cameras or other devices may be used for remote examination, provided such devices or systems have a resolution capability at least equivalent to that attainable by direct visual examination.

2.2. Magnifying glasses, mirrors, depth gages, crack comparators, surface replication techniques and weld gages may be used to supplement direct examination.

2.3. Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) or visual aids used shall be recorded on the Work Order (WO) and/or on the applicable Visual Examination NDE Report, (Attachments 4, 5, or 6) or equivalent.

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 83 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 2 of 32

3. PRECAUTIONS. LIMITATIONS. AND PREREQUISITES 3.1. Precautions 3.1.1. Personnel performing examinations shall ENSURE that all Site Safety and Radiological Protection Standards are observed..

3.2. Limitations 3.2.1. ENSURE that this procedure meets the appropriate code requirements for the scope of examinations to be performed.

3.2.2. ENSURE that the requirements and criteria contained in authorized or granted site specific Code Relief Requests are met.

3.3. Prerequisites 3.3.1. Personnel performing Examinations shall be a minimum Level I qualified and certified in accordance with ER-AA-335-001 'Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive Examination (NDE)Personnel'or in accordance with an approved vendor qualification and certification procedure.

1. Certified Level I Personnel shall not independently EVALUATE or INTERPRET the results of an examination. If any conditions exist as listed in the Acceptance Standards/Criteria stated in Paragraphs 4.6. through 4.9, a Certified Level II or III shall be contacted to conduct an evaluation or interpretation of the examination results

2. Certified Level I Personnel shall be qualified to conduct the following:

A. PERFORM specific equipment set-ups; B. PERFORM specific calibrations and examination; C. RECORD data / results to specific written instructions; D. IMPLEMENT written and verbal instructions under the guidance of a certified Level II or Level III Examiner.

3. Personnel shall be certified to a Level IIor Level III Examiner to perform review/evaluation of recordable, reportable or unacceptable results from an examination.

4. Additionally, an Engineer may perform Detailed or General Visual Examinations.

A. A Responsible Engineer (RE) with a current Engineering Qualification Card on ASME Class CC (IWL) may perform Detailed or General Visual Examinations on IWL containment surfaces and post tensioning systems (tendons).

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 84 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 3 of 32 B. A Responsible Individual (RI) with a current Engineering Qualification Card on ASME Class MC (IWE) and Class CC (IWL) may perform Detailed or General Visual Examinations on Class MC and metallic liners of Class CC components.

3.3.2. Procedure Demonstration/Qualification

1. A written procedure and report of examination results is required.

2. For procedure demonstration, a near-distance vision test chart containing text with lower case characters without an ascender or descender (e.g., a, c, e, o) in accordance with ASME Section XI, Table IWA-2210-1 is required.

3. Measurements of the near-distance test chart shall be made once before initial use with an optical comparator (lOX or greater) or other suitable instrument to verify that the height of a representative lower case character, for the selected type size, meets the requirements of Table IWA-221 0-1.

4. The remote examination procedure shall be demonstrated to resolve the required test chart characters.

3.3.3. Detailed and General Visual Verification of Resolution and Illumination Examinations shall be performed either directly or remotely with adequate resolution and illumination. Personnel shall have visual acuity sufficient to detect evidence of degradation, by line of sight from available viewing angles from floors, platforms, walkways, ladders or other permanent vantage points, unless temporary access is required by the inspection plan.

1. Detailed Visual Examinations (conducted by a Certified VT-1 or VT-1C Examiner or Engineer, as applicable) shall be sufficient to determine the magnitude and extent of any deterioration and distress of the surface/component being examined and on suspect surfaces initially detected by General Visual Examination or structural condition of areas affected by repair/replacement activities.

2. General Visual Examinations (conducted by a Certified VT-3 or VT-3C Examiner or Engineer, as applicable) shall be sufficient to assess the general condition of the surface or component and to identify areas of deterioration and distress on the surface or component being examined.

3.3.4. VT-1/1C and VT-3/3C Verification of Resolution and Illumination

/

\ .J

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 85 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 4 of 32 NOTE: As an alternative to the Light Meter Illumination Measurement as described in Paragraph 3.3.4.1 and Sub-Paragraphs, a test chart (Test Card or Illumination Card) in accordance with the requirements of IWA-2210 shall be used to determine adequacy of resolution and illumination on the component at the examination site. Ability to discern the lower-case characters on the Test Card or Illumination Card at a maximum distance of 2 feet (609.6 mm) for VT-1 or VT-1C and 4 feet (1219 mm) for VT-3 or VT-3C is a measure of adequate resolution and lighting. This alternative is provided in Engineering Change (EC) 0000365662-000 of 04/27/2007, which documents the approval of the alternative examination technique demonstration for the use of a character card as equivalent for determining adequate lighting per IWA-2210 as required by ASME B&PV Code Section Xl Paragraph IWA-2240, 1992 Edition 1992 Addenda through 1995 Edition 1997 Addenda.

1. When performing examinations to Section Xl, 1992 Edition with 1992 Addenda through 1995 Edition 1997 Addenda, a test chart (Test Card) in accordance with the requirements of IWA-2210 may be used to determine adequacy of resolution on the component at the examination site.

Additionally, illumination shall be measured in foot-candles on the component at the examination site with a calibrated instrument evidencing the minimum illumination required. Ability to discern the lower-case characters on the Test Card at the minimum illumination level is a measure of adequate resolution and lighting.

A. When performing direct VT-1 or VT-1 C examinations, a minimum illumination of 50 foot-candles (fc) at a maximum distance of 2 feet (609.6 mm) shall be maintained. Calibrated light meters shall be used for verification of illumination levels.

B. When performing direct VT-3 or VT-3C examinations, a minimum illumination of 50 foot-candles (fc) at a maximum distance of 4 feet (1219 mm) shall be maintained. Calibrated light meters shall be used for verification of illumination levels.

C. When performing examinations, a calibrated light meter in accordance with the requirements of IWA-2210 shall be used to determine adequacy of illumination on the component at the examination site.

D. The qualification shall be demonstrated using a near distance vision test chart containing text with lower case characters without an ascender or descender (e.g., a, c, e, o) with maximum lower case height for VT-1/IC of 0.044 inches (1.1 mm) and for VT-3/3C of 0.105 inches (2.7 mm).

E. When performing remote VT-1/1C or VT-3/3C visual examinations required by ASME Section XI, Subsection IWE and IWL, the

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 86 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 5 of 32 illumination levels may be reduced and the distances may be extended as specified in Paragraphs 3.3.4.1.A. and 3.3.4.1..B, provided that the conditions or indications for which the visual examination is performed can be detected at the chosen distance and illumination and that the system is capable of distinguishing and differentiating between colors applicable to the component.

F. If required by the applicable governing code edition and addenda, the adequacy of the illumination levels from battery powered portable lights shall be checked before and after each examination or series of examinations, not to exceed 4 hr between checks.

2. When performing examinations to Section Xl, 1998 Edition and later, a test chart (Test Card or Illumination Card) in accordance with the requirements of IWA-2210 shall be used to determine adequacy of resolution and illumination on the component at the examination site. Ability to discern the lower-case characters on the Test Card or Illumination Card is a measure of adequate resolution and lighting.

A. When performing direct VT-1 or VT-1 C examinations, a minimum illumination of 50 foot-candles (fc) at a maximum distance of'2 feet (609.6 mm) shall be maintained. Calibrated light meters or a near distance resolution card (Test Card or Illumination Card) per paragraph 3.3.4.2.C. shall be used for verification of illumination levels.

B. When performing direct VT-3 or VT-3C examinations, a minimum illumination ofr50 foot-candles (fc) at a maximum distance of 4 feet (1219 mm) shall be maintained. Calibrated light meters or a near distance resolution card (Test Card or Illumination Card) per paragraph 3.3.4.2.C shall be used for verification of illumination levels.

C. When performing examinations, a test chart (Test Card or Illumination Card) in accordance with the requirements of IWA-2210 shall be used to determine adequacy of resolution and illumination on the component at the examination site.

D. The qualification shall be demonstrated using a near distance vision test chart containing text with lower case characters without an ascender or descender (e.g., a, c, e, o) with maximum lower case height for VT-1/1C of 0.044 inches (1.1 mm) and for VT-3/3C of 0.105 inches (2.7 mm).

E. When performing remote VT-1/1C or VT-3/3C visual examinations required by ASME Section Xl, Subsection IWE and IWL, the illumination levels may be reduced and the distances may be extended as specified in Paragraphs 3.3.4.2.A and 3.3.4.2.B, provided that the conditions or indications for which the visual examination is performed can be detected at the chosen distance and illumination and that the

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 87 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 6 of 32 system is capable of distinguishing and differentiating between colors applicable to the component.

F. If required by the applicable governing code edition and addenda, the adequacy of the illumination levels from battery powered portable lights shall be checked before and after each examination or series of examinations, not to exceed 4 hr between checks. In lieu of using a light meter, these checks may be made by verifying that the illumination is adequate (i.e., no discernable degradation in the visual examination resolution of the procedure demonstration test chart characters).

3.3.5. A Responsible Engineer (RE) shall be a knowledgeable and qualified individual appointed by management. The RE shall be a Registered Professional Engineer with knowledge of the design, construction codes and experience in evaluating inservice conditions of structural concrete. The RE shall be responsible for:

- Development of plans and procedures for examination of ASME Class CC (IWL) containment surfaces and post tensioning systems (tendons);

- Approval, instruction and training of concrete examination personnel;

- Evaluation of examination results;

- Preparation or review of repair/replacement plans and procedures;

- Review of procedures for pressure tests following repair/replacements; Submittal of reports to the Owner documenting results of examinations, pressure tests and repairs.

3.3.6. A Responsible Individual (RI) shall be a knowledgeable and qualified individual appointed by management. The RI shall be knowledgeable in the requirements for design, inservice inspection and testing of Class MC (IWE) and metallic liners of Class CC (IWL) components. The RI shall be responsible for:

- Development of plans and procedures for examination of ASME Class MC (IWE) containment surfaces;

- Instruction, training and approval of visual examination personnel;

- Performance or direction of general and detailed visual examinations;

- Evaluation of examination results;

- Submittal of report to the Owner documenting results of examinations.

3.3.7. VERIFY that the owner defined/site specific acceptance criteria/standards for IWE and IWL components have been established prior to the conduct of examination.

4. MAIN BODY 4.1. Surface Preparation K 4.1.1. If necessary, REMOVE dirt, grease, or other foreign matter that would mask indications or interfere with the examination.

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 88 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 7 of 32 4.1.2. When a containment vessel or liner is painted or coated to protect surfaces from corrosion, PERFORM preservice and inservice visual examinations without the removal of the paint or coating.

4.1.3. When removal of paint or coating is required, REMOVE it in a manner that will not reduce the base metal or weld thickness below the design thickness. Reapplied paint and coating systems shall be compatible with the existing system.

4.2. Illumination 4.2.1. Use same technique to verify illumination as described in Paragraphs 3.3.3 and 3.3.4.

4.2.2. It is not necessary to measure illumination level on each examination surface when the same portable light source or similar installed lighting equipment is demonstrated and documented to provide the specified illumination at the maximum examination distance. Battery powered portable lights may be used provided that they meet the maximum distance and minimum illumination level.

4.3. Examination 4.3.1. PERFORM Visual Examination by direct or remote visual examination method or a combination thereof.

4.3.2. USE mirrors or other optical aids to improve the angle of vision.

4.3.3. DETAILED VISUAL (DV) EXAMINATION DV Examinations (conducted by a Certified VT-1 or VT-1 C Examiner or Engineer, as applicable) are conducted to determine the magnitude and extent of any deterioration and distress of the surface/component being examined and on suspect surfaces initially detected by General Visual Examination or structural condition of areas affected by repair/replacement activities.

4.3.4. GENERAL VISUAL (GV) EXAMINATION

1. In accordance with ASME Section Xl, prior to 1998 Edition; GV Examinations (performed by a Certified VT-3 or VT-3C Examiner) shall be performed by, or under the direction of, a Registered Professional Engineer or other individual (Certified VT-3 or VT-3C Examiner) knowledgeable in the requirements for design, inservice inspection, and testing of Class MC and metallic liners of Class CC components.

The examination shall be performed either directly or remotely, by an examiner with visual acuity sufficient to detect evidence of degradation that may affect either the containment structural integrity or leak tightness.

2. In accordance with ASME Section Xl, 1998 Edition and later;

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 89 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 8 of 32 A. IWE GV Examinations (conducted by a Certified VT-3 Examiner or Engineer, as applicable) are conducted to access the general condition of containment surfaces.

B. IWL GV Examinations (conducted by a Certified VT-3 or VT-3C Examiner or Engineer, as applicable) are conducted to access the general structural condition of concrete containment surfaces and identify areas of concrete deterioration and distress, such as described in ACl 201.1 R-68 and ACI 349.3R.

4.3.5. VT-1, VISUAL EXAMINATION VT-1 examinations are conducted to detect discontinuities and imperfections on the surfaces of metallic surfaces, components, supports, and tendon anchorage hardware including such conditions as cracks, wear, corrosion, or erosion and on suspect areas initially detected by VT-3.

4.3.6. VT-3, VISUAL EXAMINATION VT-3 examinations are conducted to determine the general mechanical and structural condition of metallic surfaces, components, and their supports, by verifying parameters such as clearances, settings, and physical displacements; and to detect discontinuities and imperfections, such as loss of integrity at bolted or welded connections, loose or missing parts, debris, corrosion, wear, or erosion.

4.3.7. VT-IC, VISUAL EXAMINATION VT-iC examinations are conducted to determine concrete deterioration and distress for suspect areas detected by VT-3C and to determine the condition of concrete extending 2.0 feet beyond the edge of tendon anchorage hardware bearing plates.

4.3.8. VT-3C VISUAL EXAMINATION VT-3C examinations are conducted to determine the general structural condition of concrete surfaces of containments by identifying areas of concrete deterioration and distress, such as defined in the American Concrete Institute Specifications ACI 201.1 R-68 and ACI 349.3 R.

1. RECORDABLE INDICATION: any visually observed abnormal conditions that may potentially impact the integrity of the component design function.

2. SUSPECT AREA: an area with a relevant condition that has exceeded the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

3. These conditions are identified as "Recordable Indication Type Codes" in Attachments 4, 5, and 6.

4.4. Direct Examination

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 90 of 124 ER-AA-,335-018 Revision 5 Page 9 of 32 4.4.1. CONDUCT a direct (near distance) Detailed or General Visual Examination when personnel have visual acuity sufficient to detect evidence of degradation, by line of sight from available viewing angles from floors, platforms, walkways, ladders or other permanent vantage points, unless temporary access is required by the inspection plan.

4.4.2. CONDUCT a direct (near distance) VT-1 or VT-1 C Visual Examination using a near distance vision test chart (Test Card or Illumination Card) containing text with lower case characters without an ascender or descender (e.g. a,c,e,o) with maximum lower case height of 0.044 inches (1.1 mm) at a maximum distance of 2 feet (609.6 mm) and a minimum illumination of 50 fc.

4.4.3. CONDUCT a direct (near distance) VT-3 or VT-3C Visual Examination using a near distance vision test chart (Test Card or Illumination Card) containing text with lower case characters without an ascender or descender (e.g. a,c,e,o) with maximum lower case height of 0.105 inches (2.7 mm) at a maximum distance of 4 feet (1219 mm) and a minimum illumination of 50 fc.

4.4.4. Verification of resolution and illumination shall be as qualified in Paragraphs 3.3.3 or 3.3.4.

4.5. Remote Examination 4.5.1. Detailed or General Visual remote examination may be substituted for direct as described in Paragraph 3.3.3.

4.5.2. VT-1/1C or VT-3/3C remote examinations may be substituted for direct examinations as described in Paragraph 3.3.4 provided the remote technique being used has been qualified by use of a Near-Distance Vision Chart (Test Card or Illumination Card) for the maximum distance being viewed and that the system is capable of distinguishing and differentiating between colors applicable to the component.

4.6. Examination of Class MC Components 4.6.1. Examination Boundary

1. In accordance with ASME Section XI, 1992 Edition with 1992 Addenda and prior to 1998 Edition, the examination boundary for components shall INCLUDE either the ACCESSIBLE INTERIOR and the EXTERIOR surface areas including welds and base metal.

2. In accordance with ASME Section Xl, 1998 Edition and later, the examination boundary for components shall INCLUDE all ACCESSIBLE INTERIOR and EXTERIOR surface areas including welds and base metal.

4.6.2. Standards for Examination Category E-A, Containment Surfaces in accordance with ASME Section XI, prior to 1998 Edition;

1. Visual Examination - General

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 91 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 10 of 32 In accordance with 10CFR50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(E), at least once each Inspection Period, PERFORM the General Visual Examination (performed by a Certified VT-3 Examiner) by or under the direction of a Registered Professional Engineer or other individual (Certified VT-3 Examiner) knowledgeable in the requirements for design, inservice inspection and testing of Class MC and metallic liners of Class CC components.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. ACCEPT conditions that may affect containment structural integrity or leak-tightness (i.e., have exceeded Acceptance Standards) by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWE-3122.

2. VT-3, Visual Examination on Coated Areas EXAMINE the area to be inspected, when painted or coated, for evidence of flaking, blistering, peeling, discoloration, and other signs of distress.

A. RECORD all indications in.accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. ACCEPT suspect areas by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWE-3122.

D. When specified as a result of the engineering evaluation, PERFORM supplemental examinations in accordance with IWE-3200.

3. VT-3, Visual Examination on Non-coated Areas EXAMINE the area to be inspected for evidence of cracking, discoloration, wear, pitting, excessive corrosion, arc strikes, gouges, surface discontinuities, dents, and other signs of surface irregularities.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. ACCEPT suspect areas by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWE-3122.

D. When specified as a result of the engineering evaluation, PERFORM supplemental examinations in accordance with IWE-3200.

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 92 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 r Page 11 of 32 4.6.3. Standards for Examination Category E-A, Containment Surfaces in accordance with ASME Section XI, 1998 Edition and later;

1. Visual Examination of Accessible Surface Areas PERFORM a General Visual Examination (conducted by a Certified VT-3 Examiner or Engineer, as applicable) to access the general condition of all Coated and Noncoated Accessible Containment Surface Areas. These areas shall include all accessible interior and exterior surfaces of Class MC components, parts, and appurtenances, and metallic shell and penetration liners of Class CC components.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. ACCEPT conditions that may affect containment surface integrity (i.e.,

have exceeded Acceptance Standards) by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWE-3122.

2. Visual Examination of Pressure-Retaining Bolted Connections PERFORM a VT-3 Visual Examination (as modified by S10CFR50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G) and (H)) of Item El. 11 (Pressure-RetainingBolted Connections, Coated and Noncoated), once each interval. Additionally, PERFORM a VT-3 Visual Examination on containment bolted connections that are disassembled during the scheduled performance of the examinations of Item E1.11 or whenever containment bolted connections are disassembled for any reason.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. For any flaws or degradation identified, PERFORM a VT-1 Visual Examination (as modified by 10CFR50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(H)).

D. CORRECT conditions that cause bolted connections to violate either containment leak-tight or structural integrity by repair/replacement in accordance with IWE-3122.2.

E. CORRECT loose bolting by corrective measures to the extent necessary to meet the acceptance standards identified in IWE-3122.2.

3. Visual Examination of Wetted Surfaces of Submerged Areas

TM-N 1043-500. Appendix E Revision 0, Page 93 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 12 of 32 PERFORM a VT-3 Visual Examination (as modified by I OCFR50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G)) of Item El. 12 (Wetted Surfaces of Submerged Areas, Coated and Noncoated). These areas shall include all accessible interior and exterior surfaces of Class MC components, parts, and appurtenances, and metallic shell and penetration liners of Class CC components.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. ACCEPT suspect areas by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWE-3122.

D. When specified as a result of the engineering evaluation, PERFORM supplemental examinations in accordance with IWE-3200.

4. Visual Examination of BWR Vent System Accessible Surface Areas PERFORM a VT-3 Visual Examination (as modified by 10CFR50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G)) of Item E1.20 (BWR Vent System Accessible Surface Areas, Coated and Noncoated). These areas shall include all accessible interior and exterior surfaces of Class MC components, parts, and appurtenances, and metallic shell and penetration liners of Class CC components and flow channeling devices within containment vessels.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. ACCEPT suspect areas by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWE-3122.

D. When specified as a result of the engineering evaluation, PERFORM supplemental examinations in accordance with IWE-3200.

5. Visual Examination of Moisture Barriers PERFORM a General Visual Examination (conducted by a Certified VT-3 Examiner or Engineer, as applicable) to access the general condition of all accessible Moisture Barriers, Coated and Noncoated. The examination shall include moisture barrier materials intended to prevent intrusion of moisture against inaccessible areas of the pressure retaining metal containment shell or liner at concrete-to-metal interfaces and at metal-to-metal interfaces, which are not seal-welded. Containment moisture barrier materials include caulking, flashing, and other sealants used for this application.

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 94 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 13 of 32 A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. CORRECT conditions that may violate containment leak-tight integrity (intrusion of moisture, against inaccessible areas of the pressure retaining surfaces of the metal containment shell or liner) by corrective measures in accordance with IWE-3122.2.

4.6.4. Standards for Examination Category E-B, Pressure Retaining Welds in accordance with ASME Section Xl, prior to 1998 Edition;

1. VT-1 Visual Examinations on Coated Areas EXAMINE the area to be inspected, when painted or coated, for evidence of flaking, glistering, peeling, discoloration, and other signs of distress.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. ACCEPT suspect areas by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWE-3122.

D. When specified as a result of the engineering evaluation, PERFORM supplemental examinations in accordance with IWE-3200.

2. VT-1, Visual Examination on Non-coated Areas EXAMINE the area to be inspected for evidence of cracking, discoloration, wear, pitting, excessive corrosion, arc strikes, gouges, surface discontinuities, dents, and other signs of surface irregularities.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. ACCEPT suspect areas by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWE-3122.

D. When specified as a result of the engineering evaluation, PERFORM supplemental examinations in accordance with IWE-3200.

4.6.5. Standards for Examination Category E-C, Containment Surfaces Requiring Augmented Examination in accordance with ASME Section X1, prior to 1998 Edition;

1. VT-1, Visual Examination on Coated Areas

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 95 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 14 of32 EXAMINE the area to be inspected, when painted or coated, for evidence of flaking, blistering, peeling, discoloration, and other signs of distress.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. ACCEPT suspect areas by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWE-3122.

D. When specified as a result of the engineering evaluation, PERFORM supplemental examinations in accordance with IWE-3200.

2. VT-1, Visual Examination on Non-coated Areas EXAMINE the area to be inspected for evidence of cracking, discoloration, wear, pitting, excessive corrosion, arc strikes, gouges, surface discontinuities, dents, and other signs of surface irregularities.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. ACCEPT suspect areas by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWE-3122.

D. When specified as a result of the engineering evaluation, PERFORM supplemental examinations in accordance with IWE-3200.

4.6.6. Standards for Examination Category E-C, Containment Surfaces Requiring Augmented Examination in accordance with ASME Section Xl, 1998 Edition and later;

1. Visual Examination of Coated Visible Surfaces PERFORM a VT-1 Visual Examination (as modified by 10CFR50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G)) of Item E4.11 (Coated Visible Surfaces) requiring augmented examination as those identified in IWE-1240 for evidence of flaking, blistering, peeling, discoloration and other signs of distress.

Additionally, PERFORM a VT-I Visual Examination to assess the structural condition of areas affected by repair/replacement activities.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 96 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 15 of 32 C. ACCEPT suspect areas by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWE-3122.

D. When specified as a result of the engineering evaluation, PERFORM supplemental examinations in accordance with IWE-3200.

2. Visual Examination of Noncoated Visible Surfaces PERFORM a VT-1 Visual Examination (as modified by 10CFR50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G)) of Item E4.11 (Noncoated Visible Surfaces) requiring augmented examination as those identified in IWE-1240 for evidence of cracking, discoloration, wear, pitting, excessive corrosion, gouges, surface discontinuities, dents and other signs of surface irregularities.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. ACCEPT suspect areas by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWE-3122.

D. When specified as a result of the engineering evaluation, PERFORM supplemental examinations in accordance with IWE-3200.

4.6.7. Standards for Examination Category E-D, Seals, Gaskets, and Moisture Barriers in accordance with ASME Section Xl, prior to 1998 Edition;

1. VT-3, Visual Examination of Seals and Gaskets EXAMINE the seals and gaskets on airlocks, hatches and other devices for wear, damage, erosion, tears, surface cracks, or other defects that may violate the leak-tight integrity.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with, Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. CORRECT conditions that may violate containment leak-tight by repair or replacement in accordance with IWE-3122.2 or IWE-3122.3 (1992 Edition and 1992 Addenda only).

2. VT-3, Moisture Barriers EXAMINE the internal and external containment moisture barrier materials at concrete-to-metal interfaces intended to prevent intrusion of moisture against the pressure retaining metal containment shell or liner for wear, damage, erosion, tears, surface cracks, or other defects that may violate the leak-tight integrity.

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 97 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 16 of 32 A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. CORRECT conditions that may violate leak-tight by repair or replacement IWE-3122.2 or IWE-3122.3 (1992 Edition and 1992 Addenda only).

4.6.8. Standards for Examination Category E-G, Pressure Retaining Bolting in accordance with ASME Section Xl, prior to 1998 Edition;

1. VT-1, Visual Examination of Bolted Connections EXAMINE the bolts, nuts, bushings, washers and threads in base material and flange ligaments between threaded stud holes.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 4.

B. COMPARE the recorded indications to the owner defined pre-established acceptance criteria/standards.

C. CORRECT conditions that cause bolted connections to violate either containment leak-tight or structural integrity by replacement in accordance with IWE-3122.2 (1998 Edition and later) or IWE-3122.3 (1992 Edition and 1992 Addenda).

4.7. Standards for Examination Category L-A. Class CC Components (Concrete) 4.7.1. Examination Boundary

1. The examination boundary for the concrete shells shall INCLUDE the ACCESSIBLE surface areas.

4.7.2. Standards for Examination of Concrete in accordance with ASME Section X1, prior to 1998 Edition;

1. Concrete surface areas, including coated areas, except those exempted by IWL-1220(b), shall be VT-3C visual examined for evidence of conditions indicative of damage or degradation, such as defined in ACI 201.1 R-68 in accordance with IWL-2310(b).

2. Selected areas, such as those that indicate suspect conditions, shall receive a VT-lC examination in accordance with IWL-2310(a).

3. Concrete extending 2'-0" from the bearing plate for tendons selected in accordance with IWL-2520 and IWL-2521 shall receive a VT-1C examination.

4. The examination shall be performed by, or under the direction of, the Responsible Engineer.

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 98 of 124 ER-AA-335-01 8 Revision 5 Page 17 of 32 k 5. Visual examinations may be performed from floors, roofs, platforms, walkways, ladders, ground surface, or other permanent vantage point, unless temporary close-in access is required by the inspection plan.

6. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 6.

7. The recorded indications are acceptable for continued operation without further corrective actions if accepted by the RE.

8. ACCEPT the recorded indications, which have evidence of damage or degradation sufficient to warrant further corrective actions as determined by the RE, by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWL-321 0.

4.7.3. Standards for Examination of Concrete in accordance with ASME Section XI, 1998 Edition and later;

1. All Concrete surface areas, including coated areas, except those exempted by IWL-1220(b), shall be General Visual examined (conducted by a Certified VT-3C Examiner or Engineer, as applicable) to assess the general structural condition of containments. PERFORM the General Visual examination in sufficient detail to identify areas of concrete deterioration and distress, such as described in ACI 201.1 R-68 and ACI 349.3R in accordance with IWL-2310(a).

2. Selected areas, such as those that indicate suspect conditions, shall receive a Detailed Visual examination (conducted by a Certified VT-1C Examiner or Engineer, as applicable). PERFORM the Detailed Visual examination to determine the magnitude and extent of deterioration and distress in accordance with IWL-2310(b).

3. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 6.

4. The recorded indications are acceptable for continued operation without further corrective actions if accepted by the RE.

5. ACCEPT the recorded indications, which have evidence of deterioration and distress sufficient to warrant further corrective actions as determined by the RE, by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWL-321 0.

4.8. Standards for Examination Category L-B Unbonded Post Tensioning Systems (Tendons) 4.8.1. Examination Boundary The examination boundary shall include containment tendon anchorage hardware including bearing plates, anchor heads, shims, wedges and wire button-heads, as a minimum.

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 99 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 18 of 32

1. Concrete extending 2'-0" from the bearing plate for tendons selected in accordance with IWL-2520 and IWL-2521 shall receive a Detailed Visual examination (conducted by a Certified VT-i-C Examiner or Engineer, as applicable). PERFORM the Detailed Visual examination to determine the condition (e.g., cracks, wear or corrosion) of tendon wires or strands and anchorage hardware as described in !WL-2524.1.

4.8.2. Standards for Unbonded Post Tensioning System (Tendons) in accordance with ASME Section X1, prior to 1998 Edition;

1. PERFORM a VT-i examination of tendon anchorage components for evidence of free water, active corrosion, broken or protruding wires, missing button-heads, misaligned or displaced shims, and cracks.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 5.

B. If free water is observed, then QUANTIFY amount of free water.

C. The recorded indications are acceptable for continued operation without further corrective actions if accepted by the RE.

D. ACCEPT the recorded indications, which have evidence of damage or degradation sufficient to warrant further corrective actions as determined by the RE, by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWL-3210.

4.8.3. Standards for Unbonded Post Tensioning System (Tendons) in accordance with ASME Section X1, 1998 Edition and later;

1. PERFORM a Detailed Visual examination .(conducted by a Certified VT-I Examiner or Engineer, as applicable) to determine the condition (e.g., cracks, wear or corrosion) of tendon wires or strands and anchorage hardware as described in IWL-2524.1.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 5.

B. If free water is observed, then QUANTIFY amount of free water.

C. The recorded indications are acceptable for continued operation without further corrective actions if accepted by the RE.

D. ACCEPT the recorded indications, which have evidence of deterioration and distress sufficient to warrant further corrective actions as determined by the RE, by engineering evaluation, or REPAIR/REPLACE in accordance with IWL-3210.

4.9. Examination of reinforced steel of IWL Concrete Containments

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 100 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 19 of 32 4.9.1. Standards for reinforced steel of IWL Concrete Containments in accordance with ASME Section XI, prior to 1998 Edition;

1. Exposed reinforcing steel identified during as found examination or that exposed during concrete repair shall receive a VT-1 examination.

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 6.

B. The recorded indications shall be evaluated by the RE to determine necessary corrective actions.

4.9.2. Standards for reinforced steel of IWL Concrete Containments in accordance with ASME Section Xl, 1998 Edition and later;

1. Exposed reinforcing steel identified during as found examination or that exposed during concrete repair shall receive a Detailed Visual Examination(conducted by a Certified VT-1 Examiner or Engineer, as applicable). PERFORM a Detailed Visual examination to determine the condition of as found reinforcing steel or that exposed as a result of removal of defective concrete as described in IWL-4220(c).

A. RECORD all indications in accordance with Attachment 6.

B. The recorded indications shall be evaluated by the RE to determine necessary corrective actions.

4.10. Evaluation 4.10.1. NOTIFY the Station RE or RI for evaluation of recordable indications identified during visual examinations of IWE and/or IWL components and for comparison to previously recorded indications.

1. Any recorded indications, discontinuities and/or flaws, shall be documented in an Issue Report (IR) and then follow the evaluation process specific to the station.

4.11. Reporting 4.11.1. INCLUDE as a minimum in the Visual Examination NDE Report the following information. USE the applicable Attachment 4, 5, 6 or equivalent, to document examination results. Other equivalent generated forms may be used.

- Station;

- Unit;

- Examination Report number, if applicable;

- Examination Date;

- Examination procedure and revision;

- Examiner/Evaluator printed name, signature, NDE level and date;

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 101 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 20 of 32

- Identification of component (e.g., EIN, EID,. System, etc.);

- Type of examination (direct or remote);

- Illumination used;

- M&TE;

- Direct Visual aids used;

- Remote Visual equipment used;

- Examination results;

- RECORD location and size of the Recordable Indication (RI) as required, to perform an accurate evaluation and use during subsequent evaluations.

ATTACH a sketch or drawing if required.

4.11.2. RECORD on the Visual Examination NDE Report, Attachment 4, 5, or 6 (or equivalent), the Containment Visual Examination results associated with ASME Section XI repairs or replacements. These records shall become part of the final Work Order (WO) documentation.

4.11.3. RECORD on Attachment 4, 5, or 6, or equivalent, the Containment Visual Examination performed by the Examiner/Evaluator and FORWARD for a Station/Admin Review and Authorized Nuclear Inservice Inspector (ANII) Review, as applicable. TRANSFER to the Program Owner/Engineer for inclusion in the ASME Section Xl Program and Work Order Package in accordance with the applicable procedures.

1. All Visual Examination NDE Reports identifying a Recordable Indication (RI) or Reportable Indication (RI) and/or an Unacceptable Condition shall receive an independent Level Ill, RE or RI Review for resolution, prior to closure of the task and transferring to ANII for review.

2. An independent review by a Level III, RE or RI and ANII may not be applicable at all stations. Ifany reviews are not applicable to the specific station, the review/date areas shall be completed by placing N/R (Not Required) on the available line, prior to closure of the task.

4.12. Final Conditions 4.12.1. LEAVE the surface of the part or component in a better than found condition.

5. RETURN TO NORMAL - None

6. REFERENCES 6.1. Commitments - None 6.2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, 1992 Edition, 1992 Addenda through 2001 Edition, 2003 Addenda including December 2003 Erratum.

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 102 of 124 ER-AA-335-,018 Revision 5 Page 21 of 32 6.3. ER-AA-330-002, Inservice Inspection of Welds and Components.

6.4. ER-AA-330-005, Visual Examination of Section XI Class CC Concrete Containment Structures.

6.5. ER-AA-330-006, Inservice Inspection and Testing of The Pre-Stressed Concrete Containment Post Tensioning Systems.

6.6. ER-AA-330-007, Visual Examination of Section Xl Class MC Surfaces and Class CC Liners.

6.7. ER-AA-330-009, ASME Section XA Repair / Replacement Program.

6.8. ER-AA-335-001, Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive Examination (NDE) Personnel.

6.9. The American Concrete Institute Specification ACI 201.1 R-68, 1984 Edition.

6.10. The American Concrete Institute Specification ACI 349.3 R-96, 1996 Edition.

6.11. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations (10CFR) 50.55a Paragraphs (b)(2)(viii) and (b)(2)(ix),

6.12. Engineering Change (EC) 0000365662-000.

7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1. Attachment 1, Definitions of Discontinuities in Concrete 7.2. Attachment 2, Definitions of Coating Failures 7.3. Attachment 3, Definitions of Post Tensioning System (Tendons) Indications 7.4. Attachment 4, ASME IWE (Class MC) Containment Visual Examination NDE Report 7.5. Attachment 5, ASME IWL (Class CC) Containment Tendon Anchorage Detailed Visual or VT-1 Visual Examination NDE Report 7.6. Attachment 6, ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 103 of 124 ER-AA-335-01 8 Revision 5 Page 22 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 Definitions of Discontinuities in Concrete Page 1 of 6 A.1. CRACK - A complete or incomplete separation, of either concrete or masonry, into two or more parts produced by breaking or fracturing.

A.1.1. CHECKING - Development of shallow cracks, closely spaced by irregular intervals on the surface of plaster, cement paste, mortar, or concrete.

A. 1.2. CRAZE CRACKS - Fine random cracks or fissures in a surface of plaster, cement paste, mortar, or concrete.

A. 1.2.1. CRAZING - The development of craze cracks; the pattern of craze cracks existing in a surface.

A.1.3. D-CRACKING - A series of cracks in concrete near and roughly parallel to joints, edges, and structural cracks.

A.1.4. DIAGONAL CRACK - In a flexural member, an inclined crack caused by shear stress, usually at about 45 deg to the axis; or a crack in a slab, not parallel to either the lateral or longitudinal directions.

A.1.5. HAIRLINE CRACKS - Cracks in an exposed concrete surface having widths so small as to be barely perceptible.

A.1.6. PATTERN CRACKING - Fine openings on concrete surfaces in the form of a pattern; resulting from a decrease in volume of the material near the surface, or increase in volume of the material below the surface, or both.

A.1.7. PLASTIC CRACKING - Cracking that occurs in the surface of fresh concrete soon after it is placed and while it is still plastic.

A.1.8. SHRINKAGE CRACKING - Cracking of a structure or member due to failure in tension caused by external or internal restraints as reduction in moisture content develops, or as carbonation occurs, or both.

A.1.9. TEMPERATURE CRACKING - Cracking due to tensile failure, caused by temperature gradient in members subjected to external restraints or by temperature differential in members subjected to internal restraints.

A. 1.10. TRANSVERSE CRACKS - Cracks that develop at right angles to the long direction of the member.

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 104 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 23 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 Definitions of Discontinuities in Concrete Page 2 of 6 A.2. DETERIORATION - 1) Physical manifestation of failure of a material (e.g.,

cracking, delamination, flaking, pitting, scaling, spalling, straining) caused by environmental or internal autogenous influences or hardened concrete as well as other materials. 2) Decomposition of material during either testing or exposure to service.

A.2.1. ABRASION DAMAGE - Wearing away of a surface by rubbing and friction.

A.2.2. BLISTERING - The irregular raising of a thin layer, frequently 25 to 300 mm in diameter, at the surface of placed mortar or concrete during or soon after completion of the finishing operation; blistering is usually attributed to early closing of the surface and may be aggravated by cool temperatures. Blisters also occur in pipe after spinning or in a finish plastic coat in plastering as it separates and draws away from the base coat.

A.2.3. CAVITATION DAMAGE - Pitting of concrete caused by implosion, i.e., the collapse of vapor bubbles in flowing water, which form in areas of low pressure and collapse as they enter areas of higher pressure.

A.2.4. CHALKING - Formation of a loose powder resulting from the disintegration of the surface of concrete or of applied coating, such as cement paint.

A.2.5. CORROSION - destruction of metal by chemical, electrochemical, or electrolytic reaction with its environment.

A.2.6. CURLING - The distortion of an originally essentially linear or planar member into a curved shape such as the warping of a slab due to creep or to differences in temperature or moisture content in the zones adjacent to its opposite faces.

A.2.7. DEFLECTION - Movement of a point on a structure or structural element, usually measured as a linear displacement transverse to a reference line or axis.

AX2.8. DEFORMATION - A change in dimension or shape.

A.2.9. DELAMINATION - A separation along a plane parallel to a surface as in the separation of a coating from a substrate or the layers of a coating from each other, or in the case of a concrete slab, a horizontal splitting, cracking or separation of a slab in a plane roughly parallel to, an generally near, the upper surface; found frequently in bridge decks and other types of elevated reinforced-concrete slabs and may be caused by the corrosion or reinforcing steel; also found in slabs on grade caused by development, during the finishing operation, of a plane of weakness below the densified surface; or caused by freezing and thawing, similar to spalling, scaling, or peeling except that delamination affects large areas and can often be detected by tapping.

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 105 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 24 of 32 ATTACHMENT I Definitions of Discontinuities in Concrete Page 3 of 6 A,2.10. DISINTEGRATION - Reduction into small fragments and subsequently into particles.

A.2.11. DISTORTION - See Deformation.

A.2.12. DUSTING - The development of a powdered material at the surface of hardened concrete.

A.2.13. EFFLORESCENCE -A deposit of salts, usually white, formed on a surface, the substance having emerged in solution from within either concrete or masonry and subsequently been precipitated by evaporation.

A.2.14. EROSION - Progressive disintegration of a solid by the abrasive or cavitation action of gases, fluids, or solids in motion.

A.2.15. EXFOLIATION - Disintegration occurring by peeling off in successive layers; swelling up and opening into leaves or plates like a partly opened book.

A.2.16. EXUDATION - A liquid or viscous gel-like material discharged through a pore, crack, or opening in the surface of concrete.

A.2.17. JOINT SPALL - A spall adjacent to a joint.

A.2.18. PITTING - Development of relatively small cavities in a surface; in concrete, localized disintegration, such as a popout; in steel, localized corrosion evident as minute cavities on the surface.

A.2.19. PEELING - A process inwhich thin flakes of mortar are broken away from a concrete surface, such as by deterioration or by adherence of surface mortar to forms as forms are removed.

A.2.20. POPOUT - The breaking away of small portions of a concrete surface due to localized internal pressure, which leaves a shallow, typical conical, depression.

A.2.20.1. POPOUTS, SMALL - Popouts leaving holes up to 10 mm in diameter, or the equivalent.

A2.20.2. POPOUTS, MEDIUM - Popouts leaving holes between 10 and 50 mm in diameter, or the equivalent.

A2.20.3. POPOUTS, LARGE - Popouts leaving holes greater than 50 mm in diameter, or the equivalent.

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 106 of 124 ER-AA-335-01 8 Revision 5 I Page 25 of 32 ATTACHMENT I Definitions of Discontinuities in Concrete Page 4 of 6 A.2.21. SCALING - Local flaking or peeling away of the near-surface portion of hardened concrete or mortar; also of a layer from metal.

A.2.21.1. SCALING, LIGHT - Loss of surface mortar without exposure of coarse aggregate.

A.2.21.2. SCALING, MEDIUM - Loss of surface mortar 5 to 10 mm in depth and exposure of coarse aggregate.

A.2.21.3. SCALING, SEVERE - Loss of surface mortar 5 to 10 mm in depth with some loss of mortar surrounding aggregate particles 10 to 20 mm in depth.

A.2.21.4. SCALING, VERY SEVERE.- Loss of coarse aggregate particles as well as mortar, generally to a depth greater than 20 mm.

A.2.22. SPALL - A fragment, usually in the shape of a flake, detached from a larger mass by a blow, by the action of weather, by pressure, or by expansion within the large mass.

A.2.22.1. SMALL SPALL - A roughly circular depression not greater than 20 mm in depth or 50 mm in any dimension.

A.2.22.2. LARGE SPALL - May be roughly circular or oval or in some cases elongated, more than 20 mmn in depth and 150 mm in greatest dimension.

A.2.23. WARPING - A deviation of a slab or wall surface from its original shape, usually caused by either temperature or moisture differentials or both within the slab or wall.

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 107 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 26 of 32

(

ATTACHMENT 1 Definitions of Discontinuities in Concrete Page 5 of 6 A.3. Textural features and phenomena relative to their development.

A.3.1, AIR VOID - A space in cement paste, mortar or concrete filled with air; an entrapped air void is characteristically 1 mm or more in size and irregular in shape; an entrained air void is typically between 10 mm and 1 mm in diameter and spherical or nearly so.

A.3.2. BLEEDING - The autogenous flow of mixing water within, or its emergence from, newly placed concrete or mortar; caused by the settlement of the solid materials within the mass; also called water gain.

A.3.3. BUGHOLES - Small regular or irregular cavities, usually not exceeding 25 mm in diameter, is resulting from entrapment of air bubbles in the surface of formed concrete during placement and consolidation.

A.3.4. COLD-JOINT LINES - Visible lines on the surfaces of formed concrete indicating the presence of joints where one layer of concrete had hardened before subsequent concrete was placed.

A.3.5. DISCOLORATION - departure of color from that which is normal or desired.

A.3.6. HONEYCOMB - Voids left in concrete due to failure of the mortar to effectively fill the spaces among coarse aggregate particles.

A.3.7. INCRUSTATION - A crust or coating, generally hard, formed on the surface of concrete or masonry construction or on aggregate particles.

A.3.8. JOINT - A physical separation in concrete, whether precast or cast-in-place, including cracks if intentionally made to occur at specified locations; also the region where structural members intersect such as a beam-column joint.

A.3.9. LAITANCE - A layer of weak and nondurable material containing cement and fines from aggregates, brought by bleeding water to the top of overwet concrete; the amount is generally increased by overworking or over-manipulating concrete at the surface by improper finishing or by job traffic.

A.3.10. SAND POCKET - A zone in concrete or mortar containing fine aggregate with little or no cement.

A.3. 11. SAND STREAK - A streak of exposed fine aggregate in the surface of formed concrete, caused by bleeding.

A.3.12. SEGREGATION - The differential concentration of the components of mixed concrete, aggregate, or the like, results in non-uniform proportions in the mass.

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 108 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 27 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 Definitions of Discontinuities in Concrete Page 6 of 6 A.3.13. STALACTITE - A downward-pointing deposit formed as an accretion of mineral matter produced by evaporation of dripping water from the surface of concrete, commonly shaped like an icicle.

A.3.14. STALAGMITE - An upward-pointing deposit formed as an accretion of mineral matter produced by evaporation of dripping water, projecting from the surface of concrete, commonly conical in shape.

A.3.15 STRATIFICATION - The separation of overwet or overvibrated concrete into horizontal layers with increasingly lighter material toward the top; water, laitance, mortar, and coarse aggregate tend to occupy successively lower positions in that order; a layered structure in concrete resulting from placing of successive batches that differ in appearance; occurrence in aggregate stockpiles of layers of differing grading or composition; a layered structure in a rock foundation.

A.3.16 WATER VOID - Void along the underside of an aggregate particle or reinforcing steel which formed during the bleeding period; initially filled with bleed water.

/

F

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 109 of 124 ER-AA-335-01 8 Revision 5 Page 28 of 32 ATTACHMENT 2 Definitions of Coating Failures Page 1 of I B.1. DISCOLORATION - Change in color of the coating, fading. Cause could be age, heat, dye or pigment bleeding or surface contamination (dye penetration, grease, dirt, etc.)

B.2. CHIPPING - Small void in coating system caused by impact from foreign object.

B.3. CHALKING - A surface phenomenon that appear soft or powdery. The cause is a breakdown in coating binder, which disintegrates, leaving the surface covered with pigment.

B.4. CHECKING - Appears as small breaks in coating surfaces that are formed as coating ages and becomes harder and more brittle. Checking, for the most part, is a formulation related to reaction; were the resins and pigments do not properly combine.

B.5. CRACKING (COATING) - Appears as non-linear line running through the coating system. Cracking is caused by expansion or contraction throughout the film layer and the film and substrate (primer or metal surface).

V B.6. FLAKING/PEELING - Appears as flaking or heavy peels on the surface of the metal. It is generally caused where the tensile strength of the coating is higher than the adhesive strength or bond strength.

B.7. BLISTERING - Appears as large or small, round or hemispherical projections of the coating from the surface and are either dry or liquid filled. The usual cause of the condition is the penetration of moisture through an area of poor adhesion.

B.8. PINPOINT RUST - Appears as small specks of rust or corrosion. Cause may be lower or the absence of zinc/binder ratio, where pinpoints of rust propagate.

B.9. UNDERCUTTING - Appears as a raised coated rust bloom. Undercutting is actually rust forming under the coating and acting as a wedge to push the coating of the metal surface.

B.10. MINOR RUST - A degree of in the form of iron oxide formation on steel, where no apparent base metal is lost.

B.11. MEDIUM RUST - A degree of in the form of iron oxide formation on steel, where less than 5% of the base metal is lost.

B.12. MAJOR RUST - A degree of in the form of iron oxide formation on steel, where more than 5% of the base metal is lost.

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 110 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 29 of 32 ATTACHMENT 3 Definitions of Post Tensioning System (Tendons) Indications Page 1 of I C.1. ACTIVE CORROSION -- Corrosion on a component or surface that exhibits metal loss that has occurred since fabrication or construction, and / or exhibits pitting visible to the naked eye. Active corrosion is usually a reddish / rust color.

C.2. BROKEN WIRE -- A wire within a tendon assembly that is broken and not capable of accepting pre-stress load. Wires that are excessively protrude from the anchorage components are suspected to be broken.

C.3. MISSING BUTTON HEAD -- The end of the deformed portion of a wire that accepts the pre-stressed force is missing. The end of the wire may be visible within the anchorage.

C.4. PROTRUDING OR UNSEATED WIRE -- A wire within a tendon assembly that extends beyond a tendon anchorage after stressing and is not seated against the anchorage.

C.5. EXCESSIVE SHIM GAPS -- Shims that have slipped out of position leaving gaps in excess of construction tolerances between the halves.

C.6. UNEVEN SHIM STACK -- Shims that have shifted out of position creating a condition where the pre stress load is not evenly distributed over the shim stack assembly.

C.7. FREE WATER - Water seeping or dripping from tendon anchorage components or within the grease can. Quantify all free water.

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 111 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 30 of 32 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWE (Class MC) Containment Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station: Unit: Date: Report No:

System: Component WO No(s).:

Location: Building: Elev.: Col.: Row: Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: [] DV I-GV E]VT-1 FIVT-3 Type Of Exam: ElDirect ErIRemote MatI. Type:

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:

Surface:

M&TE Used:

Illumination Used

[] ID n] OD Surface/ Components Coated: F] YES Test Card UTC or Serial No.

Illumination Verified: Date:

LI NO Cal. Due Date:

Time: I Special / Specific Instructions: I Component / Item Number and Description RESULTS Explanation / Notes (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of Recordable Indications as applicable)

NI RITYPE 10 Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A Wear G. Blistering M. Missing Components S. Deviation From Design Drawing B. Corrosion I Pitting H. Peeling N. Loose Components T. Missing Paint Or Coating C. Mech, Damage I, Discoloration O. Tears U. Bulges / Deformation

0. Erosion J. Pitting P. Coating Damaged V. Missing / Incomplete Welds E. Cracks K. Nicks / Gouges Q. Leakage / Moisture W. Arc Strikes F. Flaking L. Dents R. Dislodged Seal, Gasket, Z. Other (Provide Explanation) or Moisture Barrier Supplemental Information: [-]Yes EINo 1] Sketch E]Photo E]Video E] Other (Describe):.

Results: Acceptable ElYes [INo I EXAMINER/EVALUATOR (F'n6t &Sign) LEVEL DATE STATION/ADMIN REVIEW

_Pnnt &Sign) DATE ,

This section to be completed only if ExaminerlEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

Rlor Unacceptable results Acceptable F] Yes LI No Additional Actions:

(Acton Request, Work Order, Issue Report, etc. initiated for Corrective Action)

LEVEL III or RI REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

A,111 REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

Page __ of__

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 112 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 31 of 32 ATTACHMENT 5 ASME IWL (Class CC) Containment Tendon Anchorage Detailed Visual or VT-1 Visual Examination NDE Report I Page 1 of 1 Station: Unit: Date: Report No:

WO No(s).: Tendon Anchorage No.: Tendon End: Dl Shop L- Field Location: Tunnel, Gallery, Buttress: Elevation: Bearing Plate I.D.:

Bearing Plate I.D. Anchor Head I.D. Bushing I.D.

Exam Type: L] DV I]VT-1 7 Type Of Exam: ElIDirect E]Remote E As Found Exam [I As Left Exam Following Retensioning Of Tendons Which Have Been Detentioned Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:

M&TE Used: E] Test Card UTC or Serial No. Cal. Due Date:

Illumination Used Illumination Verified: Date: Time:

Special / Specific Instructions:

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE 10 (Sketch Shall Be Attached Depicting Location Of All Missing, Protruding, Unseated Wires)

Results Legend: NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A Missing Wres H. Cracks 0. Other (Explain)

B Missing Button Heads I. Pitting C. Protruding / Unseated Wires J. Nicks, Gouges, Mechanical Damage D. Broken Wires K. Uneven Shim Stack E. Active Corrosion L. Excessive Shim Gaps F Other Corrosion M. Gasket Seating Surface Damage G, Evidence Of Free Water (Quantify) N. Surface Discontinuities, Deflections.

Supplemental Information!: I]Yes LINo E] Sketch LiPhoto []Video El Other (Describe):

Results: Acceptable -]Yes- E-No EYAMI NER/EVALUATOR (Pt &Sign) LEVEL DATE STA,TION/ADMIN REVIEW (Rfnt SSign) DATE This section to be completed only if ExaminerlEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

Rlor Unacceptable results Acceptable E] Yes En No Additional Actions:

(AtctnRequest, Work Order, Issue Report, etc. initiated for Corrective Action)

LEVEL III or RI REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

ANI I REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

Page . of

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 113 of 124 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station: Unit: Date: Report No:

System: Component: WO No(s).:

Location: Building: Elev.: Col.: Row: Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: E3 DV ]GV [-VT-1C E]VT-3C Type Of Exam: E-Direct i-Remote Mati. Type:

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:

Surface: ID OD Surface / Components Coated: [i YES El NO M&TE Used: El Test Card UTC or Serial No. Cal. Due Date:

Illumination Used Illumination Verified: Date: Time:

Special / Specific Instructions: I Component I Item Number and RESULTS Explanation f Notes Description NI RI TYPE 1O (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

)

Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deftections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: E]Yes E]No .0 Sketch i-Photo ElVideo E] Other (Describe):

Results: Acceptable Er'Yes [-]No EXAMI NER/EVALUATOR (Print &Sign) LEVEL DATE STATION/ADMIN REVIEW (Print &Sign) DATE This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable F1 Yes LI No Additional Actions:

(Action Request, Work Order, Issue Report, etc. initiated for CorrectiveAction)

LEVEL III or RE REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

ANII REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

I Page __ of__

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 114 of 124 N 4 Yr-Am~erG TMI- Unit I Corective Maintenanoe.Procedure --

1410443 RFw#SlrnlNo.

RR Tendion End Can inataleaon 7 USAGE LUVL ode~v 0

• 2 TMIlIon 4M 4

Thi edocu OA plan scope0o Ln No Safety Reviews Requilred Yes Ist of EWredive Page" Rem Eo EM fl* n EM Raoo

$1 /7 3 7*

4 7

• 7 7l 7 t0

• 7 9 7 10 7 11 7 j°-*-

\

Procedure Owner /a/ FL K Pima ON21/00 PRG /s/ H. K.Olive for J. 8. Schork 10/02100 Approver /I/ D.W. Ethridge 09125/00 I

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 115 of 124 Nmuber TMI - Unit I Corrective MaintenanceProcedure 1410-Y43 (

It RB RTaonn Non RB Tendon End Cap installation 7 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides guidance for the Installation andlor modification of the tendon end caps on the TMI-1 Reactor Building.

2.0 REFERENCE8 2.1 1002, "Rules for the Protection of Employees Working on Electrical and Mechanical Apparatuse 2.2 1440-Y.3, "Scaffold Constructlon/Inspection and Use of Extenslon Ladders" 2.3 CMR 93-035, "RB Tendon End Cap Modification" 2.4 1301-9.1, "Reactor Building Structural Integrity Tendon SurWillance" 2.5 1410-Y-11, "Threaded Piping and Fitting Maintenance" 2.8 1407-15 "Control and Use of LIftng/Rlggng Equipment! I 3.0 PLANhn8TATU8 3:1 Operating or shutdown.

a, 4.0 PREREOUIS Obtain Shift ManagerlControl Room Supervisor pemilsslon priorto commencing this maintenance and request he specify any Tech. Spec. limitations or limitations due to plant operation applicable I

during perfoimance of this procedure.

• Initfate RWP If worklng In a radiologically controlled area. II If lifting and handling equipment Is to be used, ensure rigging and llfting devices have been Inspectedlapproved for use In accordance with procedure 1407-15.

5.0 UMIT8 AND PRECAU'IONS 5.1 Tendon end caps located In the vicinity of the Main Steam safety relief valve dlscharge stacks may not be worked on while the plant is at power.

5.2 Care should be ewrclsed while working from scaffolds, platforms, ladders, high or restricted access locations. Respect for the safety and well-being of other personnel In the area must be observed.

5.3 During grease replacement the grease could be hot and direct contact with the grease should be avolded.

5.4 The grease could be under pressure. Remove plugs and nuts slowly to allow pressure, if any, to vent off.

5.5 Spilled grease could create a slipping safety hazard and damage roof surftces. During all operations, it should be cleaned up and placed Into waste containers.

2

\- / 2

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 116 of 124 Number TMI - Unit 1 Corretive Maintenance Procedure 1410-Y-83 Tills Revsion No.

RB Tendon End Cap Installation 7 5.0 Tendons located near hot MS or FW penetrations may contain hot. thin grease which makes end cap work more difficult and possibly hazardous. It may be preferable to work on those during a plant outage, if practical.

5.7 When condltional step(s) do not apply, the performer shall continue to the nexd numbered step.

6.0 DESCRIPTION

D L ITMIA88EM 6.1 The original RB tendon end cap dedgn Is as phown in Attachment 2.

6.2 The latest RO tendon end cap deslgn Isas InAttachment 3.

0.3 All tendon end caps are accessible from outside the Reactor Building. The end caps forthe hoop tendons are located on both sides of each of six buttresses evenly spaced around the Reactor Building. The end cape for the dome tendons are located on the outside diameter of the dome. The verticei tendon end caps are located In the lower tendon access gallery under the RB mat and under the removable deck plates on top of the ring girder.

7.0 L MT AS AND PERSONNEL QUAI ONS 7.1 The supervisory personnel for administering the progress of this work and directing manpower shall be fit by sidll. training and(or experience to Implement this procedure.

7.2 The craft personnel responsible for the physical activtles associated with this procedure shag be fit by ski, traning or experience to perform their duties.

7.3 Miscellaneous hand tools.

7.4 Greasing Equipment (only required if end cap Is being removed).

7.4.1 Come-alongs and associated rigging. The end caps weigh approximately 200# when fled with grease.

7.4.2 Drum belt heaters.

7.4.3 Hand pump for pumping hot grease from a 65 gallon drum.

7.4.4 Thermometer (calibrated) to measure replacement grease temperature 0-300°F).

7.4.5 Viscosity O1 Co. Visconorust 2090P-4 Casing Filler Grease.

7.5 Plastic bags, plastic sheeting, rags, buckets and drums forwaste grease.

7.6 Solvent - for removing grease and cleaning equipment (EPA 2000 or CRC Natural Degreaser Aerosol Isacceptable to TM).

7.7 Goodyear plobond adhesive with brush too can or approved equal gasket cement. Commercial grade.

7.8 Spray galvanizing type paint made by LPS Research Laboratories, Ino. or approved EQUAL Commercial grade.

3

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 117 of 124 1 Nffiber TMI - Unit I Corrective Maintenance Procedure 1410-Y-83 Title RWA*MNo.

RB Tendon End Cap Installaton 7 7.9 Modlfied I 118" socket sets with body approxdmately r long In order to dear end cap hold-down studs on original type end cap hold-down configuration.

7.10 Cleaning rags.

7.11 Tendon End Cap fasteners, gaskets, and clamps.

7.11.1 Top (Shop End), Vertical End Cap Materials:

Flat Under-Can Gaskets, I per end cap, SS #28M-10-0500-1 (Inland Ryerson Drawing No. I7OWAC-6) - 1/2 Inch thick, dosed cell neoprene, 17 1/2" O.D. (+111$. -0) x 14 112" I.D. (+0, -1110), Manufacturer- Rubatex Corp. or equal.

Stud Gaskets, 4 per end cap, 88, 929-031-3000-1. 118 Inch thick neoprene, 3/8" O.D. x 5/8" I.D. Manufacturer;. J.D. Rohrtack Company of Lancaster or equal.

Bellevile Sp"ng Washers, 4 per end cap, S# 000-454-4810-1.

SW standard, Manufacturer - Rolex Co. Hillside, NJ. or equal.

7.11.2 Bottbm (Field End), Vertical End Cap Materials:

• .0-Ring Gaskets, I perend cap 88#459-044-7500-1. 5/80 csss....

17 14" I.D., 80 - 80 durometer neoprene.

7.11.3 Hoop and Dome Tendon End Cap Materials:

Flat Under-Cap Gaskets, I per end cap, SW 288-110-0500-1 (Inland Ryerson Drawing No. 170WACS) - /2 Inch thick, dosed cell neoprene, 17 12" O.D. (01116, -0)x 14 1/2" I.D. (+0, -1116), Manufacturer- Rubatex Corp. or equal.

• End Cap Pipe Plugs, 4 per end cap, 1/2" NPT Galvanized.

• End Cap Pipe Plugs, I per end cap, 1/4" NPT Galvanized.

Hol.Down Clamps- 4 per end cap, (Ref. P.O. 0436005), Manufacturer -

Precision Surveillance or equal.

Hold-Down Boltb and Washers, 4 per end.cap. 1" - 8UNC x,2 1/2" Galvanized.

POP-A-PLUG, PIN PSC-0760-9, SON 000-478-0820-1 POP-A-PLUG Installation Tool Teflon tape thread sealant 4

• TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 118 of 124 Number TMI - Unit I Corrective Maintenance Procedure 1410-Y-83 The ~RevMMoi No.

RB Tendon End Cap Installation 7 8.0 P&O-ORUBE General:

The RB tendon end caps will be re-Installed in one of the following configurations depending upon which tendon group they are In:

• Preferred Configuration for Hoop and Dome (See Attachment 3) The cap Is removed and the main gasket is replaced with the conventional Rubatex gasket, The original through-cap mounting bolting Isreplaced with hold down clamps, and the through-cap holes plugged with Pop-A-Plugs. A 1/4" vent plug Is Installed. The end cap is then filled with new filler grease.

• Primarily used on the upper end of veulical tendons (See Atachmnent 2). This alternative makes no changes to the exdsting design. A Rubatex gasket and "thru-can bolting are used.

• LUsed on vertical tendon lower end caps. This makes no modifications to the exdsting design. An O-ring is Installed Inthe end cap which Is botted directly Into the bearing plate.

8.1 On Data Sheet 1, record the tendon identity and the end of the tendon which Is having its end cap Installed.

8.2 Deleted 8.3 End cap removal and prop (For tendon Inspection or for replacement of main gasket).

8.3.1 Vent off pressure by slowly removing the grease Inlet plug.

8.3.2 Duing the removal of the tendon end cap and until the reimtlistlon of the cap, keep track of the amount of grease lost or scrapped and record this amount on Data Sheet I for the tendon end cap being worked.

8.3.3 Remove the four and cap hold down nuts and washer, Ifthey wdst. Pull the tendon end cap off and set itdown Ina secure location.

8.3.4 Remove the hold down studs from the anchorage Ifthey wdst. If a stud cannot be removed from the anchorage, the entire ring may be removed although ItIs preferable to leave the dng Inplace.

8.3.5 Clean and discard the old grease from the end cap and from the anchorage head and bearing plate as necessary to provide for proper placement of the new gasket or O-ring and retaining plate.

8.3.6 Clean and dry the gasket seating surface of the tendon end cap and bearing plate using approved solvent or other approved cleaner.

8.3.7 Notethat this step Is not applicable for vertical tendons. Ifnot afready Installed, fn the O0 of the cap, approxdmately W"from the flange and Inline with the fill plug, drill and tap for a 114" NPT vent plug.

8.3.8 Using a 1"-8 UNC tap or thread chaser, dean up the four bolt holes Inthe base plate around the end cap.

5

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 119 of 124 Number TMI - Unit I Corrective Maintenance Procedure 1410,-Y-83 RB Tendon End Cap Installation 7 8.3.9 Ifnot already done, the four hold down stud holes are to be plugged for hoop and dome tendons. This method of plugging Is with Pop--plugs, however, 1W2" NPT plugs may be substituted.

8.3.9.1 Prior to InstJlling a Pop-a-Plug, ensure that the hole Inthe can is free of gouges or scoring that would affect Its ability to effect a seal.

8.3.9.2 Install the Pop-a-Plug In accordance with the manufacturers Instructions.

Use B2 pipe sealant.

8.3.9.3 If unable to Install a Pop-a-Plug, tap the hole to accept a 1/2" NPT Galvanized Pipe plug. Apply teflon tape and install the plug.

8.4 Installation of replacement Rubatex Gasket configuration for hoop and dome tendons.

8.4.1 Bond the Rubatex gasket to the face of the flange using pflobond.

8.42. Align the tendon end cap over the anchorage against the bearing plate using care to avold damaging or misatlgnlng the gasket which has been glued to the end cap flange.

8.4.3 Secure four tendon end .cap hold down clampe with bolts and washers to the bearing plate holes and hand tighten them.

8.44 Recheck that the gasket has not slipped or become crimped and that the tendon end cap and hold down clamps ar algned properly.

8.4.5 Tighten each boll, equalizing the load on each as much as jOossible, to evenly compress the Rubatex main gasket by approxmaitely 1/8". (No torquing Is required) 8.4.6 Heat grease to 1400F to 200CP using a calibrated themiometerto obtain temperature and record on Data Sheet 1.

8.4.7 For horizontal and dome tendnms, attach a vendor supplied Y-devlce to the grease Inlet of the tendon end cap and hand pump hot grease (1400 F - 2W00 Into the tendon end cap until t reachsa level 1/" to ' below the vent hole to allow for the expansion of the grease. Record grease level on Data Sheet I 8.4.8 Apply tetlon tape to the grease Inlet and vent plug threads and Install the grease Inlet plug and the vent plug and tighten them securely using an approved thread sealant.

8.4.9 Verify that no grease Islealing. Ifleakage does exist, correct the deficiency.

8.4.10 Record amount of grease added on Data Sheet 1.

8.5 Installation of Rubatex gasket with top (shop end) vertical "through-can" boling.

8.6.1 Bond the Rubatex gasket to the face of the flange using Pblobond.

8.5.2 Align the tendon end cap over the anchorage against the bearing plate using care to avoid damaging or miealigning the gasket which has been glued to the end cap flange.

8

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 120 of 124 I Number TM! - Unit I Corrective Maintenance Procedure 1410-Y431 TWOe Refthon No, RB Tendon End gap Installation 7 8.5.3 Install the four tendon end cap hold down nuts (with gaskets and conIcal washers) on the studs and hand tighten them.

8.5.4 Recheck that the gasket has not slipped or become crimped and that the tendon end cap Isproperty aligned.

8.6.5 Tighten each nut, equalizing the load on each stud as much as possible, to evenly compress the Rubatex main gasket by approximately 1/B". (Notorqulng Is required.)

NOTE Do not overfill iftopping off with grease. Maintain 2" to3" of air gap below top of can.

8.5.6 Refill the tendon end cap as follows:

I. Heat grease to 140,F to 200F using a calibrated thermometer to obtaln temperaure and record on Data Sheet 1.

2. Attac a vendor supplied Y-devlce to the grease it of the tendonend cap and handa pump hottogrease (140 0 to 200F) Into the tendon end cap until It reaches level 2" 30 below theFvent hole to allow for the expansion of the grease. Record grease level on Data Sheet 1.

3. Apply teflon tape to the grease Inlet and vent plug threads and Install the grease Inlet plug and the vent plug and tighten them,securely using an approved thread sealant.

4. Verify that no grease is leaking and record it on Data Sheet 1. If leakage does exist, correct the defidcency.

5. Record amount of grease added on Data Sheet 1.

8.6 Installation of 0-Ring gaskets on lower vertical tendons with bearing plate bolting 8.6.1 Bond the O-Ring gasket In place using Pllobond.

8.6.2 Align the tendon end cap over the anchorage against the bearing plate using care to avoid damaging or misaligning theO-dng which has been glued to the end cap.

8.6.3 Install the four tendon end cap hold down baits and hand tighten them.

8.6.4 Tighten each bolt, equalizing the load on each bolt as much as possible, to evenly compress the 0-dng main gasket. The flange should be pulled uptight against the bearing plate. Bring the bobts to a "snug-tght"*condition and then tighten the bols by an additional 114 to 1/3 turn of the boit head. (Snug-tlght" Is defined as the tightness attained by the full effort of a person using an ordlnary spud wrench.)

7

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 121 of 124 TMI - Unit i Corrective Maontenancd Procedure 1410-Y-83 Thi RB Tendon End Cap Installation 7 8.8.5 It-Is required to refill the tendon duct void from the lowr vertical tendon end when most of the tendon has been dridned of its grease. The top (shop end) vertical tendon end grease Inlet plug shall. be removed during filling so that grease passes through the tendon-duct void and out the top, until air has been purged from the system. No air gap Is required when peforming a totalrefill of the tendon duct void. Record grease temperatur on Data Sheet 1.

8.8.6 Verfy that no grease Is leaking and record Iton Data Sheet i. If leakage does exist, correct the deficiency.

8.&.7 Record amount of grease added on Data Sheet 1.

9.0 ACCEPTANCE C 9.1 No grease leakage from the tendon end cap.

9.2 End cap verflied to have an air space at the top to allow for expansion of the grease. (M.4.7 and 8.5.6 "Note")) f

' ,3 The work area has been cleaned of all debris and grease spilled during the work process.

9.A eet (Attachment 1) Is completed for eachend cap that has had a grease change and is j

, udced In the work package. A copy of each data sheet t forwarded to the Lead Mechanical Engineer.

10.0 POST MA1NTENA.,, TESTING Visual Inspection to verify leak tightness. No leakage is acceptable.

11.0 A t -,IENTS 11.1 Attachment I - Data Sheet 1 11.2 Attachment 2- OrOdglnal Can Hold-Down Design' 11.3 Attachment 3 - "Hoop and Dome Tendon End/End Can Assembly Latest Design" a

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 122 of 124 ATTACHMENT I 14110-Y-83 Data Shedt I Revtslon 7 Page I of I Regreasing of RB Tendon End Caps 8.1 Tendon Identity: Tendon End:

8.3,2 Amount of grease removed: allons 84 Hoop and Dome Tendons 8.4.6 Replacement grease temperature: _F (140-F to 200"1) 8.4.7 Grease level below vent hole Inches (I% to 20) 8A.9. Grease leaking Yes _No 8.4.9 Amount of grease added gallons 8.6 Top Vertcal Tendons 8.5.6(1) Replacement grease temperature __F (140*Fto 2001:)

8.5.e(2)Grease level belowvent hole Inches (2"to 3")

8.5.6(4) Grease leaking Yes _ No 8.5.6(),mnount of grease added- - gons 8.6 Lower Vertical Tendons

'10 8.6.6 Replacementoreasetemperature OF (140WFto200DF) 8.0.6 Grase leaking _ Yes -No 8.0.7 Amount of grease added gatons 10.0 PMTet UnsaL Comments:

Calibrated Test Equip.: Cal. Due Date:_ _ __

Supervisor Sfgnoff. Date:_

Attach filled out and signed copies of this data sheet to the Job Closeout or Tendon Survellance Report Package for any end caps which have been removedlregreased.

i 9

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 123 of 124 NU06W TMIV- Unit I I correcave nenance Fkcdure 1410-Y43 RB Tendon End Cap Installation 1" 7 ATTACHMENT 2 Page I of1 lilt! t i

WWI NOSW ORAMMT O'WRM RIAT RUSATXA H ,ONEG ORIGINAL CAN HOLD-DOWN DESIGN 10

TM-N1043-500 Appendix E Revision 0, Page 124 of 124 Number TMI - Unrt I Correcmve Ma*tenance Procedure I.-

14,10-Y-83 utwo: KRVItOnNO.

RiB Tendon End Can Installation 7 RF3 Istalatio endo Endan ATTACHMENT 3 Page I of I OAM MW1L~GROASNFR COW"10 P~FOMON VARI¶NQ Th6SMSTAOKEDTO OBTrAI DO4RUDONM UFT.OW STRES.

HOOP ,& DOME TENDON END/uEND CAN ASSEMBLY LATEST DESIGN 11

I Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5 th Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED _ /__.__ ___ ___ MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. __01___M " _0 /_oo__

MASTER GAUGE I.D. _ _ _ _ _.200_ _ _!_ _ _

REMARKS "___3_0. _ _ _ _ _ _ V 6_ _ __,

AID A __ _ __

00_ _ __ _ _ __ ___ __ __

5.000 -I q(0*

QC SIGN OFF _____________... ... _

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 35'" Year Job# N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED ___ ____ MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. .IQ,_ __" o__"_,

D_ q_ _ _ _3 MASTER GAUGE I.D. __ __ ___,./_ ___. 000l. _ _ _ _ ,__.5_"

REMARKS F,--_3_0*(.... cQaI "(

A/o -- oo.

L_ 0 _(9,3'7 _ _

QC SIGN OFF _ _ _ _ _ _ _____ ___ __ "_ _ __ _ _ _ _ _, _,._ _

43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix F Revision 0,Page 2 of 14 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM July 31, 2009 Page I_ of__

R~evision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5 "hYear Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED " " 09

-o9 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. /0 // , 07 MASTER GAUGE I.D. __________206O0 /97109 REMARKS eA1/e- 30 94?

4000 131 Z_

QC SIGN.OFF __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5 'hYear Job# N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED l MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. _ _ _ _ _7 _W ... 0__

MASTER GAUGE I.D. l-4c,46 zx. ____._________

REMARKS e-____ ... A__i9Vl ____..

QC SIGN OFF ___

43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix F Revision 0,Page 3 of 14 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM July 31, 2009 Page of_

Revision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 3 5 th Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED _". 3 9MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. _/000 Z_________, _ _ 3__ 2,.

MASTER GAUGE I.D. 'A 4 2o.2 00_ ._____9_

REMARKS ...... ______-. 30t0 ___ ___9 _ _ _ _

S)oo0, 2'tr QC SIGN OFF _ ,,_

_ _ _ _ _ __o_ _ _

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 51h Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D.

MASTER GAUGE I.D.

REMARKS QC SIGN OFF 43 CA 10.1 TM-09 ISL.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix F Revision 0, Page 4 of 14 PSC PROCEDURE CIA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM July 31, 2009 Page _ of __

Revision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 35 th Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED -1 7- O: MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. D1.7 =, /ppg . . ..

MASTER GAUGE I.D. ,____LI_ __ _ _ _ / 7 '?

REMARKS 3Ccx _ I_ __ __

19q2 le~z

(***......  %-9 ?67 00 SIGN OFF 1JV *A Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 3 5 t" Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED ' 06 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. 10/1 4i7g! _ _ _6____"_

MASTER GAUGE I.D. Li/..//L 2_______ " ',,

REMARKS Z/6rl

• ___

• e3 QC SIGN OFF ...... _ _ __ _

!U 43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISIdoc

PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM July 31, 2009 Page of_

Revision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 3 5 .1h Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED __ __ _1_ MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE ID. //./S 9J" __0 9_0 _ 9a MASTER GAUGE IDD. __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _. 0OO ........ _ _, __"

REMARKS AIDIl.k 3 opo ______/_

l 6(200 L5 gs 7ot00 .GSiC6 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 351h Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATEQCCHECKED Proect SIGN OFF ,LWd(

PLNTUNI TM NULEA 0*( 1 -Aý Yar 3 ' _________

MASTER oo GAUGE (PSI) ob ________ N10 (PSI)

JACK GAUGE

/0/

GAUGE I.D.

GAGECAIRAIO-V0F0A0O 000 RECORD?. l MASTER GAUGE I.D. ' e *000 A AB 5-g 7MATRGUE(i)

• Z J-0,N-R- .3000 DAEcHECKED REMARKS :z 9] o JCGUE(P) 43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISWdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix F Revision 0, Page 6 of 14 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5 'h Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED 8'-/1 -0 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI),

GAUGE I.D. /_ol____r _____ /000 GIOJz MASTER GAUGE I.D. Vyoy( ý? o00 _ __q__

REMARKS *,_ .0/0,!

3 00__,,_,______

.- ,.* , , 7 o003 99~y . .

, - ,Yow -)7I*Jr QC SIGN OFF F 9665 0 ._____.. __. .

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 35*" Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED O*",-O 7 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ , _ __/

MASTER GAUGE I.D. my__

.__/ ___0" ._ ______

REMARKS ,, A/ . 3o00 ,2 f':)

, 6o0 .____ _____ ___,,

6000 QC SIGN OFF .. .. 9 ___ __ ____,

43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI~doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix F Revision 0,Page 7 of 14 I

i Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 35 th Year Job # N1043 I GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED '2 '/ " MASTERGAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. ______ __ ..... ... /000 _ 3 -

MASTER GAUGE I.D. __ 2 &12'D /g REMARKS ._,_ _ _ _ _ __-..-_._oOD___ ___

9 oo( T?'"

QC SIGN OFF "

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 35 hnYear Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED ____-____-___ MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. / l,*'- ......

_./... ________ cJ 3 MASTER GAUGE I.D. .sogy .20oi REMARKS .. __ _O__ _-.2 _. ,__/"

Y0010 (5G Oq 3/

_ _ _ _ __ 9000__

QC SIGN OFF 43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix F Revision OPage 8 of 14 I PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM July 31, 2009 Page of _

Revision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5 'hYear Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED #"a2- 0 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACKGAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. 7I /0. J03 MASTER GAUGE I.D. qyV,/? a_.000_ __,_ _

REMARKS lye 64L ,,2 q

_3_0_*

QC SIGN OFF Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 35 th Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED -. 2.2-0f MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE ID. /r/ .Zf,5 /00060____ .....

MASTER GAUGE I.D. ______q _ _ _ _, ?00_ ,,

REMARKS O '-

3v0Ak...

&/32 _____ 00_____

ý-"o wq'74:

Q OooO . /1 QCSIN9Foo~ 0 3 __________

43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix F Revision 0,Page 9 of 14 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 35" Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED .'1- *. 0 ¶ MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE ID. _0/.<- /,000 gl9o MASTER GAUGE I.D._ _ _ _ _ _0_ _ _ /q REMARKS _________ __...... __ ,_ __ _,_ Q'qo QC SIGN OFF __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 3 5 "hYear Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED ____________ MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE ID.0._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

MASTER GAUGE I.D. __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

REMARKS__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

QC SIGN OFF __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix F Revision 0,Page 10 of 14 Project TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 51h Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED /&_,,_ 9 _ MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. .. M__-___.... _OP MASTER GAUGE I.D. /a/___ 7__*-"_, _ _ __o0,0_ _ _ _ _

REMARKS A10,o,, - 3&400_

QC SIGN OFF Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 35h"Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. ii, i, ~s~ Am..')

f II #.AAC~T~fl f'AI Ir~i~ iI~

.o* j ,.t" *-#"'fA ft II If-REMARKS 42W___ _ _ __ _ ~ 2 QC SIGN OFF __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISIdoc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix F Revision 0,Page 11 of 14 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5 th Year Job# N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED ,'-

• MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. _.__,_7/_ __ __ _ __, _ __ _

MASTER GAUGE I.D. a,_________________

REMARKS ,,__

QC SIGN OFF Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 35"' Year Job# N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED . ____ MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. a_________ ____-____ _________

MASTER GAUGE I.D. 1.1,__

_2!4C4 _-__ _-______O REMARKS __ _ _ __-_ _ _ _

QC SIGN OFF 43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI-doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix F Revision 0,Page 12 of 14 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT1 - 3 5 t"Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED .... ,p./ ,9 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. Are-_/*__,_ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

MASTER GAUGE I.D. _.. low"__ ___- _ __ __ __ __

REMARKS _,__ _ __,__, __ _ _ _ _ __, _ _ __ _

QC SIGN OFF ._ __ _

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5 th Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED __,. MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D.

D._______ ___ _ _ __. _ _ __

MASTER GAUGE I.D. ._ _ 1_.__-4 REMARKS ,_ __,,_ _ _ _ __ _ _ _._,_ _

QC SIGN OFF _ _ _ _ _ _ ___-__,_ _ _ _ _ _

43 OA 10.1 TM.09 ISI.doc

TM-N1043-500 Appendix F Revision 0,Page 13 of 14 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM July 31, 2009 Page __ of _

Revision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5 th Year Job# N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED //-k .MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. 4 -1____

_,Z__Z--

_ __ __ I MASTER GAUGE I.D. .,/,/n-757.,,,_ .,,,

REMARKS _,,1_ ,me_"- ___ ,,_,_,_, _ _ ._"_,, _,_

QC SIGN OFF Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5 th Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED ___ _-,_ MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. ______ -- _ _

REMARKS 0,___,_,__,___-__ _ _,_______.__,_,

QC SIGN OFF 43 QA 10.1 TM.09 ISI~doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix F Revision 0,Page 14 of 14 PSC PROCEDURE OA 10.1 rM GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM July 31, 2009 Page of Revision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 3 5 1h Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED . //_/_-__. __ MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE ID. __

• __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _y.q _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _

MASTER GAUGE I.D. ___ -,__ __",,_ ,__ ,___ __._a *e REMARKS _,_ , _, _ __"_ _ "_ _ _ _

QC SIGN OFF __

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 35'h Year Job # N1043 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED ,y-/7_?9 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. _ _.___ _____,_,__-__"....__,________

MASTER GAUGE I.D. _ _ _ _ __-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - - -,- .-

REMARKS __ __ _, __,__ _ _ -,-__.._. _ ,_'_

QC SIGN OFF 43 QA 10.1 TM,09 ISI.doc

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix G Revison 0, Page 1 of 6 To: R. 0. Barley From: H. T. Hill Date: 20 Aug 09

Subject:

Replacement of Surveillance Tendon Corrosion Protection Medium Copy: R. Robbins (PSC)

Paragraph 8.2.4 of the tendon surveillance procedure, 1301-9.1, requires that corrosion protection medium (CPM or, grease) be replaced within 30 days of removing an end cap but provides an exception, applicable only to the 2009 surveillance, which allows the Responsible Engineer (RE) to extend the 30 day interval.

SGT ECR TM 06-00816, Revision 1 (issue pending) will set a limit of 6 months between de-tensioning a tendon to support creation of the SGR opening and replacement of CPM. The basis for the extend interval is a technical opinion given by the pre-stressing system services contractor, PSC. This opinion and supporting information are documented in a 6 Jun 08 letter from Paul Smith of PSC to Ronald Dufresne of SGT. A copy of this letter is attached.

For practical reasons, primarily relating to safety and cost concerns, it is advantageous to replace CPM in the ducts of surveillance tendons Vil, V90, D122 and D322 when this work is done for the tendons included in the SGR project scope, an activity that will occur more than 30 days after removal of surveillance tendon end caps. To accommodate this schedule, the 30 day interval specified in 1301-9.1 will be extended to 6 months as recommended in the PSC letter.

This memorandum documents authorization by the undersigned RE to set the interval at 6 months for the reasons and with the technical justification discussed above. A copy of this memorandum will be appended to the 3 5 th Year Surveillance record copy of Procedure 1301-9.1.

Howard T. Hill, P. E.

IWL Responsible Engineer

TM-N1043-500 Appendix G Revison 0, Page 2 of 6 Precision Surveillance Corporation 3468 Watling Street Phone: (29) 397-5826 East Chicago, IN 4632 Fax: (219) 397-5867 Email: info @psctendon.com http//ww w.psctendon.com I

June 6, 2008 SGT LTD.

Three Mile Island SGR Middleton, PA Attention: Ronald Dufresne

Dear Ron:

PSC has reviewed your request as to the length of time a tendon at Three Mile Island may be drained and left unfilled. The Viscosity grease is design to adhere to the wires up to temperature of 145 degree Fahrenheit. This allows for grease coverage to remain on the wire after bulk draining of tendons. This will provide projection for over a year if void is sealed. PSC has observed scrap tendons maintaining the grease coating for over two year exposed to the weather without corrosion occurring under the grease.

The original requirement for a shop greased tendon was 90 days from place to stress and 30 days from stress to grease. (Allowing 120 days without grease) There were studies completed by the industry that set the partially drained tendon acceptable time before regreasing at one year. The studies were not published, but several plants adopted the one year window. (Byron & Braidwood, ANO)

Therefore, we recommend a six month window be allowed for tendons to be partially greased with protection from weather. (ie. Top caps on)

Sincerely, Paul C. Smith Paul C. Smith President

TM-N1043-500 Appendix G Revison 0, Page 3 of 6 To: R. 0. Barley From: H. T. Hill Date: 18 Aug 09 Copy: P. Smith (PSC), J. Estep (PSC), D. McCurdy (Shaw)

Subject:

Vertical Tendon Lower End Cap Gasket Replacement Vertical tendon lower end caps have been examined for corrosion protection medium leakage. The following were identified for gasket replacement during the SGR outage.

V1 0 (close to gallery entrance)

V60 V62 V71 (close to floor drain)

V88 V98 (directly over floor drain)

V99 (directly over floor drain)

Bases for selecting the listed caps are:

• Excessive leakage

" Proximity of a leaking end cap to a floor drain

• Proximity of a leaking end cap to the tendon gallery entrance Recommend that end cap gasket replacement commence immediately upon completion of the non-outage surveillance scope to minimize overlap with STG work in the gallery.

H. T. Hill IWL Responsible Engineer

TM-N 1043-500 Appendix G Revison 0, Page 4 of 6 Number TMI - Unit i Pi ,nniillantpa OrIr.rei' Jra 1301-9.1 Illgll*g I lUv*,*I*II.ILRlI*

Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 DATA SHEET 13 Page 1 of/X" view I Acceptance of Contractor Procedures Procedure Number I Title Revision Reviewed/Accepted by Date AI~eL </1.1770/ a IiC-t o5 A,6 o0 O * /:*#:

S-"Q 7.o

.CU g,o o) 0 _ , /j*

9§Q 6.!

O i4 /*~

O * .- /?,6*

2- 9 S-r) I~z 0

• c.Q )2.1

._cQ

-CC iJ'.,

10,2 OE?,1U6 0

'-c -z/-c' C/' y/,// *-

7.vc- rL-,.AJ6 43SC 3 r Io.-PJ-

'U-tx0X CeIZ6C'MJ, /A) 274t3C -/ 43

-VO-P,o,OA*g W"," , , ý-,0 /, //1

TM-N1043-500 Appendix G Revison 0, Page 5 of 6 Number TMI - Unit 1 Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revlison No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20

,DATA SHEET 13 Pagefof/

Review / Acceptance of Contractor Procedures Procedure Number I Title Revision ReviewedlAccepted by Date 0

C2 A . ()

62 (2A .7.02 0 62A qo 0 C-A qI 2 A Eo Y-A so Q.A 7.0 0 OGA'c'6 0*9

(.

' 2, 0

62A 2,~o 62A )o.a Z 26/

0 (gA Jlo

-t?)O / A5ý4ý A

6~) PT/I 7-?/ YCCp(-r)Op 6-ayC ,

(%'C -7Th (Z'cva'*ý

'?Af c,7AS- 46 XC7f- C//2'C 174(A~/ 0 ,'CFP '1-~o i'

TM-N1043-500 Appendix G Revison 0, Page 6 of 6 Number TMI - Unit I Surveillance Procedure 1301-9.1 Title Revision No.

RB Structural Integrity Tendon Surveillance 20 DATA SHEET 12 Page 1 of I VT-1C / VT-3C Examiner Qualification Name of Examiner Employer M, Q,2cC- (ýýdlVS --P--C

/

I have reviewed the records relevant to the experience and training of the above named individuals and have, as

(, necessary, trained these individuals in the requirements applicable to the performance of VT-iC / VT-3C examinations of the containment concrete surface. Based on this review and, if applicable, training, I find that these individuals are qualified to perform said examination,.

Responsible Engineer: Name / owA'o '- /I/-L Registration IFO, NIA e 1? 2 ý'5-State License No. Expiration Signature Date Ko J--l- o?

L.

42

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 1 of 62 COMPONENT / ITEM RESULTS NUMBER AND -

DESCRIPTION NI RI TYPE 10 COMMENTS A As previously reported, no cracks > than 0.015" on base mat.

Efflorescence on inner and outer walls where they meet the base mat. No change.

Degraded grout patches with exposed metal that appears to be C,H abandoned trumpets at various locations between bearing plates and inner wall with active corrosion.

Exposed metal item between V-4 and V-5, 2" long x 1/2" wide C with active corrosion. Exposed metal item between V-5 and V-6 3" long x 1/2" wide with active corrosion.

E Evidence of moisture on outer wall between V-80 and V-90 with efflorescence, and stalactites forming.

C Exposed embed plate adjacent to outer wall from V-99 to V-1 13 TENDON GALLERY BASE MAT C has active corrosion on surface with pitting < than 0.010" deep.

Degraded area of grout/concrete at outer edge of V-50 bearing H plate. We removed loose material and recorded measurements 4.5" long x 0.75" wide and 0.4" deep. Outer edge of bearing plate has surface rust with no pitting.

L,N V-84 grease cap flange coating is deteriorated surface has active corrosion. VT-1 will be performed.

Degraded grout patch on rough finished concrete area between H V-77 and V-78 also adjacent to outer edge of V-77. Outer edge of exposed bearing plate on V-77 has active corrosion. A VT-1 will be performed.

N Concrete surface coated with sealant are peeling in areas throughout gallery.

TENDON GALLERY BASE MAT Previously reported exposed rebar adjacent to V-89 tendon, no AREA ADJACENT TO V-89 FIELD B change.v e a t.e n END c TENDON GALLERY BASE MAT NREA ADJACENT TO V-143 FIELD B Exposed rebar, previously reported, adjacent to V-143, no END change.

TENDON GALLERY BASE MAT OREA ADJACENT TO V-149 FIELD B Exposed rebar, previously reported, adjacent to V-149, no END change.

Active corrosion on outer edges of the bearing plate < than V-77 BEARING PLATE 0.010" deep.

FIELD END Note: Inspection of the bearing plate limited to outer edges due to the grease cap being bolted in place.

Active corrosion on outer half of the grease flange with'pitting

< than 0!040" deep.

V-84 BEARING PLATE AND Active corrosion on the outer corner of the bearing'plate < than GREASE CAP FIELD END E 0010" deep.

Note: Bearing plate inspection limited to outer edges due to grease cap being bolted in place.

RESULTS LEGEND NI - NO INDICATIONS RI - RECORDABLE INDICATION 10- INFORMATION ONLY A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements of Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching or Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 2 of 62 Th~Ib ft uowiqý ~Mi Ii)iix* © ftoa~iix ©goow@Rý W4ii@ iW%Tc4gftQED t -

COMPONENT I ITEM RESULTS NUMBERAND DESCRIPTION NI RI TYPE 10 COMMENTS Embed plates at outer corners of the buttress are exposed.

Plates have surface rust with no pitting.

Inactive grease leaks (oil stains) found on tendons H53-25, H53-BUTTRESS5D 24 and H53-13.

H Grout patches over areas of above mentioned embed plates are degraded.

Note: The face of buttress 5 is inaccessible due to ventilation stack.

H Degraded grout patches around embed plates supporting drain pipe on left of buttress as previously reported. No change.

BUTTRESS 6 D Inactive grease leaks (oil stains) found on tendons H62-26, and H62-24 on right side. H64-37 on the left side.

C Exposed embed plates 4" and 9" from outer corners of the buttress with active rust pitting < than 0.032" deep.

H Degraded patch on void in cold joint centered between buttress 5 & 6 32" below ring girder.

Exposed embed plates 4" wide 2' from left of buttress 5 and 2' C from right of buttress 6 from ring girder down with surface rust no pitting. Grout patches over plates are degraded.

CONTAINMENT BUILDING WALL H Degraded grout patch on cold joint adjacent to H53-43 6' from BETWEEN BUTTRESS 5 AND left side of buttress 5.

BUTTRESS 6 H Previously reported degraded grout patch 2'x5' 12' above equipment hatch roof unchanged.

A General Area Cracks < than 0.040" H General Area 4 degraded grout patches on form tie holes.

P General Area small bug holes.

- P Small bug holes FUEL TRANSFER TUBE ROOM A Small cracks < 0.010" wide A Small stress cracks < 0.010" wide FUEL HANDLING BLD FROM 281 - P Small bug holes ELV. TO 331 ELV. D Grease stains on caps and bearing plates, inactive.

H Grout patch with numerous cracks > 0.010" wide, previously recorded.

A Small stress cracks < 0.010" wide TURBINE BLD. FROM 305 ELV. P Small bug holes TO 380 ELV. D Grease stains on caps and bearing plates, inactive R Abandoned 1/2" anchor holes A Small stress cracks < 0.010" wide INTERMEDIATE BLD FROM 295 P Small bug holes ELV. TO 355 ELV. D Grease stains on caps and bearing plates, inactive R Abandoned 1/2" anchor holes RESULTS LEGEND NI - NO INDICATIONS RI - RECORDABLE INDICATION 10 - INFORMATION ONLY A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements of Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching or Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 3 of 62 RESULTS NUMBER AND NI RI TYPE 10 COMMENTS DESCRIPTION q-q [

P Small bug holes ELV. 281 INTERMEDIATE BLD. A Stress cracks < 0.010" wide (ALIGATOR PIT)

A,D Passive cracks with oil leakage, active J Spall around form tie hole, 3.5" x 2.25" x 0.25" deep SELV. 281. (ALIGATOR PjT;) A D One crack I....

r, (passive), .....long <. 0.010" 28" . wide' One crack (passive), 64" long< 0.010" wide BUTTRESS 5 TO,248P

_ BTRS,__5___8____________ .. Spall around construction form tie hole, 3.5" x 2.25" x 0.25" deeI' Passive crack 120" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 100" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 84" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 48" long, < 0.010" wide ELy. 281. (ALIGATOR PIT) A,D Passive crack 48" long, < 0.010" wide BUTTRESS 5 TO 2900 Passive crack 84" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 72" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 72" long, < 0.010" wide All cracks show active oil leakage Passivecrak 70".long, <.0.010" wide Fassivei~crack 48" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 70" long, <0.010" wide ELV. 281. (ALIGATOR PIT) AD Passive crack 84" long, < 0.010" wide BUTTRESS 6 TO 2100 ' Passive crack 72" long, <0.010" wide Passiveicrack 69" long, <0.010" wide Four Passive cracks 120" long, < 0.010" wide All cracIs show active oil leakage Passive crack 74" long, < 0.010" wide Two Passive crack 71" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 120" long, < 0.010" wide ELV. 281. (ALIGATOR PIT) Passive crack 72" long, < 0.010" wide BUTTRESS 6 TO BUTTRESS 1 AD Passive crack 74" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 120" long, < 0.010" wide Passive cracks 74" long, < 0.010" wide All cracks show active oil leakage ELV.v281. (ALIGATOR PIT) A, . Passivelrack 84" long,'< 0.010" wide BUTTRESS 1 TO BUTTRESS 2 '_ Six Passi ve cracks 72" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 36" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 76" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 80" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 72" long, < 0.010" wide ELy. 281. (ALIGATOR PIT) Passive crack 76" long, < 0.010" wide BUTTRESS 2 TO BUTTRESS 3 AD Passive crack 74" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 46" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 30" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 70" long, < 0.010" wide Passive crack 48" long, < 0.010" wide All cracks show active oil leakage ELV. 281.. (ALIGATOR PIT) Passive crack 80" long, <0.010" wide

,,BUTT-RESS 3 TO 160I - Passive!crack 130" long <.0.010" wide RESULTS LEGEND NI - NO INDICATIONS RI - RECORDABLE INDICATION 10 - INFORMATION ONLY A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements of Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching or Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 4 of 62

-.'iYJW[~c#jxf' -

COMPONENT 1 ITEM RESULTS

.. NUMBERAND N DESCRIPTION M RI TYPE 10 COMMENTS:*

A Crack 4" long, 0.013" wide. Previously recorded with no change BUTTRESS 6 TO H46-37 in conditions A 3 small stress cracks < 0.010" wide BETWEEN BUTTRESS 4 & A Cracks, 0.015" wide along construction pour line, previously BUTTRESS 5 documented BETWEEN BUTTRESS 3 & 4, A Crack along construction pour line previously recorded, no ACROSS FROM FHB ROOF change in conditions HANDRAIL AROUND DOME Spalling around handrail embeds previously recorded A Small cracks, < 0.010" wide J Small spalls along edge of drainage trench R Rusty embeds Spalling around handrail embeds - previously recorded DOME AREA R Dome embeds separating from concrete previously recorded, repair made and remains stable R Grout patch loss, previously recorded, repair made and remains stable R Spalling around embeds, previously recorded, repairs made and remains stable DOME AREA TENDON TRENCH R Spall in trench wall, previously recorded, repair made and BETWEENV-144 & V-145 remains stable DOME AREA TENDON TRENCH R Bearing plates with corrosion, previously recorded, repair made and remains stable A Stress cracks around dome tendon pockets all < 0.010" wide RINGGIRDER H Degraded grout patches,-,

R Abandoned electrical boxes heavy corrosion RINGGIRDER SE Exposed rebar, previously recorded, repair made and remains R stable A Small stress cracks < 0.010" wide BUTTRESS 6 TO B.UTTRESS 1' D Old grease stains around grease caps and 'on concrete around FROM RING GIRDER TO bearing plates, inactive.

INTERMEDIATE BUILDING ROOF P Small bug holes H Degraded grout patches at pour lines and form tie holes A Small stress cracks < 0.010" wide BUTTRESS 1 TO BUTTRESS 2 D Grease stains around caps and on concrete around bearing FROM RING GIRDER TO plates, inactive.

TURBINE BUILDING ROOF P Small bug holes H Degraded grout patches at pour lines and form tie holes RESULTS LEGEND NI - NO INDICATIONS RI - RECORDABLE INDICATION 10- INFORMATION ONLY A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements of Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines 0. Efflorescence F. Leaching or Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 5 of 62 V@0ýft Wb

.Vb@@ oft COMPONENT / ITEM RESULTS NUMBER AND -!

DESCRIPTION NI RI TYPE 10 COMMENTS A Small stress cracks < 0.010" wide BUTTRESS 2 TO BUTTRESS 3 P Small bug holes FROM RING GIRDER TO Grease stains around caps and on concrete around bearing TURBINE BUILDING ROOF D plates, all inactive.

H Degraded grout patches at pour lines and form tie holes A Small stress cracks < 0.010" wide BUTTRESS 3 TO BUTTRESS 4 P Small bug holes FROM RING GIRDER TO FHB D Grease stains around caps and on concrete around bearing ROOF plates, all inactive.

H Grout patch with numerous cracks > 0.010" wide, previously recorded A Small stress cracks < 0.010" wide P Small bug holes P Grease san ao und c BUTTRESS 4 TO BUTTRESS 5 FROM RING GIRDER TO 305 ELV. D Grease stains around caps and on concrete around bearing plates, all inactive.

H Grout patch with numerous cracks > 0.010" wide, previously recorded RESULTS LEGEND NI - NO INDICATIONS RI - RECORDABLE INDICATION 10- INFORMATION ONLY A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements of Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching or Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 6 of 62 ENCLOSURE 6 1301-9.1 Data Sheet 10 Revision 20 General Containment Inspection Results Page 15 of 16 Mat Foundation in Tendon Gallery Tendon Grease Caps of WL41'y_. res (IeAk 14 [1"53- 13,2-4,,w 251N 4Z--z24j28~,A~d k/44-37 Buttress I to 2 Buttress 2 to 3 Buttress 3 to 4 Cognizant MechStruct Engi., . a Reviewed By: /ý//R // lle~ Date: 1,H ~

Performed By: Date:

77

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 7 of 62 ENCLOSURE 6 1301-9.1 Data Sheet 10 Revision 20 General Containment Inspection Results Page 16 of 16 Buttress 4 to 5 Buttress 5 to 6 VT-3C. 12toe'v~ie 2-22-.09 ~ ~ e CAI4t)JA/ IIAr

~

C.~~~.eA ~ l k l~~e- 1 SmAll kzAIAo~IA~-, ,e'r~k'5 , tAe,A4e qrt',-

pIA 4 Ch( ce-AJ~

Buttress 6 to 1 Dome Area Cognizant MechIStruc~~r7 ~ijDt:/ K Reviewed By: '___________________..._______________,,...,__Date: ","s Performed By: Date:

78

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 8 of 62 ENCLOSURE ' 1301-9.1 Data Sheet 10 Revision 20 General Containment Inspection Results Page 15 of 16 Mat Foundation in Tendon Gallery Tendon Grease Caps r.,,,ow amm ffa Al j,?~- V.? ~-r J' Zv'-~#9 Ad'Z-iZm Z

Buttress I to 2 Buttress 2 to 3 Buttress 3 to 4 4f~qLL S~rZZ~ eA~>1.L ~!k3~t,'~7.S&5 -4~~r 4W."WPý-Are-R~fZ 9 P'*,Of! MEa,'SCA V ?A3XA"2S Cognizant Mech/StrEngi r Date: A/, /2*--s / 0 Performed By; Date: 1-v-h2p,/

77

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 9 of 62 ENCLOSURE 6 1301-9.1 Data Sheet 10 Revision 20 General Containment Inspection Results Page 16 of 16 Buttress 4 tc 5 jl~k j5;me AWAMir *Jj7r- - R.4dd6M pz Buttress 5 to 6 Buttress 6 to 1 Dome Area rAGW. Y'S* &&nL A-akA.--*A4WAý :22ZgZ.g - At.~

Cognizant Mech/~~ct9ngin Cognizant Mech/S r~ctEngineer7 *  :...

Reviewed By: . .- , /. - .'6. Date: / /, ) 0 Performed B Date: /--o,-,v 78

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 10 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-I-C or VT-3C Visual Examination NWE Report Page 1 of 1 Station: -U.I unit: Date: *.2 -O c Report No:

System ae--Cmponent: Gi1AI,,V SASL _A4" WO No(s).:g2%6755 1 Location: Building: .Co".4 Elev.: Col,: Row: Azimuth/Radius:

F~m T~inE~ fl fly fl~V flVT-1 C I~VT-3C Tvne Of F~cam I~flir~ct flR~mot~ Mall ~

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: AlG c Surface: ID COD) Surface / Components Coated: 91 YES Li NO M&TE Used:* jk XI Test Card UITC or Serial No. Cal. Due Date: N/A Illumination Used /Z4sk ljgh4 Illumination Veraied: Date: _j- Z4 -09 Time: IZ,.M W Special / Specific Instructions: i4A. __

Component!/ Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE 1iI (As a minimum. Record Location and Size of I (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.)j Recordable Indications as applicable)

Thtc' &~Mr4A &~~r~ As previoL'tlY #C A~d,i40 cr~ks Qc7)t. 0315"Ct4 &4e .W Ajo ,z- )3a,Y6 er 6Wio~.0'eseNce, o'N i;j4df AAcI eul~e 4.. /'ova e4ANcr-APRAtJZ 4 ,ý be_ Ah^-Jtwdd*+~twnpds ~

ioD,4io*'J be4weewJ heAtt"J pI4if AmAJM t(e-

__________________ ____ MlL wii Acfl'e. earnesloj.

Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only I Recordable indication Type Codes:

A. *Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling I Dusting B Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spails P. Air Voids I Bug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: MYes []No [] Sketch ZPhoto E]Video E] Other (Describe):

Results: Acceptable 9Yes [:iNo EXAMI[NERPEVALUATOR (Print &Sign)t( &We/ , l*] *w s ,.LVE . , LEVEL Z

_.r. DAT DATE -&Z4 -

STATION/ADMIN REVIEW (Prnt Sin) -i M :WDATE -7010al This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable P Yes El No Additional Actions:

(Action Request. Work Order, Issue Report. etc. initiated for Corrective ActIoo -

ANII REVIEW (as avolicable)

Page -L of 4

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 11 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page I of I Station: -rM- Unit: .j Date: S24-1 '? Report No: j System: l'+tC ponent: - gjj, &r MA4 Wa No(s).:,' 2 0 6-7 5 5 l Location: Building: Elev.: Col.: Row: Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Tvoe: fl DV D1GV IfVT-1C XVT-3C Tvne Of Exam: RDirect FlRemote Mad. Tvoe:t,*.,,,4, Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: A ce Surface: ID CO0) Surface / Components Coated: R] YES El NO M&TE Used: Test Card UTC or Serial*No. ACal. Due Date:,

Illumination Used 4qsJ. l'IA$. illumination Verified: Date: % .24 - q2 Time: IZ.36 p/

Special / Specific Instruct.o'ns: I, ?nat.

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE 1 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

~ ~~~Expwie"MeAU+l ;4-m ~ct~aýCe V 5 3"La us S

C gxpwh e.*-01 p/ ca, , w& V-q*..o=,.,*'q

' ,,MA ,2=I= -"L. 4., , 5,*v Yoo m5,,.

4 RsAIAt s'iJ Coegend:

Crwisd4 e'stA pL.4e Aj411o4 -to o~uferATfl 91146q- v.;1 Mdw4Wc~v~sMOIACC Results Legertd:0~4~p NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N, Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I, Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids I Bug Holes E, Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: ZYes E]No [I Sketch NPhoto []Video E] Other (Describe):

Results: Acceptabl. El.N. . .. " .

EXAMINER/EVALUATOR "4/ ' Z t ... _--L (Prnt &Sign) W. ri?..I1A PQ LEVEL _ DATE STATION/ADMIN REVIEW ,

(Print &Sign) . DATE -1t 1I2 01 j This section to be completed only If Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable 21 Yes C No Additional Actions:

(Action Request, Work Order, Issue Report_.etc. initiated for Correctlve Acticn)

LEVEL III or RE REVIEW (as applicable r..&2-Z,/4,./.1Li. DATE: /D ANI'I REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

Page Zof qj.

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 12 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page I of I Station:. TMI Unit: Date.: *.i-.. -o Report No:

System: "

• Component: &Uo G' l d / ASl MA4 WO No(s).:g2t0 6 7 5 5 1 Location: .Building: C,4.1,40 Elev.: Col.: Row: Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: [] DV LIGV []VT-IC XVT-3C Type Of Exam: RDirect [IRemote Mat). Tvpe:et,-.!4" Design Drawing(s) V Visual Aids: 4AOMc Surface: I0 (003 Surface / Components Coated: *. YES 'lNO M&TE Used: S 6 421-* , Test Card UTC or Serial No. q1A Cal. Due Date:,q I Illumination Used gAA liJf.w- Illumination Verified: Date: IS -*Z4 - o.. Time: I ftTt Special / Specific Instructions: IA,9A, Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description N1 RI TYPE 10 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

T'exdJo GAI (cry &se~ M4 H- beipm"AA AreA Of 4/rou~c eret4e

______________5__ _ __

U 1 rut+-dae V-Zh 6reAe CAP FAAo CeiM&I t4dtT uce- hM5 Agc4Ve dofrOS io , vT-I1 i

&Skf; e

______________________________ - Results Legend:

NI -. No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling t Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) 1, Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence

,p Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supp.emental Information : ]No .AYes Ej Sketch OVldeo [ Other (Describe):

.Photo.

Results: Acceptable &Yes []No EXAMINERIEVALUATOR /-

(Print &sSin)K 4I&?0hW LEVELI L DATE -

STATION/ADMIN REVIEW DATE,0 (Prnt &Sign) DATE V /201o This section to be completed only if ExamIner/Evaluator notes RI or U*nacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable W Yes [] No S55,"S ", ., u .

Additional Actions:;/?, ýo ,-, f?.'., b 4c",'

• cz r* a' .

(Action Request, Work Order, Issue Report, etc. Initlated for Corrective Atcnh0 " 6Zr*.9_!S).l .-  !.,-&

LEVEL III or RE REVIEW (as app icabie ./ r*.- . DATE: ' ,

ANII REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

Page _3 of 4 1~~~~C-

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 13 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page I of I Station: -7M1 Unit: I Date: 5.-4.-0M? Report No:

System: -ra. Component: /. , A WO No(s).: 2067551 Location: Building: C" 1, Elev.: Col.: Row: Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: [C] DV E]GV E]VT-1C XVT-3C Type Of Exam: ;&Direct [9.Remote Matd. Type: wr, Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: A/ ..

Surface: ID (O .. Surface / Components Coated: .1 YES C] NO M&TE Used: *l Test Card UTC or Serial No. t// Cal. Due Date: jqA Illumination Used C'Z.L. JIs- .. Illumination Verified: Date: --24 --;1 Time: i;230)

Special / Specific Instructions: t4'A.& .

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation I Notes Description NI RI TYPE I0 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e-g. EIN, EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

IiP-A- Gi~evy ~-bj NrAed4 Syou+ PA4cA Oam rouýAiw co14eeAC.4 Ae be.- 6edu, V-Ti ArV-78 5efv.. e OdtN~ AISO Ad~jucJ4 4a ou-kveJe-eof e-77.1 ovler edje_ o&-eKpoicA beCArj*jl, kr-a.

V'-1-7 bAS AC.4i'Vt CoW03$16 .A Y171, w'll

.C.e ...... . .UvAet

.4.... C 4 & K A.Aj ..

______________________ _____ Pe"~"1m i& AVCAl 46"~uk o~l,,4j Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion. Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J1 Spalls P. Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Unes Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: aYes ElNo E] Sketch XPhoto EljVideo ] Other (Describe):

Results: Acceptable §Yes ElNo EXAMINERJEVALUATOR (Pyint &.Sign) W. ii ,,ei. h_

A/&.

9 LEVEL DATE, .Z--

STATION/ADMIN REVIEW (Print &Sign) DT 1Y oc This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable O Yes El No V- 77 -,,,, r' *.,

Additional Actions: . ,, , /-6 e, -j :7.- 27 -' 64. 4/7' *' " 1 "o / ,r ,c '. .

(Action Request, Work Order, :ssue Report, etc. initiated for Corrective Action) O,.z/A,* e/9.-- ,.E,.( fh/#.iu.-,,

LEVEL III or R R IEW I (as appica (3&.\$DATE: Z//

ANII REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

Pagee of q

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 14 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station: UMI Unit: Date: " 2. -0 Report No:

System**"W404 Component: "r. r . . WO No(Ns) _.: 6 7 1 Location: Building: ,,*;.,.4 Elev.: Col': Row: Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: 0 DV]GV jVT-lC E]VT-3C Type Of Exam: 9Direct rRemote Matd. Type:/s..,,=,,4, Design.Drawing(s) Visual Aids: d_ ... .

Surface: ID CO I Surface I Components Coated: 0 YES 1] NO M&TE Used:%jS f}*.**- K Test Card UTC or Serial No. At Cal. Due Date: A, I Illumination Used F/qAs lij - Illumination Veriffed: Date: &-24.i &6. Time:j :3tb Special / Specific Instructions: IAfd, Component I Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NIt RI TYPE 10 (As a minimum. Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN,_EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable) 7-rdl8j6, 6Alkfy8 &*. M4+- PrEýcuI kqpr4cA. exposea ,zh~

Are^ A44j-aCeJA -to V-8T"k'dd' A4JýAce)AJ +0 V(1qI itUwdo 'j Ald Ch Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10- Information Only Recordable indication Type Codes:

A, Cracds (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Oegraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) 1. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb O. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Une Q. Efficoescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information []Yes ,KNo [] Sketch [-]Photo [iVideo [E Other (Describe):

Resut: A~cceptable X*Yes []No . 1i EXAMINEPJEVALUATOR *-_* ** *-9' DT

[Pont &stn W. RANet JWI, . _LEVEL 1

• -DATE STATION/ADMIN REVIEW .

(Pord &sign) A iI s . DATE Qli /aoLO This section to be completed only it ExaminerlEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable (A Yes E No Additional Actions: . , ) *4;( ,r.'6C'*N..

V6!,-1 1,tve..1 (Action Reguel WorkOrer. Issue Report, etc. nitialed tarCorrtive Agon)

LEVEL Ill or RE REVIEW (as appabe ....... DATE: I ANII REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

Page _ of _

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 15 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page I of 1 Station: Unit: j Date: % 2.14 - -09 Report No:

System.AIW/ Component: "r'g M 4 WO NM(s).:

Location: Building: (,Ji4,.,,,,4 Elev.: Col.: Row: Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: C] DV E]GV ;VT-IC E]VT-3C Type Of Exam: KIDirect CRemote MatI. Type:( 8 4 .,l4c Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: 4 ,,

Surface: ID _ODCO Surface / Components Coated: X YES . .NO M&TE Used: . Z Test Card UTC or Serial No. -t/ . Cal. Due Date:0./4-Illumination Used f'/,&L /1A,44 Illumination Verified: Date: *-/-g Time: /2:3.6.M Special / Specific Instructions: A*, __ ... _ _.

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation /INotes Description NI RI TYPE 10 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EI1, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable) 17JW804 &Afkify Md- pwvwsj pot4ea expoxa. neb- r A,'efG A,4ha,04A -fa~ V-8'J-(~k'dAdACA 40-+euewN 4 Results Legend:

N. - No Indications RI - Recordable Indlication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling I Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P, Air Voids / Bug Holes E, Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : CYes %No [3 Sketch EjPhoto [GVideo rE1 Other (Describe):

Results: Acceptable ,Yes []No EXAMINER1EVALUATcýR " " 2t* - L E l DATE *'-Z4 STATION/ADMN (Print &Sign)W q .. REVIEW%

, Qk"Wu .LEVE (pdfnt..& Sign) ' .. "o,,* L*w, *_ DATE_Zt'I LZI-10 This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable n] Yes IýTNo Add itional Actions: ./ ..*l,/ * .,,* ;Yý7_ý, .*,2 .- *,*'. 1,,';., * ,*** Yz,'*

(Action Request. work Order, Iss.ue..Repo~rt, eta initiated for Corr lve Actlonj., ......

LEVEL Ill or RE REVIEW\ (aIp~cb~'.

/ - ~ ?A~?71(~\DATE.:/j ýe ANII REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

Page _ of

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 16 of 62 ER-AA-335-01 8 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station:. Unit: . Date: 21. .  ; Report No:

System:l '.u0do"4 Component. 'k"b,* A14njSAA JA.A WO No(s).: .

Location: Building.:&.Aj,;o ,,.4 Elev.: Col.: Row: Azimuth/Radius:

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: do.

Surface:

MVI'&TE Used:

ID (O-).

CA '* X Test Card Surface / Components Coated:

UTC or Serial No. VA

!" YES _E- NO Cal. Due Date:, 41 Illumination sdr4* *- Illumination Verified:. Pate! R,2t4-6q Time:l ;/?_:yb Specia / Specifc, nstructionf:....

Compcnent I Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE t0 (As a minimum,.Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable).

I1eJdbA G6lkikY8Ban M,%4- 'BPU " r~Pa p~vidU IVrepar-4 4 A

~~-e~Y4'm3 r0eH&kllvt d-e.l +,r- V- 14-5, Ajo diAmje-Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) 1. Popouts , Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q- Efflorescence F. Leachling Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information :r-]Yes ONo El Sketch E']Photo []Video [] Other (De~scribe). ...

Resutts Ac et be EYes ]N0, ..

EXAMINER-EVALUATOR (Print &Sign) WJZ~eg W946M /i- LEEL :r--DAE STATIONIADMIN REVIEW DATE &00 (PrInt &Sign)

This section to be completed only it Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable gr Yes [I No Additional Actions:. ,i,2',,Q*/',':' &'./'..* )

(Action Request. Work Order. Issue Report, etc. initiated for Corrective Action)

LEVEL III or RE REVIEWN (as applicaibe),..,-,-- .- .4. /,-*Y - \ DATE: / -

ANII REVIEW (as applicable) / DATE:

Page _ of__

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 17 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station: T'I Unit: . Date: %. Vt.-.. Report No:

System.e "Ay"' . 4 Component: ' l ', , *4 wo No(s).: ,'2 .7 5 5 W... .

Location: Building: * , Eiev.: Cal.: Row: Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Tvine: El* ODV F-GV ,.'IT-1C F-'VT-3C Type Of Exam: 5;Direct i'-Remote Matl. Tvep... =

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: 4 pC3 Surface: ID (0) Surface / Components Coated: X' YES CI NO M&TE Used: Fe-;U :41,.D"-'X Test Card

- UTC or Serial No. VA Cal. Due Date: A11 Illumination Used .qgA_ /jjA4 Illumination Verified: Date: g.2.1.*6 Time:j-Z;:36 Special I Specific Instructions: I _____-_

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI IRI TYPE 10 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable) 7~I2.4OA 6A11CfyS8A1- M44- 6xpogcI Akb~r, pft'I~VuOV51 Irpfw-t I41A Ad,IAClAA +0 VV 461A83AW,4- 4o V- N'9,I o6A9 Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10- Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: [-]Yes ZNo E] Sketch E]Photo []Video E Other (Describe):

... Results: "Acceptable' "* es E]No ........ .

EXAMI NER/EVALUATOR LEVEL DATE (Ptint. &Sign) q,*.A"'G w4* ,. LEVE STATION/ADMIN REVIEW -

,&1---,v,. DATE (Print &Sign) n -- DATE This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable J Yes t] No Additional Actions: .- ' ' - ,'. 'A."- '0 /* ) .- . ,.- 4 -- " ,- . . .

(Action Request, Work Order, Issue Report, etc. initiated foc*correcttvq Actlony . .

LEVEL III or RE REVIEW (as applicable) -= Z/yJAC .. .. )DATE:/* ,2 ANII REVIEW (as applicable) DATE-DATE:

Page _ of_

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 18 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 31 of 32 ATTACHMENT 5 ASME 1WL (Class CC) Containment Tendon Anchorage Detailed Visual or VT-1 Visual Examination NDE Report I Page 1 of 1 Station: TMUT Unit: 1 Date: ,- 24 -6 q Report No:

WO No(s).: _,51 1 Tendon Anchorage No.: V- 77 Tendon End: El Shop &] Field Location: Tunnel,E ip Buttress: Elevation: Bearing Plate l.D.:,jy. f ,

Bearing Plate I.D. Anchor Head ID.. A- .. . Bushing 1.D. *,61 Exam Type: [- DV CKVT-1 _ Type Of Exam: 'NDirect ["]Remote X_.As Found Exam As Left Exam Followin Retensioning Of Tendons Which Have Been Detentioned Design Drawing(s) . Visual Aids:,/a&&.

M&TE Used S._tk o#440-

. Test Card UTC or Serial No. WA Cal. Due Date: M..... I.

Illumination Used IC"JAýJ.l aL4=* Illumination.Verified: Date: % -24l,0q Tme:t2:,.6 AM Sp ecial!/. lc g . ..... ..... ....

Component I Item Number and RESULTS 'Ex'planation I Notes Description NI Ri TYPE I0- (Sketch Shall Be Attached Depicting Location Of All Missing, Protruding, Unseated Wires) pl(Ac_. I ioxt~A 4, avlai eAdjes NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10- Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Missing Wires H. Cracks O. Other (Explain)

8. Missing Button Heads I. Pitting C. Protruding I Unseated Wires J. Nicks, Gouges, Mechanical Damage D. Broken Wires K Uneven Shim Stack E. Active Corrosion L. Excessive Shim Gaps F, Other Corrosion M. Gasket Seating Surface Damage G. Evidence Of Free Water iQuanti N. Surface Discontinuities, Deflections Supplemental Information: Yes ENSketch Photo Video Other (Describe):

Results: Acceptable [DYes .No "EXAMINF-'IJE"ALU*'g-R' ,i* ,o *,* ...

(Prin. &Sin) LEVEL D. -DATE STA'lON/ADMIN REVIEW k AE~ i~ 1 (Print &Sign)

This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable f Yes F1 No A dditional Actions: . , . - ,2,2 , . 4, /,", -4 (* '_X/t, Y: /6% ) ..-

• . -E<A /r:

(Action Request, Work Order, issue Report. etc- initiated for Corrective Action) , / f1 ."4. ,if--,'L., ."Z/ .'.' 6A/1 'L LEVEL Ill or RI REVIEW (asapplcabler" i"/.',"-*if* DATE:/<A*,'c/

ANII REVIEW ps applicable) ... .. DATE:

Page of

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 19 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 31 of 32 ATTACHMENT 5 ASME IWL (Class CC) Containment Tendon Anchorage Detailed Visual or VT-I Visual Examination NDE Report I Page 1 of I Station: Unit: Date: *. 2 Lo . .... Report No:

WO No(s).: 26"0 75 -7 _ 1 Tendon Anchorage No.: T *-4 . Tendon End: E* Shop X Field Location: Tunnel, Galler Buttress: Elevation: Bearing Plate I D.: U4Z Wr Anchor Head I.D. Aj/A4 Bushing I.D. N/A Bearing Plate I.D.

Exam Type: EL DV .- 1 Type Of Exam: []Remote

.Pirect L4 As Found Exam . . As Left Exam Following Retensioning Of Tendons Which Have Been Detentioned Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: ,*j, e M&TE Used:,s-J i,.k IZ M_4-u- [ Test Card UTC or Serial No.A/,A Cal. Due Date:N/A "

Illumination Used Ak ;L " Illumination Verified: Date: S-.Y/Oq Time:/1;$30 PM ISpecial / Specific Instructioi~s: A/'46. lI .... I ...

Component I Item Number and RESULTS Explanation i Notes Description NI RI TYPE 10 (Sketch Shall Be Attached Depicting Location Of All Missing, Protruding, Unseated Wires)

V-8!1 bewcl pkA-k A&4;ve -c.Drr6-,iW o oo4e ~r P.W&C+Jte ANAd ýSV'fAV-CcAP- 5~~ir- se clip -PIAA qe- 1i4k 44 ~"

SIeAthJ pla 4 C , & A *OAD

.. ..P .. ....

4 lim;.4 ,l -o o ,4ered-A el d~u .-- 4c £ kfi u t_ corrosio ,i o " - 6t ey( CPtCe_.

SYCASC~ c-AO he-'A boL4eAj-, ~&tAJWý PIAIk -<

be+ K .I6010,16-1.

Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication I0- Information Only I

............ Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Missing Wres H. Cracks 0. Other (Explain)

B. Missing Button Heads I. Pitting C. Protruding / Unseated Wires J. Nicks, Gouges, Mechanical Damage 0, Broken Wires K Uneven Shim Stack E. Active Corrosion L- Excessive Shim Gaps F. Other Corrosion M- Gasket Seating Surface Damage G. Evidence Of Free Water (Quantify) N. Surface Disconltinuities, Deflections Supplemental Information: Yes No Sketch Photo UVideo L- Other (Describe:

Results: Acceptable FZYes K.No I EXAMINERIEVALLUT 1 , LEER DT STATION/ADMIN REVIEW DAT .......

(Print &Sign) _ ________o

__DATE This section to be completed only if ExaminerlEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable ]3.Yes [7 blo '- 2 .* 7- r'". J-... "./Y'/

Additional Actions: ,-. r C5,ý .

r's" '.o,*C., -A/i) ,., ,

4-"A( C..Z/,)rI * (.. , . ,.

(Action Request, Work Order, Issue Report, etc. initIated for Correcti'i Action) ,

LEVEL Ill or R1 REVIEW asaa~ia~y.

4

'~'? AATE:

&.--O~ 1 ANI) REVIEW (as applicable) DATE.

Page of _-- --- - - .....

~o

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 20 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station: TM : Unit: t Date: --O 9--Z. Report No:

System: - Compon1nt',:".....

M , WO No(s).: R2n(

Location; Building: " Elev.: Col.: Row: Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: E" DV E]GV E]VT-!C MVT-3C Type Of Exam: JROirect []Remote Matil. Type:4 *e--re Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: AI,,/'-

Surface: ID (O1. Surface/ Components Coated: E- YES D9 NO M&TE Used: *" StAlf21M. Test Card UTC or Serial No. t/4l Cal. Due Date:'t4M.

Illumination Used Sup I. .k4- Illumination Verified: Date: *.2Z-Da, Time: 7 Special / Specific Instructions: I _ _10_ __.

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE iO (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) . .. ... Recordable Indications as applicable) fke j,~,ress 4fe- e~XpO$VA. '?4 iel ve

~A&ce ', 1e4 Ate- 4 UrfAct 1bJ4 fU 5a4 bi$'4k j 0 P;44; 1 ,Jg

5-5 'M A eULeIS-A (6 ue- 40 JL'0 ) -T, AC4ive Pd-- Itk 60 (o irAi vemAi (A 4 io,. s-4 ACK k-, Audo +~m H53-2,S)M3-2/ 4A4 14n3-i3I H 6roL4 p1 4t~ke-s OVeo( A-eA'S 60 a I pjeS Are, jes31AAE.4

ý1 Resuits Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M_ Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: [XIYes i-]No [ Sketch .. Photo [3Video LI Other (Describe):

Results: Acceptable EZYes []No EXAMI NERI*EVALUAT'R (Print &Sign) Wq, 4 . M-. '_ .... LEVEL DATE &V-Z O-STATION/ADMIN REVIEW -"2 . DATE-"f (Print &Sign) DATE 2/Z11016 This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable P*Yes LI No Additional Actions:

(,Actioi Request Work Order. Issue Report, etc. initiated for Corrective Action)

L7.. EVEL DATE: ....

ANII REVIEW (as app fcab!e) DATE:

Page 4-I of _L_

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 21 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page I of I Station: -TEAL Unit: I Date: I- 72-69 Report No:

System:C'fWj' Component: u , WO No(s).: . -

Location: .Buildinge'. ;.. Elev.: Col.: Row: Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: [] DV QGV [V-1C %VT-3C Type Of Exam: K]Direct []Remote Mali. Type: 6wdje"r4e Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: ,V,-

Surface: ID ý1D) Surface I Components Coated: '3 YES ' NO M&TE Used: &I/_fo_ t-J 44.tM Test Card UTC or Serial No. *Ji Cal. Due Date:

Illumination Used Illumination Verified: Date: -2z"-o9 Time: 3 tA Special/' Specific Instructions:. N o qe_ _ _[.---

Component / Item Number and RESULTS [ Explanation I Notes Description NI RI TYPE to I (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of I (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

' ' 'bei( PA- ke-s 4rRoesult eLgbed pNn4er s1ppnorr4na- d1oAn p;Ooy oAj

,sideaInia4triSoAS previoulpeCes L JC CheAei4dieA '~ I~~"A~1

£oaj1'd 4

r bi.,4+re--5i Wl~k At 4 iVe- r 4 re~m 5t4 4 r 7-- */.,IA~ H (.2-4 Results Legend:2 sac NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 -. Information Only

[ Recordable Indication iype Codes:

G. Settlements Or Defdections M. Scaling I Ousting A. Cracks (Characterize and Size)

B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids I Bug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supolemental Information : MYes []No [] Sketch XPhoto [-Video [] Other (Describe):

Results:. Acce table XYes ONo EXAMINER/EVALUATOR V1. L (Print nDATE LEVEL 2-a -09 STATION/ADMIN REVIEW 4 V - - DATE , MO (Print &Sign) ......

This section to be completed only It ExaminerlEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable q'Yes IZJNo Additional Actions:

(Action Request. Work Order., ssue Report, elc. initiated for Corre-ve Action)-

LEVEL Ill or RE REVIEW (as appiica6,le .- "- ,KV4 '?..) DATE 7"i,/"4 10 ANII REVIEW (as applicable) _ DATE:

Page _ of

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 22 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 I ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page I of I Station: -1*Vt. Unit: 1 Date: S--.2-6 Report No:

System.Tedp Component: . M11 WO No(s).: . s Location: Building:. = Elev.: Col.: Row: AzimuthiRadius:

Exam Tvoe: F1 DV F]GV [EIVT-IC L1VT-3C Type Of Exam: M*Oirect f-Remote Matd. Tvye: 4,,.,,

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: A&ý .

Surface: ID -D. Surface i Components Coated: .]YES E4 NO M&TE Used: & j? *(4l,,;d'e Test Card UTC or Serial No. N/4 Cal. Due Date: YI A Illumination Used Sum 4;.A Illumination Verified: Date: R.-Z'-o'i . Time: -r;3), A Special / Specific Instructions: I. A _ _ ___ __

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE 10 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.)......... Recordable Indications as applicable) 4 hu;Q-W WAII eirA~c& £Aee+ pM e-k eAl coktjo4#4 Co~rA;N~J 4 tJ~~WA~tk-IA4I4c4ýA4 4o~ 1,5*3 -qj t4'1-riv.% I.P4-bIndaetin ARor 42.

SIN4goe4No 1itine- of bnormessS A.j-'-- ie) . eteentbeAO'rtnw.kl 4s5t. C pIAses VPPnI-0,P buL 5 AN& -L foI r,*5 4 o4f6,*J-f Result Legend:

B, Exoe eifrig tef. erdd ace ear N. Coating. Deteriortion ce.

C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spells P. Air VoidsutBug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. EffCorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : E*Yes [JNo [] Sketch KPhoto [-]Video ..Other (Describe):

Results7. Acceptable ZIYes ElNo E)AMI4INER/EVALUATOR

______Sg)W AIIC e" LEVEL ..21 DATE '- c STATION/ADMIN REVIEW .-- ,.

(Print &sign)ril~-~ DATE ŽIi L a This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable ýj Yes El No Additional Actions:

(Action Request, Work Order, Issue Report, etc. Initiated for Corrective Action)

LEVEL III or RE REVIEW (as applicabe / ,r DATE:

ANII REVIEW (as appticable) DATE:

Page I of '2-

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 23 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station: / j Unit: 1 Date: S-ZZ-c6 . Report No:

System. ;MA- Component: hj. * - *t, ......... WO N0 N . ZO67St067'S i Location: Building: *,, ,.t. Elev.: Col.: Row: Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: [ DV EIGV EIVT-1C XVT-3C Type Of Exam: Direct ORemote Mati. Type:

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: Alc.-,

Surface: ID *D* . Surface / Components Coated: Q[ YES [ NO M&TE Used: 3e .1-41M.j,, Test Card UTC or Sedral No. n .. Cal. Due Date: /4 ..

Illumination Used j yq4 k4i Illumination Verified: Date: .27-6.. Time: 7;--30 AM\

Special / Specific Instructlons: A.O,*AIP.. . ......... ...

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation i Notes Description NI RI TYPE 10 (As a minimum. Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)_

CoJ4AiNfA"e 4 Lvit4"AS WA~l J Pf4.Veid~wlv i&P~-'e bef X~edA £Ar-4A~

X

'2 ' /Z A. ov . q e- t ip * ,e 4

/-t k ,,'

SAM A (e, A 6C.*J'At A -.eA &AjA. .e4 * - 4"LAW,-dA,6 6 - etHit 4reA 4 ejmr-ac -srat4uck i P A 4,,*-d 4c 11 e5,,.*t -,kd-Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G, Settlements Or Deflections M Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Ccating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalts P. Air Voids I Bug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : i[]Yes XNo El Sketch -lPhoto ErVideo [] Other (Describe):

Results: Acceptable .. Yes .[No EXAMINER/EVALUATORi LEVEL STATION/ADMIN REVIEW (Print &Sign) .,-......DATE cT.,v-._* Q, ( 0.

This section to be completed only if ExaminerlEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable N Yes El No Additional Actions:

(Acton Request, Work Order, Issue Report, etc. Initialed for Corrective Aeiron LEVEL Ill or RE REVIEW (as applica'ble) _ _D__,/ , . ', OATE:/j&-*/O ANII REVIEW (as applicable) . DATE:

Page 2 of 2-

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 24 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32

) ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NOE Report Page 1 of I Station: 74flt Unit: . Date: /-2d-O Report No:

SSystem: *,11- Component: ,-,,-WO No(,).:A-1-6 U.. -

Location: Build in g -&?wmw,~,,*r-E lev.: Co0l.:- 1,4/, R ow:, ,/q Azi u*Radius","

Exam Type: [] D\/ [3GV []VT-I.C ZVT.-3C Type Of Exam: [*Drc ,Rmt Matt. Type: 6 .,ejanr Design Drawing(s) ... Visual Aids:fdt,,L,z.%d,?

Surface. 15

• Surface/I Components Coated. (]. YES. E] NO

'M&TE .Us.ed:A,*,,fw,,'=ArrA L Test Card UTC or Serial Nov00,£btrTaU7 Cal. Due Date:J-f,*,,AA Illumination Used o0244wA.-ws#-r Illumination Verified: Date:/-,t-At Time:7.'v 0,',

Special / Specific Instructions: _ __1_

Component / Item Number and [ RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE 1O (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

A S-%4 cx~ <0s9.d'd I I

.)

Results Legend:

NI - No Indicabons RI - Recordable Indication !0 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling I Dusting B Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coating Deterioration C Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts. Voids. Honeycomb 0. Abrasion. Cavitation. Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J Spalls P Air Voids I Bug Holes E Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines 0. Efflorescence F Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : C*Yes f'No El Sketch -'iPhoto CI-Video Q Other (Describe):

. .Results Acceptable .Yes _.ENNo EXAMINER/EVALUATORLEEL .. I. ATEL (Part &si*q') LEVEL X DATE STATION/ADMIN REVIEW - D This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable 4 Yes LI No Additional Actions.

iActlon Reauest. vatk Owdev, Issue Pepoar etc. nfialed for CorrnZave Act.iO, LEVEL III or RE REVIEW (aia applicable)., DATE:,//4 j-2,. I ANII REVIEW (as applicatle) DATE:.

7) Page _ of

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 25 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page I of 1 Station: 7' ovr Unit: i Date: /,'/7-79 Report No:.

System:,.,I* Component:-q. WO No(s).. ,W,',, s-Location: Building:*ww,,wr- Elev.: */-,,1 Col.: .,,4 Row:,,/,4 Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: EI DV L]GV E- VT-1C G21VT-3C Type Of Exam: CiOirect X*Remote Mati. Type,,,,,

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: &,&Ao4&Ax Surface: ID (w Surface I Components Coated: [] YES E.l NO M&TE Used*. ,om Test Card UTC or Serial No.ooV,j,= Cal. Due Date7".//

Illumination Used . Illumination Verified: Date:/,./7-, .q Special / Specific Instructions: _ _ _ __,4 Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description (e.g. EIN. EID, etc.) h NI RI TYPE

.Recordable 10 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of Indications as applicablel ADM P 7~$ 4-' Ae 4. 4 Results Legend:

Ni - No Indications Ri - Recordable Indcation !0 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Setdemerts Or Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Othar) I Popouts. Voids, Honeycomb 0 Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J Spalls P Air Voids / Bug Holee E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines 0. Efflorescencoe F- Leaching Or Chemical Attack L, Corrosion Staining R, Other (Explain)}

Supplemental Information : []Yes [RNo E] Sketh OPhoto Q'Video F-1 Other Dscb)

EXAIE/VLAO Results. Ac bfie [&Yeý I*N -- 1--1' (Print A. ......

446944f . . .... EV E DATE 2.,

STATION/ADMIN REVIEW ... ,A/ ,

(Print &Sign) .. DATE This section to be completed only If Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable A Yes [j No Additional Actions:

(Action Request, Work Ordet. Issue Report. etc. initiated for C ctliy g_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

LEVEL III or RE..REVIEW (as applicabl'iF * ,:cl*'" 7?:'C AE!.F*,

ANII REVIEW (as apolicaiie) DATE.

Page _ of

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 26 of 62

• ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page I of I Station: 7,qLi Unit:j Date: /.-t- a? Report No:

System:,,/o, Component:, 11,,* WO N Location.- Buildin g:'d_,*.w,-,-* Elev.X ,*4-( ro Cot :,*/,4 Row:A,#/, Azimuth/Radius.

Exam Type: [ DVC[GV [*]VT-1C ,r*..VT-_3C Type Of Exam: C]Djrect [ORemote Matl. Type4r,.,,r Design Drawing~s) Visual Aids: , ,*

Surface: ID (W Surface / Components Coated: C] YES No M&TE Usedkwwm-c*, L* Test Card UTC or Serial N0.4cw,,"r~jaT= Cal. Due Datei-,-4f SIllumination Used f., ,rIllumination Verified: Date./,,z-~ Time-/,

Iw,f__

Speia/ Specific Instructions. v.4 Component /Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description N'r1 RI TYPE I0 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g* EIN, EID, etc.)l, Recordable Indications as applicabte)

CfW fr *4 .4 , - V&WA ,

Results Legend:

Ni - No Indications Ri - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. CracKs (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B Exposed Reinforcing Steel H Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts. Voids, Honeycomb 0 Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P Air Voids I Bug Holes E Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L, Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: ElYes C@No E] Sketch CIPhoto []video [I Other (Describe):

Results, Acceptable XYes E[No EXAMINER/EVALUATOR -.

1Print &Sigai .. LEVEL DATE a.

STATION/ADMIN REVIEW (Print & Sign)DAE*1J0 This section to be completed only If Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable X Yes El No Additional Actions:

,Acaon Req uest. Work Or,de. Issue Report. etc- initiated for Corre Actim -".. . ..

LEVEL III or RE REVIEW (es applicable ., , DATE: ,

SANI I REVIEW (asappficabWa DATE:

Page __of__

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 27 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NOE Report Page I of 1 Station: 7",qr Unit:j Date:,,1 -..- ,, Report No; System:../.+ Component: A,//A. WO No(s).: jr,* &_I l Location: Building: dem Eoev.,Ar-.Jf Col..-,4/ Row:.v. Azimuth/Radius:,&.

Exam Type:.0DV `0GV 0VT-,I C VT-3C Type Of Exam: LjDirect gRemote Mat.. Type4",w, Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: B& .t.5 Surface: ID 'M Surface / Components Coated: 10 YES El NO M&TE Used: Test Card UTC or Serial No.oo*,r-7 Cal. Due Date:r.,,/.*

Illumination Used Illumination I Verified: Date: xi.r-/...'o 7 Time: 3:0o0 Special / Specific Instructions: a, __,

Component Iitem Number and RESULTS a minimum. Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE 10 (As a minimum. Record Location and Size of (e.., EIN, EID, etc.)_ _ Recordable Indications as applicable)

&,j/

In411 r. --

1. AW04&*4 Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI -.Recordable Indication 10- Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling I Dusting

8. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts. Voids, Honeycomb 0 Abrasion, Cavrtation. Wear D Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P Air Voias JBug Hoje*

E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines 0 Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : []Yes C'3No [] Sketch -Photo []Video D] Other (Describe):

_..... Results. Acceptable ZsjNo TL EXAMINER/EVALUATOR ,_____ __ _,,, _ _LEVELD SPrint &Sign) DATE STATION/ADMIN REVIEW -- " '

(Print & Sign) . (r, DATE 211/,/0io This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable [C Yes 1] No Additional Actions:

(Action Request. JV*k Order. issue Reoart. etc. trtiaced Vi Corrective Ac_._ _

jLEVEL III or RE REVIEW (as app~licabi-Ie ' DATE: J/5 /

ANII REVIEW (as applicabe. DATE:

Page _ of_

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 28 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32

) ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment ATTACHMENT 6 Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NOE Report Page 1 of I Station. 7'/Iq Unit: I Date: ',-- Report No:

System: ,.,4,- Component: ,1.4- 'NO No(s).A!4': N #'

Location: Building 4 r1'wAwrF Elev.: .I,/ Col: 4114 Row: 4,l4 Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: C DV UGV -VT-1C ZIVT-3C Type Of Exam: UDirect g1Remote Matl. Type: CV. 4drW Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:-',,~.g Surface: ID <= Surface / Components Coated: I-] YES j NO M&TE Used:%-e#rsr, [U3 Test Card UTC or Serial NooOrj'.t 7.A Cal. Due Date:.i-,,,,

Illumination Used ,,',*s,,tu. Illumination Verified: Date: e#-IP-o, Time:#-j,, r,,,

Special / Specific Instructions: I , _V/,,

Component I Item Number and 1 RESULTS Explanation I Notes Description NI RI TYPE I0 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN. EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

'.. o-rO*

rD/~r~e~r~

r~

V~~~V

)

Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordatbe Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A- Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling. Dusting

8. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I Popouts, Voids. Honeycomb 0 Abrasion, Cavitation. Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J Spalls P Air Voids / Bug Holes E, Evidence O Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Supplemental Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

In~formation o-Yes O-'No [I Sketch OPhoto [*Video [ te Dsrb)

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable Yes Li No C Additional Actions.

iAd.ioin Request. Work Orier, Issue Report. etc n~tated ior ca1qctve Actiont .

LEVEL III or REVIEWies apiae ,'.qQ .-. /,.. DAE7,- /RE A REVIEW INI a~,plcac~ei DATE:

Page __ of__

)

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 29 of 62 ER-AA-335-018.

Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Pace I of I Station: T .. . Unit: I Date:4A-o,-.. Report No:

System:,,f Component: ,lI,- WO No(s).: 4sy".-.,r" Location: Building:4,wpw.qr Elev.: "I Col.: Row:'A, Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Tvoe: n DV (1GV FAVT-IC ";VT-3C Tvye Of Exam: RIDirect i-Remote Mati. Tvec.#.merw-Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:A Surface: ID

• Surface / Components Coated: E] YES IX NO M&TE "sed' ' -est C'ard UTC or Senal No.00rn, " A . .Cal. Due Date:,

Illumination Used Illlumination Verified: Date:MIA-1,.o Time: ,,

Special i Specific Instructions: I wV/A Component I Item Number and RESULTS Explanation I Notes Description N1 RI TYPE 0 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) ... 1 Recordable Indications as applicable)

,L,5A-. . ,t ",r°....

r,,

.Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI- Recordable Indication 10-Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Detlections M. Scaling i Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Detenoration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I Popouts. 'Voids. Honeycomb O. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear 0 Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P Air Voids / Bug Holes IE E Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L .SorrosionStaining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information. 2Yes ONo .. U Sketch E-Photo -]Video Li Other (Describe):

AResults. ---- Acceptable [No LYes EXAMINER/EVALUATOR (Print &Sign) , , DATE STATION/ADMIN (Print& Sig) REVIEW ",0, ,, ' S ., .. t ,. . ... DATE .'2/ 1 /p oc This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable Al Yes El No Additional Actions:

ActiorReVIeWReport,(aorecacvea, ar- nitiae fo*,

ANI I REVIEW (as ,applicabl)/ ... ... ... DATE-Page __ of __

-/~ cr

x.CN CL C)J1 Q.C~)

cu z

.DPI4 t IWOI4wb li

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 31 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Paae I of I Station: r;..r Unit: .. Date: Report No:

System: W.* Component: -/4i- WO No(s). fr,.d-Location: Building:eaw,p-twr Elev.: *'/ Col.: 14e Row:4/o Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Tvoe: F- DV F-GV WVT-iC nlVT-3C Type Of Exam: l0irect ElRemote Matl. Tvoe:carr&

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:AVA Surface: ID Surface I Comrn nents Coated: YES J* NOO M&TE Used,* :"53. Test Card UTC or Serial No.. 7 , -.. Cal. Due Date:,.!

Illumination Used 1j,,#,#,- Illumination Verified: Date: AA, Time* .

Special / Specific Instructions: I vlA Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE 1o (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e-g. EIN, EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

(4/. Ati ) A* 2) **, t*, s,,W,,.,#,,.,.",.tn AiepA C 4 f d'iL A E0, '~Awo ".I aO

..... 1 oar, Results Legend-NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication !O- information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A, Cracks (Characterize and Size) G Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling J Dusting

8. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Oter) I Popouts Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation. Wear D Evidence Of Grease Leakage J Spails P. Air Voids I Bug Holez E Evidence Of Moisture K Cold Joint Lines 0. Effiorescence F Leaching Or Chemical Attack L _onrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : aYes (JNo I] Sketch [iPhoto ZlVideo Ql Other (Describe):

---

- - Results. Acceptable KYes]N EXAMINER/EVPALUATORJ LEE DT iPdnt &Sian) R *-/ ?V. L ... ..... LEVEL 42 - DATE ,#-74, PSTATION/ADMIN

!(Pnn &Sign) REVIEW...... . ... .. DATE 'Q/11 oa 10 ...

This section to be completed only it Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable 4 Yes r7 No Additional Actions:

(ActionRequest Work Order, Issue Report, eair inifialed for Corrggive Action)

I LEVEL III or R REVEW I (a appka*"I -- ATE ANi REVIEW (as ppkable) DATE:

Page _ of _

L o~/lý/? F

Jr t

a Nj CL )

oc

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 33 of 62 ER-AA-335-01 8 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Paqe I of 1 Station: 7-NT Unit: I Date:/,A-1-o,- Report No:

System:.-I' Component: ,,w/- WO No(s).: -

Location: Building:6 mA*qr EIev.:,jY/ Col. :,,* Row:#4 Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: El DV LGV [.VT-1C D .r3C Type Of Exam. 2]0irect -Remote Matl. Type: ,,.ez'r-r Design Drawing(s)_ Visual Aids:wA Surface: ID Surface I Components Coated: C] YES [] NO M&TE Used:,"-r,",7*'- 51Test Card UTC or Serial No.00,01'ý"- ' Cal. Due Date:.,

Illumination.Used ,f,4.,r ,/I Illlummination

.1 Verified: Date-xfe,.v-,Zy Time:

Tme i, Special ISpecific Instructions:

Component / Item Number and RESULTS ' Explanation / Notes DescriptionI RI TYPE 1o (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e-g. EIN, EID, etc.) I Recordable Indications as applicable)

ýq %4.4vjt w-)aswAI/ emods fir a*,'

Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordaole IndIcation 0-Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characternze and Size) G Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches o Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0 Abrasion, Cavitation. Wear D Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P. Air Voids / Bug Holes-E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines 0 Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information :Yes ]_No LR

ý' Sketch []Photo E]Video E] Other (Describe):

EXAM INER/EVALUATOR WPrint & Sion)

STATION/ADMIN (Print & Sign)

This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable 9 Yes [I No Additional Actions:

(Acdion Request.

, Work Order. ISsue Reeort,

. etc,

, initial LEVEL III or RE REVIEW

[ AN II REVIEW (as a~ppicabie; Page _ of _

, , ' / (8: /'2 &ý1

I 36e I. .,

Iý x CN U.-)

.0 z Lo

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 35 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Paae I of I Station: T"1X Unit: . Date:/,r-t,-&9 Report No:

System: q-,+ Component: ,/,,4- WO No(s) : /'-&,

Location: Buifding:&w,,,A.wp- Elev.: 4,r Col.: 1 Row:.,A Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: 0 DV []GV [ZVT-1C LIVT-3C Type Of Exam: Z]Direct E]Remote + MatI. Typexa., rr Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:*

Surface: ID

• Surface/ Components Coated: f0 YES R1 NO M&TE Used:-*r*" Test Card UTC or Serial No.='*'L 7 4 Cal. Due Date:

Illumination Used -,r44o**,r" Illumination Verified: Date:/,,-/g-op Time:-r,,' w,,

Special / Specific Instructions:,,. ..W/4 Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation I Notes Description "N 1 RI TYPE 1 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) j Recordable Indications as applicable)

Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication !0 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other] I. Popouts. Voids. Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation. Wear D Evidence Of Grease Leakage j, Spals P. Air Vcids I Bug Hoole, E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines 0. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L. Qorrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: Ltes ONo "[O Sketch [I]Photo -]Video [] Other (Describe):

Results. Acceptable 9Yes -DNo _

EXAMINER/EVALUATOR (Pnrit & Sign) DATE STATION/ADMIN REVIEW ...... .. /,701 (Print &Sign) 0, 0 _

This section to be completed only if ExamlnerlEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable & Yes F1 No Additional Actions:

(Action Request. Work Order. Issue Report etc. nitiated ar Corve Action).

LEtVEL III or RE REVIEW ia3 annitcarwA __P/ ei -. ý, BATE: 7 /& Ajt 1ý ANtI REVIEW (as applicabie) . DATE:

Page _ of

Jf 9 1

G 330" I

'Ii

~1 0L co~ a V.; 1 co1/26

.2 4A COCK0a/~I

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 37 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page I of I Station: 7 1." Unit: I Date:/,,-,t-o ' Report No:

System: ,//,4, Component: ,/'4t WO No(s).. Ri-'o=ok.j Location: Building:4,,,ot,- Elev.': f* Co1.: 1... Row:w/, Azimuth/Radius:

Exam TVn::e: F-1 DV F"-GV tMrl"1 C E-VT-3C Tvoe Of Exam: l5*Direct Fi-Remote 'Uati Tvne e=ur, Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:,./,

Surface: ID . Surface / Components Coated: IiYES RI NO M&TE Used, , r,,-, Test Card UTC or Serial No.*oA ti Cal. Due Date:,",,

Illumination Used , Illunination Verified: Date:,,i,,7./,-.. Time:-,, ,,

Special / Specific Instructions: I ,*1A Component/ Item Number and

• RESULTS .. Explanation / Notes DescriptioneN! RI TYPE 1O (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e~g. EIN. EI, etc.)/ Recordable Indications as applicable) 64 r2i#/ A'Z1) 4&w OV w - e "*"

iN Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication !O- Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes; A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Ousting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I Popouts Voids. Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation. Wear D Evidence Of Grease Leakage J, Spells P. Air Voids / Bug Holee E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Jont Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Porrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : [XYes [J-No - Sketch r-Photo --Vldeo [] Other (Describe):

Resulit..,,ce tle , Ye , r-N ... "

I rEXAMINER/EVALUATOR tPrint & Sign)

LVL LEE

. ~ DT DAE; STATION/ADMIN REVIEW (Print & Sign) . .. .DATE .

This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable & Yes D No Additional Actions:

(Action ReqOesL Wbork Order. Issue Report, etc. initiated for Corrective Action).

LEVEL IIl or RE REVIEW (as applic..eej DATE:

ANII REVIEW waapplicablel . DATE:

Page _ of

Exc'J

<ci L00

~cm

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 39 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station.- 7TZ Unit: I Date: /1.J'-oO Report No:

System: wa,#- Component: ,/,-f. WO No(s).:.W 24.f["-

Location: Building 4,mw,*,,r Elev.: ,y/ Col.: W14 Row:,A1, Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: El DVI-GV[RVT-1C []VT-3C Type Of Exam: ,]Direct [l-Remote Mati. Type:cvenrr

-Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:,4/,

Surface: ID gm Surface / Components Coated: [I YES f* NO M&TE Used:,4,rraw. - Test Card UTC or Serial No. .. Cal..Due Date:

Illumination Used e,rwp Illumination Verified: Date:,A-,7-o. Time:.,,o, Special I Specific instructions: v0A RESULTS Explanation / Notes' Component I Item'Number and Description NI RI TYPE IOd (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN. EID, etc.) Recordable. Indications as applicable)

,v'. ,I ' ,A.,. ,,, ,-,r . a e.o . ,

Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication ,! - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Setdements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Ousting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deteriration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) 1. Popouts. Voids. Honeycomb 0 Abrasion, Cavitation. Wear 10 Evidence Of Grease Leakage j. Spalls P. Air Voics I Bug Hole-E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L ýqqrrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information. 1:Yes -JNo "* Sketch C]PPhoto -]Video C1 Other (Describe):

' '"ii:'..... i. ......,..' .. . . Results. Ac.,eptabe'e No..

EXAMINER/EVALUATOR -- LEEL/DATE iPt*&Sign) ,LEVEL DATES,-

STATION/ADMIN REVIEW .-- =-\ , G-LPrint &Sign) ' l -, -, r - AT 112k ,

This section to be completed only If ExaminerlEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable KYes El No Additional Actions:

(Action Request, Work Order. Issue Report. etc. nilated for Corree Aeion,, .

I CA, Liiiui EVIEW r' =Ii VVia I

MAZ (asle:aacb

-plcai)  ; "ý `-0.1r ~ ... i~d~iL.2~

DATE: 4 I IANII REVIEW (as applicabale DATE:

Page _ of

$* (.C* ~ 9 r

XL CD U-)

z' T I"OW PTO L.A C*AW 4er~b~w3o~ *I 4dr7fw elf~g 41*lO N

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 41 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page I of 1 Station: 7N-T Unit: I Date:/,-,t-i'9 Report No:

System: &,/,,$ Component: ,'/,,- WO No(s).:

Location: 8uilding:41wwaqr- Elev.: aP;' Cot.:*,14 Row:dv, Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Tvoe: F] DV I]GV FX1VT-1C F-IVT-3C TVe Of'Exam:'-&1Direct FIRemote Mati. Tvoe:e,,nurl, Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:,wtA Surface: ID

• Surface / Components Coated: [I] YES J NO M&TE Used:"' Test Card UTC or Serial Cal. Due Date:,.

Illumination Used ,*..r Illumination Verified: Date:/d-,p-9 Ti.me:jro ,y.-

Special I Specific Instructions: I N/A ....

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation I Notes Description N! RI TYPE 10 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.)e Recordable Indications as applicable)

,V* 7V //0 Results Legend:

Ni No Indications RI - Recordable Indication iO - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling I Dusling B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Othe) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage i. Spalls P, Air Voids t Bug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L .,orrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information:,R]Yes ENo ;"'[ Sketh E CiSdeo C] Other (Describe):

ýPhoto

.. ~ ....-. ____ .. Results. Accepa ble ZYes MNo _:"_"

EXAMINERIEVALUATOR ,

(Print &Sign) , LEVEL -Z DA STATION/ADMIN REVIEW (PnnD&Sign) DATE.

This section to be completed only if Examclner/Evaluator notes Rbor Unacceptable condition.

Rl or Unacceptable results Acceptable [] Yes [] No Additional Actions :

(Acti~on Reqws.*$,Work Order. tssuJe Report. etc. initialed for C0rrecth*_A*Ction_.*

LEVEL III or RE REVIE1,' -*"-  :-*t' DATEpiale.:*.*_ ,,0-i ANti REVIEW (as appiicabiej .... DATE:

Page. of CX&6,L6'c--f$ 0. /X/ý /,9 '1

C N

f x (N CL-4m z .

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 43 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NOE Report Paae I of 1 Station: TM-. Unit: j Date:/-4./., Report No:

System: vl*- Component.: WONo)

Location: Building evmw , Elev.: Co1.: 4,4 Row:,. Azimuth/Radius; Exam Type: Ii DV 0GV [VT-1C CVT-3C Type Of Exam: ODirect .. Remote Mali. Type:4V,,Ai.*r,-

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: WA, Surface: ID M0 Surface I Components Coated: [] YES NO M&TE Used:". ". i Test Card UTC or Serial No.!7*e"-a Cal Due Illumination Used r Illumination Verified: Date:I-,*.. Ti.me: t.o. ..

S special I Specific Instructions: NIA I Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation I Notes Description N! RI TYPE 10 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e g. EIN. EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

Blom. A ICi Results Legend:

NJ - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication !0- Information only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlemnents Or Deflections U. Scaling. IOusting

8. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids, Honeycombtt 0 Abrasion, Carotation. Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage 4. Spalls P, Air Voids IBug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Unes Q Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explin)

Suppiemental Information ý;-es EINo :'IgSkatrh []iPhoto E]Video El Other (Describe):

...... Acceptable Results. . E s £N -

EXAM INERIEV.ALUATOR .

(Print &Sig~n) LEVEL DAE STATION/ADMIN REVIEW - \

(Print & Sign) 4tý 3._ _____ DATE Q1J1 This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable [4 Yes 10 No Additional Actions:

tAction Request. Work Order. issue Report. etc. nitialed for Correcuve ActLon)

LEVEL Ill or RE REVIEW (app."icab., , DATE:

... .. t?

ANII REVIEW (as applicable) DATE: [

Page of

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 44 of 62

.O47.iib~

-e/W7 YVW6

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 45 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32

) ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NOE Report Page 1 of I Station: 7",2'1 Unit: I Date:/ -/-f4 Report No:

System:.-/,#- Component: -/,- WO No(s).:,_-',

Location: Buildingtr,,.ww- Elev.: Col.:1 Row: v/, Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: C] DV C]G\/.*VT-1C CVT-3C Type Of Exam: ( Direct E]Remote Mad. Type:e4,w,0--r Design Drawing(s) Visual Aidsw,,//

Surface: ID .... Surface / Components Coated: [E YES M NO M&TE Used:S ' Test Card UTC or Serial No. Cal. Due Date:

Illumination Used . Illumination Verified: Date:/-/.Y-,v Time:/,-o -ue Special/ Specific Instructions: 1 11/A Component I Item Number and I RESULTS Explanation I Notes

• rt Description (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.)

z.* t'fv-NI RI TYPE 1 A I (As a minimum. Record Location and Size of Recordable Indications as applicable)

o. '.,. 4i..t'* *r~scr*p.. 1

)

Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indcation !O - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A Cracks (Characterize and Size) G Settlements Or Deflections M Scaling I Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H Degraded Patches or Repairs N, Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I1 Popouts. Voids. Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D, Evidence Of Grease Leakage j Spells P Air Voids / Bug Hclee E. Evidence Of Moisture K Cold Joint Lines 0. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical AttackI L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: ZYes iNo 'r] Sketch, LC1Photo [jVideo [] Other (Describe):

.......-- ...... .b.e .No Results. Accept Yes ..--....

EXAMINERIEVALUATOR jq ;Z,-..-

iPrint & sin) 2* LEVEL 1ZL DATE /-6, STATION/ADMIN REVIEW . D E (Prnt &S*gn) DATE This section to be completed only if ExaminerlEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable 9 Yes EJ No Additional Actions'.

ftAction Req~uest. Wwil Order. Issu~e Rteport. etc. nitiated IrofCo ve W.1onIJ 7

LEVEL I!Ior RE REVIEW iasa.s ao abie ",.*Y Ž ./s ' /f- DATE: //'6(,,I_

ANII REVIEW (as appiica.ie. DATE:

Page __ of --

-)

~C7-,f /V IT , Y

)9 ý/,/,? /3

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 46 of 62 I

4I I V *q~ -

A ~1~6F~

r~

122

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 47 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32

.) ATTACHMENT 6 ASME (WE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NOE Report Page I of 1 Station: 7"r, Unit: . Date:l-lx-la Report No:-

System: .4,/4- Component: ,o,,/ WO No(s).: Rjej-Location: Building4wrm.,.vw Elev.: Col. :, Row: ,v/, Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: [3 DV -]GV X\VT-lC [IVT-3C Type Of Exam: [*Direct ERemote Matil. Type:e .,.#-

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aidswq Surface: ID = Surface / Components Coated: E] YES [0 NO M&TE Used:Lj Test Card UTC or Seral No. 1,,f 1a Cal. Due Date: nt' Illumination Used Illumination I Verified: Date: /-/,-,o Time: /,,o Pw Special I Specific Instructions: I 1,/._t Component I Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NII Ri TYPE lo (As a minimum. Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EIO. etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication O- information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracxs (Ch-aracterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Ousting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repars N Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage i Spalls P Air Voids I Bug Hole--

E Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines 0. Efflorescence F Leaching Or Chemical Attack L ' orrosion Staining R Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : 2Yes ENo -KW Sketch . Photo ]Video C] Other (Describel:.

i~r . .......

....... ...... ,: i ... ..Results. Acc ptable WYes Q N-" .o EXAM INF'RIEvALuATOR . . "**/ IA ......................... ....

(.Pr"n & Sio*n) A&A*,$L=*',P 0gv Ama (***"Z ... LEVEL DATE ((.-*:

STATION/ADMIN REVIEW V---. (., - DATE (Pront & Signl) ,AT Q This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable 9Yes [] No Additional Actions:

(Acion Request, Work.Oricet,. issue Repon. etc. ingialed,,0f CoWclive AcOnt LEVEL III or RE REVIEW (as appica~~/ /I ~4

• I~~

DATE: /6/'

ANII REVIEW (as applicabN.e DATE:

Page of

)

-- 1 5

8 urmasS 5(D CL 00 z .

F-4~S4/VMr

~~-1 A

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 49 of 62 ER-AA.335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32

) ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NOE Report Page 1 of I Station: 7,*. Unit: 1 Date: 1-19-/1 Report No:

System: Al,-- Component: ,.W.L WO No(s).: ,-.,,&"

Location: BuiJding:&l*rv4iww- Elev.. Col.:, Row: ,*/* AzimuthlRadius:

I~~ T,*= 1-" r\ ~T1

-'l VI-I/TJ FlCi 'JI rJT"C Tur'*~ Cf I:v~m. (,lfliroe,t f-ltrnnt* M~tl Tur)'J*'U Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:.4/,q Surface: ID ( Surface / Components Coated: F] YES WNO M&TE Used: ,,V,,Lk,,,a L_Test Card UTC or Serial No. =' Cal. Due Date:f:=

Illumination Used ,A.f, , - Illumination Verified: Date:,-ie-,o Time:/.-P, Special / Specific Instructions: I w/'

Component I Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE 1 1O (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EIO, etc.) I Recordable Indications as applicable)

)

Results ILegen:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication !0 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G Settlements Or Deflections M Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I Popouts. Voids. Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation. Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage j Spaols P Air Voids / Bug Holes E Evidence Of Moisture K Cold Joint Lines Q. Eftflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: []Yes RNo [j Sketch [lPhoto E-Video E3 Other (Describe):

Results. Acceptable ZYes  :]No,

,XAM* *R/E.ALUATOR .w'mAQ'Xv.4 . 1) . LEVEL _2E DATE /-/-L tPnint & Sign)

STATION/ADMIN (Print &Sig) REVIEW 3.,-o,*.. sDATE

--..-- DT This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable [I Yes Li No Additional Actions:

(Actian Request, Wo(N Order. Issue Report. etc. ,ntrated for Corect.ve Acwion..

LEVEL IlI or RE REVIEWa sap,,cabi, Ak.. 4,,,a..r,. DATE: ,, 7 -.l ANII REVIEW a applitcable) DATE: _

Page of _

) _

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 50 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32

) ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station: 7"A1Z Unit: J Date:. -/1-1o Report No:

System: w Component: A,4. WO No(s).:

Location: Building.:C4wrAA~,,ww" E~ev.: Col.: W.4 Row:,/,4 Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type:. _ DV[]GV iVT-C, VT-3C Type Of Exam: ElDirect 'dRemote Mati. Type:Cejg,*.

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:&La',.W, 's Surface: ID I SurfaceI/ Components Coated: C] YES NO M&TE Used:iwrf,yrrat L. Test Card UTC or Serial NoO,.f,.rU7,t Cal. Due Date:.,v/,. .

Illumination Used XA'.,#AoY,,*wr Illumination Veriffed: Date: .W-,v Time:/, oo Special / Specific Instructions: 1 ,'..

Component/ Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI Rl TYPE 10 (As a minimum. Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID. etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

.... ea...

.. 9~A v .. j i-g s S-,,MA/,,

______________ Results Legend:

NI - No Indications Rl - Recordable (ndication !' - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A Cracks (Charactenze and Size) G Settlements Or Deflections M Scaling / Ousting B. Exposed Reinfoorcng Steel H Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coatbng Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I Popouts. Voids. Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavtaton. Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage i Spalls P. Air Voids I Bug Holee E Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines 0. Efflorescence F Leach'ing Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: [3Yes JoNo _[ Sketch C]Photo [-]Video [E] Other (Describe):

Results. Acceptable ZYe5s .0No . ....

EXAMINER/EVALUATOR

&Pnnt&Siari2 .- , LEVEL DAT STATION/ADMIN REVIEW "

(Print &Sg) ... .. TE This section to be completed only if Exam iner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable g'¥es El No Additional Actions:

Act"On Request, Wock 1 Order. issue Report, etc tn tiated for Coere" C wA..rn .. .

LEVEL Ill or RE REVIEW ,as ac a., -'. * . DAT*E J f"c ."

ANII REVIEW (as appi"i...ei DATE:

) Page _ of

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 51 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32

) ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station: 77,IX Unit: I Date:,-S..-/o Report No:

System: --;0- Component: ,.,/,+ WO No(s).:Xt",r'f,-r Location: Buildlng.dwr,.vr- Elev.: Col.-/ Row:.A;I Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: C DV ]GV XVT-1C C FVT-3C Type Of Exam: [@Direct .. Remote Mati. Type:ed dy-Design Drawing(s) Visual Aidsý,v/,

Surface: ID Surface I Components Coated: F1 YES NO M&TE Used: *, ,k ;a U Test Card UTC or Serial No. Cal. Due Date: r,5.:;

Illumination Used er&,A,&Z -- Illumination Verified: Date:,-/p-,-, Time:r'.al ,,.,

Special I Specific Instructions: I A*1.4 Component / Item Number and 1 RESULTS Explanation I Notes Description NI I RI TYPE 1i( (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN. EIO, etc.) - _ Recordable Indications as applicable)

)

Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling J Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repoars N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0 Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage i Spalls P Air Voids / Bug HoMet E. Evidence Of Moisture K Cold Joint Lines 0 Efflorescence F Leaching Or Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R. Othfer (Explain)

Supplemental Information . [:]Yes gNo []Sketch [lPhoto [oVideo [] Other (Describe);

Results. Accepal Ye EXAMINER/EVALUATOR LEV.E.L 2Z DATE--

STATION/ADMIN REVIEW . DAT (Pri"l*, sign) DATE Z/ipno, This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable ,QYes C] No Additional Actions:

lAction Request, Work Order Issue Re22O. etc. aNtated f0f C0ftive ActOrnl,.

LEVEL III or RE REVIEW tas applcable) ~ 'D~7-f~Q/

ATE: A/4'Jr-K4fr0 ANII REVIEW las applicable) DATE:

Page _ of

)

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 52 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32

) ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment ATTACHMENT 6 Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report ,

Page I of 1 Station: 7",r Unit: t Date:/-,,--4 Report No:

System: vW, Component: */,4 WO No(s).: ,Utri*,,-,

Location: 8uilding dr,*,ur,- Elev.: C01.:14 Row:,4# AzimuthlRadius:

Exam Type: ] DV -]GV ZVI-1C []VT.3C Type Of Exam: [gOirect []Remote Mati. TypeA*,*,-

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aidsw, Surface: ,ID Surface / Components Coated: [I YES [. NO M&TE Used:'..,&, - Test Card UTC or Serial No. v, 9Af!!,,*

-- Cal. Due Date: t _*

Illumination Used ,

iSpecial /Specific Instructions: w14.t*'

Illumination Verified: Date:,-,,n-,,o Time: gr, ,

Component i Item Number and I RESULTS Explanation I Notes Description NI RI TYPE 11 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EKED. etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

)

Results Legend:

Ni - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication QO- Information olry Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Saze) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling I Dusting B Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coattng Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts. Voids. Honeycomb 0 Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J Spalls P. Air Voids / eug Holes E Evidence Of Moisture K Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leacliing Or Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental l.::.

Information: L3Yes._ Z]No [3 Sketch C]PhotoW;*Yes

._ ~~Results, Acceptable C]Video O Other (Describe):

[Q.No ...

EXAMINF;R/EVALUATOR l LEVL.....AT ilpft &Sýgn) ,. a LEVEL I- DATE ,

STATIONIADMIN REVIEW E".

(Print &Signo-Jl-~s- DATE I l This section to be completed only If Examine dEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable 'Yes C No Additional Actions:

(Action Request, Work Oider. Issue Report, efc. ,nrtiated f1r Corretve AOnL'-

LEVELIl or RE REVIEW asaocabi D / 19 -'j ANII REVIEW (as appiicabiel / DATE:

Page of

) _

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 53 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32

) ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NOE I Report Page 1 of I Station: 7"IT Unit: Date:/-,'J-/0 Report No:

System: */ld- Component: .//A- WO No(s).:,.z"f',,4*i-Location: Building4wrAwri-' Elev.: Col. ,'V Row:,v/*p Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: F] DV CIGV (QT-1CE[VT-3C Type Of Exam: [Direct . Remote Matl. Type:dw.-

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aidsvw Surface: ID Surface/ Components Coated: YES Z NO M&TE Used:'eZ* *j Test Card UTC or Serial No. o9fffov A Cal. Due Date:

Illumination Used , Illumination Verified: Date:,-/3-,V Time:,,jo 4,,,

Special / Specific Instructions: I ____

Component / Item Number and [ RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE 1o (As a minimum. Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN. EID, etc.) - _____ Recordable Indications as applicable)

Results Legend:

NI - NO Indications RI - Recorcabte Indication !0 - Information Only Recordable indication Type Codes:

A Cracks (Characterize and Size) G Settlements Or Ceflections M. Scaling i ousting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items tOther) I Popouts. Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear 0, Evidence Of Grease Leakage J Spalls P. Air Voids I Bug Hcle's E Evidence Of Moisture K Cold Joint Lines 0. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: LYes [ZNo [] Sketch E]Photo []video C] Other (Describe):

... .............- .... .. .... ..Results. Acceptable F~jYes. []No.

EXAMINER/EVALUATOR 4, O " LEVEL.. '

(rint& Sin) LE. DAE.

St1TATION/AOMIN (Prit &s*Sign),*.*,$..I REVIEW "- DATE C)!,.'f This section to be completed only if ExaminesrEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable . Yes F] No Additional Actions:

Action Request. Work Order. Issue Report, etc. initiated for Corrective A LFEVEL III or RE REVIEW ias appiicabiejý) ___! \A T E ANII REVIEW (asawppcabie) DATE: . j

) Page __ of__

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 54 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32

) ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NOE Report Paue I of 1 Station

7-r.T Unit: j. Date:/-.-,' Report No:

System: .,/,#- Component: ,s/,,.- WO No(s).: 9 5.-f 4f Location: Building*4v*rA-Mw- Elev.. Col.:4 . Row: */a0 Azimuth]Radius:

Exam Tvre: M-DV r-1GV FxIVT-1C F7VT-3C Tvoe Of Exam: FADirect FlRemote Matl. Tvoe:,,',,,,.g-Design Drawing(s) Visual Aidswl,,

Surface: ID g .... Surface/ Components Coated: [I YES LA NO M&TE Used:':./,T1 , Test Card UTC or Serial No. 7,=irr 7 Cal. Due Date: ,2,;

Illumination Used ,,,r- Illumination Verified: Date:,-,.P.,- Time:j, ,%,,

Special I Specific Instructions: vl,4 __

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description Ni RI TYPE io (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e g. EIN. ElO, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

1)

Results Legend:

NI - No indications RI - Recordable Indication !0 - Information Orgy Recordable indkcation Type Codes.

A Cracks (Ch~aracterize and Size) G, Settlenments Or Ceffections M. Scaling I Ousting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H_ Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coating Deterioration C, Exposed Metallic Items [Other) 1. Popouts, Voids, Honeycom'b 0. Abrasion, Cavitation. Wear

0. Evidence Of Gredase Leakage i Spalls P Air Voids (Bug Holee!

E. Evidence Of Moisture K Cold Joint Lines 0. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack~ L, Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : [iYes lflNo [] Sketch C]Photo []Video El Other (Describe):

Results. Acceptable XYes []No

ý_j_ri~&q_)_ 4AO'.4?' LEVEL 2 DATE Thisscin ob ompltd only if Examine riEval uator notes RI or Unaceptabl cndition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable V Yes U]No Additional Actions:

lActron RequesI. Work~ Order, Issue $epon. etc.,nitiatedfr Corrective Actionk.-,

LEVEL IIl or RE REIW(sac~e DATE:2,'(

jc ANII REVIEW tas a~pplca ei / DATE:

of__

)t Page _

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 55 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32

-) ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station: 7"rl' Unit:. Date:;-.1/-,a Report No:

System: /,i-- Component: A.,4--- WO No(s). '

Locationi Building4wrAuvA- Elev.: Col.-. Row:-,wI4 Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: [] DV E]GV ZVT- 1CVT-3C Type Of Exam: 5§Direct L]Remote Matl. Type:&*,A-Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids.,v/,

Surface: ID Surface I Components Coated: C1 YES [0 NO M&TE Used: 0 Test Card UTC or Serial No. Cal. Due Date:

Illumination Used "la,,, -- Illumination Verified: Date: -w-,4v Time: Y.. ,.

Special / Specific I~nstructions: I...../,f....

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description Nil RI TYPE IO (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN. EID, etc.) __ ___ Recordable Indications as applicable)-

Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication  !' - information Only Recordable nndicaton Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling I Ousting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel HK Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Otmer) I Popouts. Voids. Honeycomb 0 Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage j Spells P Air Voids / Bug Hcles E. Evidence Of Moisture K Cold Joint Lines 0, Efflorescence F Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: fjYes rilNo ]. Sketch OPhoto EEVideo C) Other (Describe-:

Results- Acceptable 2fYes J["No EXAMINER/EVALUATOR 1~DT

£Prt & Sign) LEVEL - DATE STATION/ADMIN REVIEW */./.A'" DATE" (Print a Sign) DATE-*...

This section to be completed only if ExaminerlEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable 9 Yes ] No Additional Actions:

(Action Request, Work oruet. lssue Report. etc, mftiti.W d Cofectve ACt LEVEL Ill or RE REVIEW i ?7A

/. - 1sappicaa. DATE: /,1'1ia6 /0 ANII REVIEW ls applicabe _..DATE:

Page _ of

)

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 56 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station: 7W,- Unit:j Date: 1/-,e/O 9 Report No:

System:..,, Component: ,',fr- WO No(s).:,,3'sC'-d- ,

Location: 8uilding:w.4,*,- Elev.: Col.: 41 Row:A.4, AzimuthlRadius:

Exam Tvne: - DV F1GV F--VT-1C --VT-3C Tvwe Of Exam: F-lDirect FXIRemote Marl. Tvoe4Zrw Design Drswing(s) Visual Aids: .,Av*,4.x Surface: ID c... Surface / Components Coated: C] YES [F NO M&TE Used.4tm LA' Test Card UTC or Serial No. . Calj,27.

Cal. Due Date: -,/j Illumination Used Illumination Verified: Date:,, t-p Time:jd ,,,

I._Special t Specific Instructions:

Component/ Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description Ni RI TYPE 1O (As a minimum. Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN. EID, etc.) . .. . __ Recordable Indications as applicable)

A Sr aur=,*, *,, *J*,L Results Legend:

N1 - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10- Information Only Recordab*e Indication Type Codes:

A Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M Scaling i Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) i Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation. Wear U Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P Air Voids / Bug Holes E. Evidence Of Moisture K Cold Joint Lines 0. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : OYes E]No [] Sketch _7lPhoto E]Video F] Other (Describe):

__ ..... ... .. Resufts. Acceptable Z Yes Q.No . .

EXAMIE/FAL UATOR 7 Pt &sin) * ,- , .LEVEL DATE fr- -,o-- I (Print &,Sign.)*.

STATIONIADMIN REVIEW =,, ,, AE* l .O*

"/1 DATE O

This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable 2 Yes E] No Additional Actions:

(Action Req~ue. Work Order. Issue Repont. etc. initiated for Corrective Action)

ANII REVIEW (as apphcaoie) DATE:

Page _ of _

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 57 of 62 ER-AA-335-01 8 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32

) ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NOE Report Page 1 of 1 Station: 7;q2- Unit: 1 Date: /-, - Report No:

System: .41i.- Component: ,./A- WO No(s).: ,R,,t/lf-ý (,

Location: Building:*,w*wr - Elev.: Col.:,. Row:.v/,o AzimuthlRadius7 Exam Type: E- DV *3GV ZVT-1C O-VT-3C Type Of Exam: gOirect C]Rernote Mati. Type_.g.es&r-Design Drawing(s). Visual Aids:,vl/

Surface:, ID Surface/ Components Coated: ] YES 3 NO M&TE Used: Test Card UTC or Serial No. r- , *,1 'Cal. Due Date:

Illumination Used Illumination Verified: Date: -/.9-* o Time:.,;-' p,'

Special / Specific Instructions: I vI/4 Component I Item Number and RESULTS Explanation I Notes Description I Rl TYPE 10 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN. EIO, etc.) I. I Recordable Indications as applicable)

)

Results Legend:

NI - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A Cracas (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Dusting S. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H- Degraded Patches or Repairs N Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb O Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage i Spalls P. Air Voids /IBug Holes E Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Unes Q. Efflorescence F, Leaching Or ChemicalAttacd L. Corrosion Stainirg R Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : ,Yes IIBNo .[ Sketch -IPhoto ElVideo E] Other (Describe):

Results. Acceptable N 9]ipesbeZs EXAMINERIEVALUATOR tPrnt & Sign) LEVEL 1E DATE -

STATIONIADMIN REVIEW ,-~

(Print a Sign) ell -~~ DATE Qf/1/. 9ff This section to be completed only if Exam lner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable & Yes Ml No Additional Actions:

(Action Request. Work Orde*r. Issue Report. etc. i,,tlated for Corrctive AcdOnL ._.

LEVEL III or RE REVIEWiasappicable) ZL& DATE: 7*i=  !

ANII REVIEW tas applicable) / DATE: _

Page _ f_

)

TM-N 1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 58 of 62 ER-AA-335-018.

Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Pace I of I Station: 7"47r Unit. Date://-,/? Report No:

System: ,,/4- Component: ,,'.-WO No(s).: W.*j-ý' Z., 5-F Location: Building:,nw.w, - Elev.: Col.: ,Oj Row: .,*/, Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: [3 DV [JGV E]VT-1rC ZVT-3C Type Of Exam: []Direct ZRemote Mati. Type4..&,nr Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: ,neese, Surface: ID (WD Surface / Components Coated: ] YES ' J NO M&TE Used m [] Test Card UTC or Serial No.a*,&W,- Cal. Due Date:5-.,d Illumination Used.,*,,,,. Illumination Verified: Date:,/-/y-p Time:l'ov.^

Special I Specific Instructions: I ,,

Component/ Item Number and " RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI ! RI TYPE 1O (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN. EIDO etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

Resuits Legend:

NI - No Indications RI- Recordable Indication !O- information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M, Scaling IDusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts. Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion. Cavitation. Wear

0. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J Spalls P. Air Voids / Sug Holee E. Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines 0. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Stain!ing R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information. IoYes CENo [D Sketch rPhoto Vdeo _0 Other (Describe):

Vl RI or U. E.

Acceptable npYesactNosl.ceae.s EX A I N,E REVALUA T -iR "i/.... ...

(Print &__Sign) A P.D . ý1 ...1 LEVEL. _2 _ . DATE ,-,, '

STATIOr/ACMIN REVIEW ,.'X.-. AT ([,l (Print &Sign) ,,T lijar This section to be completed only if Exam tnerlEvaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable J*Yes F1 No' Additional Actions:

(Action Request, Work Order, Issue Repofl et_ Initiated for Coirfjwe Act~lw 2

LEVEL Ill or RE REVIEW (as apVlicabfi e) '"<ý AT:

ANII REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

Page of

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 59 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-IC or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Pae 1 of I Station: 7'qZ" Unit:. Date://-/t-d' Report No:

System: .1. Component:.,/,&- WO No(s).: ,e #5 Location: Building:,* wt Elev.: CoI.-414 Row: 4 '/,/ AzimuthlRadius Exam Type: l 'DV"LIGV EljVT-1C ZjVT-3C Type Of Exam: EDirect Z]Remote Mati. Type4,,..-

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:,/,, ..... _ _

Surface: ID (W Surface/ Components Coated: C] YES NO M&TE Used:-,,r, * ._Test Card UTC or Serial No.,wo-,t 7 Cal. Due Date-.

Illumination Used 6,, Illumination Verified: Datet-/ -_ T'mes.,0o

-w Special / Specific Instructions: ,,,

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description 'NI RI TYPE 1i0 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of I (e.2.

g 2, E0, etc.) _Recordable Indications as applicable)

XVV'- " Cpj~izera j 4

X- y'o-A' !r^j IVI- 4V-'C A Results Legend:

NI - No Indicalions R - Recordable Indication !O - Informalion Only Recordable Indication rype Codes, A Cracks (Characterizeand Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M Scaling / Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts Voids. Honeycomb 0 Abrasion, Cavitation, Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J Spalls P Air Voids / Bug Holee E. Evidence Of Motsture K Cold Joint Lines Q. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : LjYes (ONo El Sketch ElPhoto ElVideo El Other (Descnbe).

EXAM INE R/EVALUATJYes ORNo ---

(Print &Sign) &"A -?I _. LEVEL . DATE STATION/ADMIN REVIEW _ .---

,-- .... DAT (Print &Sign) G ",. DATE 1nlv t This sec~tion to be - comnk$ted

.I.---.J.- anlv it Exa mlnr/Evalu

. ----.--..-.-.ator notes~ RI or Unacc-entzuhle-- cornditionnI RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable PC Yes El No Additional Actions:

(Action Request, Work Order, Issue Relart, etc. infia(ed!gr Corre;ýte Actiopj, l LEVEL Ill or RE REVIEW (as apolcaowe)Z ft ýý 'c~.1* ~6 DATE: Z'ý9-;4 ANII REVIEW (as applicable) DATE:

Page _ of _

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 60 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 I ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or v-T-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Pacte I of 1 Station: 7W.7 Unit:1 Date: Report No:

System:4/,+- Component: ,-/,0- WO No(s).:y?.Vz--(.j6,tf Location: Building:

] Elev.: C0V.: *-4 Row*.W-3 AzimuthnRadius-Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids: f. cesd.,..

Surface: ID (W) Surface / Components Coated: C YES [ NO M&TE Used:<.orr ,L6 Test Card UTC or Serial No.g rs'EZ,7_j Cal. Due Date:-,,

Illum.nation Used Illumination Verified: Date: ,-/#.or Time: J.* !r Spoecial / Specific Instructions [T/W, Component I Item Number and .

Description (e,g. EIN. EID, etc.)__

fNI I RESULTS RI TYPE 10

_I

. Explanation / Notes (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of RecordableIndications as applicable) -_

Results Legend:

Ni - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication 10 - information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling I Dusting B. Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C Exposed Metallic Items (Other) I. Popouts, Voids. Honeycomb 0 Abrasion, Cavitation. Wear D. Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spalls P Air Voids I Bug Holes E Evidence Of Moisture K. Cold Joint Lines 0. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : EL7Yes UI]No C] Sketch E_*Photo E'Video El Other (Describe):

Acpale" Results....m 1Yes []No rEXAMFINER/EVALUATOR flpin a sji.

STATJNAD M IN REVIEW_________DAEU~i~_1 J *4,V 1 LEVEL DATE This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable J4 Yes E1 No Additional Actions:

(Action Request., Work Order. Issue Report. etc. initiatel ,,c Corre 5 ve Action)

LEVEL III or RE REVIEW aioIab) *'/, #ý ... ,, p'7T4<* ,as . /. DATE: I .

ANII REVIEW (as applicabl) . DATE:

Page _ of

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 61 of 62 ER-AA-335-018 Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Page 1 of I Station: 7" .z" Unit:1 Date://- . 0 o Report No:

System: .t,-- Component: ,, WO No(s).: ,tj ,-

Location: BuiId ing:.-..q= - Elev.: CoW.:w'Y Row:,,', Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: [j DV E]GV [VT-I C ZVT-3C Type Of Exam: /-Direct l jRemote Matr. Type4,,wr .

Design Drawing(s) Visual Aids:aw.6.s Surface: ID (W Surface / Components Coated: [I YES CR NO M&TE Used: n [] Test Card UTC or Sedal No.,ep -*,E&U Cal. Due Date:-,F Illumination Used,5,,.,r- .. Illumination Verified: Date:/a-j0-pf Time:,1,io ,vAW Special / Specific Instructions:

Component I Item Number and RESULTS I Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE 1 (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EID, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

"___ - Results Legend:.

NI - No Indications Ri - Recordable Irdcaln 1.0 - Information Only Recordable Incication Type Codes:

A. Cracks (Characterize and Size) G. Settlements Or Deflections M. Scaling I Dusting B& Exposed Reinforcing Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic items (Other) I, Popouts, Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavtation, Wear D, Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spells P. Air Voids / Bug Holes E Evidence Of Moisture K Cold Joint Unes 0. Efflorescence F. Leaching Or Chemical Attack L. Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information: OYes []No [II Sketch ElPhoto [Video [] Other (Describe):

Results. Acceta ae Yes QNo EXAM INER/EVALUATOR (Print &Sign) LEVEL DATE .

STATIONIADMIN REVIEW DATE o (Print &Sign)

This section to be completed only if Examiner/Evaluator notes RI or Unacceptable condition.

RI or Unacceptable results Acceptable M Yes [I No Additional Actions:

(Acfion Requjest. Work Order. Issue Repoar etc. inliawd tor Cot/,A-ivP Action.

LEVEL III or RE REVIEW (as app~iicabt-)2!.A"L-¢.,i*

• a /,7 ]' DT:/',.i** ]

ANII REVIEW (as applicabe) DATE:

Page __ of

TM-N1043-500: Appendix H, Revision 0, Page 62 of 62 ER-AA-335-018-Revision 5 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 6 ASME IWE (Class CC) Containment Concrete VT-1C or VT-3C Visual Examination NDE Report Paae of 1 Station.-7"A,-z UnitjI Date:/11-,4,p -of Report No: I.

System: ,,,/,4.- Component:..,p*-. WO No(s).: ,Z/-I/!*

Location: BuiIding: e4w ,*er- Bev.: Col.:.y14 Row:.,Y,, Azimuth/Radius:

Exam Type: [ DV [-GV ]VT-1C ZV~r-3C Type Of Exam: [Direct [-Remote Mati. Type:4,.-

Design Dr3wing(s) Visual Aids: &.,S.csj Surface: ID (M Surface I Components Coated: El YES } NO M&TE UsedI I ,,*,Test Card UTC or Serial No.a 0 ,, 7. Cal. Due Date:,_/ "

Illumination Used 5ftwfr- Illumination Verified: Date:,/,.w*-,0 Time:/,w,,,

Special / Specific Instructions. ,e/o .. .

Component / Item Number and RESULTS Explanation / Notes Description NI RI TYPE i 1O (As a minimum, Record Location and Size of (e.g. EIN, EI_, etc.) Recordable Indications as applicable)

-. gs &-.,w A00 . .. .. ...

I A@4%Adb *i,1vA,47=1,. d 6goorP*wraw 3w hEAvaavawy Results Legend:

Ni - No Indications RI - Recordable Indication !1 - Information Only Recordable Indication Type Codes:

A Cracs (Characterize and Size) G. Settiements Or Deflections M. Scaling / Ousting B_ Exposed Reinfordng Steel H. Degraded Patches or Repairs N. Coating Deterioration C. Exposed Metallic Items (Other) 1. Popouls. Voids, Honeycomb 0. Abrasion, Cavitation, Weaf D, Evidence Of Grease Leakage J. Spails P Air Voids / Bug Holee E Evidence Of Moisture K Cold Joint Unes Q. Efflorescence F Leacning Or Chemical Attack L Corrosion Staining R. Other (Explain)

Supplemental Information : ElYes WXNo 0 Sketch oPhoto [DlVideO [] Other (Describe):

S-. .. esutsAcceptable XlYes [JNo EXAMINER/EVALUATOR IPrint &SfJgr.) LEVEL

• DATE a/- f I STATION/ADMIN REVIEW .... T.

Thin t ctinn tn tA cnmnIetzd only if Fxnin*rIEvaluatnr nnt& RI nr Iýngr)rDntEhl_ 9 2nnditibn RI or Unacceptabfe results Acceptabfe 2j Yes [] No Additional Actions:

'Acton Reauesi. Work Order. Issue Repor*. etc. initiated for Corrective Actiop, ..-

2 LEVEL III or RE REVIEW (as apfcb 1CAT5I/ '0A I~

ANII REVIEW (as applicabie) DATE:

Page _ of